Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Learning Events At BCAS

I. BCAS HOSTS DISTINGUISHED INTERACTION WITH ICAI LEADERSHIP

On Thursday, 12th March 2026, a close interaction was organised at the BCAS Office, Jolly Bhavan, featuring CA Prasanna Kumar D, President ICAI, and CA Mangesh Pandurang Kinare, Vice President ICAI. The dignitaries were warmly felicitated by CA Zubin Billimoria, President BCAS, and CA Kinjal Shah, Vice President BCAS, in the presence of select BCAS past presidents, office bearers, Western Region Central Council Members, WIRC ICAI office bearers and elected members, and BCAS Core Group members.

The session, moderated by CA Zubin Billimoria, facilitated a structured, time-bound discussion on key professional issues, including:

  • Representation before the Charity Commissioner
  • Policy sustainability for professional growth
  • Freedom to operate and regulatory minimisation
  • Clarity in networking guidelines
  • Updates on Delhi High Court litigation concerning CAs’ representation rights before Tribunals
  • Profession vs industry dynamics
  • Top three opportunities and challenges facing the profession
  • Future of audit, ethics, and stakeholder expectations
  • Capacity building in audit, technology, and AI
  • CA employability and syllabus dynamism

CA Prasanna Kumar D and CA Mangesh Pandurang Kinare responded thoughtfully to members’ queries, sharing ICAI’s strategic vision and forthcoming developments. The interaction concluded with collaborative ideas for strengthening BCAS-ICAI coordination to advance the chartered accountancy profession.

BCAS-Hosts-Interaction-with-distinguished-ICAI-Leadership BCAS-Hosts-Interaction-with-distinguished-ICAI-Leadership BCAS-Hosts-Interaction-with-distinguished-ICAI-Leadership BCAS-Hosts-Interaction-with-distinguished-ICAI-Leadership

II. Learning Events At BCAS

1. Sakhi Circle – International Women’s Day held on 14th March 2026@ BCAS.

Speakers: Panelists – Hetal Kotak, Nisha Gala

Moderator – Kinjal Bhuta

The Women’s Day Celebration hosted by BCAS featured an engaging panel discussion on Ambition without Apology.

The event opened with an insightful panel discussion that highlighted how careers move through varied phases—from moments of doubt to moments where one’s voice is valued. The panel emphasised themes of continuous learning, authenticity, and staying relevant in a dynamic work environment.

A rapid-fire segment added energy to the discussion, drawing spontaneous and practical insights from the panelists. The evening concluded with a networking activity where participants introduced themselves using two adjectives, prompting self-reflection and encouraging authentic engagement within the group.

The session also reinforced that in person interactions create meaningful value, especially for women professionals, as shared experiences often help them draw strength from one another. Participants agreed that opportunities to connect, converse and collaborate play a vital role in personal and professional growth.

Sakhi-Circle-International-Womens-Day Sakhi-Circle-International-Womens-Day

2. Seminar on Attachment and Seizure Provisions under Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 held on Friday, 27th February 2026 @ Hybrid

This event was jointly organised by Finance, Corporate and Allied Laws Committee of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society, along with the Commercial & Allied Law Committee of The Chamber of Tax Consultants at the BCAS Auditorium, Churchgate and was conducted as a hybrid event, with participants attending both physically and virtually.

The details of the program was as follows:

Topic Session Summary Faculty
Opening Remarks by CA Kinjal Shah, Vice President BCAS and CA Jayant Gokhale  President CTC
Session I : Keynote Address on the Framework of Search & Seizure under Section 17 of followed by an Interactive Discussion on Defense Strategies and Compliance Informative session which explained the scope of powers vested in the enforcement authorities, the statutory requirement of “reason to believe,” and the procedural safeguards that must be followed during the conduct of such actions. The address also touched on important judicial interpretations that shape the application of the provision. The session provided participants with valuable insights into both the investigative powers under the law and the practical approaches for handling such proceedings. Hon’ble Justice Ms. Aarti Sathe, Judge, Hon’ble Bombay High Court

 

Adv. Sunny Punamiya

CA Shardul Shah

 

Moderator: CA Apurva Shah

 

Session II: Keynote Address on the Framework of Attachment under Sections 5 & 8 of PMLA followed by an Interactive Discussion on the Attachment Procedure Enlightening lecture which explained the concept of provisional attachment, the conditions required for invoking such powers, and the procedure followed by the Enforcement Directorate before and after passing an attachment order. The address also highlighted the role of the Adjudicating Authority under Section 8 in confirming or setting aside the attachment after providing an opportunity of hearing. The session provided an overview of the practical aspects, legal safeguards, and key considerations for professionals dealing with such proceedings, enabling participants to gain a clearer understanding of the statutory process and its implications. Hon’ble Justice Shri. Advaith Sethna, Judge, Hon’ble Bombay High Court

 

Adv. Sunny Punamiya

Adv. Bernardo Reis

 

Moderator: CA Kinjal Shah

 

 

The Seminar provided a comprehensive perspective on the framework of search and seizure and attachment proceedings under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002, and featured two insightful and interactive sessions that simplified the legal and procedural complexities surrounding these provisions.

The program had 10 physical attendees and 108 virtual attendees. 34 of the participants who attended this seminar were from outside Mumbai.

This informative seminar was coordinated by Shardul Shah, with the help of convenors Raj Khona and Khubi Shah Sanghvi, and Team CTC.

Seminar-on-Attachment-and-Seizure-Provisions-under-Prevention-of-Money-Laundering-Act-2002 Seminar-on-Attachment-and-Seizure-Provisions-under-Prevention-of-Money-Laundering-Act-2002

3. FEMA Study Circle -“Downstream Investment” held on 27th February 2026@ Virtual

The FEMA Study Circle organised a meeting to deliberate on the Downstream Investment provisions as provided under the FEM (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019. The session was chaired by CA Hardik Mehta and led by CA Swetha Prasad.

The discussion covered key aspects as provided below:

  • Definition of downstream investment & indirect foreign investment
  • Aspects to keep in mind before making downstream investments
  • Computation of indirect foreign investment
  • Procedural compliance in relation to downstream investments
  • Pricing & reporting guidelines for downstream investments
  • Relaxations/clarifications issued in relation to downstream investments

The group leader also took the participants through various scenarios for the identification of FOCC, computing foreign ownership, etc. There were good discussions about the issuance of stock options and non-equity instruments by the FOCC and how it would trigger downstream investment provisions. There were deliberations on investment holding entities making downstream investments, considering the recent relaxation by the RBI for NBFCs. The meeting concluded with participants sharing practical learnings on downstream investments.

4. 23rd Residential Leadership Retreat held on Friday, 27th February 2026 and Saturday, 28th February 2026 @ Rambhau Mhalgi – Bhayander

The 23rd Residential Leadership Retreat was conducted over two days on the theme Krishna Niti for Life Excellence, at Rambhau Mhalgi Prabodhini.

Dr. Girish Jakhotiya

Dr. Girish Jakhotiya, a renowed author and economist, drew structured lessons from the life journey of Lord Krishna, linking key milestones – from Gokul and Mathura to Dwarka and Kurukshetra – with principles of strategic thinking, leadership and self-transformation.

 Dr. Jakhotiya distinguished excellence from perfection and explained “Life Excellence” through four pillars: economic prosperity, intellectual supremacy, social equality, and cultural bliss. Through case studies and illustrations from Krishna’s life, he encouraged participants to examine strategy, risk versus uncertainty, leadership styles, branding, ethical flexibility and institution building.

The Leadership retreat received an encouraging response from members across practice and industry. Around 50 participants from 8+ cities and towns across India enrolled for this residential program. Participants appreciated the clarity of explanations and the practical insights shared by the faculty.

5. BCAS Women’s Study Circle — SAKHI CIRCLE on Voice to Influence – Build Yourself as a Professional Speaker held on Saturday, 21st February 2026@ Virtual.

Speaker: Ms. Kalpana Thakur

The Women’s Study Circle organized an engaging session titled “Voice to Influence – Build Yourself as a Professional Speaker.” The session focused on how individuals can develop their speaking abilities by strengthening three core elements: Action, Belief and Visibility. Participants were encouraged to take proactive steps toward improving their communication skills and not wait for perfection before beginning their journey. The importance of building strong internal beliefs—particularly the confidence to express ideas and share knowledge—was highlighted as the foundation of impactful speaking.

The faculty emphasized the power of visualizing one’s future self and breaking long-term aspirations into smaller, consistent practice-based goals. Practical guidance was provided on preparing content, practicing delivery, presenting effectively, and developing one’s personal brand through clarity and consistency. The session also covered techniques for narrowing down areas of expertise and leveraging digital platforms to enhance visibility and influence. Attendees found the insights valuable for strengthening their professional presence and building themselves as confident speakers.

Motivational Highlight:The rest of my life is going to the best of my life!!

6. ITF Study Circle meeting on the ruling of “Binny Bansal” held on Tuesday, 17th February 2026@ Virtual.

The International Tax and Finance Study Circle organized an online meeting to discuss the Tribunal ruling in the case of Binny Bansal and its implications.

The session began with brief opening remarks by the Chairman of the session, CA Rashmin Sanghvi. Thereafter, the Group Leader, CA Nithin Surana, explained the case in detail, covering the facts of the case, the arguments of the taxpayer and the tax authorities, and the ruling given by the Tribunal, along with key inputs from the Chairman.

After presenting the case, the Group Leader shared his analysis of the ruling and discussed the legal issues arising from it. The participants actively shared their views on the implications of the ruling.

The Chairman and the Group Leader also shared their perspectives on the possible way forward and the likely outcomes if the matter is taken to higher appellate levels. The discussion was comprehensive and covered the important aspects of the ruling.

7. FEMA Study Circle – “Guarantees under FEMA” held on 13th February 2026@ Virtual.

The FEMA study circle organised a meeting on the revised Guarantee regulations issued by the RBI. The session was chaired by CA Vijay Gupta and led by CA Jigar Mehta.

  • The discussion covered the following aspects:
  • Concept and classification of Guarantees under FEMA
  • Important Definitions
  • Exemptions from Guarantee Regulations
  • Permissions under the Regulations
  • Guarantee as per ODI regulations
  • Reporting requirements
  • Case studies for discussion

The meeting provided insight into the new regulations for the issuance and receipt of inward as well as outward guarantees.

8. Finance, Corporate & Allied Laws Study Circle – NBFCs: Key Regulatory Developments And Emerging Areas held on Thursday, 12th February 2026 @ Virtual.

Speaker: Mr. Kunal Mehta

The Finance, Corporate & Allied Laws (FCAL) Study Circle organised a virtual session on the Zoom platform to discuss the intricate regulatory framework governing Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs). The meeting, attended by 52 participants, focused on providing practical insights into the rapidly evolving regulatory landscape and recent developments initiated by the RBI. Key discussion points included identifying major compliance challenges faced by NBFCs in the current dynamic environment. The speaker highlighted best practices for maintaining audit readiness and ensuring robust adherence to statutory requirements. Participants explored the essential concepts of the NBFC framework to better navigate evolving legal standards. The session emphasised the importance of staying updated with shifting regulatory expectations to mitigate operational risks. Attendees engaged in a dialogue regarding the practical application of these regulations within their respective professional capacities. The event concluded with a comprehensive overview of how firms can maintain a proactive stance toward future regulatory shifts.

9. Report on Conclave on Union Budget 2026 & Deliberation on New Income Tax

Association of Corporate Advisers & Executives (ACAE), jointly with Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS), successfully organized a full-day programme on Conclave on Union Budget 2026 and Deliberation on the New Income Tax Law on 7th February, 2026 at Williams Court, 40, Shakespeare Sarani Road, 4th Floor, Kolkata – 700017, bringing together eminent professionals and experts to deliberate on key fiscal and legislative developments impacting the nation.

The Inaugural Session commenced with the ceremonial Lighting of the Lamp by CA. Jai Prakash Agarwal, Chairman of ICAI Dubai Chapter, CA. Kinjal M. Shah, Vice President of BCAS, CA. Niraj Kumar Harodia, President of ACAE, other esteemed dignitaries and ACAE Office Bearers symbolizing the pursuit of knowledge and wisdom.

This was followed by a warm and insightful Welcome Address by CA. Niraj Kumar Harodia who highlighted the significance of the Conclave, shared his reflections on his interactions with the esteemed speakers, spoke about the rich legacy and evolution of ACAE as one of the oldest professional associations in Kolkata and welcomed everyone to the Conclave.

The distinguished Guests of Honour, CA. Kinjal M. Shah, Vice President of BCAS, initiated the deliberations with an analytical perspective on Shaping Responsible, Respected and Future Ready Professionals for Decades.

CA. Jai Prakash Agarwal, Chairman of ICAI Dubai Chapter, further enriched the discussion with his practical insights on Emerging Professional Opportunities in the Middle East.

The first technical session was delivered by eminent Guest Speaker, CA. Pradip N. Kapasi, Past President of BCAS, Mumbai, on an in-depth comparative analysis on the Major Changes between the Income Tax Act, 1961 vis a vis Income Tax Act, 2025, clearly outlining structural reforms, simplification measures, and compliance implications.

CA. Padamchand Khincha, Partner at H C Khincha & Co., Chartered Acountants, Bengaluru, in the second technical session elaborated on the Major Amendments proposed through the Income Tax Bill, 2026, explaining the legislative intent, interpretational aspects, and the anticipated impact on tax administration.

Mr. Sameer Narang, Head at Economics Research Group, ICICI Bank, Mumbai, concluded the speaker sessions with a macro-economic perspective on the Impact of Budget on Indian Economy, addressing fiscal discipline, growth projections, capital expenditure focus, and the overall economic outlook.

The Conclave witnessed enthusiastic participation from over 100 delegates, including members, professionals, and representatives from various industries. The sessions were highly interactive, marked by meaningful discussions and thought-provoking queries, making the programme both informative and intellectually stimulating.

The joint initiative with the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society reinforced the spirit of professional collaboration and knowledge sharing, ensuring that members remain well-equipped to navigate the evolving taxation landscape.

The programme concluded with a formal Vote of Thanks, expressing sincere gratitude to the esteemed speakers, dignitaries, and participants for contributing to the grand success of the Conclave.

Report on Conclave on Union Budget 2026 & Deliberation on New Income Tax

10. ITF Study Circle meeting on “Discussion on Supreme Court Ruling in the case of Tiger Global” held on 27th January 2026@ Virtual.

The International Tax and Finance Study Circle organised an online meeting to discuss the implications of the Supreme Court’s ruling in the case of Tiger Global.

Group Leaders CA Ramesh Khaitan and CA Jimit Devani

The session opened with remarks from the group leaders on their initial thoughts on the Supreme Court ruling, covering the facts of the case, the contentions raised, and the Court’s ruling. Then the group leaders discussed the critical implications of the ruling. Some of the issues discussed included whether a Tax Residence Certificate is sufficient to claim benefits under a tax treaty, the application of the substance-over-form principle, etc. The group leaders discussed the likely next course of action for Tiger Global. The participants also shared divergent views on the implications of the Supreme Court ruling. The participants expressed apprehensions about the wider application of the principles in this ruling and its unintended consequences.

The discussion covered several key issues that will impact similar cases in the future. The session closed with concluding remarks by the Group Leaders.

11. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting on Practical Issues under GST in Healthcare Industry held on Thursday, 22nd January 2026 @ Virtual

Group Leader: CA. Shefali Bang

Mentor: CA Parag Mehta

The group leader first presented the Law pertaining to the healthcare industry under GST, followed by five case studies covering the various aspects of Issues in the healthcare industry under GST.

The presentation covered the following aspects of the Healthcare Industry for a detailed discussion:

  • Whether treatment for Substance Use Disorder through OPD consultation, counselling, and supervised medicine dispensing qualifies as an exempt healthcare service under GST, or whether it may be treated as a taxable supply of medicines.

  • Whether doctor consultation and medicines supplied to outpatients by the hospital pharmacy should be treated as separate taxable supplies or a composite supply of healthcare services, and the related ITC reversal mechanism.
  • GST implications in a revenue-sharing arrangement between a diagnostic laboratory and a sample collection centre, focusing on the taxability of sample collection services and diagnostic testing services.
  • Whether health check-up packages marketed by a company through empanelled hospitals and diagnostic centres qualify for GST exemption as healthcare services, particularly when sold to healthy individuals or corporate employees.
  • Whether naturopathy therapies, along with residential accommodation provided by a wellness retreat, constitute a composite exempt healthcare service or whether accommodation should be taxed separately.
  • The reversal of Input Tax Credit (ITC) when certain life-saving drugs become GST-exempt, particularly regarding raw materials, semi-finished goods, finished goods, and capital goods held in stock
  • Around 100 participants from all over India benefited while taking an active part in the discussion. Participants appreciated the efforts of the group leader and the mentor.

III. REPRESENTATION

1. Representation to SEBI on Research Analyst Regulations

BCAS has submitted a representation on 24th February 2026 to SEBI highlighting practical issues faced during registration under the Research Analyst (RA) Regulations, 2014. The representation is based on feedback from professionals and applicants.

Key concerns include the absence of a clear framework for transition from individual to corporate entities, leading to disruption and duplication of processes. BCAS has also pointed out delays in processing applications after delegation to BSE.

Further, the Society has raised issues regarding restrictive interpretation of rules, especially relating to the “other employment” of Principal Officers, and lack of clarity on certain operational aspects.

BCAS has requested SEBI to provide necessary clarifications and streamline the process to reduce difficulties faced by applicants while ensuring investor protection.

Link: https://bcasonline.org/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/SEBI-RA-Representation.pdf

IV. BCAS IN NEWS & MEDIA

  • BCAS has been featured in several news and media platforms, showing our active involvement, professional contributions, and commitment to the field. This reflects the growing recognition of BCAS in the public and professional space.

Link: https://bcasonline.org/bcas-in-news/

Statistically Speaking

1. INDIA’S ADVERTISING SPEND OUTLOOK

Spends (INR CR)

Source: WPP Media Company (formerly GroupM)

2. INDIA’S CURRENT POPULATION

INDIA’S CURRENT POPULATION

Source: Worldometer

3. MOST SPOKEN LANGUAGES ONLINE AND OFFLINE

MOST SPOKEN LANGUAGES ONLINE AND OFFLINE

Source: Data Reportal, Ethnologue

4. INDIA’S GROWING GDP

INDIA’S GROWING GDP

5. TRADE DEFICIT WIDENS

TRADE DEFICIT WIDENS

Regulatory Referencer

I. DIRECT TAX : SPOTLIGHT

1. Income tax Rules 2026 notified. They will come into effect from 1 April 2026. – Notification No.22/2026 dated 20 March 2026

II. FEMA

1. RBI modifies the ECB forms in line with the revised ECB Framework under FEM (Borrowing & Lending) Regulations

The RBI, on 9th February 2026 issued new Borrowing and Lending regulations, revising External Commercial Borrowing (ECB) framework. The old ECB forms have been revised in line with the new ECB framework. Part V – Annex I and Annex II have been substituted with Form ECB I/Revised Form ECB I and Form ECB 2 respectively.

[AP (DIR Series 2025-26) Circular No. 23,dated 18th February 2026]

2. RBI introduces ‘Currency Declaration Form’ under FEM (Export and Import of Currency) Regulations, 2015

The RBI has amended Regulation 6 of FEM (Export and Import of currency) Regulations, 2015 by introducing a ‘Currency Declaration Form’. The following points are to be noted with respect to the form:

a. The form needs to be filled in by passengers where the aggregate value of foreign exchange brought in, in the form of currency notes, bank notes, or travellers’ cheque exceeds USD 10,000 or its equivalent, or where the value of foreign currency notes exceeds USD 5,000 or its equivalent.

b. This form needs to be produced to a bank authorised to deal in foreign exchange or a money changer at the time of conversion or reconversion.

c. In case visitors to India do not wish to encash all the foreign exchange declared, they should retain this form for producing the same to  Customs at the time of their departure. This is to enable them to take with them the unutilised balance.

[Notification No. FEMA 6(R)/2026-RB, dated 23rd February 2026]

3. Govt. amends FDI Policy on ‘Investments from Countries sharing land border with India’

In April 2020, Press Note 3 (2020) was introduced to prevent opportunistic takeovers of Indian companies by certain neighbouring countries during Covid-19 pandemic. Government approval was made mandatory for any investment by an investing entity incorporated in a country sharing a land border with India (LBC), or where the beneficial owner of such an investment was a citizen of, or situated in, such LBC.

The Union Cabinet has recently approved changes in these provisions relating to investments from LBCs. The amendments in Para 3.1.1. of the FDI policy have brought much needed clarity. The existing policy has been amended as follows:

a. An entity or citizen of an LBC, or where the beneficial owner of an investment into India is a citizen of such country, can invest only under Government route. This restriction also applies to any transfer of ownership, directly or indirectly, in an existing or future FDI in an entity in India.

b. Beneficial owner (BO) shall have the same meaning as defined under section 2(1)(fa) of Prevention of Money laundering Act, 2002 and shall be determined as per Rule 9(3) of the Prevention of Money Laundering (Maintenance of Records) Rules, 2005. Further, it is provided that determination of BO shall be applied at the Investor entity level.

c. The above criteria shall be applied in substance. Hence, where a citizen or an entity of an LBC has the ability to directly or indirectly, individually or cumulatively, independently or collectively, whether acting together or otherwise, hold rights/entitlements which:

                  a. exceed the prescribed threshold in an investor entity outside the LBC; or

                 b. enable such citizens or entities to exercise control over such investor entity; or

                  c. enable them to exercise ultimate effective control over the Indian entity in any manner; the beneficial ownership of such an investment shall be deemed to be from an LBC.

                 d. Effectively, investors with non-controlling BO from an LBC of up to 10% shall be permitted under automatic route, subject to applicable sectoral caps, entry route and attendant conditions. However, such investments shall be subject to reporting of relevant information or details by the investee entity to DPIIT.

                e. Further, direct investment from LBCs will still require Government approval. Such applications in following sectors must now be processed and decided within 60 days:

                                    i. Manufacturing of Capital Goods

                                   ii. Electronic Capital Goods

                                  iii. Electronic Components

                                  iv. Polysilicon manufacturing

                                  v. Ingot and wafer manufacturing

In these cases, the majority shareholding and control of the Investee entity will be with resident Indian citizen(s) and/or resident Indian entity(ies) owned and controlled by resident Indian citizen(s), at all times.

              f. The present Rule also covers beneficial owners “situated in” LBC. Thus, even an NRI situated in an LBC could not make a direct investment into an Indian entity without prior Government approval. One important change that Press Note 2 of 2026 brings about is that the Government Route is now applicable only to citizens of these countries or entities incorporated or registered in such countries. Thus, a citizen of countries other than LBCs can invest in Indian entities without prior approval from the Government, even though they may be present in an LBC.

The above amendments will take effect from the date of notification to the NDI Rules.

[Press Release, dated 10th March 2026, Press Note No. (2026 Series), dated 15th March 2026]

III. IFSCA

1.IFSCA specifies a fee structure for entities undertaking or intending to undertake permissible activities in IFSC

The IFSCA has issued a circular prescribing a fee structure for entities undertaking permissible activities in IFSCs and for persons seeking guidance under Informal Guidance Scheme, 2024. The circular applies to applicants seeking license, registration, recognition, or authorisation as well as existing regulated entities. The different categories of fees include application fees, license or registration fees, recurring fees (flat and conditional based on turnover), activity based fees, processing fees, interest on delayed payments, charges for delayed reporting, fees for informal guidance, etc.

The circular also prescribes penalties for delays, including 0.75% monthly interest on unpaid fees and USD 100 per month for delayed regulatory reporting. The circular will apply from FY 2026-27. This circular supersedes previously issued circulars related to fee structured from the date of commencement of this circular i.e. 1st April 2026.

[Circular No. IFSCA-DTFA/1/2026, dated 2nd March 2026 Circular No. IFSCA-DTFA/2/2026, dated 13th March 2026]

2. IFSCA launches a scheme titled “Support for Alternative Trade Instruments under Export Promotion Mission”

IFSCA has launched a scheme titled “Support for Alternative Trade Instruments under Export Promotion Mission (EPM) – NIRYAT PROTSAHAN”. The Scheme aims to improve access to export finance for Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) involved in international value chains by providing support for alternative trade finance instruments with a focus on export factoring.

Eligible financial institutions shall ensure compliance with all operational requirements, including submission of claims, reporting obligations, and timelines.

[Circular No. IFSCA-FCR0ITFSR/3/2025 – Banking, dated 19th March 2026]

3. IFSCA issues new measures to ensure operational substance in Capital Market Intermediaries operating in GIFT IFSC

The IFSCA has issued measures to ensure substance in Capital Market Intermediaries (CMIs) in GIFT IFSC. As part of these measures, IFSCA has been conducting multiple rounds of market intelligence visits. The visits were made to registered office premises of CMIs to verify the presence of substance, including the presence of the Principal Officer and Compliance Officer, as well as the adequacy of infrastructure, in accordance with the provisions of the IFSCA Capital Market Intermediaries Regulations, 2025.

The supervisors made the following key observations:

a. Some CMIs were found to be closed or unattended during business hours.

b. Neither the Principal officer, nor the Compliance Officer, nor authorised personnel were present in some CMIs.

c. The designated Principal and Compliance officers lacked adequate awareness of regulatory framework applicable to CMIs in some cases.

d. Necessary infrastructure was lacking to effectively carry out business activities in a few CMIs.

e. In some CMIs, certain practices were carried out using remote access software like Anydesk, Ultraviewer, etc. Further, the Compliance Officer was also handling the trading desk, which is a conflict of interest.

Based on these observations, IFSCA has initiated appropriate regulatory action against the concerned CMIs in accordance with applicable regulatory framework. All CMIs are advised to ensure substance, including strict adherence to provisions of IFSCA CMIs Regulations, 2025.

[Press Release, dated 19th March 2026]

(Audacity To Complain!)

Arjun Hey Bhagwan, good that you came early today.

Shrikrishna Arjun. You know that I never come nor do I go. I am Omni present!

Arjun That I am aware of. But in this kaliyuga, it seems, your presence is missing at many places. Innocent people are suffering.

Shrikrishna I have told you in Geeta that people suffer due to their own Karma; and my presence may not help unless they surrender to me! And improve their karma.

Arjun Be it as it may! Today I am very much worried. Rather frightened.

Shrikrishna Why? Is it because of wars everywhere? Ukraine, Iran, Afghanistan….

Arjun I am never frightened of wars. Thanks to your blessings, I was always triumphant.

Shrikrishna Then what are you worried about?

Arjun Our own profession! This war of complaints of misconduct is terrible. So much of nuisance. So much of harassment to innocent CAs. And no one to help!

Shrikrishna Yes. I have heard that. But it is common. Everywhere Asat (Evil) is powerful since Sat (सत्) Righteous is not strong and assertive! Anyway, tell me what is the present problem?

Arjun Lord, it is very serious. I have lost my sleep. My friend is totally depressed due to a very mischievous complaint against him. And there is no fault on his part whatsoever!

Shrikrishna In Mahabharata also, there wasShakuni!

Arjun This is super Shakuni! See the audacity of the present complainant. There are two partnership firms with 5 partners each – ABC Caterers and Decorators; and ABC Caterers.

Mrs. A is a common partner in both the firms. One or two other partners are also common.

Shrikrishna Okay. Then?

Arjun ABC Caterers and Decorators (C & D) took a loan from a PSU bank.

Loan application was made on C & D letterhead, their partners’ data was given to bank, Mrs. A has signed the application and other papers.

Loan was sanctioned and disbursed to C & D only.

Shrikrishna Fine. Quite normal.

Arjun Moreover, Mrs. A’s husband was a guarantor to this loan. He was fully aware of everything as Mrs. A was a partner for name’s sake.

Shrikrishna That is also normal.

Arjun Unfortunately, the bank while opening the account, mentioned only ABC Caterers. The words – ‘and Decorators’ were missing. Entire paper work was in the name of C & D only.

Shrikrishna Didn’t they ask the banker?

Arjun They did. They were told that in their system, full name was not accommodated. Only these many characters are accommodated.

C & D firm operated this account as its own, also it utilised the loan amount, but it became NPA!

Shrikrishna Oh!

Arjun Bank started recovery proceedings against C & D.

Shrikrishna Obviously.

Arjun My CA friend audited accounts as if the transactions and bank account were of C & D only. And he was right.

Shrikrishna Did the other firm – ABC Caterers consider these transactions as theirs?

Arjun Not at all! Everybody was fully aware that it was of C & D only and it had nothing to do with the other firm.

Shrikrishna Mr. & Mrs. A were also aware?

Arjun Of course, yes. They were signatories. My friend was also involved right from beginning – in the process of obtaining the loan.

Shrikrishna Now, what is the problem?

Arjun Lord, Mr. A who is fully aware of everything, has filed a complaint against my friend.

Shrikrishna What for?

Arjun My friend was the auditor. The complainant says that he audited the accounts with transactions of C & D although the account on the face it was in the name of the other firm.

Shrikrishna Oh!! That was perhaps the mistake of the bank or the limitation of its system.

Arjun Yes, Lord. The fact remains that it was legally and factually of C & D itself. The bank has taken up legal proceedings against C & D only.

Bank has confirmed all these facts in the recovery proceedings before DRT.

Shrikrishna Very strange! But your friend will be definitely absolved.

Arjun I am not sure since your present has become doubtful! And any complaint takes at least 4 years for disposal. My poor friend is totally depressed and frustrated.

Shrikrishna The lesson is – Don’t trust anyone in such matters. Write to the bank there and then when the account is opened

Arjun I agree. But these are afterthoughts. No one could have even dreamt this. Question is that the guarantor despite being a party to the whole affairs has the audacity to make such a complaint.!

Shrikrishna Don’t worry. I will help him!

Om Shanti.

(This dialogue is based on the current scenario of rampant frivolous complaints of misconduct)

Miscellanea

1. ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

# AI Traffic Could Surpass Human Activity by 2027

The internet is on the brink of a fundamental transformation. In a speech at the SXSW conference in Austin, Texas, Cloudflare CEO Matthew Prince warned that traffic generated by AI-powered bots could overtake human online activity as early as 2027. Prince described generative AI as having an “insatiable need for data,” driving automated agents to browse websites at a scale humans could never match. From shopping and research to content generation, these bots are already reshaping the digital landscape, creating real load on servers and networks worldwide.

Prince drew a sharp contrast between human and bot behaviour. A typical human shopping for a digital camera might visit just five websites. An AI agent performing the same task, however, could scan 1,000 times more—potentially 5,000 sites—in seconds. “That’s real traffic, and that’s real load, which everyone is having to deal with and take into account,” Prince said. Before the generative AI boom, bots accounted for roughly 20% of global internet traffic, mostly from legitimate sources like search-engine crawlers. Malicious bots existed, but they were a minority. Now, the explosion of AI tools has flipped the script.

The Cloudflare chief painted a picture of explosive, sustained growth. Unlike the sudden COVID-era surge in streaming (YouTube, Netflix) that strained networks for a few weeks before stabilising, AI-driven traffic is rising steadily with “no sign of slowing down or stopping.” This shift is forcing companies to rethink the very architecture of the internet. Prince highlighted the need for new infrastructure: instant, temporary “sandboxes” for AI agents. These lightweight environments could spin up in the same time it takes a user to open a new browser tab, run the agent’s task, and then shut down automatically. He predicted that, in the near future, millions of such sandboxes could be created every second.

(Source: indianexpress.com dated 21st March 2026)

#India’s outsourcing industry is worth $300bn. Can it survive AI?

India’s $300 billion (£223 billion) outsourcing sector, which accounts for 80% of the country’s total services exports and has created millions of white-collar jobs over the past 30 years, is facing its biggest threat yet from artificial intelligence. The Nifty IT index of the country’s top software firms has already plunged 20% this year, wiping out tens of billions of dollars in market value, after tools such as Anthropic’s Claude agent began automating core legal, compliance and data processes. Some CEOs and investors now warn that traditional IT services could “vanish by 2030”, with AI potentially eliminating up to 50% of entry-level white-collar roles; Jefferies forecasts that application-managed services (currently 22-45% of revenues) will suffer sharp deflation, dragging overall revenue growth down by 3% annually for the next five years before flatlining beyond 2031.

Indian IT giants, however, insist AI will ultimately create far more work than it destroys. Infosys CEO Salil Parekh points out that generative AI could displace 92 million jobs in roles such as front-end developers and testers, yet generate 170 million new positions in data annotation, AI engineering and AI leadership. Nasscom data shows AI-related revenue still accounts for just $10 billion of the industry’s $315 billion total, with sector-wide growth slowing to a modest 6% this year (from double-digit rates previously) and net employee strength projected to rise only
2.3% in 2026. HSBC’s “Software Will Eat AI” report adds that enterprise software firms remain irreplaceable for complex, reliable systems that pure AI cannot yet replicate, suggesting the industry will pivot from experimentation to large-scale AI deployment and outcome-based billing rather than disappear.

(Source: bbc.com dated 18 March 2026)

2. ENVIRONMENT

#An Invisible Crisis: The Hidden Environmental Impact of Pharmaceutical Waste

Pharmaceutical pollution has emerged as a silent global environmental crisis, with around 4,000 active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) currently in use worldwide. According to the UN, 631 pharmaceuticals or their transformation products have been detected in the environment across 71 countries. A major 2022 study found pharmaceutical contamination in river samples from over 1,000 locations in 104 countries, affecting every continent. Traces appear in rivers, lakes, and groundwater everywhere, with Pakistan’s Ravi River identified as the world’s most polluted from pharmaceutical waste. Manufacturing sites discharge concentrations 10 to 1,000 times higher than typical wastewater, and residues have been traced more than 30 km downstream

The ecological damage is already severe. Synthetic hormones act as endocrine disruptors at concentrations as low as one nanogram per litre, causing feminisation in male fish and reproductive failure. In South Asia, the veterinary drug diclofenac triggered a catastrophic decline of over 95% in vulture populations within a decade. Antibiotic residues in water are accelerating the rise of “superbugs,” a major global health threat highlighted by the WHO. While wastewater treatment plants can remove 90–95% of pharmaceutical compounds, the vast majority of pollution stems from human excretion, improper disposal of unused medicines, livestock farming, and factory discharges, raising serious long-term concerns for both ecosystems and human health.

(Source: earth.org – 17 March 2026)

ICAI and Its Members

I. ICAI PUBLICATIONS

1. GUIDANCE NOTE ON AUDIT OF BANKS

The Institute issues a revised edition of the publication “Guidance Note on Audit of Banks” annually. This Guidance Note serves as a comprehensive resource for members, providing detailed guidance on the conduct of statutory audits of banks and their branches.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/91301aasb-aps4524-b.pdf

2. BRIDGING THE EXPECTATION GAP – AUDIT VS. FORENSIC

The publication “Bridging the Expectation Gap – Audit vs. Forensic” addresses this critical issue in a structured and objective manner. It offers a clear exposition of the conceptual foundations, scope, and inherent limitations of statutory audits conducted under the Standards on Auditing, while contrasting them with the distinct objectives, methodologies, and deliverables of forensic engagements.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90762caq-aps4099.pdf

3. COMPENDIUM OF OPINIONS

44th Volume of the Compendium of Opinions, which encapsulates the opinions finalised during the period from February 12, 2024 to February 11, 2025.

https://icainet-my.sharepoint.com/:b:/g/personal/eac_icai_ in/IQCUOeRAj9 JjTZSNOKQCL7 svAdoR6l tUGs7etyMBuKenSD8

4. HANDBOOKS

a. Applicability of GST on the Agricultural Sector

https://d23z1tp9il9etb.cloudfront.net/download/pdf26/Handbook%20on%20Applicability%20of%20GST%20on%20Agricultural.pdf

b. Composition Scheme Under GST-February (3rd) 2026 Edition

https://d23z1tp9il9etb.cloudfront.net/download/pdf26/Handbook%20on%20Composition%20Scheme%20Under%20GST-February%20(3rd)%202026%20Edition.pdf

c. E-Commerce Operators under GST

https://d23z1tp9il9etb.cloudfront.net/download/pdf26/Handbook%20on%20E-Commerce%20Operators%20under%20GST.pdf

d. Refunds under GST

https://idtc.icai.org/publications.php#:~ :text=Handbook%20on%20Refunds%20under%20GST

e. Significant Judicial and Advance Rulings in GST-A Compilation

https://d23z1tp9il9etb.cloudfront.net/download/pdf26/Significant%20Judicial%20and%20Advance%20Rulings%20in%20GST-A%20Compilation%20 %20February%20(2nd)%202026%20Edition.pdf

5. TAXATION OF DIGITAL ECONOMY – A STUDY

“Taxation of Digital Economy – A Study” presents a comprehensive analysis of evolving tax frameworks impacting digital businesses. It highlights India’s multifaceted response—ranging from the Significant Economic Presence provisions to its commitment under the global Two-Pillar solution—while underscoring the principles of sovereignty and fairness that underpin these measures.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/91170cit-aps4336.pdf

II. ICAI Opinion – Accounting treatment of non-construction fee under Ind AS framework

A. FACTS OF THE CASE

  • The company was allotted land by GMADA for the construction of an office building, with a condition to complete construction within a stipulated period.
  • Due to construction delays, GMADA levied non-construction / extension fees from time to time.
  • The company accounted for such fees (except penal interest) under Capital Work-in-Progress (CWIP), considering them attributable to the asset.
  • C&AG objected, stating that such fees are in the nature of a penalty for delay and should be expensed, not capitalised.

B. QUERY

  • Whether the accounting treatment of non-construction fees debited to CWIP is in compliance with applicable Ind AS.
  • If not, whether any modification in treatment is required.

C. POINTS CONSIDERED BY THE COMMITTEE

  • The Committee restricted its examination to the accounting treatment of non-construction fee only.
  • As per Ind AS 16, only costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for its intended use can be capitalised.
  • Such directly attributable costs are those necessary for the construction or development of the asset, without which the asset cannot be made ready for use.
  • The non-construction fee arises due to delay in construction or non-compliance with stipulated timelines under the allotment terms.
  • The Committee observed that such fees are not necessary for construction activity nor for bringing the asset to its operational condition.
  • Instead, these represent a cost of holding the land without construction or during construction, similar to administrative costs

D. OPINION

  • The non-construction fee relates to delay/non-compliance with construction conditions and is not directly attributable to bringing the asset to its intended operating condition.
  • Accordingly, such expenditure cannot be capitalised under Ind AS 16
  • It should be expensed in the Statement of Profit and Loss with appropriate disclosures.

III. ICAI BOARD OF DISCIPLINE – CASES

Case: In Re : CA. DKA

File No.    :    PPR/P/348/17/DD/334/INF/2017/BOD/489/ 2018

Date of Order : 30.12.2025

Particulars Details

Complainant Information received from CBI (RC No. G(E)/2005/EOW-I/DLI)

Nature of Case Involvement in fraudulent donation routing through bogus trusts

Background  :A CBI investigation revealed a large-scale fraud (2003–2005) involving the misuse of the name of the Indian Medical Scientific Research Foundation (IMSRF). Fake bank accounts were opened in the name of IMSRF and other fictitious trusts, through which donations aggregating ₹3.26 crore were received and siphoned off. Funds were routed back to donor companies after deducting commission, enabling wrongful tax exemptions.

Key Allegations Acted as a key conspirator in the creation and operation of bogus trusts.

– Facilitated opening of fake bank accounts and routing of funds.

– Had control/association with accounts used for diversion of donations.

– Assisted in enabling fraudulent tax benefits to donor entities.

Respondent’s Defence – Alleged procedural irregularities and lack of proper opportunity.

– Claimed delay and non-supply of documents by ICAI.

– Stated that the related CBI matter was still pending at the pre-charge stage.

– Did not substantively address allegations on merits and largely remained absent during proceedings.

Findings

– Evidence from CBI investigation, bank records, PAN data, and witness statements established active involvement.

– Respondent repeatedly failed to appear despite multiple opportunities

– No credible defence on merits was provided.

– Proceedings remain valid even if member’s status ceases at a later stage.

– Conduct showed a serious ethical breach and disregard for the disciplinary process.

Charges Established Guilty under Item (2), Part IV, First Schedule – other misconduct (read with Section 22).

Punishment Removal of name from Register of Members for 3 months

Case : CA. KHJ vs. CA. RK

File No. : PR/29/2020/DD/66/2020/BOD/643/2022

Date of Order : 30.12.2025

Particulars Details

Complainant CA. KHJ

Respondent CA. RK

Nature of Case Holding Certificate of Practice while in full-time employment

Background The Respondent, holding a Full-Time Certificate of Practice since 2005, was found to be simultaneously working as Chief Financial Officer (CFO) in a government organisation in Bihar, namely JEEVIKA (Bihar Rural Livelihoods Promotion Society). As per ICAI regulations, a CA in practice cannot engage in any other employment without prior permission.

Key Allegations – Continued to hold a full-time COP while working as CFO in a Government organisation.

                               – Engaged in employment without obtaining prior permission from ICAI.

                              – Violated Clause (11), Part I, First Schedule and Regulation 190A.

Respondent’s Defence Claimed employment was contractual and performance-based, not full-time.

– Argued misunderstanding regarding the permissibility of holding COP.’

– Submitted that no attestation work, UDIN generation, or professional practice was carried out.

– Subsequently surrendered COP and membership (2024).

Findings- Documentary evidence (staff list & website) established Respondent as a full-time CFO.

– No evidence of ICAI permission for employment was produced.

– Claim of contractual engagement was unsupported.

– Counsel admitted lapse during the hearing.

– Holding a COP alongside employment is a clear violation of professional ethics.

Charges Established Guilty under Item (11), Part I, First Schedule – engaging in another occupation while in practice.

Punishment Removal of name from the Register of Members for 1 month

Case : Ms. PDP vs. CA. M.S.M.

File No. : PR/300/2018/DD/301/2018/BOD/646/2022

Date of Order : 30.12.2025

Particulars Details

Complainant Ms. PDP

Respondent CA. M.S.M.

Nature of Case Gross negligence in handling ITAT appeal

Background The Complainant engaged the Respondent to represent her in income-tax appellate proceedings (AY 1999–2000 to 2004–05) before CIT(A) and ITAT, Pune. Despite payment of professional fees, the Respondent allegedly failed to appear before ITAT on multiple hearing dates, leading to an ex-parte order confirming a tax demand of approx. ₹56 lakh, causing financial hardship.

Key Allegations Failure to attend ITAT hearings despite engagement and receipt of fees.

– Non-representation resulted in ex-parte order and substantial tax liability.

– Negligence in the discharge of professional duties.

Respondent’s Defence No substantive defence; the Respondent failed to appear or file a reply despite multiple opportunities.

Findings

– ITAT order recorded non-appearance of the authorised representative on hearing dates (page 4).

– Complainant provided documentary evidence, including the appointment letter, fee proof, and ITAT order.

– The Respondent remained absent in all proceedings (7 hearings) and failed to rebut the allegations.

– Conduct was held to constitute gross negligence and dereliction of professional duty.

Charges Established Guilty under Item (2), Part IV, First Schedule – Other Misconduct (lack of due diligence).

Punishment Removal from the Register of Members for 3 months

Company Law

1. Jayaben Shantilal Doshi vs. Ronak Dyeing Ltd.

183 taxmann.com 186 (NCLT – Mumbai Bench)

CP No. 200(MB) of 2023 | Decided: 4th February, 2026

Non-service of notices of general meetings to shareholders and sale of company property at an undervalued price both independently constitute acts of oppression and mismanagement under Section 241 of the Companies Act, 2013. Further, offer letters for a rights issue must be served on each shareholder individually, a director’s deemed knowledge cannot substitute personal service on other shareholders.

Background: RDL was originally promoted by SDD, Kirti Kumar Vasa (KV), and the Sharma Group, each holding equal stakes. SDD died on 30.03.2013 and his shareholding was transmitted to the Petitioner in FY 2018–19. KV’s group subsequently exited by transferring their shares to the Sharma Group, leaving the Petitioners as the only minority shareholders with 10.79% of the capital.

FACTS

The Petitioners filed a petition under Sections 241–242 of the Companies Act, 2013 alleging four distinct acts of oppression and mismanagement:

  1. Undervalued Sale of Bhuleshwar Property: RDL sold an immovable property at Bhuleshwar, Mumbai vide Deed of Conveyance to M/s Asteya Properties for ₹64.80 lakhs. The Petitioners’ IBBI-registered valuer determined the ready reckoner value at ₹1.25 crore and the fair market value at ₹3.41 crore. The conveyance deed described the property as “open vacant land” with a demolished structure, which contradicted even the photograph filed by the Company itself, showing a two-storeyed structure.
  2. Dilution of Shareholding via 2011 Rights Issue: In March 2011, RDL issued 5,00,000 new equity shares on a rights basis. These shares were allotted exclusively to the Sharma Group and 11 of their relatives (including non-shareholders), with no offer letter served on the Petitioners, SDD, or KV. As a result, the combined shareholding of the SDD group was diluted from 21.56% to 10.79%.
  3. Excessive Director Remuneration: The Respondents and their family members (including daughters of Respondent No. 2 and newly inducted directors Respondents No. 4 & 5) were alleged to be drawing disproportionate remuneration without the requisite qualifications or participation in business activities.
  4. Non-Service of Notices of General Meetings: The Petitioners alleged that they were never served notices of General Meetings or Annual Audited Financial Statements, except for the AGM pertaining to FY 2022–23. This excluded them from any participation in the Company’s affairs after SDD’s demise.

Arguments by the Petitioners

  •  The Bhuleshwar property was sold without a special resolution, as required under Section 180(1)(a) of the Companies Act, 2013, and at a grossly undervalued price — just ₹64.80 lakhs against a fair market value of ₹3.41 crore.
  •  The 2011 rights issue was an oppressive act, as no offer letter was ever served on the Petitioners or SDD; the allotment of a large portion to non-shareholders was illegal under Section 81 of the Companies Act, 1956. The petition was not time-barred because limitation should run from the discovery of fraud in 2023 and the wrong was a “continuing wrong.”
  • Remuneration paid to family members of the Respondents was excessive and unjustified, particularly to those without qualifications or business involvement, and possibly in excess of limits under Section 197 read with Schedule V.
  •  Non-service of meeting notices to shareholders constitutes a continuing act of oppression, depriving them of their statutory rights.
  •  Relief sought included cancellation of the conveyance deed, restoration of shareholding to 21.56%, removal of respondents from the board, forensic audit, appointment of an independent administrator, and, alternatively, winding up.

Arguments by the Respondents

  •  The petition was barred by limitation and delay & laches, particularly the challenge to the 2011 rights issue, which was over 12 years old. SDD had signed Annual Returns for FY 2010–11 and FY 2011–12 showing the changed shareholding, constituting his implied acquiescence.
  • The Bhuleshwar property’s conveyance deed described it as vacant land after demolition of the shed, and a photograph taken in May 2023 could not be used to impute the property’s condition in July 2022. No special resolution was required since the property did not qualify as an “undertaking” under the Explanation to Section 180(1)(a).
  • The Sharma Group submitted that since SDD himself served as a director, the Petitioners cannot solely blame the Respondents for non-service of notices; the Petitioners’ long silence belied their claims.
  • The remuneration to Respondents No. 2 & 3 was commensurate with the company’s growth. Revenue grew 228%, and Plant & Machinery investment grew 260% over 10 years. Remuneration to the daughters (approx. ₹60,000/month) was not excessive. No Income Tax disallowance had been reported in the tax audit report.
  • Respondents were willing to buy out the Petitioners, and a court-appointed valuer determined the share value at ₹178.46 per share.

Decision

The NCLT allowed the petition and made the following key findings and directions:

Sale of Bhuleshwar Property

  • The property did not require a special resolution since its book value was zero and it generated no income — it did not qualify as an “undertaking” under the Section 180(1)(a) explanation. This ground of challenge was rejected.
  • However, the sale was held to be at an undervalued price. The conveyance deed’s description of it as vacant land contradicted both the company’s own photograph and the IBBI valuer’s report. The Respondents filed no counter-valuation report. The sale was declared an act of oppression and mismanagement prejudicial to the members’ interests.

2011 Rights Issue

  •  The challenge qua SDD’s shares was held barred by limitation, as SDD had signed Annual Returns reflecting the changed shareholding and was actively involved in the company — he was expected to have noticed the dilution with reasonable diligence.
  • However, the challenge qua the Petitioners’ direct shareholding was not barred, as the Respondents could not prove service of offer letters to the Petitioners specifically. Notices and offer letters must be served on each shareholder individually, and SDD’s knowledge cannot be imputed to the Petitioners without evidence of authorisation. The allotment to the exclusion of the Petitioners was held to be a continuing wrong and bad in law under Section 81 of the Companies Act, 1956.

Director Remuneration

  • The remuneration to Respondents No. 2 & 3 was found reasonable given the Company’s growth trajectory and no Income Tax disallowance.
  • However, the Tribunal directed the Registrar of Companies to examine whether the total managerial remuneration exceeded the limits prescribed under Section 197 read with Schedule V, and any excess amount is to be factored into the share buyout price.

Non-Service of Notices

  •  Non-service of meeting notices was squarely held to be an act of oppression. The Respondents offered no evidence of dispatch; a bare assertion was insufficient.

Directions

  • Respondents directed to buy out the Petitioners’ shares at the value determined by Valuer, (adjusted upward for items below) within 60 days, failing which interest at 10% p.a.
  • The difference between fair market value (₹3.41 crore) and actual sale consideration (₹64.80 lakhs) of the Bhuleshwar Property, along with interest @ 12% p.a., to be added to the share value.
  • Remuneration in excess of Section 197 limits, if determined by RoC, is to be added to the share buyout value.
  • Petitioners’ shareholding to be adjusted to include the rights shares they were individually entitled to in the 2011 issue.
  • An independent IBBI valuer (Ms. Manisha Satej Dharia) appointed to re-value the Kalyan industrial property, with the revised value to be substituted in the valuer’s report.
  • Alternatively, the company may buy back the Petitioners’ shares.

2. Yerram Vijay Kumar vs. The State of Telangana

Before Supreme Court (SLP (Crl.) No. 11530 OF 2024)

Date of Order: 09th January, 2026

The Supreme Court held that for offences relating to fraud under Section 447 of the Companies Act, 2013, for which prosecution can be initiated only on a complaint filed by Serious Fraud Investigation Office (SFIO) or with its authorization, and a private complaint is not maintainable under Section 212 of the Companies Act, 2013.

FACT

The Special Court for Economic Offences had taken cognizance of “fraud-related” offences under Section 448 Companies Act, 2013 based on a private complaint and the appellant had raised a jurisdictional objection that the Special Court could not take cognizance of “fraud” under the provisions of the Companies Act because Section 212 (6) requires that such complaints to be filed by the Serious Fraud Investigation Office (SFIO) or the Central Government, not by a private individual.

The Charges on the appellant based on a private compliant taken by the Special Court, were under following provisions:

i) Offences under the Companies Act, 2013

  • Section 448 (False Statement): Relates to intentionally making false statements in any return, report, certificate, or document required under the Act.
  • Section 451 (Punishment for Repeated Default): Relates to enhanced penalties for those who commit the same offence twice within three years.

ii) Offences under the Indian Penal Code (IPC)

The complaint also alleges traditional criminal acts:

  • Section 420: Cheating and dishonestly inducing delivery of property.
  • Section 406: Punishment for criminal breach of trust.
  • Section 468 & 471: Forgery for the purpose of cheating and using forged documents as genuine.
  • Section 120B: Criminal conspiracy.

The Core Legal Interpretation/Question before Supreme Court was:

Whether a Special Court could take cognizance of offences under Section 448 (punishment for false statements) and Section 451 (punishment for repeated defaults) based on a private complaint?

ORDER

The Supreme Court observed that Section 448 does not prescribe an independent punishment. Instead, it mandates that a person found guilty “shall be liable under Section 447.” Consequently, any proceeding under Section 448 is functionally an “offence covered under Section 447”.

Supreme Court held that the mandatory safeguard in the second proviso of Section 212(6) applies and a Special Court cannot take cognizance of these offences except upon a written complaint by the Director of the Serious Fraud Investigation Office (SFIO) or an authorized Central Government officer. Accordingly, the Court quashed the proceedings before Special Court specifically to the extent of Sections 448 and 451 of the Companies Act, as they were initiated via a private complaint without SFIO/Government authorisation.

The Court further stated that a person alleging corporate fraud is not remediless but should follow the statutory route, by filing an application under Section 213 before the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) to trigger an investigation.

Structural Shift In Merchant Banking Regulations – Aligning With Maturing Capital Markets

The SEBI (Merchant Bankers) (Amendment) Regulations, 2025, modernize India’s capital markets by replacing the 1992 framework. Key reforms include a tiered categorization (Category I and II) with significantly higher net worth requirements, reaching ₹50 crore for Category I by 2028. A new liquid net worth mandate and a cap on underwriting commitments (20x liquid net worth) mitigate systemic risk. To ensure active participation, minimum revenue thresholds are introduced. Furthermore, non-core activities must be managed through Separate Business Units (SBUs), shifting oversight toward substance-based supervision.

I. INTRODUCTION

Merchant bankers occupy a pivotal and institutionally sensitive position within the architecture of the modern capital market and function as the principal intermediaries and gatekeepers between issuers seeking access to capital and investors deploying risk capital.

In the Indian context, merchant bankers have historically played a foundational role in the development and expansion of the country’s primary securities market. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Merchant Bankers) Regulations, 1992 (“erstwhile Regulations”), were formulated at a time when India’s equity markets were still in their formative phase. Issue sizes were relatively small, institutional participation was limited, and regulatory priorities were centred on market creation rather than systemic risk containment.

As we deep dive into the Indian Market Scenario in the last few decades, the scale, pace, and complexity of India’s capital markets today bear little resemblance to the conditions that prevailed when the 1992 regulatory framework was introduced.

There are more than 230 registered merchant bankers; however, only a smaller set of Book Running Lead Managers are actively managing Initial Public Offerings (IPOs). The companies planning IPOs in the upcoming Year 2026 number more than 190, of which 84 have received SEBI approval and 108 are awaiting approval. This shall set a new fundraising potential to more than ₹2.5 Lakh Crore from more than 190 issuers1.

Further, there has been a steep rise in the Draft Red Herring Prospectus (DRHP) Filings, with 19 startups and more than 24 companies preparing IPO documentation. In the month of February 2026 alone;

DRHP’s filed on SME Exchanges – 6 companies

DRHP filed on Mainboard – 2 Companies

SME IPO Listings – 14 Companies

Mainboard IPO Listings -3 Companies2.

The sharp increase in public issue sizes, the rapid expansion of the SME IPO segment and heightened retail investor participation have explicitly highlighted the limitations of the erstwhile Regulations. Acknowledging this structural disconnect, the Securities and Exchange Board of India, through the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Merchant Bankers) (Amendment) Regulations, 2025 (‘’Amended Regulations’’), has undertaken the first comprehensive amendment of the merchant banking framework in over three decades.


1 https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/business/india-business/ipo-market-2026-

over-190-companies-line-up-for-debut-over-rs-2-5-lakh-crore-fundraisingtargetted/

articleshow/126172612.cms

2 https://www.ipoplatform.com

II. REGULATORY RATIONALE FOR REFORM:

The capital adequacy framework under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Merchant Bankers) Regulations, 1992, anchored to a uniform net worth requirement for merchant bankers of ₹five crore, had ceased to be proportionate to the scale and complexity of contemporary capital market transactions, thereby requiring increasing minimum net worth requirements in a phased manner from ₹25 Crores in 2027 to ₹50 Crores in 2028 for existing Category I regulated intermediaries, i.e. merchant bankers.

Effective from January 1, 2026, these amendments reflect a clear shift towards a prudential, risk-focused, and activity-based regulatory approach, aimed at strengthening market integrity while aligning Indian standards with evolving international regulatory benchmarks.

This regulatory transition was preceded by a structured consultative process initiated through SEBI’s consultation paper issued in August 2024, which systematically identified key gaps in the existing regime, including inadequate capital thresholds, an open-ended scope of activities, underwriting risk concentration, and the persistence of dormant registrations. This process underscores SEBI’s move towards evidence-based and participatory rulemaking in the regulation of market intermediaries.

III. KEY AMENDMENTS:

a) Capital Re Architecture: Tiered Categorisation and the advent of Liquid Net Worth

The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Merchant Bankers) (Amendment) Regulations, 2025, introduce a tiered classification of merchant bankers, creating Category I and Category II intermediaries. Category I merchant bankers are authorised to undertake all permitted activities under Regulation 13A of the Amended Regulations, including lead management of main board public issues, whereas Category II merchant bankers may undertake all other permitted activities except main board public issues. This bifurcation aligns regulatory obligations with market scale, ensuring that high-risk main board mandates are undertaken by well-capitalised entities. The revised norms shall apply to existing MBs in a phased manner as under:

Category Current Requirement (As per 1992 Regulations) Phase 1 (on or before January 2, 2027) Phase 2 (on or before January 2, 2028)
Category I ₹5 crore ₹25 crore & Liquid Net worth – 6.25 Cr. ₹50 crore & Liquid Net worth – 12.5 Cr.
Category II ₹5 crore ₹7.5 crore & Liquid Net worth – 1.875 Cr. ₹10 crore & Liquid Net worth – 2.5 Cr.

*Please note all new applicants shall adhere to the revised Net worth Requirements.

b) Compliances of minimum revenue from permitted activities

It has been observed that several Merchant Bankers are engaged only in activities other than core issue management and its related activities, utilising SEBI registration primarily as a reputational asset rather than as an operational mandate. Accordingly, Merchant Bankers shall now be required to generate minimum revenue on a cumulative basis over the three immediately preceding financial years as ₹Twenty-Five Crores for Category I & ₹Five Crore for Category II. The first assessment with respect to minimum revenue from permitted activities will be carried out w.e.f. 1st April 2029. This will allow only serious and credible market players to sustain in the merchant banking business. However, professionals auditing merchant banking companies, as a matter of practice, reconcile revenue reported in Half-yearly reports to SEBI with minimum revenue from permitted activities reflected in the statement of Profit & Loss to ensure ongoing compliances.

c) Compliances in respect of underwriting obligations

The rapid growth of the SME IPO segment further exposed deficiencies in due diligence standards, underwriting discipline, and conflict management, especially among smaller and thinly capitalised intermediaries. Regulation 22B(2) of the amended regulations caps total underwriting commitments at twenty times a merchant banker’s liquid net worth, replacing the earlier regime that permitted disproportionate exposure based on notional net worth. This reform materially mitigates systemic risk and ensures that underwriting obligations are backed by financial strengths.

d) Threshold for Determining Merchant Banker Association with Issue of Securities

A merchant banker, being a promoter or an associate of either the issuer of the securities or of a person making an offer to sell or purchase securities in terms of any of the regulations made by the Board, shall not lead manage any issue or be associated with any activity undertaken under any of the regulations made by the Board by such issuer or person. The threshold for determining the association of a merchant banker, either by control directly or indirectly through its subsidiary or holding company, has been reduced from fifteen percent to ten percent.

Merchant bankers are prohibited from lead-managing public issues where their key managerial personnel or relatives hold, in aggregate, more than 0.1% of the paid-up share capital or shares whose nominal value is more than Ten Lakh rupees, whichever is lower. These measures reinforce independence, objectivity, and fiduciary accountability across merchant banking operations.

e) Professional Accountability and Institutional Governance

The amended framework also elevates professional standards within merchant banking entities. Principal officers must possess a minimum of five years’ experience in financial markets. Compliance oversight has been strengthened under Regulation 28A through mandatory NISM Series-IX and Series-IIIA certifications, reinforcing regulatory adherence and investor protection. Transitional provisions allow existing compliance officers to continue subject to experience thresholds and timely certification, balancing continuity with enhanced competence.

The Great Upgrade India New Merchant Banking ERA

f) Redefining the Scope of Merchant Banking and the Separate Business Unit (SBU) Framework

The Amendment Regulations explicitly recognise that SBUs are not separate legal entities; the focus is on in substance segregation, operational independence, independent reporting lines, and the maintenance of robust Chinese walls to prevent risk contagion. Under the amended Regulation 13, merchant bankers are expressly permitted to undertake activities directly connected to the securities market lifecycle, including;

(i) managing of public issues, qualified institutions placements, rights issues of securities and advisory or consulting services incidental to such issues;

(ii) managing of:

a. acquisitions and takeovers under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011;

b. buy-back under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buy Back of Securities) Regulations, 2018;

c. delisting under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2021;

d. compliances as may be required under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 in respect of any scheme of arrangement;

e. implementation of a scheme under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits and Sweat Equity) Regulations, 2021; and

f. advisory or consulting services incidental to the activities specified in clauses (a) to (e);

(iii) underwriting activities as specified by the Board from time to time; private placement of listed or proposed to be listed securities on a stock exchange recognised by the Board and activities incidental thereto.

(iv) advisory or consulting services incidental to the activities specified in clauses (a) to (e);

For the purpose of this clause, ‘securities’ shall be treated as ‘proposed to be listed’ from the date of approval of the board resolution of the issuer, for the issuance of such securities to be listed on a stock exchange recognised by the Board;

(v) managing the international offering of securities and advisory or consulting services incidental to such offering;

(vi) filing of placement memorandum of an alternative investment fund;

(vii) issuance of a fairness opinion;

(viii) managing of secondary market transactions of securities listed on a stock exchange recognized by the Board and activities incidental thereto;

(ix) market making in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018;

(x) and any other activity as may be specified by the Board from time to time.

Activities outside the core list are no longer permissible as part of merchant banking and must, if undertaken, be conducted through Separate Business Units (SBUs), thereby ensuring a clear distinction between core merchant banking and other financial services activities. To ensure a smooth transition, existing merchant bankers are required to restructure non-core activities into SBUs within six months from the effective date of January 1, 2026.

Key Differences in Erstwhile Regulations and Amended Regulations

Feature 1992 Regulations (Erstwhile Regulations) 2025 Amendments (Amended Regulations) Strategic Shift
Categorization Unitary framework (Category I dominant) Two-tier framework (Category I and Category II) Recognition of market bifurcation between Main Board and SME platforms
Minimum Net Worth ₹5 Crores ₹50 Crores (Category I) / ₹10 Crores (Category II) Increase to ensure financial resilience and institutional strength
Liquidity Requirement No specific liquidity requirement Mandatory Liquid Net Worth (minimum 25%) Shift from book solvency to immediate solvency
Underwriting Exposure No explicit cap on underwriting Underwriting capped at 20× Liquid Net Worth Risk-taking capacity strictly linked to liquid capital
Valuation Activity In-house valuation permitted Valuation prohibited; mandatory use of Registered Valuer Removal of conflict of interest between deal execution and valuation
Data Localization No data localization requirement Mandatory data storage within India Data sovereignty and assured regulatory access
Record Retention Period 5 years 8 years Alignment with tax, enforcement, and other investigation statutes
Activity / Revenue Requirement No minimum revenue requirement Minimum revenue thresholds: ₹25 Cr (Category I) / ₹5 Cr (Category II) “Active player” doctrine to eliminate dormant registrations

VI. Way Forward: Towards a Resilient, Credible and Globally Aligned Merchant Banking Ecosystem

The regulatory overhaul of the merchant banking framework marks a transformative step in the evolution of India’s merchant banking landscape, establishing a regulatory directive that carefully balances prudential discipline with operational flexibility. The Amended Regulations enable market participants to adapt to heightened standards without disrupting market continuity or capital formation.

Some of the key takeaways are:

  •  Merchant banking regulation in India has decisively moved from form-based registration to substance-based supervision, commensurate with the evolving and growing capital market activities.
  • Capital adequacy is operationally enforced through tiered net worth thresholds, liquid asset requirements, and underwriting exposure limits.
  • The positive list framework defines the boundaries and permissible merchant banking activities.
  • Licence continuity is now tied to demonstrable market participation, reinforcing the principle that merchant banking is an active institutional responsibility rather than a passive regulatory entitlement.

Collectively, these measures position India’s merchant banking industry to operate with greater credibility, resilience, and strategic alignment with international standards, ensuring that the primary markets function efficiently and securely while supporting long-term capital formation objectives.

Personal Guarantors under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016

The IBC treats personal guarantors as a distinct class closely linked to corporate debtors. Their liability is co-extensive, meaning creditors can proceed against them directly without first exhausting remedies against the principal borrower. Supreme Court rulings clarify that a corporate resolution plan does not discharge guarantor obligations, nor does the Section 14 moratorium protect them. To ensure efficiency, insolvency proceedings for both debtors and guarantors are typically consolidated under the NCLT. Ultimately, guarantor liability remains independent, allowing creditors to pursue parallel remedies under statutes like SARFAESI

INTRODUCTION

Personal guarantees have historically been a central feature of commercial lending in India. Promoters and directors frequently provide personal guarantees to secure corporate borrowings. The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 introduced a comprehensive framework governing the insolvency of corporate persons as well as individuals, including personal guarantors to corporate debtors.

The evolution of jurisprudence relating to personal guarantors under the IBC reflects an attempt by courts to reconcile traditional contract law principles with the modern insolvency framework. The central issues addressed by courts include the co-extensive liability of guarantors, the independence of guarantor obligations, the jurisdictional forum for insolvency proceedings, and the relationship between proceedings against corporate debtors and guarantors.

A series of landmark judicial pronouncements have clarified these questions and collectively established a coherent legal framework governing the treatment of personal guarantors under the IBC.

CONTRACTUAL FOUNDATIONS: CO-EXTENSIVE LIABILITY OF GUARANTORS

The legal foundation of guarantor liability lies in Section 128 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, which provides that the liability of the surety is co-extensive with that of the principal debtor unless otherwise agreed.

The Supreme Court has consistently interpreted this provision to mean that a creditor may proceed against the guarantor without first exhausting remedies against the principal borrower.

In K. Paramasivam vs. Karur Vysya Bank Ltd., 2023 SCC OnLine SC 1653, the Court reaffirmed that a financial creditor is entitled to proceed directly against the guarantor even if proceedings have not been initiated against the principal borrower. The Court reiterated that the liability of the guarantor arises immediately upon default and is not contingent upon prior action against the borrower.

Earlier Supreme Court decisions have also recognised this principle. In Bank of Bihar Ltd. vs. Damodar Prasad, AIR 1969 SC 297 : (1969) 1 SCR 620, the Court held that a creditor is not bound to exhaust remedies against the principal debtor before enforcing the guarantee. Similarly, in Industrial Investment Bank of India Ltd. vs. Biswanath Jhunjhunwala, (2009) 9 SCC 478 : AIR 2009 SC 2420, the Court held that the guarantor’s liability arises simultaneously with that of the principal debtor.

These foundational principles continue to inform the interpretation of guarantor liability within the IBC framework.

PERSONAL GUARANTORS UNDER THE INSOLVENCY AND BANKRUPTCY CODE

The legal framework governing personal guarantors under the IBC was clarified by the Supreme Court in Lalit Kumar Jain vs. Union of India, (2021) 9 SCC 321 : AIR 2021 SC 2367.

In this case, the Supreme Court upheld the constitutional validity of the notification dated 15 November 2019, which brought personal guarantors to corporate debtors within the insolvency framework of the IBC.

The Court held that personal guarantors constitute a distinct class of individuals intrinsically connected with corporate debtors, particularly because such guarantors are usually promoters, directors, or individuals closely associated with the corporate debtor’s management and finances.

The Court further held that Parliament was justified in creating a specialised insolvency framework for personal guarantors and placing their insolvency proceedings under the jurisdiction of the National Company Law Tribunal (“NCLT”) where proceedings against the corporate debtor are pending.

Neither a Borrower nor Guarantor Be

RECOGNITION OF PERSONAL GUARANTORS AS A DISTINCT CATEGORY

The Supreme Court further clarified the unique status of personal guarantors in PNB Housing Finance Ltd. vs. Mohit Arora, 2022 SCC OnLine SC 150 and Axis Trustee Services Ltd. vs. Brij Bhushan Singal, 2022 SCC OnLine SC 1440.

In these decisions, the Court recognised that personal guarantors represent a separate category of individuals intrinsically linked to corporate debtors. The Court emphasised that insolvency proceedings against corporate debtors and personal guarantors should ideally be adjudicated by the same forum to prevent conflicting outcomes and ensure procedural efficiency.

This principle is reflected in Section 60(2) of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, which provides that where insolvency proceedings against a corporate debtor are pending before the NCLT, proceedings relating to the insolvency of its personal guarantor must also be filed before the same tribunal.

INDEPENDENCE OF GUARANTOR LIABILITY AFTER RESOLUTION

Another important dimension of guarantor liability under the IBC concerns the effect of a resolution plan on the guarantor’s obligations.

In BRS Ventures Investments Ltd. vs. SREI Infrastructure Finance Ltd., 2024 SCC OnLine SC 330, the Supreme Court held that the approval of a resolution plan for a corporate debtor does not automatically discharge the liability of personal guarantors.

The Court held that the liability of a guarantor arises from an independent contract of guarantee and therefore survives even after the corporate debtor undergoes resolution.

The Court further reaffirmed the well-established principle that a creditor is entitled to recover its dues from guarantors even where the principal debtor has been discharged or has become insolvent.

MORATORIUM AND PROCEEDINGS AGAINST PERSONAL GUARANTORS

The relationship between the moratorium provisions of the IBC and guarantor liability was clarified by the Supreme Court in State Bank of India vs. V. Ramakrishnan, (2018) 17 SCC 394 : AIR 2018 SC 3876.

The Court held that the moratorium imposed under Section 14 of the IBC applies only to the corporate debtor and not to guarantors.

Personal guarantors may avail a separate moratorium under Sections 96 and 101 of the IBC, but this protection arises only when insolvency proceedings are initiated against them under Part III of the Code.

The Court further held that the 2018 amendment to Section 14(3), excluding sureties from the corporate debtor moratorium, is retrospective in nature.

INDEPENDENT INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS AGAINST PERSONAL GUARANTORS

The independence of insolvency proceedings against personal guarantors was further affirmed in Mahendra Kumar Jajodia vs. State Bank of India, (2022) 9 SCC 47.

In that case, the Supreme Court dismissed appeals challenging insolvency proceedings initiated under Section 95 of the IBC against personal guarantors even though no insolvency proceedings were pending against the corporate debtor.

The Court thereby affirmed that the insolvency framework applicable to personal guarantors under Part III of the IBC operates independently and does not necessarily depend upon the initiation of insolvency proceedings against the corporate debtor.

JURISDICTIONAL ISSUES: NCLT VERSUS DRT

The jurisdictional framework governing insolvency proceedings against personal guarantors has also been the subject of important judicial clarification.

In Kotak Mahindra Bank Ltd. vs. State of Maharashtra, 2023 SCC OnLine Bom 1294, the Bombay High Court held that applications under Section 95 of the IBC against personal guarantors of corporate debtors are not maintainable before the Debt Recovery Tribunal where proceedings against the corporate debtor are pending before the NCLT.

The Court held that the DRT lacks jurisdiction in such circumstances and must either dismiss the application for want of jurisdiction or transfer the proceedings to the NCLT.

PARALLEL REMEDIES UNDER SARFAESI AND IBC

The question whether creditors may pursue remedies under the SARFAESI Act against guarantors while insolvency proceedings against the borrower are pending under the IBC was examined by the Delhi High Court in Kiran Gupta vs. State Bank of India, 2021 SCC OnLine Del 4041.

The Court held that proceedings under the SARFAESI Act against guarantors are not barred merely because insolvency proceedings against the principal borrower are pending under the IBC.

The Court reiterated that the liability of the guarantor is independent and co-extensive, and therefore creditors may pursue remedies against guarantors under other statutory frameworks unless specifically prohibited by law.

ADDITIONAL CLARIFICATION IN RAKESH BHANOT VS. GURDAS AGRO PVT. LTD.

The Supreme Court’s decision in Rakesh Bhanot vs. Gurdas Agro Pvt. Ltd., 2025 SCC OnLine SC 359, further contributed to the jurisprudence concerning insolvency proceedings involving guarantors and related parties.

The Court emphasised that the provisions of the IBC must be interpreted in a manner that preserves the effectiveness of creditor remedies while maintaining the integrity of the insolvency process.

CONCLUSION

The Law relating to personal guarantors under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code has evolved significantly through judicial interpretation. The important principles emanating from various decisions are as follows:

a) The liability of guarantors is co-extensive and independent of that of the principal debtor.

b) A creditor may proceed against a guarantor without first suing the principal borrower.

c) Personal guarantors constitute a distinct category under the IBC, closely linked to corporate debtors.

d) Approval of a resolution plan for the corporate debtor does not automatically discharge guarantor liability.

e) The moratorium under the IBC does not extend to personal guarantors.

f) Insolvency proceedings against personal guarantors may proceed independently under Part III of the IBC.

g) Proceedings involving corporate debtors and their guarantors should ordinarily be adjudicated by the same forum to avoid conflicting outcomes.

h) Creditors may pursue parallel remedies under SARFAESI and other statutes against guarantors unless expressly barred.

A personal guarantor’s liability is like the proverbial ‘Sword of Damocles’ which is hanging by a very slender thread and can come down at any time. One may even rephrase Shakespeare’s famous piece of advice appearing in Hamlet (Act I, Scene III) to say, “Neither a Borrower nor a Guarantor be”.

Allied Laws

1. Quantum Park Cooperative Housing Society Ltd vs. AHCL-PEL & Ors.

2026 LiveLaw (Bom) 84

February 24, 2026

Deemed conveyance – Application by housing society – Pendency of civil suits regarding alleged illegal construction – Not a bar to consideration of deemed conveyance. [Maharashtra Ownership Flats Act, 1963, S.11]

FACTS

The petitioner’s Society consisted of purchasers of flats in buildings known as “Quantum Park”, constructed on leasehold land at Bandra, Mumbai. The developers had undertaken development of the property under a Slum Rehabilitation Scheme and constructed residential buildings, thereafter executing agreements for sale with individual flat purchasers.

Upon completion of construction and possession being handed over, the petitioner society was registered under the Maharashtra Co-operative Societies Act. Despite repeated demands, the developers failed to execute conveyance of the land and building in favour of the society.

Consequently, the Society filed an application for deemed conveyance under section 11 of the Maharashtra Ownership Flats Act before the Competent Authority. The application was rejected on the grounds that the area sought to be conveyed exceeded the area allegedly admissible to the society and that certain civil suits were pending regarding the legality of the upper floors in the building.

The society challenged the rejection order before the High Court.

HELD

The Court observed that the pendency of civil suits concerning the legality of certain floors in the building had no direct bearing on the statutory right of the society to obtain conveyance under section 11 of the Act.

The Competent Authority was required to examine the entitlement of the Society to conveyance of the land and building on the basis of the material placed before it. The existence of disputes relating to the construction of certain floors could not be treated as a legal bar to the grant of a deemed conveyance.

By rejecting the application solely on such grounds, the Competent Authority had failed to exercise jurisdiction in accordance with the law.

The impugned order was set aside, and the matter was directed to be reconsidered in accordance with the law.

The Petition was allowed.

2. S. Rajendran vs. DCIT (Benami Prohibition)

2026 INSC 187

February 24, 2026

Insolvency – attachment of property under Benami Transactions Act – challenge before NCLT – Not maintainable – Remedy lies under Benami Act. [Prohibition of Benami Property Transactions Act, 1988; Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, S.14, 60(5)]

FACTS

Investigations conducted under the Benami Act revealed that the promoters of a company had transferred their shareholding in the company to a beneficial owner through an intermediary in exchange for consideration paid in demonetised currency.

Meanwhile, insolvency proceedings were initiated against the company (corporate debtor) under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC), and the company eventually went into liquidation. Proceedings were initiated under the Benami Act, and a provisional attachment order was passed attaching the immovable properties of the corporate debtor.

The liquidator challenged the attachment order before the National Company Law Tribunal, contending that the attachment violated the moratorium under section 14 of the IBC and that the attached assets formed part of the liquidation estate.

The NCLT rejected the challenge, holding that it lacked jurisdiction to adjudicate the validity of attachment orders passed under the Benami Act. The decision was affirmed by the NCLAT.

The matter was carried to the Supreme Court.

HELD

The Supreme Court held that the Benami Act constitutes a self-contained statutory framework providing its own mechanism for adjudication and appeal regarding attachment and confiscation of benami property.

The jurisdiction of the NCLT under section 60(5) of the IBC is not all-pervasive and does not extend to reviewing administrative or quasi-judicial orders passed under independent statutory regimes.

Proceedings under the Benami Act are sovereign actions intended to identify and confiscate property held through illegal transactions. Such proceedings are distinct from recovery actions by creditors and, therefore, are not barred by the moratorium under section 14 of the IBC.

Consequently, the validity of attachment orders passed under the Benami Act must be challenged only before the authorities constituted under that Act and not before insolvency tribunals.

The appeals were dismissed.

3. Om Sakthi Sekar vs. V. Sukumar & Ors.

2026 LiveLaw (SC) 240

March 13, 2026

Auction sale – Challenge after confirmation – Protection of bona fide auction purchaser – Revaluation after several years impermissible. [Recovery of Debts and Bankruptcy Act, 1993]

FACTS

Respondent borrowers had obtained financial facilities from a bank and created equitable mortgages over several immovable properties. Upon default, the bank initiated recovery proceedings before the Debt Recovery Tribunal.

The DRT issued a recovery certificate and ordered the sale of the mortgaged properties. In the auction conducted in 2010, the appellant emerged as the highest bidder and paid the full consideration. The sale was confirmed, and a sale certificate was issued and registered.

Subsequently, the guarantors challenged the recovery proceedings before the DRAT and thereafter before the High Court. While upholding the validity of the recovery proceedings and auction sale, the High Court remanded the matter to the DRT for reconsideration of the valuation of the properties and directed that, if the sale price was found to be lower than the actual value, the appellant purchaser may be required to pay the difference.

The auction purchaser challenged this direction before the Supreme Court.

HELD

The Supreme Court held that once an auction sale conducted pursuant to recovery proceedings has been confirmed and a sale certificate issued, valuable rights accrue in favour of the auction purchaser.

A bona fide third-party purchaser who participates in a public auction conducted by a statutory authority is entitled to protection of his title unless the sale is vitiated by fraud or material irregularity.

In the present case, both the DRT and DRAT had upheld the validity of the auction, and there was no finding of fraud or illegality. The High Court itself had affirmed the validity of the auction but nevertheless remitted the matter for revaluation nearly ten years later.

Such a direction was contrary to settled principles governing court auctions and would undermine certainty in judicial sales.

The appeal was allowed.

4. P. Anjanappa (D) vs. A.P. Nanjundappa & Ors.

(2025) LiveLaw (SC) 1074

November 6, 2025

Partition – Registered relinquishment deed – Effect – Unregistered family settlement admissible for collateral purposes. [Hindu Succession Act, 1956; Registration Act, 1908]

FACTS

The dispute concerned the partition of properties belonging to a joint Hindu family. The plaintiffs claimed that the suit properties were joint family properties liable to partition.

The contesting defendant relied upon registered release deeds executed by his brothers relinquishing their shares in the family property in his favour. He also relied upon a family arrangement recorded in a document known as “palupatti” which purported to record a partition between certain members of the family.

The Trial Court and the High Court refused to recognise the exclusive share claimed by the defendant and held that the unregistered palupatti could not be relied upon to prove partition.

Aggrieved, the defendant’s legal representatives approached the Supreme Court.

HELD

The Supreme Court held that a registered relinquishment deed executed by a coparcener releasing his share in joint family property operates immediately upon execution and effectively transfers the releasor’s interest.

The courts below erred in ignoring the effect of the registered release deeds while determining the shares of the parties.

Further, a family arrangement recorded in writing does not necessarily require registration when it is relied upon only for a limited purpose, namely to explain the manner in which parties subsequently held and enjoyed the property.

Such a document may be admitted for collateral purposes even if it is unregistered.

Accordingly, the judgments of the courts below were set aside.

The Appeal was allowed.

5. Pravinkumar Jethalal Dave vs. State of Maharashtra & Ors.

W.P. No.2317 of 2011 (Bom)(HC)

February 9, 2026

Co-operative societies – Nomination – Nominee does not become owner – Membership dispute among heirs – Authority cannot decide title. [Maharashtra Cooperative Societies Act, 1960, S.23]

FACTS

The petitioner claimed membership in a co-operative housing society in respect of a flat owned by his deceased father. The father had executed a nomination in favour of the petitioner.

After the father’s death, the competent authority granted membership to the petitioner. The order was challenged by the society and by a person claiming tenancy rights through revision proceedings.

The revisional authority set aside the order granting membership on the ground that the nomination form contained overwriting and, therefore, could not be relied upon.

The petitioner challenged the revisional order before the High Court.

HELD

The Court reiterated that a nomination in favour of a person does not confer ownership of the property upon the nominee. A nominee merely represents the legal heirs and holds the property on their behalf.

In the present case, the deceased member had left behind several legal heirs, most of whom had either supported or not opposed the petitioner’s claim for membership. The dispute, if any, was essentially among the legal heirs regarding succession. The tenant had no locus to question the internal arrangement among heirs, and the society had not disputed the petitioner’s eligibility under the Act or bye-laws.

Authorities exercising powers under the Maharashtra Co-operative Societies Act are concerned only with the regulation of membership and are not competent to decide disputes relating to title or succession.

The revisional authority, therefore, exceeded its jurisdiction in interfering with the order granting membership to the petitioner.

The Writ Petition(s) were allowed.

From Published Accounts

COMPILER’S NOTE:

As part of the initiative on Sustainability Reporting, the Securities & Exchange Board of India (SEBI) had, from FY 2023-24 onwards, mandated publication of Business Responsibility and Sustainability Reporting (BRSR) for the top 1,000 companies (as per market cap). Assurance for the same was also made mandatory in phases – accordingly, for FY 2024-25, the top 250 companies needed to give Reasonable Assurance; the same will be increased to the Top 500 companies in FY 2025-26 and to the entire 1,00 companies from FY 2026-27 onwards.

Given below are extracts from an Independent Practitioners’ Assurance Report for FY 2024-25 on identified Sustainable information in the BRSR where a Qualified Conclusion has been given.

Larsen & Toubro Ltd (31-3-2025)

From Independent Practitioners’ Assurance Report for FY 2024-25 on identified Sustainable information in the BRSR

1. We have undertaken to perform a reasonable assurance engagement for LARSEN AND TOUBRO LIMITED (the “Company”), vide our engagement letter dated February 20, 2025, in respect of the agreed Sustainability Information or (“BRSR Core indicators”), in accordance with the criteria stated in paragraph 3 below. This Sustainability Information is included in the Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report (the “BRSR” or the “Report”) of the Integrated Annual Report (the “IAR”) of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2025. This engagement was conducted by our multidisciplinary team, including assurance practitioners, environmental engineers, and specialists.

2. Identified Sustainability Information

Our scope of reasonable assurance consists of the BRSR Core indicators listed in Appendix I to our report. The reporting boundary of the Report is as disclosed in Question 13 of Section A: General Disclosure of the BRSR, with exceptions disclosed by way of note under respective questions of the BRSR, where applicable.

11. BASIS OF QUALIFIED CONCLUSION

i. As described in the Note to BRSR- Section C: Principle 6 “ Business should respect and make efforts to respect and restore the environment” -Essential Indicators 3 and 4 of the Report, which pertains to details related to water, the Company has redesigned its Standard Operating Procedures (the” SOPs”), by implementing a new data management platform and has adopted a hybrid approach consisting of direct measurement through flowmeters or estimation where direct measurement is not possible. However, the Company’s redesigned SOPs are not uniformly implemented across project sites in relation to the use of appropriate estimation methods for water withdrawal, wastewater generation, and water discharge. In the absence of sufficient appropriate evidence to test the completeness and accuracy of the disclosures under Essential Indicators 3 and 4 as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025, we were unable to determine whether any adjustments to the reported figures with respect to those essential indicators were necessary or not as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025.

ii. As described in the Note to BRSR- Section C: Principle 6 “Business should respect and make efforts to respect and restore the environment” -Essential Indicator 9 of the report, which pertains to details related to waste management, the quantification of construction and demolition waste (the “C&D waste”) generated and its disposal is complex due to heterogeneous composition, voluminous nature and due to lack of application of standardised measurement methodology. Considering the complexity, the Company has used estimation methods for measuring waste generation based on volume of activity or output at respective sites and waste generation per unit activity or process. In the absence of sufficient appropriate evidence to test the completeness and accuracy of the disclosures under the C&D waste as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025, we were unable to determine whether any adjustments to the reported figures with respect to the C&D waste were necessary or not as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025.

iii. As described in the Note to BRSR Section C Principle 5 “ Business should respect and promote human rights” -Essential Indicator 3(b) “Gross wages paid to females as % of total wages paid by the entity” and Principle 8 “Business should promote inclusive growth and equitable development” -Essential Indicator 5 “Job Creation in smaller towns”, the Company has considered the wages paid to other-than-permanent workers based on filings made under Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act (the “CLRA”) for the calendar year 2024. The data collation process is largely manual and is not reconciling completely with the source documents (i.e. wage registers, invoices etc.). In the absence of sufficient appropriate evidence to check the accuracy of the disclosures under “Gross wage paid to females as % of total wages paid by the entity” and “Job Creation in smaller towns” as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025, we were unable to determine whether any adjustments to the reported figures with respect to “Gross wages paid to females as % of total wages paid by the entity” and “Job Creation in smaller towns” were necessary or not as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025.

12. QUALIFIED REASONABLE ASSURANCE OPINION

Except for the effect of the matter described in the Basis for Qualified Conclusion section of our report, the Identified Sustainability information as mentioned in Annexure l is fairly presented, in all material respects, in accordance with Criteria mentioned in paragraph 3 above.

Investments Held By Investment Entities and Application Of FVTPL

Under Ind AS 28, investment-oriented entities like venture capital organizations or mutual funds can elect to measure associates and joint ventures at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) instead of using the equity method. This election, made at initial recognition, recognizes that these entities prioritize fair value performance. Recent IASB proposals seek to clarify which “similar entities” qualify for this exemption, linking eligibility to a “main business activity” of investing to align with IFRS 18 presentation requirements. These changes are expected to be adopted in India to maintain international accounting convergence.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are ordinarily accounted for using the equity method under Ind AS 28 – Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. However, the standard recognises that certain types of entities, particularly those engaged in investment activities, evaluate the performance of their investments on a fair value basis.

As per paragraph 18 of Ind AS 28, “When an investment in an associate or a joint venture is held by, or is held indirectly through, an entity that is a venture capital organisation, or a mutual fund, unit trust and similar entities including investment linked insurance funds, the entity may elect to measure that investment at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with Ind AS 109. An entity shall make this election separately for each associate or joint venture, at initial recognition of the associate or joint venture.

Accordingly, paragraph 18 of Ind AS 28 provides an important exemption from the equity method. It is clear that this exemption does not apply to non-investment type entities holding investments in associates. In practice, there may be cases where a group has venture capital activities as well as other activities. In these cases, Ind AS 28 allows an entity to measure the portion of an investment in an associate, that is held through a venture capital organisation or similar entities, at FVTPL (fair value through profit or loss) in accordance with Ind AS 109 Financial Instruments. This is regardless of whether the venture capital organisation has significant influence over that portion of the investment. If an entity makes this election, it must apply equity accounting to the remaining portion of the investment not held through the venture capital organisation.

This approach recognises that investment-oriented entities typically assess performance based on changes in fair value rather than through the periodic recognition of a share of profits under the equity method.

To elaborate, consider a scenario. Parent P operates in the telecommunication business. In addition, it owns a venture capital subsidiary that invests in the retail and e-commerce industry. The board of directors of the parent as well as the subsidiary, monitors the performance of subsidiary’s business based on the fair value of its investments. In this case, even though P itself is not a venture capital organisation, its subsidiary should be able to apply the exemption and account for its investments at FVTPL. In the CFS of P, the investments held (in associates or joint ventures) by the venture capital subsidiary could also be accounted for at FVTPL (choice to be exercised at initial recognition). Any changes in fair value are recognised in profit or loss in the period of change. The author believes that a similar analysis may also apply where a single reporting entity has two different segments: one segment engaged in venture capital activities and the second segment is carrying out other business activities.

It may be clarified that this is an exemption from the requirement of Ind AS 28 to measure interests in joint ventures and associates using the equity method, rather than an exception. If an entity decides, it may apply the equity method to investments in an associate or a joint venture held through a venture capital organisation or similar entities.

Chossing Fair Value The Investment Entity Exemption

Ind AS 28 does not explain which entities comprise “venture capital organisations, or mutual funds, unit trusts and similar entities, including investment-linked insurance funds”. Rather, the same needs to be decided based on the facts of each case. The author believes that, to apply this exemption, an entity should be able to demonstrate that it runs a venture capital business or investment business, rather than merely undertaking some ad hoc activities that a venture capital business may also undertake. Additionally, it is what the entity actually does, rather than what the entity calls itself, for e.g., an entity may title itself as an investment entity, though the activity conducted may not be largely investment related. In such a case, the exemption is not available.
It was noticed by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) that an important interpretational issue arose from the wording of paragraph 18 itself, creating diversity in practise, particularly for those in the insurance industry. The insurance industry informed the IASB about diversity in how the requirements for the fair value option in IAS 28 are applied and the effects of that diversity on the classification of income and expenses in the statement of profit or loss in accordance with IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements.

When an investment in an associate or a joint venture is held by, or is held indirectly through, an entity that is a venture capital organisation, or a mutual fund, unit trust and similar entities, including investment-linked insurance funds, the entity may elect to measure that investment at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with IFRS 9. Similar entities include those that have a main business activity of investing in particular types of assets (see paragraph 49(a) of IFRS 18).

An example of an investment-linked insurance fund is a fund held by an entity as the underlying items for a group of insurance contracts with direct participation features. For the purposes of this election, insurance contracts include investment contracts with discretionary participation features. An entity shall make this election separately for each associate or joint venture, at initial recognition of the associate or joint venture.

IFRS 18 requires income and expenses from all investments accounted for using the equity method to be classified in the investing category of the statement of profit or loss. However, it requires income and expenses from investments in associates and joint ventures accounted for using the fair value option in IAS 28 to be classified in the operating category if an entity invests in these assets as a main business activity. Some entities, particularly those in the insurance industry, consider some investments in associates and joint ventures to be part of their main business activity of investing in assets.

Therefore, they consider the related income and expenses to be part of their operating results. To enable them to classify the income and expenses from these investments in the operating category of the statement of profit or loss, some insurers are considering expanding their use of the fair value option in IAS 28 to measure these investments.

In 2023, during the development of IFRS 18, the IASB acknowledged diversity in how stakeholders, particularly those in the insurance industry, interpret which entities are eligible to measure their investments in associates and joint ventures using the fair value option in IAS 28. Some stakeholders interpret the requirement in paragraph 18 of IAS 28 narrowly to refer only to those investments in associates or joint ventures held by or through investment-linked insurance funds. Other stakeholders interpret the requirement more broadly to refer to any investments in associates and joint ventures directly or indirectly related to insurance contracts issued. The IASB observed at that time that clarifying which entities are eligible to use the fair value option in IAS 28 was beyond the scope of that project.

The ED proposes targeted amendments to paragraphs 18 and 19 of IAS 28 to clarify which entities are eligible to elect the fair value option. The election would apply to “an entity that is a venture capital organisation, or a mutual fund, unit trust and similar entities”. The ED removes the reference to “investment-linked insurance funds” and instead clarifies that “similar entities” include those that have a main business activity of investing in particular types of assets, as described in paragraph 49(a) of IFRS 18.

The IASB intends this clarification to address diversity in how the scope of the fair value option in IAS 28 is interpreted in practice, particularly in assessing whether certain types of entities qualify as similar entities. In developing the ED, the IASB proposes a narrow-scope clarification focused on clarifying the meaning of “similar entities” and minimising differing outcomes arising from the interaction between IAS 28 and IFRS 18.

The ED proposes that, on transition:

  •  Where entities have yet to adopt IFRS 18, the amendments will apply at the same time they adopt IFRS 18.
  •  Where entities have adopted IFRS 18 early, the amendments will be applied retrospectively in accordance with paragraph C7 of IFRS 18.

The ED is designed to clarify eligibility for applying the fair value option in IAS 28 by explicitly linking the notion of “similar entities” to IFRS 18’s description of entities with a main business activity of investing in particular types of assets. Entities with a main business activity of investing in particular types of assets may wish to change their election for measuring an investment in an associate or joint venture from the equity method to fair value through profit or loss in accordance with IFRS 9 on transition to IFRS 18. The decision will impact not only the measurement of the investments but will have presentation consequences under IFRS 18.

Although the exposure draft formally amends IAS 28, the issue it addresses is equally relevant in jurisdictions that apply Ind AS, given the close alignment between the two standards. It is therefore reasonable to expect that, if the proposals are finalised, similar amendments may eventually be introduced in the Indian accounting framework to maintain convergence with international standards.

Goods And Services Tax

I. SUPREME COURT

1. (2026) 39 Centax 265 (S.C.) Union of India vs. Torrent Power Ltd. dated 10.02.2026.

Where the incidence of tax has been passed on to consumers, any refundable amount must be credited to the Consumer Welfare Fund.

FACTS

The Respondent was engaged in electricity generation and distribution. Respondent had imported natural gas under CIF contracts and paid IGST on ocean freight under reverse charge pursuant to Notification No.10/2017–Integrated Tax (Rate). Respondent later filed refund applications for the tax paid after the levy on ocean freight under CIF contracts was declared unconstitutional in Union of India vs. Mohit Minerals Pvt. Ltd. 2020 (33) G.S.T.L. 321 (Guj.). The refund was denied on the ground that the incidence of tax had been passed on to consumers and, therefore the amount was liable to be credited to the Consumer Welfare Fund.

Subsequently, the respondent filed a writ petition before Hon’ble Gujarat High Court, where it was held that the respondent was entitled to a refund of the tax paid and its proposal to deposit the refunded amount in a separate account and subsequently pass the benefit to consumers through tariff adjustments approved by the Gujarat Electricity Regulatory Commission was accepted. Being aggrieved, the petitioner filed an appeal before the Supreme Court of India.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court held that under section 54(5) of the CGST Act, 2017, when a tax amount is found refundable, it must ordinarily be credited to the Consumer Welfare Fund unless it falls within the specified exceptions. One such exception under section 54(8)(e) allows a refund to the applicant only where the incidence of tax has not been passed on to any other person. In the present case, it was an admitted fact that the Respondent had passed on the burden of the tax to electricity consumers; therefore, the exception did not apply. The Court further held that the procedure adopted by the Gujarat High Court to allow the refund to be deposited in a separate account and later passed on to consumers through tariff adjustments was not contemplated under section 54 of the CGST Act and was, therefore, unsustainable.

Accordingly, the Supreme Court set aside the High Court’s judgment and directed the respondent to transfer the refundable amount to the Consumer Welfare Fund.

II. HIGH COURT

2. (2026) 39 Centax 319 (Mad.) Bharathidasan University vs. Joint Commissioner of GST (ST-Intelligence), Tiruchirappali dated 10.02.2026.

Affiliation fees collected by a university from affiliated colleges are liable to GST, as such affiliation is only a prerequisite to admission and examination and does not qualify for any exemption.

FACTS

The Petitioner collected affiliation fees from colleges affiliated to it for enabling them to admit students and present them for university examinations. During an inspection and investigation conducted by the GST Intelligence authorities, it was found that GST had not been paid on such affiliation fees for the financial years 2019–2020 to 2022–2023.

Following the inspection, the respondent issued separate notices of intimation of liability under section 74(5), calling upon the petitioner to show cause as to why GST, along with 18% interest and penalty, should not be levied. Aggrieved by these notices, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court challenging the said notices.

HELD 

The Hon’ble High Court held that affiliation granted by a university to colleges is only a prerequisite for colleges to admit students and conduct examinations, and does not itself constitute a service relating to admission of students or the conduct of examinations.

Therefore, the affiliation fees collected by the petitioner from affiliated colleges do not fall within the exemption provided under Notification No.12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) for services relating to admission or conduct of examinations by educational institutions.

Consequently, the Court held that such affiliation fees are amenable to the levy of GST, thereby deciding the issue in favour of the Respondent.

3. (2026) 40 Centax 54 (Bom.) Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Ltd. vs. State of Maharashtra dated 20.02.2026.

The Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal has inherent power to grant interim relief, including a stay of recovery during pendency of an appeal, and parties must seek such relief before the Tribunal instead of directly approaching the High Court.

FACTS

The Petitioner was issued an Order-in-Original under the CGST Act confirming tax liability against it. The petitioner filed a first appeal, which was dismissed by the appellate authority through an Order-in-Appeal. Thereafter, the petitioner filed an appeal before the Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal. During the pendency of this appeal, the respondent issued demand intimations and a recovery notice for recovery of the tax dues. The Petitioner informed the respondent that the demand amount had been deposited through Form GST DRC-03A and that the appeal was pending before the Tribunal, and subsequently filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court seeking quashing of the intimation and recovery notices and a stay of recovery proceedings.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that the Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal possesses inherent and incidental powers to grant interim relief, including stay of recovery proceedings during the pendency of an appeal, even though the CGST Act does not expressly provide for such power. The Court observed that sections 111 and 113 of the CGST Act confer wide appellate powers on the Tribunal, which necessarily include the authority to pass appropriate interim orders to make the appellate remedy effective. Consequently, the Court held that the petitioner should seek interim relief before the Tribunal instead of invoking the writ jurisdiction.

4. (2026) 40 Centax 16 (Guj.) Marhabba Overseas Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India dated 20.02.2026.

Quasi-judicial authorities must verify the authenticity and relevance of judicial precedents and cannot blindly rely on AI-generated or incorrect case citations while deciding matters under GST law.

FACTS

The Petitioner was issued a SCN under section 75 of the CGST Act, and thereafter an impugned order was passed by the respondent. While dealing with the defence submissions recorded in the impugned order, the respondent relied upon various judicial precedents, including Union of India vs. Coastal Container Transporters Association, NKAS Services (P) Ltd., CCE vs. Flock (India) (P) Ltd., Union of India vs. W.N. Chadha, and Rajasthan State Chemical Works. It was noticed during the proceedings that several of these citations were incorrectly referred to, wrongly attributed to Courts, or unrelated to the issues addressed in the impugned order. Consequently, the petitioner filed a Special Civil Application before the Hon’ble High Court challenging the order.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court observed that the reasoning adopted in the impugned order appeared flawed and deceptive, as the respondent had relied on incorrect or unrelated judicial citations without examining the actual judgments.

The Court noted that such practice indicated reliance on AI-generated or mechanically reproduced citations, which could lead to serious errors in quasi-judicial decision-making. The Court held that quasi-judicial authorities must verify the correctness and relevance of judicial precedents before relying on them and should not blindly rely on AI-generated citations.

The Court also observed that guidelines may be required for such authorities, issued notice to the respondent and the Union of India, and granted interim relief by staying the impugned order until further hearing.

5. (2026) 39 Centax 338 (Utt.) Raj Shekhar Pandey vs. State Tax Officer dated 16.02.2026.

Once GST registration is cancelled, service of notice only through the GST portal is insufficient, and the department must ensure effective service through other permissible modes under section 169 of the CGST Act.

FACTS

The Petitioner had surrendered his GST registration. Subsequently, the respondent issued a SCN and later passed an order under the provisions of the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 and the communications were made available on the GST portal. The proceedings were thus initiated after the cancellation of the petitioner’s GST registration.

Being aggrieved by the SCN and the order, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court seeking quashing of the said notice and order.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that once the GST registration of an assessee stands cancelled, the assessee cannot be expected to continuously monitor the GST portal. The Court observed that section 169 of the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 provides multiple modes for service of notice, and making a notice available on the GST portal is only one permissible mode and not the exclusive method. Accordingly, the Court quashed the impugned order, granted liberty to the petitioner to file a reply to the SCN within two weeks, and permitted the respondent to pass a fresh order in accordance with law after granting an opportunity of personal hearing under section 75(4) of the CGST Act.

6. (2026) 40 Centax 88 (Mad.) Reliance Jio Infocomm Ltd. vs. Union of India dated 05.03.2026.

Input Service Distributor can distribute ITC only when such credit becomes legally available after fulfilment of the conditions under section 16(2) of the CGST, 2017 and not merely based on receipt of invoices.

FACTS

The Petitioner had distributed ITC through its Input Service Distributor unit for the period 2018–2019 to 2023–2024 under the CGST Act, 2017. During audit proceedings, the respondent issued a SCN alleging contravention of the provisions relating to the manner and timing of distribution of ITC, particularly with reference to section 20 of the CGST Act and Rule 39(1)(a) of the CGST Rules.

The SCN questioned the distribution of ITC by the ISD unit on the ground of delay in distributing the credit after receipt of invoices. Being aggrieved by the issuance of the SCN, the petitioner filed writ petitions before the Hon’ble High Court challenging the said notice.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that under section 20 of the CGST Act, 2017, an Input Service Distributor is required to distribute only such ITC that is available for distribution, and such credit becomes available only after the statutory conditions prescribed under section 16(2) are fulfilled.

The Court observed that Rule 39(1)(a) of the CGST Rules refers to ITC “available for distribution,” indicating that the obligation to distribute credit arises only when the credit is legally available. Accordingly, the Court clarified that distribution of ITC cannot be required merely upon issuance of invoices and must depend on fulfilment of the statutory conditions governing availment of ITC.

7. [2026] 184 taxmann.com 262 (Andhra Pradesh) Harsha Trading (P.) Ltd., Hyderabad vs. Additional Commissioner of Central Tax dated 23.02.2026.

Once an appeal filed manually is accepted and heard on merits, it cannot be dismissed on technical grounds, such as non-electronic filing of the Appeal.

FACTS

The appellant received an assessment order that was not uploaded to the GST portal, resulting in certain demands. Aggrieved by the said order, the petitioner, after payment of the mandatory pre-deposit, filed the appeal. The said appeal was received and acknowledged without raising any objections, and a notice for hearing was also issued. On the said day, the appeal was heard on the merits.

It is further stated that thereafter, the petitioner also filed additional submissions along with supporting material. Subsequently, the appeal came to be dismissed by the impugned Order on the ground that the appeal was filed manually but not electronically as per Rule 108 of the CGST Rules, 2007.

HELD

Once the Appellate Authority accepted pre-deposit, entertained a manual appeal, issued a hearing notice, and heard the matter on merits, it ought not to have dismissed the appeal on the technical ground of the mode of filing. Any objection to manual filing ought to have been raised at the inception and not after a long pendency.

The dismissal order was set aside, and the matter was remanded to decide the appeal on the merits without reference to the filing mode.

8. [2026] 184 taxmann.com 191 (Himachal Pradesh) Deepak Agro Industries vs. State of Himachal Pradesh dated 24.02.2026.

Payment made against the show cause notice under protest cannot be considered as a demand admitted so as to conclude the proceedings under section 73(8) of the CGST Act.

FACTS

The petitioner received a show cause notice demanding tax, against which the petitioner filed a response seeking additional time to file a detailed reply and stating that the tax demanded had been deposited under protest.

Subsequently, the petitioner filed a detailed reply along with supporting documents.

Thereafter, the authorities passed an order stating that as the amount of tax and other dues mentioned in the notice, along with applicable interest and penalty, had been paid, the proceedings initiated vide the said notice are hereby concluded. The petitioner appealed the same before the First Appellate Authority, which dismissed the appeal on the ground that the usage of the expression “deemed to be concluded” in section 73(8) of the Act clearly indicates that there is no scope for any decision by the Adjudicating Authority, once payment of tax along with due interest has been made.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that the authorities committed an error in treating the deposit made by the petitioner as a voluntary deposit and concluding the notice accordingly. Accordingly, the orders passed by the First Appellate Authority and the Adjudicating Authority were quashed, and the matter was remanded back to the Adjudicating Authority for fresh adjudication.

9. [2026] 184 taxmann.com 219 (Andhra Pradesh) Golden Traders vs. Deputy Assistant Commissioner of State Tax dated 16.02.2026.

Valuation of Goods cannot be determined at the check-post. The right or jurisdiction of the tax authorities of another State to levy penalties or to confiscate goods, on the ground of evasion of tax in another State, does not appear to be a reasonable exercise of power.

FACTS

The issue before the Court was whether the proceedings initiated under section 129 or section 130 of the Central Goods and Services Act, 2017, on the ground of gross under-valuation of goods in transit, especially when there is no dispute that the documents specified under section 68 of the Goods and Services Act, 2017, were available, is proper in law.

In other words was whether the authorities of a check post, of a State, through which the goods are passing, while being transported from one State to another State, can go into the question of the valuation of goods and confiscate and levy a penalty in respect of goods in transit.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court relied upon various judicial pronouncements to hold that the issues of valuation cannot be taken up by the officials at the check post under the provisions of section 129 or section 130 of the G.S.T. Act.

It further observed that the manner of the valuation conducted by the officials was also one-sided and would not withstand scrutiny. The Authorities sent samples to an organisation in Karnataka for valuation, collected without the petitioners’ participation.

It held that, in such cases, the authorities should be directed to draw samples from all consignments, dividing them into three parts: one retained by the respondents, one sent to the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer, and one to be given to the petitioners. These samples must be sealed and countersigned by both Officers and petitioners or their representatives. The Jurisdictional Assessing Officer may then proceed based on these samples.

The Hon’ble Court also held that the provisions of section 129 and section 130 of the G.S.T. Act are to ensure due compliance with the taxation laws so as to prevent loss of revenue to the State where the tax is payable. In such a situation, the right or jurisdiction of the tax authorities of another State to levy penalties or to confiscate goods, on the ground of evasion of tax in another State, does not appear to be a reasonable exercise of power.

10. [2026] 184 taxmann.com 115 (Calcutta) Adani Wilmer Ltd. vs. Assistant Commissioner of State Tax dated 25.02.2026.

The right to claim a refund accrued to the petitioner on filing a refund for the relevant month and would continue up to the period of limitation specified in section 54. Any notification subsequent to such accrual of the cause of action (i.e. right to claim refund) cannot curtail such right, as it’s a settled law that a provision that curtails the existing period of limitation would be inapplicable to accrued causes of action.

FACTS

The petitioner had applied for a refund of accumulated unutilised Input Tax Credit (ITC) for the month of May 2021 arising from the inverted duty structure on 16/06/2023. The said application was rejected by the proper officer based on the clarificatory circular bearing no.181/13/2022-GST dated 10/11/2022, which clarified that the restriction imposed by notification no.9/2022-CT dated.13-07-2022 would be applicable in respect of all refund applications filed on or after 18.07.2022. The said notification denied the benefit of inverted duty refund to certain specified animal, vegetable or microbial fats and oils and their cleavage products, in which the petitioner’s product did fall.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court observed that the due date for the petitioner to file its return for the month of May 2021 under section 39 of the said Act of 2017 would be June 20, 2021. Therefore, June 20, 2021, would be the relevant date in terms of the aforesaid Explanation to section 54(1) of the said Act of 2017 and that being so, the petitioner’s application for refund made on June 16, 2023 was well within the two years’ timeframe mentioned in section 54(1) of the said Act of 2017 upon right to claim refund having accrued to the petitioner.

Referring to the decision of Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Harshit Harish Jain vs. State of Maharashtra (2025) 3 SCC 365, it was held that it is a settled law that although, ordinarily, the law of limitation applies retrospectively, there are certain exceptions to this rule. One such exception is that a provision that curtails the existing period of limitation would be inapplicable to accrued causes of action. The Hon’ble Court held that, in the present case, the cause of action to apply for a refund accrued to the petitioner on the date the petitioner filed its return and hence its right to claim a refund would continue till the expiry of the period mentioned in section 54(1) of the said Act of 2017. The same could not, therefore, have been curtailed by an executive circular by giving it retrospective effect.

The Court also relied upon various decisions, including Patanjali Foods Ltd. vs. UOI [2025] 172 taxmann.com 133, Vaibhav Edibles (P.) Ltd. vs. State of U.P. [2025] 181 taxmann.com 269 (Allahabad), Priyanka Refineries (P.) Ltd. vs. Deputy Commissioner ST [2025] 171 taxmann.com 240 (Andhra Pradesh) to hold that merely because an application for refund had been made subsequent to the circular but within the time prescribed under section 54(1) of the said Act of 2017, the same would not disentitle the registered tax payer from claiming a refund, if such person was otherwise eligible and the right to claim refund had arisen/accrued prior to the said circulars.

Accordingly, the Hon’ble Court set aside the order passed by the Appellate Authority and remanded the matter to the Proper Officer to consider the same on merits.

Recent Developments In GST

A. ADVISORY

i) GST has issued an Advisory dated 21.02.2026 in relation to new online facility for eligible taxpayers to apply for withdrawal from the option availed under Rule 14A of the CGST Rules by filing Form GST REG-32 on the GST Portal.

B. ADVANCE RULINGS

  1. Acer India Private Limited (AAAR Order No. 06/2025/A2 dt.8.12.2025)(TN)

Classification – Interactive flat Panels with additional features are classifiable under 85285900, and the applicable rate of GST is 28%.

The appellant had filed application before the ld. AAR and sought clarification on the following questions, viz.,

“a) What is the appropriate classification of various models of ACER Interactive Flat Panels for the purpose of GST?

b) What is the applicable rate of GST?”

The ld. AAR, vide Order No. 29/ARA/2025 dated 12-08-2025 – 2025-VIL-134-AAR, ruled that various models of ACER Interactive flat Panels with additional features are classifiable under 85285900 and that the applicable rate of GST is 28%.

The appellant has preferred this present appeal against said Advance Ruling.

In the appeal, the applicant made various arguments to reiterate that the product is not classifiable under 8528 5900 but under 8471 as Automatic Data Processing Machine (ADP).

Certain rulings of CESTAT and Advance Rulings under the Customs Act were relied upon.

The ld. AAAR observed that the appellant undertakes the supply of various models of ‘ACER’ brand Interactive Flat Panel Display (IFPD) within India, either as finished goods imported by them or manufactured on a contract basis through third parties. Regarding the nature of the product, it was observed that an IFPD is an interactive screen having embedded interactive whiteboard software and a compatible CPU known as an open pluggable specification, and has a built-in processor, memory, and storage along with Android operating Software.

The ld. AAAR also observed the nature of ADP as given in Note of 6(A) of Chapter 84. It is observed that the use of an ADP machine has the benefits of increased efficiency and speed, reduced human error, handling of vast volumes of data, and real-time processing and analysis, which enable user to make swift decisions.

The ld. AAAR then referred to the important features of the product and observed that, in the case of the given product, the primary feature are the screen size, the nature of screen technology, image sharpness and resolution, touch display with IR (Infra-red) technology, interactive white board feature, colours, duration of operation, and wide angle viewing, which relates only to display and viewing. Therefore, the ld. AAAR observed that the principal use of the product is for display and viewing, whereas the other features incorporated in the product upgrade it into an all-in-one facility for the user to avoid attaching multiple gadgets and equipment during its usage.

By elaborate reasoning the ld. AAAR rejected the various arguments given by the appellant, confirmed the classification determined by the ld. AAR, and dismissed the appeal.

2. Shibaura Machine India Pvt. Ltd. (AAAR Order No. 07/2025/AAAR dt.18.12.2025)(TN)

ITC on Electrical Installation in Factory- The taxes under GST paid on the electrical installation work carried out for expansion of a factory for manufacturing activity are not eligible for availment of Input Tax Credit (ITC) by the Appellant, as it is blocked under Sections 17(5)(c) and 17(5)(d) of the CGST/TNGST Acts, 2017

In this case, the Appellant had applied for an Advance Ruling, seeking ruling on the following questions, viz.,

“1) Whether Input Tax Credit (ITC) is eligible on electrical works carried out for expansion of factory for manufacturing activity?

2) What should be the basis to arrive the timeline to avail ITC on tax invoice raised by Supplier to bill “Advance Component” of the Contract and Subsequent Adjustment of Advance in the Service Bills showing both Gross and Net amount.”

The ld. AAR, vide Ruling No.32/ARA/2025 dated 18.08.2025 – 2025-VIL-143-AAR, ruled as follows: –

“1) The taxes under GST paid on the electrical installation work carried out for expansion of factory for manufacturing activity is not eligible for availment of Input Tax Credit (ITC) by the Appellant, as it is blocked under Sections 17(5)(c) and 17(5)(d) of the CGST/TNGST Acts, 2017.

2) The question of answering the second query on the timeline to avail ITC on the ‘Advance component’ involved in the instant contact, does not arise, as the main query on availment of ITC on the said contract is answered in negative.”

This appeal was filed against above ruling.

The facts are that the appellant had entered into an agreement for the erection of electrical works for a new factory with M/s. SMCC Construction India Limited.

Various aspects of the contract were explained, with its photos etc. Appellant was under the bona fide impression that ITC on the above given inward supply was available to them.

The appellant explained eligibility with reference to the provisions of section 16(1) and also explained how the blocking of ITC u/s.17(5)(c)/(d) is not applicable to it.

The ld. AAAR observed that the appellant is engaged in the manufacture of injection moulding machinery and accessories. It was observed that the appellant is expanding its business operation and has constructed a new factory adjacent to its existing factory, for which it has incurred capital expenditure towards procurements in relation to the setting up of the said factory. It was also noted that the appellant has entered into a separate contract and the ‘Scope of Work’ has been specified as “Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Electrical Works”.

The ld. AAAR made reference to section 16 and section 17(5)(c) and 17(5)(d) and observed that the electrical installation in the instant case, involving the supply and installation of LT Panels, Busducts, LT Electrical Works, Lightning Protection Works, Light fixtures, and associated civil works, etc., cannot be considered as ‘equipment’ or ‘machinery’ by any means. The ld. AAAR further observed that the work is not capable of being categorized as an ‘Apparatus’, as defined and specified in given section, because it is not just for a specific use or for a particular purpose/function, but is highly generic in nature and is intended for a variety of purposes such as distribution of power supply, providing adequate lighting to the premises, protecting the building/facility from lightning, operation of cranes, etc..

Regarding the other contention about the movable nature of work, the ld. AAAR held that the ‘object’, ‘intendment’, ‘marketability’ of the said work is to be taken into account.

After referring to various aspects for determining the movable/immovable nature of property and after reference to the cited judgments, the ld. AAAR observed that the electrical installation in the instant case, even in the event of considering the fact that the panels, bus-ducts, and other electrical installations are detachable and movable, the object behind their installation, being to assist and enable the operation of cranes and other machinery, indicates that they are basically meant for the permanent beneficial enjoyment of the land and are to be considered as immovable property.

Accordingly, the ld. AAAR held that once such electrical installations/fittings are installed, they cease to have an independent existence and become part of the immovable property, and do not get covered within the ambit of “plant and machinery” as defined under the Explanation to Section 17(5) of the CGST Act,2017.

Accordingly, the ld. AAAR upheld the advance ruling as correct and rejected the appeal.

3. Shibaura Machine India Pvt. Ltd. (AAAR Order No. 08/2025/AAAR dt.18.12.2025)(TN)

ITC on Fire Fighting System and Public Health Equipment- The taxes under GST paid on the fire-fighting system, and public health equipment carried out for expansion of factory for manufacturing activity are not eligible for availment of Input Tax Credit (ITC) by the Appellant, as it is blocked under Sections 17(5)(c) and 17(5)(d) of the CGST/TNGST Acts, 2017.

The appellant involved in the above case reported at (2) above is also involved in this appeal. In this case, the appellant had put the following questions for ruling by the ld. AAR.

“1) Whether Input Tax Credit (ITC) is eligible on firefighting system and public health equipment for expansion of factory for manufacturing activity?

2) What should be the basis to arrive the timeline to avail ITC on tax invoice raised by Supplier to bill “Advance Component” of the Contract?”

The ld. AAR vide order in AR No.31/ARA/2025 dated 18.08.2025 had ruled as under:

“1. The taxes under GST paid on the fire-fighting system, and public health equipment carried out for expansion of factory for manufacturing activity is not eligible for availment of Input Tax Credit (ITC) by the Appellant, as it is blocked under Sections 17(5)(c) and 17(5)(d) of the CGST/TNGST Acts, 2017.

2. The question, of answering the second query on the timeline to avail ITC on the ‘Advance component’ involved in the instant contract, does not arise, as the main query on availment of ITC on the said contract is answered in negative.”

The appeal was against the said Advance Ruling order. The arguments of the appellant were similar to those made in respect of electrical installation.

The ld. AAAR noted that the Appellant is engaged in the manufacture of injection moulding machinery and accessories. Since they are expanding their business operation, they have constructed a new factory adjacent to their existing factory, whereby they have incurred capital expenditure towards procurements in relation to setting up of this factory. There is a contract with the Supplier for design and construction work for the new factory and a separate contract for fire extinguishers, signage, sprinkler systems, fire detection & alarm systems, and in relation to PHE and sanitary fixtures & fittings, sewage system, water supply system, rain water harvesting system, pumps, etc.

As in the above reported case regarding electric installation, in this case also, appellant reiterated the same arguments as made in respect of electric installation. In addition, it was further submitted that the above installation of the firefighting system is in compliance with the Factories Act,1948.

The ld. AAAR, using the same analogy as in case of electric installation, rejected the arguments that the system constitutes movable goods or that it qualifies as plant and machinery. Regarding the appellant’s contention that the Firefighting system is mandatory infrastructure under the Factories Act, 1948 and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020, the ld. AAR held that such mandatory requirements do not confer the right to avail ITC under GST, unless the conditions/restrictions provided under the CGST/TNGST Act, 2017, are satisfied.

Thus, the ld. AAAR confirmed the AR and dismissed the appeal of the appellant.

4. GAIL (India) Ltd. (AAAR Order No. 04/ ODISHA-AAAR /Appeal /2025-26 dt.15.1.2026)(Odisha)

ITC on laying of Pipeline outside Factory- The laying of cross-country pipelines meant for the supply of natural gas does not fall under the definition of plant and machinery, and hence ITC on such pipelines is not admissible in view of the exclusion clause in Section 17(5)(d) of the CGST Act, 2017.

The appellant, M/s. GAIL (India) Limited, a Maharatna Public Sector undertaking of Govt. of India, is engaged in the transmission of natural gas. The Appellant Company owns and operates a network of approx. 16,421 km of natural gas pipelines across the country and commands about a 66% market share in gas transmission and over a 54% share in gas trading in India. The Appellant Company obtains authorization from the Petroleum & Natural Gas Regulatory Board (PNGRB) for laying cross-country pipeline. For completing the said task, the Appellant Company engages different contractor/supplier for procuring pipes, pipe fittings, and services for laying underground pipeline.

Since a huge investment is being made by the Appellant in laying a cross-country pipeline for the transmission of natural gas, the Appellant sought an Advance Ruling as to the admissibility of ITC on inward supplies for laying the pipeline.

The AAR issued ruling vide Order No. 06/ODISHA-AAR/2025-26 dated 23.07.2025 and held that the laying of cross-country pipelines meant for the supply of natural gas does not fall under the definition of plant and machinery, and hence ITC on such pipelines is not admissible in view of the exclusion clause in Section 17(5)(d) of the CGST Act, 2017.

This appeal is against the above advance ruling. The appellant reiterated its submission.

The ld. AAAR noted that the main grounds of appellant are that the pipelines qualify as plant and machinery or as apparatus, equipment or machinery, and hence the blocking provisions provided u/s.17(5)(c) or 17(5)(d) are not applicable and ITC is eligible. The ld. AAAR examined the submissions of the appellant.

The ld. AAAR dealt with the submission of the appellant that the pipeline laid below the surface of the earth is movable goods. It was submitted by appellant that the pipelines are laid underground for carrying natural gas with a pre-designated pressure, and merely because the pipeline is laid below the ground surface for safety purposes, the pipelines do not become immovable property.

The ld. AAAR noted the parameters for considering the question of movable/immovable property and additionally referred to the Petroleum & Minerals Pipelines (Acquisition of Right of User in Land) Act, 1962 which provides for acquiring the “right of user” in land for laying pipelines, thereby acknowledging their permanent nature and attachment to the land.

Accordingly, the ld. AAAR rejected the contention of the appellant and held pipeline to be immovable property and, therefore, ineligible for ITC. The Appeal was rejected.

5. Thermo Fisher Scientific India P. Ltd. (AAAR Order No. 02/ODISHA-AAAR/Appeal/2025-26 dt.9.1.2026) (Odisha)

Registration vis-a-vis ‘Fixed Establishment’- Repair and maintenance services provided by the HO of the appellant through FSEs in Odisha do not constitute ‘Place of Business’ under Section 2(85) of CGST Act and also do not constitute a “fixed establishment” in Odisha, as defined u/s.2(50).

The appellant is a Private Limited Company and had filed an appeal against Advance Ruling ORDER No.5/ODISHA-AAR/2025-26dated 11.07.2025 – 2025-VIL-123-AAR pronounced by the AAR.

The ld. AAR has held that the appellant is liable for registration in Odisha. Against above adverse ruling, the appeal was filed before AAAR.

The ld. AAAR framed the issues is to be decided by it as under:

“(i) Whether the repair and maintenance services provided by the Head Office of the Appellant which is in Maharashtra through Field Service Engineer under Annual Maintenance Contract or Comprehensive Maintenance Contracts with the Customers in Odisha constitute a ‘Place of Business’ in Odisha under Section 2(85) of the CGST Act;

(ii) Whether temporary storage of spare parts and tool kit at the Appellant’s location in Odisha constitute a ‘Place of Business’ under Section 2(85) or a ‘Fixed Establishment’ under Section 2(50) of the CGST Act;

(iii) Whether the Appellant is required to obtain separate GST registration on Odisha solely on account of the activities performed by them Odisha”

The facts relevant to above issues are noted as under:

  • “ The appellant is a service provider and provides services under AMC and CMC plan to their clients. The Head Office (H.O) of the appellant which is at Mumbai, issues invoices to the Customers in Odisha as per the Agreements.
  •  Once request is raised by the Customer, the HO sends FSE (Field Service Engineers) to the Client/Customer’s place. The FSE visits the clients and attends the issue. Under the CMC plan, where there is requirement of replacement of spare parts, the HO despatches the necessary spare parts to FSE’s location or the Customer’s location with delivery challan and generates e-way bill for movement of goods from Maharashtra to Odisha. After replacement, the unused spare parts are returned to the HO by the FSE.
  •  The appellant drew attention to Para 5.6 of the ruling in the case of M/s. Konkan Railway Corporation Ltd. in AAR, Odisha, for reference. o Additionally, the appellant stated that they do not have any physical permanence in the State of Odisha and therefore not required registration in Odisha.”

The further fact is that the appellant was also registered in Odisha also but sought this advance ruling to ascertain the correct legal position so as to enable it to surrender the existing GSTIN in Odisha and other States, in order to avoid compliances requirements and the complexity of GST.

The ld. AAAR made reference to the definition of ‘place of business’ and also the definition of ‘location of supplier’ in section 2(85) and 2(71), respectively.

The ld. AAAR observed that all the agreements are entered into between the HO of the Appellant, which is located in Maharashtra (bearing a different GSTIN), and the customers in Odisha. Further, the FSEs of the appellant company provide services to the customers on the direction of the HO and there is no separate administrative set up of the appellant company in Odisha.

Accordingly, the ld. AAR concurred with the argument of the appellant that the service is provided from the HO in Maharashtra. In respect of stock of goods in Odisha, the ld. AAAR observed that the stock referred to by the appellant comprises leftover spare parts retained by engineers after service visit, more specifically leftover spare parts under the CMC plan. Therefore, the goods retained by the FSEs of the appellant are not for trading but are rather incidental in nature

The ld. AAAR also observed that the FSEs, who work as service engineers of the appellant company, cannot be termed as ‘agent’ of the appellant.

Accordingly, the ld. AAAR held that repair and maintenance services provided by the HO of the appellant through FSEs in Odisha do not constitute ‘Place of Business’ under Section 2(85) of CGST Act and also do not constitute a “fixed establishment” in Odisha, as defined u/s.2(50).

Taking above view, the ld. AAAR answered the issues raised in the appeal in negative, i.e. held that the appellant is not liable for registration in Odisha.

Writ Petition As An Alternative Remedy

Writ petitions under Articles 32 and 226 offer extraordinary remedies for GST disputes when statutory appeals are inadequate. Courts emphasize the “exhaustion doctrine,” generally requiring litigants to pursue primary appellate routes first. However, writs remain maintainable for violations of natural justice, lack of jurisdiction, or challenging the legality of tax laws. High Courts also intervene against administrative overreach, such as improper provisional attachments or software-driven denials of rights. While statutory remedies handle factual issues, writs are a constitutional necessity for correcting systemic failures.

The doctrine of writ remedy has always piqued the interests of litigants who are in search of a swift resolution to their disputes. The title ‘alternative remedy’ has been consciously used as a misnomer for Writs to emphasise that a writ cannot be a default remedy for legal grievances. These cannot substitute primary appellate remedies as a matter of routine and need to be sparingly used by High Courts.

At the heart of the article lies the sole discerning point of whether “Writ Jurisdiction” can be invoked when one becomes a victim of bureaucratic adversaries and long-standing injustice. Routine appellate remedies can be sluggish, inefficient or ineffective. But is this by itself sufficient for someone to invoke the Writ jurisdiction for enforcing their natural rights and justice? This article is structured as follows: First, it introduces the concept of Writ Jurisdictions by Courts. Second, it explores the discretionary powers of the courts in exercising such jurisdiction. Third, it critically applies the said jurisdiction in the context of GST litigation. Finally, it summarises the approach to be adopted while pursuing the Writ remedy.

CONCEPT OF WRIT JURISDICTION

The writ jurisdiction has its roots in the English Common law. The origin of this doctrine can be traced to the strong legal traditions of England, where it evolved as an organic extension of the prerogative writs. These exceptional remedies, such as the habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, certiorari, quo warranto, were the much-acclaimed tools of the King’s Bench, employed to uphold justice in the face of bureaucratic or administrative intransigence. With increasing resort to these exceptional remedies, Courts (both English & American), in a pragmatic approach, treated these remedies as exceptional remedies only after the litigant exhausts all other remedies (The Exhaustion Doctrine under American jurisprudence).

Under the Indian Legal system, Article 32 was incorporated into the Indian Constitution, devolving constitutional authority to the Courts in exercising such extraordinary jurisdiction. Article 32 grants the Supreme Court the power to hear matters involving the violation or enforcement of fundamental rights which are guaranteed under the Constitution. This means that if someone believes their fundamental rights have been violated, they can approach the Supreme Court directly for relief. It also ensures that not only do individuals have the right to move the Supreme Court, but the Court also has the power to issue appropriate orders, directions, or writs for the enforcement of fundamental rights

Similarly, Article 226 constitutionally empowered the High Courts to exercise their extraordinary jurisdiction for the issuance of appropriate Writs for the violation of fundamental rights and any other purpose. Article 226 of the Constitution of India confers very wide powers on High Courts to issue writs, but this power is discretionary and the High Court may refuse to exercise the discretion if it is satisfied that the aggrieved person has an adequate or suitable remedy elsewhere. It is a rule of discretion and not a rule of compulsion or the rule of law. Even though there may be an alternative remedy, the High Court may entertain a writ petition depending upon the facts of each case. High Courts can entertain Writs if the cause of action arises in the state over which they possess jurisdiction, irrespective of where the litigant resides.

TYPE OF WRITS

High Courts in India can issue the following types of writs under Article 226 of the Constitution:

  •  Habeas Corpus: To enforce the fundamental right of personal liberty and prevent illegal detention;
  • Mandamus: To compel a public official or authority to perform a duty they are legally obligated to fulfil but have failed or refused to do;
  • Prohibition: To prevent a judicial or quasi-judicial body from exceeding its jurisdiction or pursuing jurisdiction not possessed by it;
  • Certiorari: To order a public authority to certify the legality of its proceedings or to provide information;
  • Quo Warranto: To prevent a person from exercising a power or authority that they are not authorised to exercise;

Among the above, the Writ of Certiorari and/or Mandamus are invoked under the GST law seeking the intervention of the court against gross illegality in the adjudication proceedings.

MAINTAINABILITY OF WRITS

Maintainability of writs is a vast subject in itself. Yet there is neither a possible nor desirable way to lay down a law which lays down a scientific rule to be applied rigidly for entertaining a writ petition. But time and again, Courts on multiple occasions have explicitly spelt out that writs are maintainable in certain circumstances as under1:

(i) Where there is a complete lack of jurisdiction in the officer or authority to take the action or to pass the order impugned.

(ii) Where the vires of an Act, Rules, Notification or any of its provisions have been challenged.

(iii) Where an order prejudicial to the writ petitioner has been passed in violation of principles of natural justice.

(iv) Where enforcement of any fundamental right is sought by the petitioner.

(v) Where a procedure required for a decision has not been adopted.

(vi) Where tax is levied without the authority of law.

(vii) Where the decision is an abuse of the process of law.

(viii) Where palpable injustice shall be caused to the petitioner, if he is forced to adopt remedies under the statute for the enforcement of any fundamental rights guaranteed under the Constitution of India.

(ix) Where a decision or policy decision has already been taken by the Government, rendering the remedy of appeal an empty formality or a futile attempt.

(x) Where there is no factual dispute but merely a pure question of law or interpretation is involved.

(xi) Where a show cause notice has been issued with a preconceived or premeditated or closed mind.


1 Summarised in Bharat Mint & Allied Chemicals vs. Commr. of Commercial Tax 2022 (59) G.S.T.L. 394 (All)

GST Litigation The Emergency Exit

THE DOCTRINE OF ALTERNATIVE REMEDY AND JUDICIAL RESTRAINT’

A defining characteristic of the Indian legal system is the principle that a writ petition is not a substitute for a statutory appeal. Generally, where the GST Law provides an efficacious alternative remedy (such as an appeal to the Commissioner (Appeals) or the Appellate Tribunal), the High Courts are reluctant to exercise their discretionary power. This is rooted in the “right of the nation-state to impose regulations” necessary to secure tax payments, a position partially mitigated by the requirement that such taxation be implemented through “non-discriminatory rules”. The courts have often observed that the “doors open at odd hours for some” while tens of thousands of cases remain pending, emphasising the need to preserve judicial resources for matters where statutory routes are genuinely unavailable or inadequate.

THE GENERAL RULE OF EXHAUSTION

The judiciary maintains that when a statute creates a specific right or liability and provides a mechanism for its enforcement, that mechanism must be exhausted before invoking the writ jurisdiction. In the context of GST, this means that an order passed by an adjudicating authority should ideally be challenged before the designated appellate authorities and only after that appellate remedy is exhausted should one approach the Writ Court.

ANALYSIS UNDER THE GST LAW

Section 107 of the CGST Act provides a specific statutory mechanism for appeals against adjudication orders. It mandates that any person aggrieved by any decision or order passed by an adjudicating authority may appeal to the Appellate Authority within three months from the date of communication of the order. Similarly, Section 73 and Section 74 of the CGST Act provide the procedural framework for adjudicating tax demands, requiring the proper officer to consider the representation (reply) made by the taxpayer before determining the tax, interest, and penalty. Similarly, other sections relating to registrations, blocking of ITC, assessments culminate into decisions or orders which are appealable u/s 107 of the CGST Act. While the existence of an alternative remedy does not place an absolute jurisdictional bar on the High Court, it operates as a self-imposed restraint. The Courts have consistently adopted a strict approach under the GST regime, holding that where the CGST Act prescribes a specific remedy or procedure, taxpayers must exhaust that remedy rather than approaching the Writ Court prematurely.

On discretionary power

In recent times, the decision of the Supreme Court in Radha Krishan Industries2 has been the guiding force on the point of maintainability of Writs. The Court, relying upon the coveted decisions in Whirlpool Corporation3 and Harbanslal Sahnia vs. Indian Oil Corpn. Ltd4, emphasised the wide discretionary powers of Courts to entertain writ petitions. Where the Court believes that there is gross injustice being meted out to the taxpayer (such as invoking draconian powers of provisional attachment without reasonable grounds), it can invoke its Writ jurisdiction. Presence of an alternative remedy does not ipso facto divest the Court of its powers under Article 226. The exhaustion doctrine is a rule of policy, convenience and discretion as well. On the other side, the Supreme Court dismissed the writ petition of Commercial Steel Ltd5 seemingly curtailing the discretion of the Court to entertain Writs in matters involving factual assessment. There are contrary views on the discretionary powers of the Courts to admit writ petitions on matters other than the grounds listed above.


2 2021 (48) G.S.T.L. 113 (S.C.)

3  (1998) 8 SCC 1

4  (2003) 2 SCC 107

5 2021 (52) G.S.T.L. 385 (S.C.)

Interestingly, in Dabur India Ltd6, the Court emphasised that the scope of Writ jurisdictions is for judicial review of the decision-making process and not the decision itself. The power of judicial review extends to jurisdictional limits, committed errors of law, principles of natural justice, and whether the decision is perverse or not. The powers of judicial review are thus distinct from the powers of an appellate court. The order of the Appellate Authority can be judicially reviewed and not appealed against. We will examine certain situations where Writs have been admitted and some of the cases where Courts have refused to entertain writs on the grounds of an alternative remedy.


6 2020 (34) G.S.T.L. 9 (All.)

On Violation of the Principles of Natural Justice

A core tenet of the Indian legal fabric is that “no person shall be condemned unheard” (also codified u/s 75(4)). The object of giving notice to an affected party is to provide an opportunity to present their case and apprise them of the charges levelled. The rules of natural justice are not limited to judicial tribunals; they apply to all authorities acting as “judges of the rights of others”. A writ petition is maintainable if:

  • An order is passed without issuing a Show Cause Notice.
  •  The notice issued is vague, cryptic or fails to specify the charges.
  • Non-furnishing of the relied-upon documents collected during the previous stages
  • Incorrect or ineffective service of notices or orders
  • Denial of cross-examination of the witness

This is the most prominent ground on which Writs are entertained, and the typical relief granted is in the form of remanding the case for a fresh opportunity.

On Lack of Jurisdiction or Statutory Infraction

A writ petition is an appropriate remedy when an authority acts beyond the powers conferred upon it by the GST Law. This includes:

  • Issuance of a notice by an officer not having the jurisdiction to do so.
  • Failure to follow the “statutorily prescribed procedure” for initiating proceedings.
  • Issuance of notices beyond the period of limitation.
  • Parallel proceedings by authorities

In SREI Equipment Finance Ltd7 Adjudication in case of companies under the resolution process of the IBC law was held to be without jurisdiction, warranting the interference of the Court in Writ Jurisdiction. SCN and adjudication post approval for prior-period dues were in the teeth of binding law and were held to be wholly without jurisdiction. Similarly, orders beyond show cause notices (such as the amount of tax, interest and penalty demanded in order is more than the amount specified in the notice) amount to ex-facie violation of statutory provisions (i.e., section 75(7)) and Writ Courts have intervened in such statutory infractions8.

On the contrary, the High Court in Shree Renuka Sugars9 dismissed a writ petition filed at the show cause notice stage when the petitioner claimed that Extra Neutral Alcohol (ENA) was not covered under GST and hence the proper officer lacked jurisdiction. Being a matter involving facts, the High Court dismissed the plea of the petitioner that a pre-deposit of 25% in the form of a bank guarantee ought not to be imposed on it when the levy itself was beyond jurisdiction. The court even refused to permit the petitioner to pursue its legal remedy without committing to the direction of 25% bank guarantee by the High Court.


7  2025 (103) G.S.T.L. 401 (Bom.) 

8  2026 (104) G.S.T.L. 95 (All.) SAI COMPUTERS vs. State of UP

9  2024 (89) G.S.T.L. 440 (Kar.)

ON WRITS AT THE SHOW CAUSE STAGE

Courts have been reluctant to entertain writs at the show cause stage itself and do not interfere in the adjudication proceedings. The Supreme Court in Union of India vs. Vicco Laboratories10 , has advocated abstinence from interference at the show cause stage as a normal rule. Yet as an exception, in case of lack of jurisdiction or abuse of process of law, courts are permitted to interfere in the adjudication proceedings. Similarly, in cases where the binding decisions of the High Court or Supreme Court are not applied, writs have been entertained by the Court at the show cause stage. But in one particular case, the Court11 admitted the Writ Petition since the show-cause notice suffered from the absence of essential ingredients. The officer had merely issued the summary in DRC-01 without specifying the allegations that were levelled against the taxpayer.

On the flip side, the Bombay High Court in PayU Payments Private Limited12 dismissed a writ petition filed against an SCN issued under Section 74 of the CGST Act, invoking the extended period of limitation. The Court held that the scope of judicial review is narrow at the stage of issuing a Show Cause Notice and the Petitioner’s contentions can be raised in response to the notice. The Court noted that mere allegations that the adjudicating authorities will not take a different view do not constitute a valid ground to interfere with the SCN. Similarly, in Chennai Citicentre Holdings Pvt. Ltd13 The Court refused to entertain a writ petition filed directly against an SCN demanding Service Tax/GST. The Court observed that it is certainly not open to the petitioner to challenge the show cause notice itself before this Court and make an attempt to convince this Court on the factual submissions. It directed that the petitioner is legally bound to answer the show cause notice and work out their remedies in a manner known to the law.


10  2007 (218) E.L.T. 647 (S.C.)

11  2022 (64) G.S.T.L. 406 (Jhar.) Juhi Industries Pvt. Ltd. vs. State of Jharkhand

12  (2025) 26 Centax 67 (Bom.)

13  2021 (52) G.S.T.L. 597 (Mad.)

On factual grounds

As observed above writ courts are strictly against admission of petitions involving factual grounds. Even in cases where the litigants believe that the invocation of extended period of limitation is illegal on the grounds of fraud, suppression etc, the Courts14 have stated that these are factual grounds and suitably addressable at the appellate forums rather than Writ Courts. The Supreme court also dismissed SLP15 on the ground that the aspect of limitation is a mixed question of fact and law and cannot be examined in Writ jurisdictions.

But courts have intervened on non-consideration of material facts/ legal provisions/circulars, or judicial precedents. In Amman trading company Pvt. Ltd16 it was held that the basic principle of administrative law require that when a defense raised is not considered in the final order, the order is vulnerable on the ground of non-consideration of the contentions raised by the assessee.


14  Ramnath Prasad vs. PCGST (2025) 29 Centax 306 (Pat.)

15  (2024) 20 Centax 519 (Telangana) Sri Krishna Exim LLP vs. UOI

16  (2026 (104) G.S.T.L. 261 (Mad.)

Lack of service of orders

Once again, a subset of the natural justice principles, online service of orders or uploading on the Additional Notices/ orders tab, has been considered as statutorily valid but ineffective service. Accordingly, multiple decisions have been rendered by the Courts17 In writ jurisdiction on natural justice principles, granting the appellant an opportunity to file its appeals against such orders despite being beyond the period of limitation.


17  2025 (102) G.S.T.L. 199 (Mad.) SHARP TANKS AND STRUCTURALS PVT. LTD.  vs. DC_GST

Lack of appellate remedy

Clearly, Courts have entertained Writ Petitions against orders of the appellate advance ruling authority on the ground of lack of an alternative appellate remedy. However, a peculiar observation emerged in JSW Energy’s case18 where the Court denied examining the merits of the Appellate Advance Ruling Order and only limited itself to examining the decision-making process. The litigant can be left remediless insofar as the merits of the case were concerned. This is despite the Supreme Court’s view in Columbia Sportswear19 which directed that Writs are maintainable against the orders of the advance ruling authority.


18  2019 (27) G.S.T.L. 198 (Bom.)

19  2012 (283) E.L.T. 321 (S.C.)

On blocked Electronic Ledgers

Writ Courts have intervened in cases of blocking Electronic Credit ledgers beyond the disputed ITC; in cases of NIL balance or in cases where blocking persisted beyond the statutory 1-year period. Courts have held that the fiscal provision (Rule 86-A) had to be strictly construed and no intendment or negative blocking could be read into its plain text.

On the right to correct mistakes

The judiciary has increasingly recognised that “human errors and mistakes are normal”, and that these errors are made by both the Revenue and the taxpayer. When a departmental system or software limitation prevents a taxpayer from exercising a legitimate right, the High Court may intervene. In Aberdare Technologies Private Limited20, The Supreme Court dismissed an SLP filed by the CBIC against a Bombay High Court judgment. The court held that the “right to correct mistakes like clerical or arithmetical error is a right that flows from the right to do business”. Crucially, the court stated that “software limitation itself cannot be a good justification” to deny the benefit of correction, as software is “meant to ease compliance and can be configured”.


20  (2025) 29 Centax 10 (S.C.)

Constitutional Validity and Unconstitutional Restrictions

If a departmental utility or a specific provision of the law attempts to “restrict or prohibit an assessee from making a particular claim at the threshold itself”, such actions may be challenged as unconstitutional. The courts have noted that the allowance or disallowance of a claim should be deduced through an “interpretative and adjudicating process”, not by pre-emptive technical blocks. Where exports were made through post, the GSTN system did not envisage a process of refund, thus invoking the Writ Court21 to intervene and direct the Government to disburse legally entitled refunds dehors the technical glitch/ difficulty in processing such refunds.


21  (2025) 29 Centax 378 (Bom.) VEA Impex

On Overreach and Misuse of Powers

In Radha Krishan Industries22 The Supreme Court permitted the exercise of jurisdiction against the indiscriminate use of provisional attachment powers by officers without grant of any opportunity to the taxpayer. In Lalita vs. UOI23 the assessee was subjected to provisional attachment u/s 83 of CGST Act, 2017 for 4th time to which the C(applying Supreme Court’s decision in Kesari Nandan24) held that when a statute does not provide for an extension, renewal, reissuance, revival, and the same cannot be done by authorities, such an action would amount to executive overreaching of the statute.


22  2021 (48) G.S.T.L. 113 (S.C.)

23  2025 (102) G.S.T.L. 130 (All.)

24  2025 (101) G.S.T.L. 177

Decisions on challenges to the vires of Circular/ statutory provisions

The High Court25 permitted Writs where the vires of a Circular or statutory provision of subordinate legislation is challenged. Section 107 does not confer any power or jurisdiction upon the Appellate Authority to declare any provision of a statute or a statutory Circular to be ultra vires to the parent Act of the Constitution. It was held that such Power is vested with the Constitutional Court and, therefore, it is a paramount duty of the High Court to decide issues only in writ jurisdiction.


25  (2024) 16 Centax 181 (Cal.) North East Water Tank Manufacturing Private Limited vs. UOI

CONCLUSION

The right to file a writ petition against a GST Show Cause Notice or a confirmed order is necessary to prevent the administrative pillar of the state from becoming fragile. While the slow nature of the court system remains a concern, the High Courts remain vigilant in protecting taxpayers against jurisdictional excess, violations of natural justice, and systemic failures. For the professional, the strategy must be twofold: first, to diligently pursue statutory alternative remedies for factual and routine legal disputes; and second, to identify those “special situations” —such as software-enforced denials of rights, lack of jurisdiction, or the “condemning of a party unheard”—where the extraordinary power of the High Court is not just an option, but a constitutional necessity. As the Supreme Court aptly noted in the Aberdare Technologies case, the right to correct errors is fundamental to the right to do business, and no “software limitation” or procedural rigidity
can be permitted to supersede the core principles of justice.

Validity Of Manually Filed Forms Where E-Filing Mandatory

This feature addresses the validity of manually filed tax forms where e-filing is mandatory. While the Gemini Communication case held a company’s manual return invalid due to strict regulatory mandates, other rulings like Shri Vasavi Gold & Bullion took a liberal view, asserting that procedural rules should not override statutory rights. Generally, courts treat e-filing as a directory requirement, accepting manual submissions if there is justification for technical difficulties or if the form is subsequently e-filed to ensure substantive justice is not denied on mere technicalities.

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

Over the past couple of decades, the manner of filing of many income tax forms and returns has been converted from manual filing to electronic filing (e-filing). Such filings include income tax returns, tax audit reports, various certifications required under tax laws, income tax appeals to the Commissioner (Appeals), etc. In most such cases, e-filing is mandatory as per the Income Tax Rules, 1962.

It is, however, common to come across cases where a person files a return, etc., manually instead of through the mandatory e-filing/digital filing/uploading process. At times, the authorities ignore such filings, though made within time, resulting in denial of benefits attached to statutory compliance. Many a time, the person filing manually is not technology efficient, or has no access to the technology required for digital filing, or the power supply or internet connection is not available at that time, or the person is not conversant with the latest requirements.

The issue has arisen before the High Courts and Tribunal as to whether, when a return or form is filed manually before the due date, with e-filing done later belatedly, such manual filing is valid or not.

While the Madras, Bombay and Andhra Pradesh High Courts have taken a liberal view that such manual filing would be valid, recently, the Madras High Court has held that a manually filed income tax return was not valid, since the return was required to be e-filed.

The Paper Trail vs. the Digital Gate is manual tax filling still valid

SHRI VASAVI GOLD & BULLION’S CASE

The issue had come up before the Madras High Court in the case of CIT vs. Sri Vasavi Gold & Bullion (P) Ltd 278 Taxman 352.

In this case, pertaining to Assessment Year 2009-10, a reassessment order was passed under section 143(3) read with section 147 on 29th March 2016. The assessee filed an appeal in physical form before the Commissioner (Appeals) on 25th April 2016, within the time limit of 30 days. The appeal memorandum was kept pending in the office of the Commissioner (Appeals) till 12th December 2018.

On 13th December 2018, the Commissioner (Appeals) issued a notice to the assessee stating that, in terms of Rule 45 of the Income Tax Rules, 1962, with effect from 1st March 2016, it was mandatory to file appeals only by way of e-filing, for which the due date had been extended to 15th June 2016. The Commissioner (Appeals) proposed to treat the appeal as non est and called upon the assessee to state whether any appeal had been filed electronically; and if so, to bring it to the notice of the office of the CIT(A) immediately, along with a copy of such e-filed appeal within 10 days from the date of receipt of the said notice, failing which the manual appeal filed would be treated as invalid and disposed of accordingly.

The Commissioner (Appeals) noted that the show cause notice was served on the assessee, but the assessee neither filed the e-appeal nor replied to the notice. Hence, the Commissioner (Appeals) concluded that, in the absence of any material placed by the assessee to demonstrate that there was no negligence, inaction or lack of due diligence in not filing the e-appeal, sufficient cause had not been established by the assessee. Accordingly, the manual appeal filed by the assessee was dismissed in limine.

The assessee preferred a further appeal before the Tribunal, which was allowed, remanding the matter back to the Commissioner (Appeals) for denovo consideration and for disposal of the appeal on merits.

On appeal by the Revenue, before the High Court, , it was contended that the Tribunal erred in holding that the manual appeal filed by the assessee before the Commissioner (Appeals) was a valid appeal even where the e-appeal was not filed as mandated, and in remanding the matter back to the Commissioner (Appeals). It was argued that the Tribunal ought to have appreciated that Rule 45 of the Income-tax Rules mandated assessees to file only e-appeals with effect from 1st March 2016, which time limit was extended till 15th June 2016, only vide Circular No. 20/2016 dated 11th July 2016. It was also contended that the Tribunal ought to have held that the manual appeal filed by the assessee was non-est in view of the mandate under Rule 45 of the Rules. It was further submitted that the assessee could not plead ignorance of law, especially when assisted by professionals, and that there was no reason for the Tribunal to interfere with the order passed by the Commissioner (Appeals).

On behalf of the assessee, it was submitted that the manual appeal in Form No. 35 was filed well within the period of limitation; that the Commissioner (Appeals) did not intimate the assessee for over three years; and that only on 13th December 2018, was a notice issued, an aspect that was rightly taken note of by the Tribunal while upholding the validity of the manual appeal filed before the CIT(A) and allowing the appeal filed by the assessee.

The Madras High Court observed that there could be no quarrel with the proposition that once the statutory rules mandated a particular procedure requiring an appeal to be e-filed, the same should be filed in such manner, only and not in any other manner. The Court, however, noted the decisions of the Supreme Court wherein it was held that procedural rules are only handmaidens of justice, and if there is a failure to adhere to the procedure, and such failure is pitted against a statutory right of appeal, then such statutory right should not be abdicated or rejected on technical reasons.

Perusing CBDT Circular 20/2016, the High Court noticed that the CBDT had taken note of cases where taxpayers who were required to e-file Form 35 but were unable to do so due to lack of knowledge of the e-filing procedure and/or technical issues, among other reasons.

In order to mitigate the inconvenience caused to taxpayers on account of the new requirement of mandatory e-filing of appeals, the CBDT had extended the time limit for filing such e-appeals to 15th June 2016, and all e-appeals filed within this extended period were treated as appeals filed in time, provided the assessees filed such e-appeals within the extended period.

The High Court observed that the assessee had manually filed the appeal in Form No. 35 in the office of the Commissioner (Appeals) well within the time limit of 30 days. There were two options available to the office of the Commissioner (Appeals), first, to refuse to accept the manual filing citing Rule 45 of the Rules; or second, to receive the appeal and then return it to the assessee with a covering note stating that the relevant rule mandated e-filing of appeal with effect from 1st March 2016. However, the office of the Commissioner (Appeals) did not exercise either of these options and, therefore, the assessee was led to believe that the appeal had been accepted.

The assessee came to know that the manual appeal filed in Form No. 35 would not be entertained only when a notice was issued by the Commissioner (Appeals) after a period of three years. The show-cause notice clearly indicated that the office of the Commissioner (Appeals) was not aware as to whether the assessee had filed any appeal electronically. The facts clearly showed that, at the relevant point of time, the process of integration of manual and digital systems was not in place, as observed by the Court.

The High Court took note of the fact that in courts and tribunals, where a defective appeal is filed or an appeal is not properly presented, there exists a provision to regularize such defects, often upon payment of court fee. It further noted that where there is a lack of jurisdiction, appeal papers are immediately returned with a memo giving the party an opportunity to re-present them after rectifying defects. At the relevant time, in the present case, the office of the Commissioner (Appeals) did not have any such procedure in place to ease these difficulties.

The Madras High Court eventually held that that the manual appeal filed before the Commissioner (Appeals) should be decided on merits and not be dismissed on technical grounds, especially when the assessee was informed only after a period of three years that the manual appeal filed in Form No. 35 was not acceptable. The High Court was of the clear view that the right of appeal, being a statutory and valuable right, should not be denied on technicalities.

A similar view in favour of admitting appeals and forms filed manually has been taken by other High Courts as under:

1. The Bombay High Court, in the case of Nav Chetana Charitable Trust vs. CIT 169 taxmann.com 543, in the context of filing the option in Form 9A manually within time, and e-filing the form after a delay of 799 days.

2. The Bombay High Court, in the case of Borivli Education Society vs. CIT 304 Taxman 34, in the context of filing the audit report in Form 10B manually, which was e-filed only upon being informed of the requirement of uploading Form 10B electronically during the hearing of the rectification application filed  after receipt of intimation under section 143(1) rejecting exemption.

3. The Andhra Pradesh High Court, in the case of Electron Volt Renewables (P) Ltd 168 taxmann.com 378, in the context of filing an appeal to the Commissioner (Appeals) manually due to issues arising in affixing digital signatures for online filing.

GEMINI COMMUNICATION’S CASE

The issue came up again recently before the Madras High Court in the case of CIT vs. Gemini Communication Ltd 182 taxmann.com 197.

In this case, the assessee company filed a return of income manually for AY 2008-09 on 30th September 2008 and e-filed its return of income on 6th November 2008 belatedly. The assessment under Section 143(3) was passed on 31st December 2010, rejecting the deduction claimed under section 80-IC on the ground that the return filed electronically was belated, as the provisions of section 80AC required that, for the purpose of claiming deduction under section 80-IC, the return ought to have been filed in time.

The appeal by the assessee to the Commissioner (Appeals) was dismissed. On further appeal, the Tribunal allowed the appeal of the assessee, expressing the view that the scheme for electronic filing of returns of income has been framed only by the CBDT, and that there was nothing in the Act which made it mandatory for the assessee to file a return only electronically. The Tribunal remanded the case back to the AO to consider the deduction under section 80-IC of the Act as per law.

The Madras High Court observed that the issue in question boiled down to whether the assessee had an option to file its return of income manually. It examined the provisions of section 139 and noted that it did not specify the manner of filing of the return for it to be a valid. It then noted that Rule 12(3), inserted with effect from 14th May 2007, stipulated that all assessees, including companies, were required to file their returns of income electronically. The only option available to the assessee while e-filing was whether to digitally sign the e-return or submit a physical ITR V after e-filing of the return.

The High Court observed that there was no option, under the rule, for filing of a return manually, followed by an electronic return thereafter, especially, beyond the due date. The High Court also noted subsequent amendments to the Rules mandating almost all persons to e-file their returns.

The Madras High Court noted that, in the case before it, the assessee was a company, and in light of the prescription under Circular No.9/2006 dated 10.10.2006, which stated that “All corporate taxpayers are necessarily required to furnish the return for assessment year 2006-07 electronically after 24-7-2006. Thus, a company has to necessarily file e-return either under digital signature or in accordance with two step procedure explained in para 2 or in accordance with the Scheme mentioned at para 3(i). However, for other class of taxpayers, it is optional to furnish an e-return”, it became incumbent upon such assessee to file a return of income electronically following the procedure set out in that Circular. There was no further avenue available for a company to continue filing manual returns of income.

It was also pointed out on behalf of the Revenue that the company had e-filed its earlier two years returns. The High Court observed that the assessee was therefore not unaware of the procedure for submission of the e-return of income.

The High Court further observed that, while it was true that the impetus for the e-filing scheme emanated from the CBDT, there was nothing improper in that, as the CBDT is the apex body for streamlining and managing tax administration. Hence, there was no merit in the Tribunal’s conclusion that the CBDT had overridden statutory stipulations and rules. The necessary amendments to the Rules to enable such mechanisms had been made, and circulars were issued from time to time. The inception of the e-filing schemes was in the interest of administrative efficiency, and was a necessary incident of progress.

The Madras High Court allowed the appeal of the revenue, holding that the manually filed return was an invalid return, and therefore, the deduction claimed under such a return u/s 80IC was not allowable.

OBSERVATIONS

Generally, the Courts have found that the manual return and such other filings under the Act are valid, and that any claim made thereunder are allowable and not to be denied. In some cases, the courts have found the subsequent e-filings to be a factor that strengthens the case of the assessee filing manual return, forms, or reports, more so where difficulties in e-filing have necessitated such manual filings. Besides the decisions referred to above, in various cases where difficulties in e-filing have been pointed out by assessees, the High Courts have permitted manual filing of returns or forms. One may refer to the following cases:

Samir Narain Bhojwani vs. Dy CIT 115 taxmann.com 70 (Bom) – In this case, the Bombay High Court held that procedure of filing return of income cannot bar an assessee from making a claim which he is entitled to. The Court directed the assessee to make an application to the CBDT and, in the meantime, to file the return in electronic form as well as in paper form with the AO and return of income would be taken up for consideration only after the decision of CBDT.

Cosmo Films Limited [TS-282-HC-2019(DEL)] – In this case, the Delhi High Court directed the CBDT to either allow assessee (claiming Sec.10AA deduction) to file return of income manually or alter online utility to enable the assessee to file the return claiming the carry forward of losses of its ineligible unit. The High Court took note of the decision of the Madras High Court in Tara Exports vs. Union of India 98 taxmann.com 363 and observed that ‘when faced with the situation of a software glitch that prevents an Assessee from either filing a return or claiming a benefit, the Courts have repeatedly had to permit the manual filing of return/claims and have directed the Respondents to act on such manual filing of returns.’

Shyam Century Ferrous Ltd vs. ACIT ITA No 1 of 2025 dated 26.6.2025 (Meghalaya HC) – In this case, the Tribunal had held that a mistake could be corrected by filing a revised return and had directed CPC/AO to consider the revised return, if filed. The assessee approached the High Court for directions as it was unable to e-file the revised return, which was mandatory. The Department conceded, and the High Court directed that the CPC/AO would accept the revised returns filed manually/physically, for due consideration.

In Gemini Communication’s case, from a reading of both the High Court’s order and that of the Chennai bench of the Tribunal (144 ITD 634), the facts are not clear as to what was the difficulty that prompted the assessee to file a manual report before the due date and then subsequently e-file an identical return. No such difficulty appears to have been brought to the notice of either Tribunal or the High Court, which necessitated the filing of the manual return.

The only argument taken up seems to have been that the CBDT exceeded its powers in requiring e-filing. This contention, though valid, did not appeal to the court, which, without providing reasons for not accepting it, held in favour of mandatory e-filing of the return.

One aspect that had been appreciated by the Tribunal in Gemini Communication’s case, was that filing of return electronically was a directory requirement and, if the return is filed manually on or before due date, such return should not be ignored. The Tribunal observed that, at most, the AO could have done was require the assessee to file the return again electronically so that the technical requirement of processing was satisfied.

The Madras High Court does not seem to have addressed this aspect of directory versus mandatory requirement while deciding the appeal and instead considered only whether the CBDT requirement was in accordance with the Rules Importantly, the Court did not consider its own ruling in Shri Vasavi Gold & Bullion’s case, which, if cited, may have led the court to decide differently.

There have been a number of decisions where Courts have taken a view that filing of a form was mandatory, but that the time limit laid down in the rules for such filing is a directory requirement, and have therefore accepted belated filing of the form. Similarly, violation of the procedure for e-filing is, in substance, violation of a directory requirement, and not a mandatory requirement, particularly where the return is otherwise complete in all respects. When the same return is subsequently e-filed, that should constitute sufficient compliance with the requirement, particularly in cases where there is adequate justification for not being able to e-file the return.

The better view therefore seems to be that if a return or form is filed manually instead of being e-filed, it will still be valid filing. Where the same return or form is subsequently e-filed, there would certainly be a strong case for accepting the manual filing, particularly where there is a valid justification for the inability to e-file the return or form.

Glimpses Of Supreme Court Rulings

1. Dr. Doma T Bhutia vs. UOI

(2025) 481 ITR 501 (SC)

Exemption – Sikkimese Persons – The definition of the term “Sikkimese” under section 10 clause (26AAA) of Explanation (v) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, by the Finance Act 2023, is only for the purpose of the Income-tax Act, 1961, and not for any other purpose

A writ petition had been filed by a designated Senior Advocate, Dr. Doma T. Bhutia, as a Public Interest Litigation (PIL) before the High Court of Sikkim, Gangtok, challenging the vires to Explanation (v) contained under clause (26AAA) of section 10 of the Income Tax Act, 1961, which was introduced by way of amendment in terms of the Finance Act, 2023, insofar as it dealt with the definition of the term “Sikkimese”. According to the writ petitioner, this amendment to the definition of the term “Sikkimese” under section 10 clause (26AAA) of Explanation (v) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, by the Finance Act2023, was in violation of Article 371F(k) of the Constitution of India. According to the writ petitioner, it was the responsibility of the State of Sikkim to ensure protection of the old laws, including their preservation/protection, as provided under Article 371F(k) of the Constitution of India, in public interest.

The High Court dismissed the writ petition in view of the clarification provided as per the “Press Release” dated 04th April, 2023, namely, that the term “Sikkimese” defined for the purpose of clause (26AAA) of section 10 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, by the Finance Act, 2023, was only for the purpose of Income-tax Act, 1961, and not for any other purpose.

The Supreme Court noted that the Explanation to Section 10 (26AAA) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, had been amended pursuant to its judgment in W.P. (C) No.59 of 2013 [Association of Old Settlers of Sikkim and Ors. vs. Union of India and Anr.].

Learned counsel for the petitioner submitted before the Supreme Court that the term “Sikkimese” has been expanded by virtue of the amendment and, therefore, the identity “Sikkimese” people has been lost.

The Supreme Court did not accept the said contention, as according to the Supreme Court, the expression “Sikkimese” has been defined only for the purpose of the Explanation which is to Section 10 (26AAA) of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

According to the Supreme Court, if the Parliament, in order to grant a benefit, has expanded the scope of the expression “Sikkimese” under the Explanation to Section 10 (26AAA), the petitioner could have no grievance as that is a matter of policy and the Parliamentary intent.

The Supreme Court however, observed that the expression “Sikkimese” is expanded only for the purpose of grant of benefit to such persons who come within the scope of the Explanation to Section 10 (26AAA) and not for any other purposes as such. Hence, there was no reason to entertain this Writ Petition any further. The Writ Petition was, accordingly, disposed.

The Supreme Court went further to suggest that the Union of India may also issue a formal notification with regard to what has been stated in the press release if not already issued.

2. PCIT vs. Indo Rama Synthetics (I) Ltd

(2025) 481 ITR 660 (SC)

Reassessment – When records (reasons of reopening the assessment) could not be produced before the High Court despite its directions, it could not be demonstrated that findings returned by CIT and the Tribunal were perverse qua the objections and in such circumstances, the High Court had no option but to dismiss the appeal of the Revenue.

Reopening of assessment was questioned by the assessee on multiple grounds including that (i) reasons-recorded for initiating the proceedings were never furnished to the assessee; (ii) there was no suppression of information; (iii) consequent to the amendment, vide Finance Act, 2008, assessee filed a revised return including the amount debited towards deferred tax for the purposes of Section 115JB; (iv) objection to reopening of concluded assessment was not disposed of; and (v) there cannot be reopening of assessment on mere change of opinion.

The objections raised by the assessee to the reopening of the assessment were sustained by the CIT while allowing the appeal(s) vide order dated 30.06.2011, and the appeal(s) preferred by Revenue were dismissed by the Tribunal vide order dated 31.01.2018.

In the course of the appeal preferred by the Revenue against the order of the Tribunal, the High Court directed the Revenue to produce a copy of the ‘reasons to believe’ recorded, and the original order under Section 143(3) of the Income Tax Act, 1961. This was obviously to test the correctness of the findings returned by the CIT and the Tribunal. Those records were, however, not produced by the Revenue despite repeated opportunities on a lame excuse that the records are not traceable. In such circumstances, the High Court concluded that Revenue is not interested in pursuing the appeal and the appeal was, accordingly, dismissed by the impugned order.

On 20.11.2019, the Supreme Court issued a limited notice on the question whether, on mere non-filing of the relevant document, the High Court ought to have drawn an adverse inference on the Revenue’s appeal.

The Supreme Court, having regard to the reasons recorded in detail by the CIT and the Tribunal, was of the view that the direction to produce the records was to test the correctness of the findings returned by the CIT and the Tribunal. When records could not be produced, it could not be demonstrated that findings returned by CIT and the Tribunal were perverse qua the objections. In such circumstances, the Supreme Court was of the view that the High Court had no option but to dismiss the appeal, though it could have desisted from observing that the Revenue was not interested in pursuing the appeal.

According to the Supreme Court, in any view of the matter, the fact remained that in the absence of relevant materials, the findings returned by CIT, affirmed by the Tribunal, were not liable to be interfered with. Consequently, the Supreme Court did not find merit in this appeal. The same was, accordingly, dismissed.

Notice and assessment order passed, in the name of a non-existent entity – scheme of amalgamation – Department intimated.

JSW Steel Coated Products Limited vs. National Faceless Assessment Centre (Assessment unit) & Ors.

[Writ Petition No. 4296 of 2024 dated : 4th March, 2026 (Bombay High Court) ] Assessment Year 2022-23

Notice and assessment order passed, in the name of a non-existent entity – scheme of amalgamation – Department intimated.

The Petitioner (‘JSW Steel Coated Products Limited’) is a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, engaged in the manufacturing of steel, including special steel products. Vide Order dated 19.05.2023, the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) approved the scheme of amalgamation of JSW Vallabh Tinplate Private Limited (“erstwhile/transferor company’) with the Petitioner, whereby the former company got amalgamated into the Petitioner. Pursuant to the NCLT Order, Form No. INC-28, being notice of the order of the Tribunal, was filed with the Registrar of Companies (‘RoC’) on 26.06.2023.

Pursuant to the amalgamation, the Petitioner, vide its letter dated 29.06.2023, duly communicated to the Authorities the amalgamation of the erstwhile/transferor company, namely ‘JSW Vallabh Tinplate Private Limited’ (hereinafter referred to as“JSW Vallabh Tinplate”)

For A.Y. 2022-23, Respondent No.1 issued a Notice dated 02.06.2023 under Section 143(2) of the Act in the name of JSW Vallabh Tinplate, intimating that its case has been selected for faceless scrutiny. Further, despite the fact of amalgamation being duly communicated by the Petitioner, Respondent No.1, vide Notice dated 18.10.2023, proceeded with the assessment proceeding against JSW Vallabh Tinplate on its PAN, in terms of Section 143(2) and 144B of the Act for A.Y. 2022-23

Respondent No.1 without considering the preliminary objection of the Petitioner that JSW Vallabh Tinplate was not in existence, proceeded with the issuance of further notices dated 27.01.2024 and 07.02.2024 in the name of JSW Vallabh Tinplate, in terms of Section 142(1) of Act, seeking production of various accounts/ documents/ information. The Petitioner, thereafter, vide its letter dated 08.02.2024, once again requested Respondent No.1 not to proceed with the assessment proceedings in light of the fact that JSW Vallabh Tinplate was no longer in existence.

Subsequently, Respondent No. 1 issued a show cause notice dated 01.03.2024 in the name of JSW Vallabh Tinplate. The Petitioner, vide its letter dated 06.03.2024, responded to the said notice under its own name and seal.

Respondent No.1, thereafter, passed the Assessment Order on 21.03.2024 under Section 143(3) of the Act in the name of ‘JSW Vallabh Tinplate Private Limited’ in respect of AY 2022-23. Further, the Notice of demand under Section 156 of the Act and the notice for initiating the penalty proceedings were also issued in the name of ‘JSW Vallabh Tinplate Private Limited’.

The Petitioner contended that upon a scheme of amalgamation being sanctioned, the amalgamating company/transferor company ceases to exist in the eyes of law, as held by the Hon’ble Apex Court in the case of Saraswati Industrial Syndicate Ltd vs. CIT [(1990) 53 Taxman 92 (SC)] and PCIT vs. Maruti Suzuki India Ltd. [(2019) 107 taxmann.com 375 (SC)]. Once, such a transferor company ceases to exist, it cannot fall within the definition of a ‘person’ as defined under Section 2(31) of the Act. Consequently, no proceedings can be conducted in respect of a ‘person’ that no longer exists. Thus, the notices and the impugned Assessment Order, having been issued in the name of a non-existent entity, were void ab initio and bad in law.

The Respondent, relying upon the Affidavit in Reply dated 31.07.2025, submitted that the initiation as well as completion of the assessment proceedings were valid in law, and the assessment would not be rendered invalid merely because it was framed in the name of JSW Vallabh Tinplate. In support of the above, the Revenue placed reliance on the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Principal Commissioner of Income Tax vs. Mahagun Realtors (P) Ltd. [(2022) SCC OnLine SC 407] and the decision of Hon’ble Madras High Court in the case of Vedanta Limited vs. DCIT [(2021) 438 ITR 680 (Mad)].

The Hon. Court observed that it is an undisputed fact that the Petitioner had made Respondent No. 1 aware about the amalgamation of “JSW Vallabh Tinplate Private Limited” with the Petitioner during the assessment proceedings for A.Y. 2022-23. Despite the aforesaid, Respondent No.1 issued Notices under Section 142(1) in the name of JSW Vallabh Tinplate; proceeded to issue the Show Cause Notice in the name of JSW Vallabh Tinplate; and ultimately even passed the assessment order, issued notice of demand under Section 156, and issued a penalty notice, all in the name of JSW Vallabh Tinplate.

The Hon. Court observed that the issue regarding the invalidity of a notice issued to a non-existent entity was no longer res integra and was covered by the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Principal Commissioner Income Tax vs. Maruti Suzuki India Ltd. (supra).

The Court further observed that the decision in Mahagun Realtors (P) Ltd. (supra) must be appreciated bearing in mind the peculiar facts and circumstances of that case, including the conduct of the assessee therein. It was those facts which appear to have weighed upon the Supreme Court to hold against the assessee. The present case was clearly distinguishable from the facts in the case of Mahagun Realtors (P) Ltd. (supra) because (i) in that case, there was no intimation by the resultant company i.e., Mahagun India Pvt. Ltd., regarding the amalgamation of Mahagun Realtors (P) Ltd. into it, to the Income Tax Authorities; (ii) the Assessment Order was made in the name of both the amalgamating company and the resultant company; and (iii) the resultant company also participated in the assessment proceeding holding itself out as the amalgamating company.

The Hon. Court noted that the Petitioner had, at the very threshold, objected to the continuation of the assessment proceeding in the name of a non-existent entity and had consistently maintained such objection throughout. Hence, the decision rendered by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Mahagun Realtors (P) Ltd. (supra) was wholly inapplicable to the factual situation in the present matter.

The Hon. Court further distinguished the decision of the Hon’ble Madras High Court in the case of Vedanta Limited (supra) wherein the error pertained to multiple changes of the name of an existing company without any change in the PAN, and a corrigendum was also issued to rectify the error, after which the proceedings were continued. However, in the present case, the assessment has been framed in the name, and PAN, of a company which had admittedly ceased to exist upon amalgamation. The said decision in Vedanta Limited (supra) was therefore, held to be distinguishable.

The Hon. Court held that Respondent No.1 has committed a jurisdictional error by issuing notices and passing the Order of Assessment in the name of a non-existent entity. It was no longer res integra that proceedings undertaken in the name of a non-existent entity are void. The Hon. Court relied on the case of J. M. Mhatre Infra Pvt. Ltd. (Erstwhile J M Mhatre, Partnership firm) vs. UOI [WPL 16514 OF 2023 decided on 16.12.2025] and Paras Defence and Space Technologies Ltd. vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax 15(1)(1) and Others [Writ Petition No.4934 of 2022 decided on 27th January 2026].

Thus, the impugned notices issued under Section 142(1), the Show Cause Notice issued on 01.03.2024, the impugned Order of Assessment passed under Section 143(3) read with Section 144B dated 21.03.2024, and the consequential notice issued raising a demand under Section 156, as well as the penalty notice issued under Section 274 read with Section 270A, all being in the name of a non-existent entity [i.e. JSW Vallabh Tinplate], were held to be void and bad in law.

Stay Application – Pendency of Appeal before CIT(A) – Addition made based on statement recorded of third party which was retracted – Assessee salaried employee – unconditional stay granted and attachment on bank account lifted.

1. Hoshang Jamshed Mohta vs. Income Tax Officer Ward 42(2)(3) & others

[Writ Petition (L) no. 4937 of 2026 dated 23/2/2026 BOMBAY HIGH COURT) A. Y. 2022-23 :

Stay Application – Pendency of Appeal before CIT(A) – Addition made based on statement recorded of third party which was retracted – Assessee salaried employee – unconditional stay granted and attachment on bank account lifted.

During the year under consideration, the Petitioner sold ancestral land admeasuring 4,775 sq. mtrs. in Vesu, Surat, Gujarat to Bhavya Developers (a partnership firm) on 18th October, 2021 for a consideration of ₹10 Crores. This was done by a Registered Conveyance Deed, on which the requisite stamp duty on the value of ₹10 Crores was also paid.

The Petitioner invested a part of the sale consideration in a residential property and purchased a Flat in Mumbai on 20th December, 2021 from Keystone Realtors Pvt. Ltd. for ₹5,27,00,000. The Petitioner claimed deduction of ₹5,03,06,880/- under Section 54F of the Act, and offered the balance to tax as Long Term Capital Gains on the sale of land.

During the course of the scrutiny assessment proceedings, Respondent No.3 issued notice under Section 142 (1) of the Act, seeking details on 7 issues, which included a working of capital gains. It was stated that during the course of a search under Section 132 on 3rd December, 2021 on M/s. Sumangal Safe Deposit Vault LLP and a group key member, Mahendra Champaklal Mehta, certain incriminating documents and material were found. It was, therefore, alleged that the Petitioner had sold one immovable property for a consideration of ₹54,02,80,000/- and received ₹44,02,80,000/- in cash. This was duly replied to by the Petitioner.

Finally, the Assessing Officer passed the Assessment Order under Section 143(3) of the Act, not only denying the Petitioner’s deduction of capital gains under Section 54F, but also adding ₹44.02 Crores to his income under Section 69A of the Act.

Being aggrieved by this Order, the Petitioner preferred an Appeal before the CIT(A), which was pending. The Stay Application filed by the Petitioner had been dismissed by the Assessing Officer, and an attachment had also been levied on the petitioner’s bank account.

The Petitioner approached the Hon. Court seeking a stay of the entire demand and release of the attachment on the bank account till the disposal of the appeal filed by the Petitioner before the CIT(A).

The Hon. Court observed that, in the facts of the present case, a case was made out for an unconditional stay. According to the Revenue, the Petitioner had received a total sum of ₹54.02 Crores for the sale of his ancestral property in Surat, out of which ₹44.02 Crores was received in cash. This was primarily based on the statement of Mr. Mahendra C. Mehta made during the search proceedings conducted under Section 132 of the Act. From the record, it was also clear that the aforesaid statement has thereafter been retracted by the said Mahendra C. Mehta vide his Affidavits dated 8th December, 2021 and 11th March, 2024 respectively.

On these facts, and considering that the amount sought to be added to the income of the Petitioner was four times the sale price of the property, the Hon. Court granted unconditional stay of the demand. The Court had noted that the Petitioner stated in his application seeking a stay that he did not have the means to deposit even 20% of the demand, which amounted to approximately to ₹9 Crores. The Petitioner was a salaried employee of Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Co. Ltd., and it would not be possible for him to deposit such a huge amount.

The Hon. Court set aside the impugned Order dated 22nd December, 2025 and directed that, till the Appeal filed by the Petitioner against the Assessment Order is heard by the CIT(A), any demand arising out of the Assessment Order shall remain stayed. The Court also directed that the lien marked on the petitioner’s bank account shall be forthwith lifted, and the Petitioner shall be entitled to operate the bank account as if there was no lien marked.

A. TDS — Certificate for deduction at lower rate u/s 197 — Validity — Certificate is valid for the assessment year specified in the certificate unless cancelled earlier — Effective throughout the assessment year and not prospectively from the date of certificate. B. Assessee in default u/s. 201(1) — Since certificate operates for the entire assessment year the assessee cannot be deemed as assessee in default — Consequent interest u/s. 201(1A) is unjustified.

5. CIT(TDS) vs. National Highways Authority of India: 2026

TMI 338 – MP:

A. Y. 2009-10: Date of order 06/03/2026:

Ss. 197 and 201 of ITA 1961:

A. TDS — Certificate for deduction at lower rate u/s 197 — Validity — Certificate is valid for the assessment year specified in the certificate unless cancelled earlier — Effective throughout the assessment year and not prospectively from the date of certificate.

B. Assessee in default u/s. 201(1) — Since certificate operates for the entire assessment year the assessee cannot be deemed as assessee in default — Consequent interest u/s. 201(1A) is unjustified.

One SECCL entered into a contract with the assessee for the development of national highways. The assessee made a payment to SECCL after deducting tax at source u/s. 195 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 at marginal rates mentioned in the order of the Assessing Officer passed u/s. 197 for different assessment years.

The assessee was treated as the person responsible for making payments to the foreign contractor, deducting tax at source and filing a return u/s. 206 of the Act. On verification, it was noticed that the assessee had made payment of a contract worth of ₹19,61,36,514/- to the deductee company from 01/04/2008 to 30/06/2008 without proper deduction of tax at source. Upon issuance of notice, the assessee filed an explanation that the payments were made with a lower deduction of tax at source because of the order issued u/s. 195/197 by their Assessing Officer on 30/06/2008 for the F.Y. 2008-09.

The Assessing Officer opined that the payments were made by the assessee for a sum of ₹19,61,36,513/- for the period from 10/04/2008 to 24/06/2008, when no certificate for non-deduction of tax at source was in force, meaning thereby, at the time of making such payment or crediting such payment, there was no certificate. The certificate dated 30/06/2008 came into effect from the date of its issuance. Therefore, the period prior to 30/06/2008 suffered a lower deduction of tax at source than the rate prescribed under the Act. The Assessing Officer, passed an order dated 04/03/2011, assessed ₹31,03,54,504/- as total default of TDS and imposed the interest and directed for initiation of proceedings for penalty, in total of ₹41,89,78,580/-.

The CIT(A) dismissed the appeal filed by the assessee. The Tribunal allowed the appeal and held that the assessee was not an assessee in default as contemplated u/s. 201 of the Act.

The Madhya Pradesh High Court admitted the appeal filed by the Department on the following substantial questions of law:-

“1. Whether on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the ITAT was justified in law inholding that the assessee could not be held to be assessee in default u/s 201(1)? and 201(1A) of the Act and thereby granting the relief?

2. Whether, on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the ITAT was justified in law in deleting the interest levied u/s 201(1A) of the Act, while failing to appreciate that the deductor cannot consider the assessment status of the deductee unless and until a certificate u/s 197 of the Act is granted by the Assessing Officer?”

The High Court dismissed the appeal filed by the Department and held as follows:

“i) It is clear from the language of Section 197 that if the Assessing Officer is satisfied that the total income of the recipient justifies the deduction of income tax at any lower rate or no deduction of income tax, as the case may be, the Assessing Officer shall on an application made by the assessee in his behalf, give him such certificate as may be appropriate. Under Sub-section (2), where any such certificate is given, the person responsible for paying the income tax shall deduct the income tax at the rate specified in such certificate unless the same is cancelled by the Assessing Officer throughout the assessment year. As per sub-rule (2) of Rule 28AA, the certificate shall be valid for the assessment year to be specified in the certificate, unless it is cancelled at any time before the expiry of the specified period. The assessment in income tax is always for the entire assessment year. Every provision of the Income Tax Act is liable to be applied for a particular assessment year. Even the tax liabilities are fixed on the assessee for the entire assessment year.

ii) As per the proviso to Section 201, any person, including Principal Officer or Company, shall not be deemed to be an assessee in default in respect of such tax, if he furnishes a certificate to this effect from the accountant in such form. In view of the above, the question of law No.1 is answered against the revenue that the respondent cannot be held as an assessee in default u/s. 201 and Section 201(1A).

iii) And so far as the question of law No.2 is concerned, the ITAT was justified in deleting the interest levied u/s. 201(1A) of the Act because the assessee had certificate u/s. 197 for an entire assessment year.”

A. Reassessment — Income escaping assessment — Audit Objections — Relevant details submitted and on record before the AO during original assessment — It amounts to review of assessment — Re-considering of same material to arrive at different conclusion cannot be permitted — Re-opening of assessment bad-in-law. B. Reassessment — Time limit for issuance of notice for A. Y. 2016-17 — Time limit of four years from the end of the relevant Assessment Year applicable prior to 01/04/2021 — Notice u/s. 148 issued on 31/03/2023 — Beyond a period of four years — First proviso to section 149 — No notice could have been issued under the pre-amended provisions — Notice and subsequent proceedings barred by limitation.

4. Sapphire Foods India Ltd. vs. ACIT:

(2026) 183 taxmann.com 506 (Del.):

A.Y.: 2016-17: Date of order 16/02/2026:

Ss. 147, 148, 148A and 149 of ITA 1961:

A. Reassessment — Income escaping assessment — Audit Objections — Relevant details submitted and on record before the AO during original assessment — It amounts to review of assessment — Re-considering of same material to arrive at different conclusion cannot be permitted — Re-opening of assessment bad-in-law.

B. Reassessment — Time limit for issuance of notice for A. Y. 2016-17 — Time limit of four years from the end of the relevant Assessment Year applicable prior to 01/04/2021 — Notice u/s. 148 issued on 31/03/2023 — Beyond a period of four years — First proviso to section 149 — No notice could have been issued under the pre-amended provisions — Notice and subsequent proceedings barred by limitation.

The assessee is a company. In the original assessment for AY 2016-17, an addition of ₹24,80,39,169 was made u/s. 56(2)(viib) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 on account of premium charged in excess of the fair market value of the shares by adopting book value instead of the DCF method adopted by the Assessee. The appeal filed before the CIT(A) was partly allowed and the second appeal before the Tribunal was pending for orders.

Meanwhile, on 22/03/2023, show cause notice u/s. 148A(b) was issued along with scanned copy of the audit objections raised by the local audit party informing that there was information in possession which suggests that income chargeable to tax for A. Y. 2016-17 has escaped assessment and the assessee was called upon to show cause why notice u/s. 148 of the Act should not be issued.

The audit objections provided along with the show cause notice contained two reasons for re-opening of assessment. The first reason being that the total amount of premium was ₹30,23,74,146 and premium disallowed in the original assessment was only ₹24,80,39,16 and the balance premium of ₹5,43,34,977 was not disallowed. Thus, there was escapement of income. The second reason for re-opening of assessment pointed out by the audit party was that there was no justification why huge bonus was paid by the assessee to its MD / shareholders in the first year when the turnover of the company was negligible. The expenses were not allowable as business expense.

The Assessee filed its response. Based on the response filed by the Assessee, the re-opening of assessment on the first issue regarding share premium was dropped. However, as regards the second issue, the conclusion of the audit party was adopted by the Assessing Officer.

The assessee filed petition before the High Court challenging the order passed u/s. 148A(d) and the notice issued u/s. 148 of the Act. The Delhi High Court allowed the petition and held as follows:

“i) We are of the view that reopening the assessment on the basis of the objections of the Audit Party, shall in the above facts, amount to reviewing the assessment already made, as the relevant material was available with the assessing officer during that assessment. It is necessary to draw a distinction between a case where the assessee failed to provide some material /information during the assessment, which was flagged by the Audit Party, as against a case where all information was provided by the assessee, but was not considered or commented upon by the Assessing Officer in the assessment order, resulting in a subsequent audit objection. The latter cannot be subject matter of reassessment, as it shall have the effect of reconsidering the same material to arrive at a different conclusion, which cannot be permitted. The attempt of the Revenue to now hold that the amounts are chargeable to tax certainly amounts to a change of opinion, which cannot be sustained.

ii) It is trite law that the Revenue can reopen assessments based on audit objections to the effect that the assessment in the case of the assessee for the relevant assessment year has not been made in accordance with the provisions of the Act. In fact, Clause (ii) to Explanation 1 of Section 148 of the Act, which was incorporated into the Act by virtue of the Finance Act, 2022 empowers the Assessing Officer to issue notice reopening the assessment when audit objections suggests that income has escaped assessment. However, the first proviso to Section 148 states that no notice shall be issued under the provision, unless the Assessing Officer has information with him which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment in the case of the assessee for the relevant assessment year. The question that arises now is whether notice can be issued u/s. 148, notwithstanding the fact that the issue flagged by the Audit Party was subject matter of examination in the assessment proceedings and a final decision in terms of an assessment order. We are of the view that the mere fact that objections were raised by the Audit Party cannot change or expand the nature of the power vested in the Assessing Officer to assess/reassess the income of the assessee to a power to review an already concluded assessment.

iii) It is clear that the audit objection pointing out that there is no justification available in the file as to why the amounts were paid, cannot be said to be ‘information’ for the respondent to initiate reassessment proceedings, when the Assessing Officer was in possession of the information and necessary documents at the time of the assessment proceedings. As such, the impugned action of the respondents is unsustainable.

iv) In the present case, the assessee had made a return of its income on 18/10/2016 for the relevant assessment year and had provided all necessary material for its assessment. As such, the extended period of six years for reopening the assessment would not be available to the Revenue u/s. 147 of the Act as it existed prior to April 1, 2021. The period of limitation is thus, four years from the end of AY 2016-17. It is a matter of record that the notice u/s. 148 has been issued on 31/03/2023, which is beyond the said period of four years. Therefore, in view of the first proviso to Section 149 of the Act, no notice could have been issued u/s. 148, as no such notice could have been issued under the provisions that were in force prior to April 1, 2021. We hold that the notice dated 31/03/2023 and the subsequent proceedings are barred by limitation.

v) We are of the view that the impugned notice and order, both dated 31/03/2023 need to be set aside. The assessment proceedings initiated pursuant to the same also need to be quashed. We order accordingly.”

Provisional attachment of property — Powers u/s. 281B — Power must be exercised cautiously — Before attachment authorities must examine whether assessee is a regular taxpayer — Mere reliance on factors such as bank loans or hypothetical future demand is incorrect — Attachment without objective satisfaction is impermissible.

3. ARL Infratech Limited vs. DCIT:

2026 (3) TMI 495 – Raj.:

A. Ys. 2021-22 to 2026-27: Date of order 06/03/2026:

S. 281B of ITA 1961:

Provisional attachment of property — Powers u/s. 281B — Power must be exercised cautiously — Before attachment authorities must examine whether assessee is a regular taxpayer — Mere reliance on factors such as bank loans or hypothetical future demand is incorrect — Attachment without objective satisfaction is impermissible.

A search was conducted at the premises of the assessee and assessment order was passed and on the basis of the appraisal report, Investigation Wing made an addition of ₹4.40 lakhs. The assessee filed an appeal before the CIT(A) which is pending.

The Assessing Officer issued notice u/s. 148 of the Act for A. Ys. 2021-22, 2022-23 and 2024-25 and on the basis of apprehension that demand of ₹1.30 crores may be created for A. Ys. 2022-23 and 2024-25, a provisional attachment order was passed by the Assessing Officer exercising powers u/s. 281B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 making a provisional attachment of the industrial plot which was owned by the assessee.

The Assessee challenged the said provisional attachment order before the Rajasthan High Court by way of a petition. The Assessee, inter alia, submitted before the High Court that it had paid ₹45.43 crores for the A. Ys. 2021-22 to 2026-27 and that the attachment was contrary to the guidelines laid down by the CBDT vide Circulars and OM dated 29/02/2016 and 31/07/2017. Further, due to the past record of the assessee, there was no basis to conclude that there was a possibility of non-payment of demand.

The High Court allowed the petition and held as follows:

“i) While Section 281B of the Act of 1961 gives unequivocal power to the authority to put the properties under attachment, the Hon’ble Apex Court has time and again held that such power has to be exercised by taking into consideration all the aspects as noticed in the case of Radha Krishan Industries (supra) and the contentions prescribed in the statute must be strictly fulfilled. Once such provision has to be treated as draconian in nature, in the opinion of this Court, the minimum requirement is to give an opportunity to the concerned assessee to make the payment or part of it as required in the Office Memorandum issued by the CBDT. A presumption cannot be drawn that the assessee would not make the payment. Principles of natural justice to that extent would be inherent as the civil rights are likely to be harmed, if action is taken u/s. 281B of the Act of 1961

ii) Before invoking power u/s. 281B of the Act of 1961, the authorities must examine whether the assessee before it is a person who has been a regular tax payer. Merely because he may have taken loan from the Bank for his business, may not be the only sufficient ground to attach the properties. Such attachment, even if provisional, creates a sense of apprehension and fear in the minds of bankers who are giving loans to the concerned units for their businesses. Their public reputation is seriously hampered. Therefore, invoking of such provision has to be done by exercising great caution and care and so as not to harm the reputation of an honest income tax payer.

iii) Even if a demand is raised, the same can be challenged in appeal and maximum amount to be deposited for settling the remaining demand is 20% of the said demand. In the present case, demand of ₹1,30,11,024/- has been provisionally assessed and as of today even the demand has not been raised. Therefore, issuing of provisional attachment order would be wholly unjustified and would go contrary to the purpose sought to be achieved.

iv) We, therefore, disapprove the approach adopted by the respondents and set aside the order of attachment dated 01/01/2026. However, we direct the petitioner-assessee to deposit 20% of the demand, provisionally assessed, with the authorities within a period of one week.

v) It is made clear that, ultimately, if the demand is found to be unjustified or deserves to be reduced or waived, the amount as directed by us to be deposited, shall be refunded with interest to the assessee.”

Collection and recovery of tax — Company —Recovery from director of the Company — Attachment of the Bank Account of the wife of the Director — Unjustified — S. 179 is applicable to the Director of the Company — Cannot be extended to the wife of the Director of the Company.

2. Manjulaben Mafatlal Shah vs. TRO:

(2026) 183 taxmann.com 746 (Bom.):

Date of order 17/02/2026:

Ss. 226 r.w.s. 179 of ITA 1961:

Collection and recovery of tax — Company —Recovery from director of the Company — Attachment of the Bank Account of the wife of the Director — Unjustified — S. 179 is applicable to the Director of the Company — Cannot be extended to the wife of the Director of the Company.

A notice u/s. 226(3) was issued upon the Assessee attaching the bank account of the Assessee in respect of liability of one Shri Ram Tubes Private Limited. The Assessee was the wife of the Director of the said Shri Ram Tubes Private Limited and she had nothing to do with the company. She was neither the Director, nor the Shareholder nor the employee of the said company. In view of the facts, it was the contention of the Assessee that the Department did not have the power to attach the bank account of the Assessee which stood in her sole name.

The Assessee challenged the notice and the action of the Department by way of writ petition filed before the Bombay High Court. The High Court allowed the petition and held as follows:

“i) The factual position has not been disputed by the revenue. It is not the case of the revenue that the petitioner was ever a director of the company, and against whom an income tax liability arises.

ii) Once this is the case, the Income Tax Department cannot attach the bank account of the Petitioner, and which stands in her sole name, only on the basis that she is the wife of a Director of Shri Ram Tubes Private Limited. Though the Income Tax Department may probably be able to proceed against the Petitioner’s husband by invoking provisions of Section 179, the same is wholly inapplicable to the Petitioner.”

Assessment — Validity of assessment order — Revised return filed within time — Revised return filed during pendency of scrutiny proceedings based on an audit objection — Assessment order passed based on the original return — CIT (Appeals) annulled the assessment order — Tribunal, proceeding on the erroneous basis that revised return was filed beyond period of limitation, set aside order of CIT (Appeals) and restored matter to the AO — High Court held that where revised return filed is validly filed, the assessment order cannot be passed on basis of the original return — Once a revised return is filed, original return stands obliterated — Assessment order set aside, order of CIT (Appeals) modified, and matter remitted to the AO — AO directed to determine taxable income on the basis of revised return.

1. Tripura State Electricity Corporation Ltd. vs. Principal CIT: (2026) 484 ITR 405 (Tri): 2025 SCC OnLine Tri 552:

A. Y. 2013-14: Date of order 14/08/2025:

Ss. 139(1), (5) and 143(2), (3) of ITA 1961:

Assessment — Validity of assessment order — Revised return filed within time — Revised return filed during pendency of scrutiny proceedings based on an audit objection — Assessment order passed based on the original return — CIT (Appeals) annulled the assessment order — Tribunal, proceeding on the erroneous basis that revised return was filed beyond period of limitation, set aside order of CIT (Appeals) and restored matter to the AO — High Court held that where revised return filed is validly filed, the assessment order cannot be passed on basis of the original return — Once a revised return is filed, original return stands obliterated — Assessment order set aside, order of CIT (Appeals) modified, and matter remitted to the AO — AO directed to determine taxable income on the basis of revised return.

The appellant assessee is the Tripura State Electricity Corporation Ltd. The appellant is engaged in the business of sale and distribution of electricity within the State of Tripura. For the A. Y. 2013-2014, the appellant had filed its return of income-tax on September 26, 2013 disclosing the total income computed at a loss figure of (-) ₹182,05,36,779 as against the loss as per the profit and loss account of (-) ₹13,32,27,00,075. The return of the appellant was taken up for scrutiny under the Computer Assisted Scrutiny Selection (CASS), and accordingly, a notice u/s. 143(2) of the Act was issued on September 4, 2014 to the appellant, and the details were furnished by the appellant on September 23, 2014.

During the pendency of the said proceedings initiated through the notice u/s. 143(2) of the Act issued on September 4, 2014, the appellant, on February 23, 2015, filed a revised return based on an audit objection by the Comptroller and Auditor General. In the meantime, due to a change in the incumbent in the office of the assessing authority, a notice u/s. 142(1) of the Act was issued on June 8, 2015. Subsequent notices were also issued on August 4, 2015 and October 11, 2016. Thereafter, after issuing a show-cause notice on February 26, 2016, the Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax, Agartala Circle, Agartala completed the assessment on March 18, 2016 by disallowing a deduction of ₹40,36,51,685 u/s. 40(a)(ia), 68 and 37 of the Act and determining the income at ₹1,41,68,85,094.

The Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) allowed the appeal filed by the assessee. The CIT (Appeals) held as under:

i) The Assessing Officer did not address the filing of the revised return; Though a revised return was filed on February 23, 2015 after the issuance of the notice dated September 4, 2014 under section 143(2) of the Act, and since the revised return was filed within time, the original return did not survive and stood substituted by the revised return; Therefore, it was not open for the Assessing Officer to advert to the original return. Certain decisions of the High Court of Punjab and Haryana, Karnataka and Gujarat were referred to by the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals). He held that the Assessing Officer was required to issue a notice u/s. 143(2) on the revised return, and since the assessment order was completely silent about the revised return filed on February 23, 2015, the assessment order could not be sustained and was annulled.

ii) U/s. 139(5) of the Act, revised return may be filed if the assessee discovers any omission or any wrong statement in the return filed under section 139(1) or in response to the notice issued under section 142(1) of the Act; Such revised return must be filed before expiry of one year from the end of the relevant assessment year or before the completion of assessment, whichever is earlier. In the instant case, the revised return could have been filed by March 31, 2016; it was however filed within time on February 23, 2015; Since the revised return was filed due to comments made by the Comptroller and Auditor General, there was sufficient bona fide reason for filing of the revised return. It was also noted by the appellate authority that, in the report of the Assessing Officer, it was stated that there was no violation of provisions of law while filing the revised return.

iii) Once a revised return has been validly filed, an assessment order cannot be passed on the basis of the notice issued u/s. 143(2) on the original return. It was not open for the Assessing Officer to refer to the original return or the statements filed along with the it, and only the revised return has to be taken into account for the purpose of making the assessment.”

In the appeal filed by the Revenue before the Tribunal, the Department contended that the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) could not have annulled the assessment order because the assessee failed to bring to the knowledge of the Assessing Officer during the continuation of the proceeding under section 143(2) on the original return, that the assessee filed a revised return subsequent to the receiving of notice u/s. 143(2) on the original return, and that too at the appellate stage.

The Tribunal allowed the appeal filed by the Revenue and held that, in the cases cited by the assessee, it was observed that when a revised return is filed, the original return stands obliterated, and the determination of the taxable income is to be made on the basis of the revised return; but in those cases it was not held that issuance of notice under section 143(2) on the revised return was mandatory, failing which the entire assessment proceedings would be vitiated.

The Tribunal erroneously noted that the revised return had been filed on March 17, 2016 (though it had been filed on February 23, 2015), and that this was not known to the Assessing Officer, as the return had been filed at the receipt counter, making it impossible for the Assessing Officer to take cognizance of such a fact in such a short period of time.

It, therefore, held that it was only an irregularity and not an illegality, and that it could have been cured by the first appellate authority by calling a remand report from the Assessing Officer after redetermination of the income on the basis of the revised return; however, the assessment order could not be declared as null and void.

It therefore set aside the order of the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) and restored the matter to the file of the Assessing Officer, and directed him to redetermine the taxable income of the assessee after taking the details from the revised return of income.

On appeal by the assessee, the Tripura High Court framed the following substantial question of law for consideration:

“i) “Whether, on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the learned Tribunal was justified and correct in law in holding that non-issuance and/or non-service of notice u/s. 143(2) in respect of a valid return furnished u/s. 139(5) during the continuance of a scrutiny assessment proceeding u/s. 143(3) was a mere irregularity and not an illegality, and therefore, in not annulling the assessment order u/s. 143(3)?

ii) Whether the learned Tribunal acted perversely in not setting aside the order of the assessing authority in spite of noticing that the appellant had filed a revised return and accepting the legal position that such revised return will obliterate the original return ?”

The High Court allowed the appeal and held as under:

“i) Once the revised return is filed, it is well settled that the original return stands obliterated as rightly held by the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) in his order dated July 24, 2018 placing reliance on the judgments in CIT vs. Rana Polycot Ltd., [(2012) 347 ITR 466 (P&H); 2011 SCC OnLine P&H 17591.] and Beco Engineering Co. Ltd. v. CIT, [(1984) 148 ITR 478 (P&H); 1984 SCC OnLine P&H 800.] , etc. So the Assessing Officer can only take into account the revised return for the purpose of making assessment, and he cannot act upon the original return which stood obliterated.

ii) For some reason in the instant case, the Assessing Officer took no notice of the revised return, and continued the proceedings on the basis of the original return and passed an assessment order on March 18, 2016. This is a clear illegality vitiating his order.

iii) The Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) noted the correct legal position as set out above, and also gave a finding of fact that there was a bona fide mistake that impelled the assessee to file the revised return on February 23, 2015, i.e., it was necessitated due to comments given by the Comptroller and Auditor General. It also noted that once a valid revised return is filed, the Assessing Officer has to take cognizance of the same, and he had to issue notice u/s. 143(2) on the revised return. The assessment order was totally silent about the revised return which disclosed a loss of (-) ₹194,75,04,007, and that loss had not been considered in the final computation of income. He, therefore, rightly held that the assessment proceeding was vitiated.

iv) Consequently, he ought to have remitted the matter back to the Assessing Officer after setting aside the assessment order passed on March 18, 2016, and directed him to pass an assessment order after taking into consideration the revised return. Instead he merely annulled the assessing authority’s order.

v) In the order passed by the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal, there is a clear error in noting that the revised return was filed on March 17, 2016, just a day prior to the passing of the order on March 18, 2016. The revised return had been filed on February 23, 2015 itself, and the Tribunal, had it noted the correct date of filing of the revised return, because there was at least a one year gap between the filing of the revised return and the passing of the assessment order, would not have come to the conclusion that it was impossible for the Assessing Officer to take cognizance of the revised return. This is because a year’s time is good enough for the Assessing Officer to take note of the revised return, ignore the original return, and then pass the assessment order on the basis of the revised return.

vi) Its view that the step taken at the end by the assessee would frustrate the whole assessment machinery is clearly perverse because once the assessee has a right to file a revised return, and such a revised return was filed within time, the Assessing Officer has no choice, but to act on the revised return only because the original return stood obliterated. Once the statute permits the filing of the revised return by giving such a right to the assessee, the Income-tax Department cannot question the wisdom of Parliament in providing such a right to the assessee, and the Tribunal cannot hold that filing of the revised return would frustrate the assessment machinery.

vii) Its view that it is only an irregularity and not an illegality, is also unsustainable having regard to the judgments cited in the decision of the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) and also more particularly the judgment of the Supreme Court in CIT vs. Mahendra Mills, [(2000) 243 ITR 56 (SC); (2000) 3 SCC 615; 2000 SCC OnLine SC 577.] and other connected matters confirming the judgment in Chief CIT (Administration) vs. Machine Tool Corporation of India Ltd., [(1993) 201 ITR 101 (Karn); 1992 SCC OnLine Kar 202.]

viii) In our view, the Assessing Officer committed a clear illegality by ignoring the revised return, and the Tribunal got misled by noting the date of filing of the revised return incorrectly, and came to the perverse conclusion that it would only be an irregularity, and not an illegality.

ix) Therefore, the Tribunal ought to have modified the order of the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) by setting aside the order of the assessing authority and remitted the matter back to the Assessing Officer for redetermining the taxable income of the appellant after taking the details from the revised return of income. Instead, it set aside the order of the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals), but restored the matter to the file of the Assessing Officer without setting aside the assessment order passed on March 18, 2016. This is a clear error of law.

x) Therefore, the second substantial question of law framed by us is held in favour of the appellant, and so we modify the decision of the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal in the following manner:

            (a) The assessment order dated March 18, 2016 is set aside;

            (b) The order of the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) is modified, and the matter is remitted to the Assessing Officer to redetermine the taxable income of the assessee after taking the details from the revised return of income, and this exercise should be carried out after providing due opportunity of hearing to the assessee.

xi) Having regard to this view taken by us, it is not necessary to decide the first substantial question of law, but we hold that the reference to section 139 in sub-section (1) of section 143 would include a revised return filed under sub-section (5) of section 139 also, and section 143 cannot be applied only to original returns, and should be applied to revised returns too. The appeal is partly allowed as above.

Articles 13 and 24(4A) of India-Singapore DTAA – Entities interposed to take benefit under DTAA were not entitled to qualify for benefit under capital gains article. Accordingly, the gains arising from alienation of shares acquired before 01 April 2017 were taxable in India.

[2026] 183 taxmann.com 125 (Delhi – Trib.)

Hareon Solar Singapore (P.) Ltd. vs. DCIT (International Taxation)

IT APPEAL NOS. 2226 (DELHI) OF 2024

A.Y.: 2020-21

Dated: 30 January 2026

Articles 13 and 24(4A) of India-Singapore DTAA – Entities interposed to take benefit under DTAA were not entitled to qualify for benefit under capital gains article. Accordingly, the gains arising from alienation of shares acquired before 01 April 2017 were taxable in India.

FACTS

The Assessee, a tax resident of Singapore, was incorporated in 2015. The Assessee was a subsidiary of Hareon Hong Kong, which, in turn, was owned by Hareon China. The Singapore tax authorities had granted a tax residency certificate (“TRC”) to the Assessee. The Assessee was incorporated pursuant to a joint venture (“JV”) between Hareon China and third-party entities from India. As part of the JV commitment, investment in Indian Company was made through Hareon Singapore. The Assessee made investments in the form of equity and compulsorily convertible debentures (“CCD”) into an Indian Company.

The Indian Company had received a contract to set up a power generation plant. Hareon China, one of the leading solar PV module manufacturers, agreed to supply PV Modules to the Indian Company.

The Assessee sold the shares and CCDs of an Indian entity and claimed that, under Article 13 of the India-Singapore DTAA, income was taxable only in Singapore.

The AO observed that the Assessee had no employees on its rolls and incurred no expenditure on operating or utility costs, except for payments to consultants. The majority of the board of directors were located outside of Singapore. Hence, control and management of the Assessee was not in Singapore. Even the banking facilities were managed by directors outside of Singapore. Hence, the AO was of the view that the Assessee was a conduit or shell entity, interposed with the primary motive of obtaining a tax benefit that would not have been available if the investment had been made from China or Hong Kong. Accordingly, the AO invoked Article 24A (which is the principal purpose test limitation in the treaty) and denied the claim of treaty benefits. The DRP upheld the order of the AO.

Aggrieved by the final order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

The entity operated as an investment entity with investments in an Indian Company and two other entities (India and Singapore). The investments were funded by the parent company.

The majority of expenses pertained to fair value losses or impairments of investments. Other operating expenditure consisted of (i) forex loss and (ii) professional charges paid to consultants. No employee costs, director’s salary, or other operating expenses were incurred in Singapore.

The majority of directors present at the meeting to decide on an investment in an Indian Company were based outside Singapore. While Assessee claimed director’s meeting held in Singapore to make investment decisions, evidence such as travel tickets, passports, or immigration information was not produced to prove directors’ presence in Singapore.

The JV agreement was signed by one of the directors of the Assessee, who was a Vice President of Hareon China, and his address for communication was listed as USA. The KYC submitted to the bank was signed by the US director, and directors outside Singapore controlled the bank’s facilities.

Hareon China, having contracted to supply PV modules to an Indian Company, decided to invest in the same company through Hareon Singapore. Hence, the sole purpose of investment from Singapore was to
obtain a tax benefit that would otherwise not be available if the investment were made from China or Hong Kong.

The TRC could not be considered as conclusive evidence without considering surrounding circumstances, and in the instant case, such circumstances were against the Assessee.

Based on the above, the ITAT held that the Assessee was not entitled to benefit of Article 13 and hence, gains arising to the Assessee from alienation of shares and CCDs were taxable in India.

Author’s Note – As the hearing of this case was concluded much before Apex Court pronouncement in Tiger Global [2026] 182 taxmann.com 375 (SC), the ITAT had merely placed on the record the fact that the Tiger Global ruling was delivered.

Articles 13 and 24(4A) of India-Singapore DTAA – On facts, in absence of any primary motive of tax avoidance, gains from alienation of shares acquired before 01 April 2017 were taxable only in Singapore

1.[2025] 180 taxmann.com 241 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Fullerton Financial Holdings Pte. Ltd. vs. ACIT (International Taxation)

IT APPEAL NOS. 1137 (MUM) OF 2025

A.Y.: 2022-23 Dated: 28 October 2025

Articles 13 and 24(4A) of India-Singapore DTAA – On facts, in absence of any primary motive of tax avoidance, gains from alienation of shares acquired before 01 April 2017 were taxable only in Singapore

FACTS

The Assessee, a tax resident of Singapore, was incorporated in 2003. The Assessee was an indirect subsidiary of Temasek Holdings Private Limited, an entity owned by the Singapore Government through its Minister of Finance. The Singapore tax authorities had granted a tax residency certificate (“TRC”) and expressed their satisfaction with the Assessee’s operating expenditure. The Assessee operated as an investment company for the group in the financial sector and had investments across Asia. The Assessee, along with its group entity, had investments in India. The Assessee sold its stake in Indian company shares, which were acquired before 1 April 2017 to a Japanese entity for ₹681.32 Crores and it claimed that the gains arising from sale of shares of Indian company were taxable only in Singapore under Article 13(4A) of India-Singapore DTAA.

The AO observed that the Assessee had no employees on its rolls, and the group entities made all management decisions relating to the investment. A major portion of expenses pertained to management charges paid to group entities. Hence, the AO was of the view that the Assessee was a conduit or shell entity with the primary motive of obtaining tax benefit. Accordingly, the AO invoked Article 24A of India-Singapore DTAA and denied treaty benefits. The DRP upheld the order of the AO.

Aggrieved by the final order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

The examination of the Principal Purpose Test (“PPT”) requires consideration of various factors, such as the commercial rationale, the government framework, economic substance, and transaction’s functional controls.

A ‘conduit company’ means an intermediary that would not have real economic or commercial substance of its own. In the case of the Assessee, it acted as an investment and portfolio company for Temasek Holdings, which was owned by the Singapore Government. Hence, it could not be characterised as a conduit or pass-through entity.

From the functioning of the board of the Assessee, it was evident that all the activities relating to the affairs of the Assessee were managed and controlled from Singapore.

The fact that management of affairs was carried out through group entities could not, by itself, justify ignoring the expenditure test. The Assessee satisfied the S$ 200,000 expenditure-on operations test, and which was substantiated by a confirmation from the Singapore Revenue Authorities and a certificate issued by statutory auditors. Based on management control and expenditure tests, it was evident that the Assessee was not a shell or conduit entity.

The investment of the Assessee in the Indian entity was a long-term strategic investment, and the sale was a commercial realisation of that investment.

The Assessee had demonstrable substance and an independent economic presence in Singapore, and the investment was aligned with the regional expansion objective and not tax-motivated. Further, the ultimate beneficial owner of the investment was the Government of Singapore; hence, it cannot be said that obtaining benefit was the principal purpose of the transaction.

Based on the above, the ITAT held that in terms of Article 13(4A) of India-Singapore DTAA, gains arising from alienation of shares were chargeable to tax only in Singapore.

Author’s Note – The case was decided before the Apex Court ruling in the case of Tiger Global [2026] 182 taxmann.com 375 (SC).

Sec. 54F – Capital gains exemption – Investment in residential plot for construction – Possession not handed over and construction not commenced within prescribed period due to reasons beyond assessee’s control – Subsequent surrender of plot and reinvestment in new residential property – Deduction allowable considering beneficial nature of provision.

5. [2025] 128 ITR(T) 246 (Delhi- Trib.)

Rajni Kumar vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2017-18

DATE: 17.09.2025

Sec. 54F – Capital gains exemption – Investment in residential plot for construction – Possession not handed over and construction not commenced within prescribed period due to reasons beyond assessee’s control – Subsequent surrender of plot and reinvestment in new residential property – Deduction allowable considering beneficial nature of provision.

FACTS

The assessee sold an immovable property and declared long-term capital gains, against which a deduction under section 54F was claimed on the basis of an investment made in a residential plot intended for construction of a house. The assessee had made substantial payments towards the purchase of the plot within the prescribed period.

However, possession of the plot was not handed over by the builder, and consequently, the assessee could not commence construction within the stipulated period. The delay was attributed to factors such as prolonged disputes relating to the Dwarka Expressway project, intervention by Government authorities, regulatory restrictions, and issues concerning the builder. Due to continued non-delivery of possession, the assessee eventually surrendered the allotment, received refund of the investment, and thereafter purchased another residential property.

The Assessing Officer denied the deduction under section 54F on the ground that no residential house was constructed within the prescribed time and that possession of the plot was not obtained. The Commissioner (Appeals) upheld the disallowance.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the assessee had invested the entire sale consideration in the purchase of a residential plot with the bona fide intention of constructing a residential house and had complied with the investment requirement within the prescribed time.

It was noted that the failure to obtain possession of the plot and consequent inability to commence construction was due to circumstances beyond the control of the assessee, including governmental and regulatory delays as well as defaults on the part of the builder.

The Tribunal held that section 54F is a beneficial provision intended to promote investment in residential housing and, therefore, deserves liberal interpretation. It emphasized that where the assessee has demonstrated a clear intention and has substantially complied with the requirement of investment, the exemption cannot be denied merely because construction was not completed within the stipulated period due to factors beyond the assessee’s control.

The Tribunal further noted that the assessee had ultimately surrendered the plot and reinvested the amount in another residential property, thereby reinforcing the bona fide intention to acquire a residential house.

Relying on judicial precedents, it was held that non-completion of construction or delay in possession, when not attributable to the assessee, does notdisentitle the assessee from claiming exemption under section 54F. Accordingly, the Tribunal held that the assessee was entitled to deduction under section 54F and allowed the appeal.

Sec. 68 r.w.s. 69C – Bogus exports – Additions based solely on DRI show-cause notice without independent inquiry – No corroborative evidence brought on record – Deletion by CIT(A) justified – Subsequent Customs adjudication having material bearing admitted as additional evidence – Matter remanded for de novo adjudication

4. [2025] 128 ITR(T) 572 (Chandigarh – Trib.)

ITO vs. A.K. Exports

A.Y.: 2002-03, 2005-06, 2006-07 AND 2007-08 DATE: 01.07.2025

Sec. 68 r.w.s. 69C – Bogus exports – Additions based solely on DRI show-cause notice without independent inquiry – No corroborative evidence brought on record – Deletion by CIT(A) justified – Subsequent Customs adjudication having material bearing admitted as additional evidence – Matter remanded for de novo adjudication

FACTS

A search action was conducted in the case of the assessee group by the Directorate of Revenue Intelligence (DRI), pursuant to which show-cause notices were issued alleging that the assessee
and its group concerns were not engaged in genuine manufacturing activities and had undertaken bogus export transactions to fraudulently claim export incentives such as DEPB and duty drawback.

Relying solely on such show-cause notices, the Assessing Officer concluded that the assessee had obtained bogus purchase bills, exported inferior quality goods at inflated prices to non-existent foreign entities, and routed unaccounted money back into India in the guise of export proceeds. Accordingly, foreign remittances were treated as unexplained cash credits under section 68, and further additions were made towards estimated expenditure under section 69C.

On appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) observed that no further action had been taken by the DRI on the show-cause notices even after a considerable lapse of time, and that the Assessing Officer had failed to carry out any independent investigation or bring any corroborative material on record. It was further noted that the exports were supported by documentary evidence, including letters of credit and customs records. Accordingly, the additions made under sections 68 and 69C were deleted.

Aggrieved, the revenue preferred an appeal before the Tribunal. During the course of hearing, the revenue sought to place on record a subsequent order passed by the Principal Commissioner of Customs (Import) dated 06.02.2024 in the case of the assessee group, containing detailed findings, including disallowance of export incentives and imposition of penalties.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the entire basis of the impugned assessments was the show-cause notices issued by the DRI, and that the Assessing Officer had made additions merely based on allegations contained therein without conducting any independent inquiry or bringing any corroborative evidence on record. It reiterated the settled legal position that additions cannot be sustained based on presumptions, conjectures, or unverified allegations.

The Tribunal noted that the Commissioner (Appeals) had rightly deleted the additions on the ground that no independent investigation was carried out by the Assessing Officer and that the allegations contained in the show-cause notices had not been substantiated through any judicial or quasi-judicial proceedings.

However, the Tribunal further observed that the subsequent adjudication order passed by the Principal Commissioner of Customs (Import), which had culminated from the very same show-cause notices, contained detailed findings and would have a material bearing on the assessment of the assessee.

Invoking Rule 29 of the Income-tax (Appellate Tribunal) Rules, 1963, the Tribunal held that the said order constituted additional evidence which could not have been produced earlier despite due diligence, and that its admission was necessary for substantial cause.

Accordingly, the additional evidence was admitted, and the matter was restored to the file of the Commissioner (Appeals) for de novo adjudication in light of the said adjudication order. All issues were kept open for fresh consideration. In the result, the appeals were allowed for statistical purposes.

Where the assessee-trust purchased land out of trust funds originally contributed by the trustees, but the sale deeds were mistakenly registered in the names of the trustees, and the facts showed that the property was used exclusively for running the school without any benefit accruing to the trustees, section 13(1)(c) was not applicable.

3. (2026) 184 taxmann.com 22 (Chennai Trib)

ACIT vs. Everwin Educational & Charitable Trust

A.Y.: 2016-17 Date of Order: 24.02.2026

Section : 13(1)(c), 13(2)(g)

Where the assessee-trust purchased land out of trust funds originally contributed by the trustees, but the sale deeds were mistakenly registered in the names of the trustees, and the facts showed that the property was used exclusively for running the school without any benefit accruing to the trustees, section 13(1)(c) was not applicable.

FACTS

The assessee was a public charitable trust holding registration under section 12A/12AB. For AY 2016-17, it filed the return of income after claiming exemption under section 11. During the year, the trustees had settled two schools, which they were operating in their individual capacity since 1992, along with assets, liabilities and cash balances of about Rs. 19.49 crores, upon the assessee-trust with effect from 1.4.2015. Out of these funds, the trust purchased land parcels worth about Rs. 14.70 crores for establishing a school; however, due to a misunderstanding and bona fide omission, the sale deeds were executed in the names of the trustees without there being any specific mention that they were acting in their fiduciary capacity as trustees of the assessee trust. The trust recorded the land as its asset in its books, the trustees did not disclose the same in their personal balance sheets, and the trust constructed and operated the school thereon after obtaining all statutory approvals in its own name.

The case of the assessee was selected for regular scrutiny, which was completed under section 143(3), accepting the returned income. In exercise of the revisionary power under section 263, CIT(E) set aside the assessment order, holding that the acquisition of the properties in the names of the trustees using the trust funds violated provisions of Section 13(1)(c). Upon receipt of the order under section 263, the AO made an addition of Rs.14.70 crores under section 13(1)(c) read with section 13(2)(g), after concluding that trustees had benefited by registering the land in their own names without spending from their accounts.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before CIT(A). During the pendency of the appeal, the assessee-trust executed a registered rectification deed whereby the original purchase deed was rectified and the name of the purchaser was shown as the assessee-trust instead of the trustees. The property was also mutated in the name of the trust, and encumbrance certificate and property tax were in the name of the trust. Noting this, the CIT(A) held that section 13(1)(c) was wrongly invoked by the AO and allowed the appeal of the assessee.

Aggrieved, the revenue filed an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) In order to invoke the provisions of section 13(1)(c), it is required to be shown that there was use or application of income or property for the benefit of a specified person. There ought to be some accompanying enjoyment, diversion or personal advantage to the specified person.

(b) The contemporaneous evidence produced by the assessee, the conduct of the assessee trust and the trustees, more particularly having regard to the fact that the funds to acquire the property were provided by the trustees in the first place, lent credence to the assessee’s plea that the acquisition of the land was not meant to benefit the trustees in their individual capacity.

(c) It was incorrect for the AO to assume that registration in trustees’ names automatically resulted in benefit to them when the facts and circumstances placed on record showed the contrary, that the property beneficially belonged to the assessee-trust and was all along enjoyed and used by the assessee-trust, and that the individual trustees did not derive any benefit therefrom. There was no iota of evidence to show that the assessee- trust had used or applied any income or property of the trust for the personal benefit of the trustees.

Following the decision of the Tribunal in DDIT vs. A.R. Rahman Foundation [2015] 61 taxmann.com 130 (Chennai-Trib), the Tribunal upheld the order of CIT(A) that section 13(1)(c) was not applicable, and dismissed all the grounds raised by the revenue.

Where the assessee-society invested in shares of a private limited company and none of its office bearers individually held or controlled substantial interest in the said company, section 13(2)(e) was not applicable in respect of such investment.

2. (2026) 183 taxmann.com 409 (Del Trib)

Jan Kalyan Samiti vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2015-16

Date of Order: 06.02.2026

Section: 13(2)(e)

Where the assessee-society invested in shares of a private limited company and none of its office bearers individually held or controlled substantial interest in the said company, section 13(2)(e) was not applicable in respect of such investment.

FACTS

The assessee-society was granted registration under section 12AA in 2004. It filed its return of income for AY 2015-16, declaring Nil income. During the year under consideration, it had purchased 115,000 shares of M/s. RFCPL at Rs.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of Rs.69,00,000. Its case was selected for limited scrutiny under CASS on the grounds that it had undertaken transactions with specified persons. Upon perusal of the list of shareholders of RFCPL produced under section 133(6), the AO contended that Mr. SA (President of the society) held 25.84% voting power in RFCPL through SA(HUF) (11.66%) and the assessee-society (14.18%). He further observed that Mr. SA was a director in another private limited company, which held 17.10% shares in RFCPL. He also contended that another member of the society, Mr. RKM also held 17.10% in RFCPL through a private limited company. Accordingly, the AO held that Mr. SA and Mr. RKM through other entities, controlled 37.84% in RFCPL, from whom the assessee-society had purchased shares for more than the market value, and therefore, the whole of the investment of Rs.69,00,000 was hit by section 13(2)(e).

On appeal, CIT(A) sustained the addition made by the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) As per the list of shareholders in RFCPL, Mr. SA, as an individual, was not a shareholder. However, he held shares to the extent of 11.66% as a Karta of the HUF. Further, the assessee-society itself held shares of 14.18%. As per the provisions of the Income tax Act, 1961, the assessee-society and the HUF were separate persons.

(b) In order to apply section 13(2)(e), there should be a transaction between the trust or society and a person referred to under section 13(3). In the facts of the case, the persons referred under section 13(3) were the seven office bearers, from whom the assessee should have directly purchased the shares or through the entities wherein the said office bearers controlled or held more than 20% of the voting power or had a substantial interest in such concerns. The AO misunderstood the provision when he observed that the assessee-society held 14.18% and combined that with SA (HUF) who is a separate entity having no interest in the assessee-society, and another private limited company in which one of the office bearer was a director.

(c) In the facts of the case, none of the office bearers directly held more than 20% of shares or had a substantial interest in RFCPL.

Therefore, following the decision of Navajbhai Ratan Tata Trust vs. ADIT, (2022) 140 taxmann.com 157 (Mum Trib), the Tribunal held that section 13(2)(e) was not applicable to the facts of the case and directed the AO to allow the claim of the assessee.

Authors note: “The Tribunal has not considered / examined the applicability of section 13(1)(d) which essentially disallows investment in shares of any company (barring few exceptions) by a tax-exempt charity.”

Software expenses such as annual maintenance charges, database support fees and licence renewal costs, being in the nature of subscriptions for a fixed period and conferring benefits limited to that period, were held to be revenue in nature and allowable as a deduction under section 37(1).

1. (2026) 183 taxmann.com 396 (Mum Trib)

ACIT vs. BNP Paribas India Solutions (P.) Ltd.

A.Y.: 2017-18

Date of Order : 09.02.2026

Section: 37(1)

Software expenses such as annual maintenance charges, database support fees and licence renewal costs, being in the nature of subscriptions for a fixed period and conferring benefits limited to that period, were held to be revenue in nature and allowable as a deduction under section 37(1).

FACTS

The assessee was registered under the Software Technology Parks of India (STPI) Scheme and operated as a captive service provider for “B” Group. It filed its return of income, inter alia, debiting software expenditure amounting to Rs. 28,24,19,000 in its profit and loss account. During scrutiny proceedings, AO held that the expenses were capital in nature and therefore, allowed deduction of depreciation only to the extent of 60%.

Upon appeal, CIT(A) allowed the claim of the assessee, treating the software expenses as revenue in nature.

Aggrieved, the revenue filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) On the basis of details of expenditure incurred by the assessee, it was evident that all the expenses were on account of annual maintenance charge, fees for database support, licence renewal cost, etc. They were all “period costs” and “recurring” in nature.

(b) The assessee had incurred these expenses not for acquiring any right in the software, but were towards subscription for a fixed period, giving annual benefits only and no enduring benefits accrued to the assessee by incurring these period costs. Further, no asset or intellectual property right had come into existence, and there was no transfer of ownership to the assessee in these software by incurring such expenses.

Following a number of decisions of the ITAT and High Courts, the Tribunal held that the software expenses claimed by the assessee were revenue expenses and, therefore, deductible under the provisions of section 37(1).

Accordingly, the Tribunal dismissed the appeal of the revenue.

Section 12AB – Bombay High Court Holds Irrevocability Clause Not A Precondition For Registration

A writ petition was instituted by the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) jointly with the Chamber of Tax Consultants (CTC) and several public charitable trusts, challenging orders passed by the Commissioner of Income-tax (Exemptions) rejecting applications for renewal of registration under section 12AB of the Income-tax Act, 1961, on the ground of absence of an irrevocable clause or a dissolution clause in the trust deed.

The Bombay High Court, in Writ Petition (L) No. 7587 of 2026 (order dated 9 March 2026), has rendered a significant ruling, allowing the petition, and granting relief to many trusts, particularly old and established ones, which did not have such clauses.

BACKGROUND AND CONTROVERSY

Pursuant to the revamped registration regime effective from 1 April 2021, the trusts had applied for renewal of registration under section 12AB by filing Form 10AB. The applications were rejected on the following grounds:

  •  the trust deeds did not contain an express clause declaring the trust to be “irrevocable” or providing for dissolution; and
  • the applicants had answered “Yes” to the query in Form 10AB regarding existence of irrevocable clause in the trust deed, which was treated as furnishing “false or incorrect information” and consequently regarded as a “specified violation”.

The challenge before the Court was not merely to address individual rejection orders, but to the approach adopted by the Department, particularly in Mumbai, which had the potential to affect a large number of charitable institutions.

STATUTORY SCHEME

Section 12AB of the Act empowers the Commissioner to grant or refuse registration upon satisfaction regarding:

  1.  the objects of the trust or institution;
  2. the genuineness of its activities; and
  3. compliance with requirements of other laws material for the purpose of achieving its objects.

The provision does not prescribe the presence of any specific clause, such as irrevocability or dissolution, in the trust deed.

CORE ISSUE

The principal issue before the Court was whether the absence of an express irrevocability clause in the trust deed renders the trust “revocable” in law so as to disentitle it from registration under section 12AB.

DECISION AND REASONING

(i) Impermissibility of importing additional conditions

The Court held that the Commissioner had travelled beyond the statutory mandate by insisting upon the presence of an irrevocability clause. Section 12AB does not contemplate such a requirement, either expressly or by necessary implication. The enquiry under the provision is confined to the objects and genuineness of activities, and cannot be expanded by administrative interpretation.

(ii) Proper construction of sections 60 to 63

The Revenue’s reliance on sections 60 to 63 (relating to revocable transfers) was rejected. The Court emphasised that:

  •  Section 63 defines a “revocable transfer” as one where the instrument contains a provision for re-transfer or confers a right to reassume power over the income or assets;
  • such a provision for revocation must be positively found in the instrument;
  • the statute does not provide that the absence of an irrevocability clause renders a transfer revocable.

The Court held that the Department’s approach effectively reversed the legal test laid down in the statute.

(iii) Public charitable trusts under the MPT Act

A substantial part of the judgment is devoted to the scheme of the Maharashtra Public Trusts Act, 1950. The Court noted that:

  • upon dedication, the settlor is completely divested of the trust property;
  •  even where a trust is revoked or deregistered, the property cannot revert to the settlor but is required to be dealt with in accordance with statutory provisions, including vesting in the Public Trusts Administration Fund;
  • Section 55 of the MPT Act embodies the doctrine of cy-pres, ensuring that the property continues to be applied to charitable purposes.

On this basis, the Court concluded that public charitable trusts governed by the MPT Act are inherently irrevocable and the possibility of reversion of assets to the settlor, central to the concept of “revocable transfer” under section 63 does not arise.

(iv) Distinction between “revocable trust” and “revocable transfer”

The Court also clarified that the reference to sections 60 to 63 in section 11 pertains to specific transfers or contributions that may be revocable and not to the nature of the trust itself. A trust may be irrevocable in character, yet receive a donation subject to a revocable condition, in which case the tax consequences are governed by those provisions.

(v) Consistency with earlier precedents

The Court reaffirmed its earlier decision in CIT v. Tara Educational & Charitable Trust ((Income Tax Appeal No. 247 of 2015 dated 31.07.2017), holding that absence of a dissolution clause is not a valid ground for refusal of registration. It noted that the substantive conditions for registration under section 12AB are not materially different from those under section 12AA.

(vi) Adequacy of statutory safeguards

The apprehension of the Revenue regarding possible misuse was found to be unfounded in light of existing safeguards, including:

  • section 13 (denial of exemption where income or property is applied for the benefit of specified persons);
  • section 115TD (tax on accreted income upon conversion or dissolution); and
  • conditions typically imposed while granting registration restricting diversion of assets.

(vii) Defect in Form 10AB

The Court also took note of the practical difficulty arising from the e-filing utility, which compelled applicants to select a particular response in order to upload the form. The subsequent reliance on such response to allege furnishing of incorrect information was held to be arbitrary and unsustainable.

CONCLUSION

The High Court set aside the rejection orders and held that:

  • absence of an express irrevocability or dissolution clause cannot constitute a ground for refusal or cancellation of registration under section 12AB;
  • a public charitable trust is to be regarded as irrevocable unless a power of revocation is expressly reserved; and
  • the Commissioner cannot impose conditions not contemplated by the statutory framework.

The ruling provides much-needed clarity in the administration of the re-registration regime and is likely to have wide application across similarly placed trusts.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The petitioners were represented by Mr. Percy Pardiwalla, Senior Advocate along with Mr. Dharan Gandhi Advocate. Their lucid articulation of the statutory scheme assisted the Court in resolving the issues involved. Their contribution is gratefully acknowledged.

Beyond The Business Card

ICAI’s New Era of Responsible Professional Visibility: Analysing the Revised Advertising and Branding Framework for Chartered Accountants

Effective April 2026, the ICAI is introducing a revised ethical framework that shifts from strict advertising restrictions to “responsible professional visibility”. While the core prohibition on direct solicitation under the Chartered Accountants Act remains, the updated Code of Ethics allows CAs to actively engage in thought leadership, share educational insights on digital platforms, and host knowledge-sharing webinars. Furthermore, firms can now provide detailed descriptions of specialized services on their websites rather than just basic write-ups. However, all communication must remain truthful, factual, and devoid of exaggerated claims to maintain professional dignity.

INTRODUCTION

For decades, the chartered accountancy profession in India has been defined by a distinctive professional culture, one that emphasised credibility, independence, and restraint in public communication. Chartered accountants have long played a pivotal role in guiding businesses through taxation, regulatory compliance, financial reporting, and governance. Yet despite this central role, the profession historically maintained a conservative approach toward professional publicity.

Unlike consulting firms, legal practices, and financial advisory organisations that actively communicate their expertise through publications, seminars, and digital platforms, chartered accountants traditionally relied on reputation and referrals rather than marketing to build professional visibility.

This approach was firmly rooted in the ethical framework governing the profession. Clause (6) of Part I of the First Schedule to the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949 provides that a member shall be deemed guilty of professional misconduct if he solicits professional work directly or indirectly through advertisements, circulars, personal communication, or other forms of publicity.

Over the years, the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) supplemented this statutory restriction through detailed guidance under the Code of Ethics and Council Guidelines on Advertisement and Website, which further limited the scope of permissible professional communication.

However, the professional services landscape has evolved significantly. Businesses increasingly identify advisors through digital platforms, research publications, and professional networks. Chartered accountants today operate alongside consulting firms, law firms, and financial advisory organisations that actively communicate their expertise through structured branding and thought leadership.

Recognising these developments, ICAI has introduced important revisions to its ethical framework governing advertising and professional communication. The revised provisions, proposed to be effective from 1 April 2026, signal a calibrated shift toward what may be described as responsible professional visibility.

Rather than removing the prohibition on solicitation, the revised framework clarifies the forms of professional communication that may be permissible when conducted ethically and responsibly. This article analyses these changes from a marketing and professional communication perspective and explores their implications for the future of branding within the chartered accountancy profession.

LEGAL FOUNDATION: THE ETHICAL FRAMEWORK

The regulation of advertising and professional communication within the chartered accountancy profession is primarily anchored in Clause (6) of Part I of the First Schedule to the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949, which prohibits solicitation of professional work through advertisements or other forms of publicity.

Historically, this provision has been interpreted conservatively, resulting in strict limitations on marketing or promotional communication by chartered accountants.

Further guidance is provided through the ICAI Code of Ethics, particularly under Section 300 – Marketing of Professional Services. This section clarifies that professional accountants may communicate information regarding their services provided that such communication:

  • is not misleading or deceptive
  • does not make exaggerated claims
  • does not disparage other professionals
  • can be substantiated if challenged

The revised framework must therefore be understood not as a removal of the prohibition on solicitation but as a clarification of the types of professional communication that may fall within the ethical boundaries of the profession.

Beyond the Business Card A new Era for Indian CAs

THE EARLIER POSITION: A CULTURE OF RESTRAINED VISIBILITY

Under the earlier regulatory framework, chartered accountants were permitted to maintain professional websites; however, the content of such websites was restricted to what ICAI guidelines referred to as a firm write-up.

The permissible content typically included basic information such as:

  • name and address of the firm
  • names and qualifications of partners
  • contact details
  • broad description of services offered

Promotional language, detailed descriptions of expertise, or marketing-oriented narratives were discouraged.

Similarly, the use of social media platforms for professional communication remained a grey area. Many practitioners avoided sharing professional insights publicly due to concerns that such communication might be interpreted as solicitation of professional work.

While these restrictions were designed to preserve professional dignity, they also limited the ability of chartered accountants to communicate their expertise in an increasingly digital and knowledge-driven professional environment.

THE REVISED FRAMEWORK: TOWARD RESPONSIBLE PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION

The revised ethical framework reflects a more contemporary approach to professional communication. While the prohibition on solicitation under Clause (6) remains unchanged, the revised Code of Ethics recognises that professionals may communicate their expertise through educational and informational platforms.

Under Section 300 of the Code of Ethics, communication relating to the marketing of professional services is permissible provided that it remains truthful, factual, and not misleading.

This shift acknowledges that activities such as technical publications, regulatory analysis, and professional commentary may serve the public interest by improving understanding of complex financial and regulatory issues.

The revised framework therefore introduces greater clarity regarding permissible professional communication while continuing to safeguard the integrity of the profession.

KEY DEVELOPMENTS IN ADVERTISING AND PROFESSIONAL VISIBILITY

The revised framework introduces several developments that affect how chartered accountants may communicate their services and expertise.

EXPANDED WEBSITE CONTENT

Under the earlier framework, websites were limited to basic firm write-ups. The revised guidelines allow firms to provide more structured descriptions of their professional services and areas of expertise.

This includes the ability to describe specialised services such as forensic accounting, startup advisory, international taxation, sustainability reporting, and management consultancy services.

These changes are reflected in the updated Council Guidelines on Advertisement and Website issued under Clause (6).

RECOGNITION OF THOUGHT LEADERSHIP

The revised Code of Ethics recognises thought leadership as an important form of professional engagement.

Under Section 300 – Marketing of Professional Services, chartered accountants may communicate professional insights through technical articles, regulatory commentary, research publications, and professional analyses.

Such communication contributes to knowledge dissemination and enhances public understanding of financial and regulatory issues.

DIGITAL PLATFORMS AND PROFESSIONAL ENGAGEMENT

The revised framework acknowledges the growing role of digital platforms in professional communication. Professional networks and digital knowledge platforms allow chartered accountants to share insights on regulatory developments and financial governance practices. Such engagement, when conducted responsibly, supports professional education while maintaining ethical discipline.

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE EVENTS

Professional seminars, webinars, and knowledge sessions are also recognised as legitimate forms of professional engagement. These initiatives enable chartered accountants to contribute to professional education and regulatory awareness among businesses and stakeholders.

TRANSPARENCY IN DESCRIBING EXPERTISE

Another important development is the recognition that professionals may describe their areas of expertise transparently. Firms may communicate their professional capabilities and practice areas provided that such communication remains factual and does not imply superiority over other professionals.

UNDERSTANDING THE SHIFT IN PROFESSIONAL VISIBILITY

The transition from the earlier framework to the revised approach is best understood not as a binary change, but as a shift in how professional communication is interpreted.

Under the earlier regime, communication by chartered accountants was characterised by caution and minimalism. Professional presence was largely confined to static information, with limited scope for articulation of expertise or engagement beyond formal interactions.

In contrast, the revised framework introduces a more enabling environment. Communication, when undertaken within ethical boundaries, is now recognised as a legitimate extension of professional practice.

Firm websites, which were previously restricted to basic descriptions, may now reflect structured and detailed articulation of services. Similarly, digital platforms — once approached with hesitation — are now acknowledged as avenues for sharing knowledge and contributing to professional discourse.

Perhaps most significantly, activities such as publishing technical insights and participating in knowledge forums are no longer viewed conservatively, but are recognised as integral to thought leadership.

This shift reflects a broader transition from restricted visibility to responsible and purposeful professional presence.

APPLYING ETHICAL BOUNDARIES IN PRACTICE

While the revised framework expands the scope of professional communication, it also necessitates careful judgement in its application.

Certain forms of communication remain clearly within acceptable boundaries. These include factual descriptions of services, educational insights shared on professional platforms, and technical or analytical publications that contribute to knowledge dissemination. Similarly, participation in seminars and webinars that are oriented towards education rather than promotion aligns with the intended spirit of the framework.

At the same time, there exists a category of communication that requires thoughtful consideration. Language that moves beyond factual description into subtle positioning, or content that may indirectly promote services without explicit solicitation, must be approached with caution. Likewise, references to professional experience must ensure that confidentiality is preserved and identification risks are minimised.

There are, however, clear boundaries that remain unchanged. Any form of direct or indirect solicitation, exaggerated claims, misleading statements, or explicit client testimonials continues to fall outside permissible limits. The use of communication channels for overt promotional intent remains inconsistent with the ethical foundations of the profession.

The distinction, therefore, lies not merely in the medium of communication, but in its intent, tone, and substance.

CONCLUSION

The revised advertising and professional communication framework introduced by ICAI represents a significant evolution in the regulatory landscape governing the chartered accountancy profession in India.

While the earlier framework focused primarily on restricting publicity, the revised approach recognises that responsible professional visibility is necessary in a modern and digitally connected professional environment.

At the same time, the ethical foundations of the profession remain unchanged. Professional communication must continue to be truthful, factual, and consistent with the dignity and credibility of the profession. When exercised responsibly, the ability to communicate professional expertise can strengthen public trust, enhance regulatory awareness, and contribute meaningfully to the financial ecosystem.

Fraud Reporting – A Convoluted Examination

The article examines India’s complex fraud-reporting landscape, highlighting tensions among regulatory frameworks that define fraud differently and impose varying reporting obligations. Companies face challenges with inconsistent standards across SEBI, NFRA, ICAI, and criminal law, creating timing conflicts and interpretational difficulties that require integrated compliance approaches

1. INTRODUCTION

Over the past decade, India has undergone a significant transformation in the perception of and approach to fraud in the corporate sector. Once regarded as an internal issue that could be discreetly investigated and resolved, fraud now stands prominently under the scrutiny of regulators, shareholders, auditors, and the public.

Despite the widely accepted understanding of fraud as a deceptive act that causes harm, there is no unified, formal definition of fraud. Instead, a mosaic of laws, ranging from the Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”) and the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2024 (“BNS”) to various sectoral regulations, establishes differing standards of evidence, reporting obligations, and consequences. This variation arises from the diverse objectives pursued by these regulations. As a result, different regulators consider a fraud to have occurred at different events. Previously, the impact of these differences was softened by lenient oversight; however, the increasing assertiveness of regulators such as the National Financial Reporting Authority (“NFRA”) and the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) has brought these issues to the forefront. Companies can no longer afford to wait until an investigation concludes to determine their compliance strategy. Instead, they must implement an integrated approach in which investigative processes and compliance strategies continuously inform and strengthen each other, ensuring that every stage of the investigation aligns with all relevant regulatory frameworks.

2. THE REGULATORY LANDSCAPE FOR FRAUD

2.1. Criminal Dimensions: Understanding Fraud in the Eyes of Law Section 4471 of the Act offers an expansive definition of fraud, encompassing any act, omission, concealment of facts, or abuse of position by any person, including an employee, with the intent to deceive, gain undue advantage, or injure the interests of the company, its shareholders, creditors, or others. This broad definition implies that even atypical deceptive acts committed by any person, such as theft of confidential information or insider trading, are classified as fraud regardless of whether they result in a wrongful gain or loss. Section 4482 of the Act, a coterminous provision, criminalises “false statements” or “omissions of material facts” in documents or returns required under the Act.

Although the substantive provisions of criminal law under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita (“BNS”) do not explicitly define “fraud,” Section 2(9) of the BNS defines “fraudulently” as acting with the intent to defraud, but not otherwise3. Many provisions of the BNS, including those related to cheating and criminal breach of trust, address or closely align with conduct considered fraudulent.

The offenses mentioned above are classified as criminal because they carry the possibility of imprisonment. The standard of proof required for such violations is “beyond a reasonable doubt”,4 meaning that the evidence must eliminate any reasonable doubt in a reasonable person’s mind regarding the defendant’s guilt. While the BNS does not mandate reporting these offenses, companies are guided by the principles of their governance framework when considering whether to file a complaint with the appropriate authorities.


1 Section 447 of the Companies Act, 2013, https://www.indiacode.nic.in/bitstream/123456789/2114/5/A2013-18.pdf, 
Last Accessed on March 28, 2025.

2 Section 448 of the Companies Act, 2013, https://www.indiacode.nic.in/bitstream/123456789/2114/5/A2013-18.pdf, 
Last Accessed on March 28, 2025.

3 Section 2(9) of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, https://www.mha.gov.in/sites/default/files/250883_english_01042024.pdf, 
Last Accessed on March 28, 2025.

4 Goverdhan vs State of Chattisgarh, 2025, SCC Online, SC 69 

2.2. CIVIL RAMIFICATIONS OF FRAUD: THE LOWER BURDEN OF PROOF

In civil proceedings under the law and disciplinary proceedings for violations of company policies, which generally include fraud, the standard of proof is typically a “preponderance of probabilities”5 rather than “beyond a reasonable doubt.” To establish alleged misconduct, it is sufficient to demonstrate on the basis of the evidence, misconduct is more likely than not.

For instance, if an employee submits inconsistent travel receipts and expense reports, this may indicate a misappropriation of assets under the preponderance of probabilities standard, suggesting it is more likely than not that the employee acted improperly. However, that evidence might not meet the higher “beyond reasonable doubt” standard required in criminal proceedings. Additional evidence, such as clear intent to defraud, eyewitness testimony, or a confession, would be necessary to eliminate any reasonable doubt of guilt.


5 Goverdhan vs State of Chattisgarh, 2025, SCC Online, SC 69

2.3. REPORTING OBLIGATIONS FOR LISTED COMPANIES

For listed companies, SEBI’s Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements (“LODR”) impose disclosure requirements in various circumstances, which inter-alia include one where directors6 or senior management commit fraud, or if employees commit material fraud7 that could affect investor decisions. When contrasted with Section 447 of the Act, fraud under LODR has broader applicability as it also encompasses fraud8 as contemplated under the Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices relating to Securities Market Regulations, 2003 (“PFUTP”). Fraud under PFUTP includes acts that induce another person to deal in securities. Crucially, an intent to deceive is not a prerequisite (when contrasted with Section 447 of the Act), and as such, erroneous financial statements, such as due to reckless application of accounting standards, may be classified as fraud under PFUTP accounting standards, may be classified as fraud under PFUTP.
Fraud under LODR is to be reported at two junctures9; when the fraud is “unearthed”, followed by subsequent reporting when the facts and figures surrounding the fraud are conclusively established. However, the term “unearthed” is undefined within the LODR. This omission creates a subjective threshold for each listed entity, which must decide, based on its specific circumstances and internal procedures, when a potentially fraudulent act has been sufficiently identified to trigger the initial disclosure obligation. Some companies might consider the fraud “uncovered” when there is a credible allegation, while others might wait for preliminary investigations to yield stronger evidence before reporting. This inherent subjectivity means that timing for initial disclosure can vary widely, posing compliance risks if regulators or investors later determine that information was inordinately withheld.


6 Point 6 of Paragraph A of Part A of Schedule III of the SEBI 
(Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, Last Accessed on March 28, 2025

7 Point 9 of Paragraph B of Part A of Schedule III of the SEBI
 (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, Last Accessed on March, 28, 2025

8 Regulation 2(c) of the Prohibition of Fraudulent and
 Unfair Trade Practices relating to Securities Market Regulations, 2003, Last Accessed on March 28, 2025.

9 Circular No SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-PoD-1/P/CIR/2023/123 dated July 13, 2023, 
issued by SEBI, https://www.sebi.gov.in/legal/circulars/jul-2023/disclosure-of-material-events-information-by-listed-entities-under-regulations-30-and-30a-of-securities-and-exchange-board-of-india-listing-obligations-and-disclosure-requirements-regulations-201-_73910.html

 

The convoluted web of fraud reporting

2.4. STATUTORY AUDITORS AS GATEKEEPERS: HIGH STAKES IN FRAUD REPORTING

Section 143(12) of the Act mandates that auditors report to regulators if they have “reason to believe” that employees or officers of the company have committed fraud exceeding ₹1 Crore. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) has opined10 that possessing knowledge evidencing the commission of fraud meets this threshold; a standard similar to that implied under LODR. Notably, this standard is lower than the “preponderance of probabilities” and “beyond reasonable doubt.” Further, the ICAI has also clarified11 that an auditor’s obligation qua fraud reporting is to be restricted to matters involving fraudulent financial reporting or misappropriation of assets.

NFRA regulates12 auditors of listed and certain specified companies, while the auditors of the rest, including private companies, are regulated by ICAI. While the ICAI, through its guidance note, has opined that obligations under Section 143(12) of the Act would arise only if the auditor had identified or detected the fraud, NFRA has mandated that frauds have to be reported by auditors regardless of the13 source of identification. These differing directions have led to uncertainty and inconsistent practices among private company auditors, with some adhering to the NFRA’s directions and others following the ICAI’s guidelines.

Furthermore, an auditor must file a report along with the Company’s responses within 60 days of the auditor having knowledge about the fraud14. Realistically, it would be infeasible for a Company to investigate fraud in such a short span, mainly when the objective of the investigation is to meet more rigorous evidentiary standards.


10 Section VIII of Overview of Guidance Note on reporting of fraud under 
Section 143(12) of the Companies Act issued by the ICAI, https://resource.cdn.icai.org/41297aasb-gn-fraud-revised.pdf, Last Accessed on March 28, 2025.

11 Section III of Overview of Guidance Note on reporting of fraud under 
Section 143(12) of the Companies Act issued by the ICAI, https://resource.cdn.icai.org/41297aasb-gn-fraud-revised.pdfread with Para 3 of SA 240 - The Auditor’s Responsibilities Relating to Fraud in an Audit of Financial Statements issued by the ICAI, https://resource.cdn.icai.org/15374Link9_240SA_REVISED.pdf, , Last Accessed on March 28, 2025.

12 Rule 3 of the National Financial Authority Rules, 2018 of the Companies Act 2013,  
https://www.indiacode.nic.in/bitstream/123456789/2114/5/A2013-18.pdf, Last Accessed on March 28, 2025.

13 Circular dated June 26, 2023, issued by the NFRA, 
https://cdnbbsr.s3waas.gov.in/s3e2ad76f2326fbc6b56a45a56c59fafdb/uploads/2023/06/2023062673.pdf, Last Accessed on March 28, 2025

14 Rule 13(2) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 of the Companies Act, 2013, , 
https://www.indiacode.nic.in/bitstream/123456789/2114/5/A2013-18.pdf, Last Accessed on March 28, 2025.

 

3. DIVERGENT TIMELINES AND DEFINITIONS: EMERGING COMPLEXITIES

While the preceding sections outline the distinct evidentiary thresholds and reporting requirements across various statutes and regulations, two overarching complexities merit closer scrutiny. First, differing disclosure obligations create a timing mismatch, often resulting in a single incident being disclosed at multiple junctures. Second, the lack of a uniform definition of fraud across regulatory frameworks fosters interpretational hurdles that can create confusion and discord among stakeholders.

3.1. TENSIONS IN TIMING AND STAKEHOLDER EXPECTATIONS

A pressing concern for listed companies involves the tension between prompt disclosure obligations, such as the near-immediate reporting required under LODR, and management’s desire to confirm or conclusively investigate any alleged wrongdoing before making it public. On one side, transparency and investor protection principles motivate SEBI’s mandate for swift disclosures. Conversely, management must weigh the reputational harm and legal risks of publicising suspicions that may prove baseless later. While there is no obligation to proactively report suspected fraud to auditors, withholding of information from the auditors, particularly when requisitioned, may lead to erosion of the trust between auditors and management and can compromise audit effectiveness.

These conflicts can create a sub-optimal environment where management is reluctant to reveal potential fraud to auditors or regulators before an internal investigation is complete, leading to partial or delayed disclosures. This may also trigger parallel investigations by auditors or regulators, resulting in duplication of effort, complexity, and stakeholder fatigue.

3.2. DISPARITIES IN DEFINITIONS: INTERPRETATIONAL QUAGMIRES

A second layer of complexity arises from how differently fraud is defined under diverse legal and regulatory frameworks. Section 447 of the Act sets out an expansive definition encompassing virtually any deceptive act intended to injure or secure an undue advantage. Meanwhile, LODR captures a broad spectrum of misconduct by not only encompassing fraud committed by directors, senior management, or other employees that could materially affect investor decisions, but also including potential violations under PFUTP, which do not necessarily require an element of deceit.

Under Section 143(12), statutory auditors focus on fraudulent financial reporting or misappropriation of assets above certain thresholds, guided by a standard of “reason to believe.” Management, by contrast, may hesitate to label certain incidents as fraud unless they meet criminal or civil criteria. Such definitional divergences can lead to conflicting interpretations between stakeholders. Auditors might deem a matter reportable under Section 143(12), while management may view it as an infraction that does not rise to the level of fraud. In industries with additional sector-specific regulations, this definitional patchwork can become even more daunting, prompting uncertainty about whether—and under which law—an official complaint or self-reporting obligation is triggered. The result can be inconsistent enforcement and uneven approaches to investigations, ultimately exposing companies to the risk of contradictory outcomes under different legal regimes.

4. MANAGING COMPLEXITIES – AUDITEES PERSPECTIVE

To tackle the regulatory complexities surrounding fraud reporting, companies would benefit from implementing a comprehensive and integrated compliance framework that proactively reconciles the diverse standards across various regulatory regimes. This could inter alia include the following measures:

  •  Establishing a cross-functional fraud response committee comprising representatives from legal, finance, compliance, and audit would create a centralised decision-making body capable of navigating the multifaceted reporting obligations. This committee should develop a tiered disclosure protocol that carefully balances the immediacy required by SEBI’s LODR with the necessity for thorough investigation, potentially utilising preliminary notifications followed by more detailed disclosures as facts emerge.
  •  Companies should also establish clear internal definitions of fraud that encompass the broadest applicable regulatory standards, ensuring that potential incidents are evaluated against all relevant frameworks simultaneously rather than sequentially.
  •  Regular tabletop simulations of fraud scenarios would enhance organisational readiness, allowing management to rehearse responses to various regulatory triggers and stakeholder expectations.
  •  Furthermore, developing robust documentation procedures that thoroughly record the rationale behind disclosure decisions would provide defensible evidence of good faith compliance efforts.
  •  Continuous engagement with auditors through formalised information-sharing protocols could help bridge the disclosure timing gap, fostering transparency while managing reputational risks.

Ultimately, the objective should be to transform what is currently a reactive and often disjointed approach into a strategically integrated system that anticipates regulatory intersections, addresses definitional discrepancies, and harmonises the timing of mandatory disclosures across the regulatory landscape.

5. MANAGING COMPLEXITIES – AUDITORS PERSPECTIVE

Auditors facing the complexities of fraud reporting must establish a robust methodological framework to navigate the regulatory landscape effectively. As gatekeepers with significant reporting obligations under

Section 143(12) of the Companies Act, auditors should develop comprehensive internal protocols that clearly define what constitutes “reason to believe” in potential fraud scenarios, along with detailed documentation templates that capture their decision-making process at each evaluation stage.

Auditors would benefit from maintaining ongoing communication channels with management while preserving their independence, perhaps through structured quarterly fraud risk assessment sessions that facilitate information exchange without compromising objectivity. They should consider implementing a graduated approach to potential fraud indicators, establishing internal thresholds that trigger progressively more intensive scrutiny and documentation before formal reporting obligations are invoked. Given the divergent guidance from NFRA and ICAI, audit firms may consider developing unified firm-wide policies that lean toward the more stringent standard while thoroughly documenting their rationale.

Additionally, training programs that focus on fraud detection techniques and reporting obligations across various regulatory frameworks would enhance auditors’ abilities to identify reportable incidents earlier in the audit process. These measures would empower auditors to meet their statutory obligations while helping to close the timing and definitional gaps that currently complicate the fraud reporting ecosystem.

6. CONCLUSION

In essence, the variability of definitions, evidentiary benchmarks, and reporting obligations highlights the evolving complexity of India’s regulatory framework. What was once a fairly insular exercise, i.e. evaluating misconduct internally and unobtrusively deciding on criminal or civil recourse, now warrants a more transparent and collaborative approach. While there is no singular solution, recognising the complications stemming from varying and sometimes incongruent regulations is crucial for prudent decision-making. Whether establishing a core compliance panel, updating internal procedures for phased disclosures, or strengthening legal and operational processes, each enterprise will have to define its trajectory towards compliance. What endures unchanged, however, is the underlying mandate: the sooner businesses address the potential for discordance in reporting obligations, the better they can shield themselves against the reputational and legal pitfalls that loom large under the heightened regulatory glare.

 

Chatting Up About India: Part II : Statins, Stents and Lifestyle Changes to Unblock the Arteries of Regulations

India’s pursuit of Ease of Doing Business and Ease of Living is severely choked by “regulatory cholesterol”. To unblock economic growth, India must transition from reliance on foreign standards to building home-grown domestic frameworks. Policymakers must focus on process reforms to eliminate systemic frictions, transforming regulations into enabling “trampolines” rather than restrictive safety nets. Key solutions include decriminalizing civil omissions, ensuring perpetual registrations, minimizing duplicative reporting, and enforcing strict timelines with a “silence is consent” rule. Ultimately, achieving true economic freedom requires a comprehensive civil services reform rather than mere superficial tweaks.

It doesn’t matter if a cat is black or white, so long as it catches mice – Deng Xiaoping

In the previous article (BCAJ, March 2026), we examined a “lipid profile” of regulations affecting Ease of Doing Business (EoDB) and Ease of Living (EoL). In this part, we consider certain causes, effects and ways to reduce regulatory cholesterol.

1. STRATEGIC

There are order-setting regulations and there are directional ones. EAM of India talks of Strategic Autonomy. There are many areas where we have none. Consider sovereign rating agencies: We largely depend on global agencies such as S&Ps. We don’t have our own standards1, we depend on western reports, they rank us and we abide by those norms. China has changed this. A recent image circulating in terms basic things used by India and China demonstrated this – our dependence on external. In areas such as social media platforms (we let KOO die), operating systems, financial messaging systems (like SWIFT), and quality standards (ISO), we rely significantly on external frameworks. Even indices such as the SENSEX carry external branding S&P.


1  Say Digitisation of medical records, how can we analyse this massive 
data of reports now available to prepare for prevention, care and predictive analytics

We need domestic, home-grown, home governed, home rooted entities to do work much of what happens in India and see it from Indian lenses. Dependence, identity and confidence go hand in hand and therefore must evolve together. Encouragingly, in capital markets, the dependence on foreign institutional investors has reduced relative to domestic SIP flows. Similar shifts are required across sectors.

We need more changes like this and build our turf on our terms. Regulations, therefore, must enable the creation of domestic institutions, standards, technologies, and services—rooted in Indian conditions and perspectives. This is the strategic dimension of regulation: laws that enable the development of Bharat in a sustained and accelerated manner.

2. STRUCTURAL VS. PROCESS REFORMS

This is already underway, especially we have heard from Shri Sanjeev Sanyal of EAC to the PM, about structural reforms (GST, IBC, Tax, and so on) already undertaken, and now we need more of process reforms to even out frictions in the system.

Process reforms address frictions that, while seemingly small, have large cumulative effects. For instance, closing a company still takes months or years. Similarly, certain public sector entities continue despite diminished relevance, while sectors that are more critical remain understaffed. Process reforms aim to remove these inefficiencies and improve system responsiveness.

He calls these nuts and bolts reforms2.


2 https://dsppg.du.ac.in/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Process-Reforms-Working-Paper-Nov-2023_Final.pdf

3. ENABLING

Regulations must enable the very objectives they seek to regulate – growth, quality, employment, and so on. They should remove peripheral burdens and allow focus on core activity. Regulations should create orbits and facilitate shifts in them—not destroy or constrain them. The emphasis must be on enabling transformation rather than constraining activity.

Enabling means removing dross around the core and keeping the main thing the main thing.

The Cardiology of regulation

4. FACILITATING:

Regulations should act as problem-solvers for businesses. Recent GST changes3 demonstrate movement towards trade facilitation. Such responsiveness should become a general principle.

Regulation should rapidly take market inputs, and become the greatest facilitator of free enterprise, which is an expression of freedom and liberty. They should be tested on this question: What can they impede vs. what can they serve. At times, impedance is itself justified as serving a purpose, leading to a self-reinforcing cycle.


3 Referred to as GST 2.0

5. QUANTUM:

A key question is: how much regulatory effort is required merely to remain compliant? Say the number of core regulations to run a business or time spent on compliance vs. to do core work.

Typically, regulatory requirements fall into three categories:

  • Registration
  • Operations (dos and don’ts)
  • Reporting

Registrations should ideally be one-time or long-term, without repeated renewals. Instead of frequent re-registration4, non-compliant entities can be addressed through targeted enforcement.Permissions should be minimal. Regulations should define clear and simple rules of the game, with regulators acting as overseers rather than controllers.

Reporting should be:

  • Infrequent
  • Consolidated
  • Non-duplicative

Currently, reporting often involves duplication across multiple authorities who do not share data effectively. Over time, reporting requirements also tend to expand beyond their original intent a ‘Stretching’ of sorts. Take UDIN5 when it comes to reporting.


4 Section 80G and 12A – These were withdrawn now brought to life from the grave
 instead of targeting certain entities involved in anti-national, conversion, illegal activities.
5 UDIN was meant for authenticity by correlating: Document – Person - Date. 
Now it’s asking way too many things specific to the content.

6. VOLUME AND CHANGES IN REGULATIONS

How many Regulations do authorities introduce and tweak each year? In US 3000 come each year6. India likely experiences similar numbers or more. The concern is:

° how many regulations are introduced,

° how many are amended, and

° how many are repealed?

Every ministry needs to report this. Look at any sarkari agency’s web page—‘new’ red-coloured announcements pop up as if they were badges of honour. Arbitrary changes at any time have become the norm. There is limited institutional incentive for removal of outdated regulations, leading to a cumulative increase. Frequent and sometimes unpredictable changes add to compliance uncertainty.


6 Nikhil Kamath talking to Ruchir Sharma - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lTCzIDITaac&t=2212s at 33.50 min

7. BENEFICIARIES OF REGULATIONS

Regulations often favour incumbents by creating entry barriers. Compliance complexity disproportionately affects small and medium enterprises, both in terms of cost and managerial bandwidth.

In contrast, larger entities may navigate complexity more effectively due to scale and resources. This asymmetry needs to be recognised and addressed.

Biggies flourish from obfuscation, maze of regulation and complexities. Biggies often write the laws for lawmakers. Take the example of ICFR. Authorities applied it to all entities in year one—crazy stuff. Then they withdrew it and adjusted it to cover only those entities that needed them. Obviously, someone pushed this through and some parties benefitted from it, adding no value to the actual ground situation.

8. SAFETY NET VS. TRAMPOLINE:

Erstwhile Singapore PM7 Tharman (now president) gave this example. A BBC reporter asks him about safety nets, obviously trying in a cheeky way to trap him. Tharman said they create Trampoline instead safety nets. Both are made of the same thing, however, trampoline allows people who fall into it to bounce back, to rise. Trampoline is meant to propel and accelerate out of the net. Safety net safeguards against setbacks. It prevents and protects. Trampolines amplify trajectory through responsibility, skill development, exposure and innovation.

In India, we have created many safety nets. We need to tweak them to become trampolines – where the same net protects against setbacks but doesn’t make one dependent. We should not make support perpetual and unconditional, but instead design it to enable a person to earn one’s success eventually.


7 https://youtu.be/nPZ8Kj1nIAU?si=c2EU4QSrplAQ2CLE

9. POLITICS

Laws pass through the colour of politics (preservation and extension of votes), and are often made/repealed that way so that someone can hijack them – like trade unions where job preservation is presented as job creation. Trade unions should rather fight for improvement in ESIC or PF or EPS – for better services and thousands of crores stuck in the so-called ‘inoperative accounts’.

Votes override constitutional fundamentals. Politicians talk about ideas like reservation in the private sector. While reservation, being birth based benefit is a problem and is akin to discrimination based on birth. Laws are made to punish people simply based on a certain person complaining, making acts non bail-able. This is just for political purposes – where objectivity and reason goes missing in favour of outright discrimination. Politicising is a magic show where self-interest is garbed as national interest.

10. DECENTRALISE

Greater decentralisation can improve responsiveness. Proximity of decision-making to stakeholders often results in better outcomes.

Keeping power proximate to people is best, instead of situating it in Delhi. Deregulation often means decentralisation.

11. ABSENCE OF TIMELINES

A critical issue is the absence of defined timelines for regulatory approvals.

We need a count of permissions or approvals from administration that lack a timeline whereas every compliance imposes a timeline on the business. These regulations require free citizens to petition the unelected civil servants for permissions. Where timelines are not specified, applicants are effectively dependent on administrative discretion. Introducing enforceable timelines, along with accountability mechanisms, can significantly improve efficiency.

12. THE REGULATED

To be fair, we have to call out the group whose careless disregard fuels this mess. That is Indians against Indians. I was at Surat station waiting for the train to come. One man walking up the platform ate the last biscuit and simply threw the wrapper on the platform and kept walking. When I see such people, my hope shatters.

It will be a shame to call for rules for basics, which otherwise needs sensitivity – say how to park near the kerb; where to stop on the road or to walk on the footpath (when there is one) instead of on the road. Careless disregard for others – fellow citizens – is a consistent and pervasive element. However, we have seen that better processes – say at the Metro where there is certain order is possible. It is a pity that our own conduct and lapses, trigger regulatory reprimand.

DESTRAGULATION, REFORM & EFFECTIVENESS

There is a saying: power corrupts, and absolute power corrupts absolutely. In our context this means: Regulations corrupts, absolute regulations corrupt absolutely. This often happens (apart from the quantum and excessive severity) when legislation, execution and adjudication are bundled with one set of civil servants / department. Here is a partial checklist to accomplish destrangulation:

Registration vs. Approval / Permission – The idea of ‘permissions’ should be terminated except for prohibited sectors like defence. Registration should be default means to kick start something in business sphere. Recent Charity Trust Re-registration by income tax department, is asking what is already supplied in previous ITRs and Audit Reports already with the department. Registrations should be perpetual once there is periodic reporting.

Compliances: We should call this reporting. Reporting should be minimum, non-duplicating, infrequent and easy. Currently, multiple agencies seek overlapping information, often with strict timelines. A rationalised reporting framework, particularly for SMEs, is necessary.

Decriminalisation: Remember, minor TDS delays led to prosecution! Instead of inventing thousands of ways to prove citizens criminal, let’s be civil again. The state compels the deductor to act as its agent. If the government doubts the deductor’s reliability, it should transfer the responsibility to the payee.

Digitisation: Zero officer interface. Filings flow through automated acceptance and processing as standard practice. Interrelated data sharing eliminates duplication. Once a company enters its CIN or PAN, all other registrations should follow automatically, or any single number (like a consolidated folio) should suffice for all reporting. The same applies to cancellations—companies should be able to opt out of GST online when it’s not applicable. This requires databases and departments to communicate with one another.

Timelines: The legislature must evict laws that let bureaucrats sit on paperwork forever. Implement a ‘Silence is Consent’: if authorities ignore a filing beyond the deadline, the system auto-approves it. No ‘No’ in time? We take that as ‘Yes.’ Non-working portals automatically extend compliance timelines.

Regulatory Opacity and Inefficiency without recourse: Implementation fails because citizens have little to no recourse when the government doesn’t enforce laws as required. Authorities routinely auto-close grievances without verifying whether the taxpayer’s problem was actually resolved.

On the ‘Surprise!’ method of governance: When the government makes abrupt policy U-turns, it shatters trust and paralyzes risk-takers. It is hard to build a business when the floor can keep turning into lava. The government must disclose upcoming changes well in advance and explain implementation methods clearly. All changes should come in a bundle through a consolidated master circular / directions once a year for business laws. Predictability builds the trust that citizens expect from their government.

Process as Punishment: Jail provisions for otherwise civil omissions are threat-based governance. Add bureaucratic discretion and you get corruption and court congestion. The Jan Vishwas principle rejects micromanagement8 in favour of accountability9 and prioritises actual harm10 over paperwork11 variations.


8 By inspectors breathing down your throat

9 Trust based compliance and civil fine for delay

10 Fraud, poisoning the environment etc.

11 Removes jail time for missing paperwork and saves it for ‘harm’

Democracy vs. Economic Growth—A False Choice: Some portray mass prosperity and mass democracy as competing goals. Yet if we can manage mass democracy despite our nation’s vast differences, why should mass prosperity prove harder? Obviously, people in power take helicopter view instead of worm’s eye view. We still have too many people farming instead of working in other sectors. We don’t have jobs problem; we have wage problem. Wages stagnate because productivity stagnates. And productivity stagnates because regulations make it so difficult to establish factories that could train college graduates as apprentices.

CONCLUSION: THE HEALTHY RANGE

First, let me clarify which regulatory cholesterol we’re discussing: the harmful kind—Non-HDL cholesterol beyond acceptable biological limits. Just as Vitamin D affects bone health when deficient but becomes toxic when in excess, regulations require constant monitoring. For regulatory cholesterol, statins or stents cannot cure or even manage an over-regulated system. We need comprehensive lifestyle change across all levels and sectors.

Post-1991 liberalization didn’t deliver Poorna Swaraj. India still waits for crisis-driven transformation. This doesn’t mean abolishing all regulations—or Afghanistan would be a unicorn factory. We need laws that let our people sprint, not crawl. EoDB and EoL remain fundamentally civil services reform problems. Deng said it best: “Reform is China’s second revolution.” In Gandhian terms, Poorna Swaraj remains a distant goal until we achieve genuine EoDB and EoL.

GST on Sale, Transfer, Amalgamation of Business

Under the GST framework, transferring a business as a “going concern” is exempt from tax, ensuring neutrality for genuine reorganizations, whereas itemized asset transfers attract GST. During mergers or demergers, merging entities remain distinct taxable persons until the NCLT order date.

Under Section 18(3) and Rule 41, the transferor can pass unutilized Input Tax Credit (ITC) to the transferee via FORM GST ITC-02, provided liabilities are also transferred. While controversies exist regarding transitional ITC mismatches and unadjusted advances, courts have affirmed the transferee’s right to unutilized ITC and ruled that tax proceedings against non-existent amalgamated entities are void ab initio.

The GST implication on the sale or transfer of a business depends fundamentally on the manner in which such transfer is structured. Under the GST framework, a business may be transferred either as a going concern or through an itemized transfer of individual assets and liabilities, with materially different tax consequences in each case. While the transfer of a business as a going concern is recognized as a distinct category of supply and is eligible for exemption subject to prescribed conditions, an asset-wise transfer attracts GST depending upon the nature of the goods or services involved.

GST Navigator for Business Mergers & Transfers

TRANSFER OF BUSINESS AS A GOING CONCERN

Under the GST law, the taxability of a business transfer depends on how a transaction is structured. Paragraph 4(c) of Schedule II to Central Goods and Services Act, 2017 (CGST Act) read with Notification No. 12/2017–Central Tax (Rate), exempts services by way of transfer of a business as a going concern, whether as a whole or as an independent part thereof. Though “going concern” is not defined under GST law, it is a well-established accounting and commercial concept signifying continuity of operations, transfer of assets along with liabilities and absence of intent to liquidate.

Paragraph 4 of the said Schedule II further provides that when a person ceases to be a taxable person, goods forming part of business assets are deemed to be supplied immediately before such cessation, unless the business is transferred as a going concern. Accordingly, where a division or undertaking is transferred in entirety pursuant to a merger or demerger, together with employees, contracts and liabilities, the deeming fiction does not apply, ensuring tax neutrality for genuine reorganisations. The following illustrations provide further clarity on the distinction.

Illustration-1: Where a company discontinues one of its business divisions and cancels its GST registration for that division while retaining the underlying assets such as machinery, inventory or office equipment, the transfer of such assets would be treated as a deemed supply under Paragraph 4 of Schedule II and GST would be payable on their value. However, where the same division is transferred in its entirety to another company as a going concern, together with employees, contracts and liabilities, pursuant to a scheme of demerger or slump sale, the deeming provision would not apply, and no GST would be payable on the transfer of such business assets.

Illustration-2: Where a partnership firm dissolves and the partners distribute the closing stock and capital assets among themselves without transferring the business as a going concern, such distribution would be treated as a deemed supply and GST would be payable on the value of the assets so distributed. However, if the partnership firm is converted into a company and the entire business is transferred to the company as a going concern, with continuity of operations and transfer of liabilities, the deeming provision would not apply, and no GST would be leviable on the transfer of business assets.

REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER GST

GST registration is State-specific and entity-specific under Section 25 of the CGST Act. Corporate restructuring approved by the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) or Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) does not automatically alter GST registrations. In terms of Section 87(2) of the CGST Act, amalgamating or merging companies are treated as distinct taxable persons up to the date of the NCLT order, notwithstanding any retrospective appointed date mentioned in the scheme. Consequently, the transferor entity must continue to comply with GST obligations, including filing returns and paying tax, until its registration is cancelled.

Post-restructuring, the transferee or resulting entity is required to obtain a fresh GST registration or amend its existing registration to include the transferred business. Cancellation of registration of the transferor operates prospectively and does not extinguish past liabilities. Transfer of ITC on Sale / Merger / Demerger

Section 18(3) of the CGST Act specifically provides that where there is a change in the constitution of a registered person on account of sale, merger, demerger, amalgamation, lease or transfer of business, and such change is accompanied by specific provisions for transfer of liabilities, the registered person is permitted to transfer the unutilized input tax credit (ITC) lying in its electronic credit ledger to the transferee. The manner and conditions for such transfer are prescribed under Rule 41 of CGST Rules 2017 as further clarified by Circular No. 133/03/2020-GST dated 23 March 2020 .

ILLUSTRATION

In a case where a transferor entity transfers only its plant and machinery and unutilized ITC to a transferee entity without transferring its liabilities since the transaction does not involve transfer of liabilities, the conditions of Section 18(3) of the CGST Act read with Rule 41 are not satisfied. Accordingly, the transferor entity is not permitted to transfer the unutilized ITC to the transferee entity.

Under Rule 41, the transferor is required to file FORM GST ITC-02 on the common portal, furnishing details of the transaction and seeking transfer of unutilized ITC. In the case of a demerger, the ITC is required to be apportioned in the ratio of the value of assets of the resulting units as specified in the approved demerger scheme. The term “value of assets” has been clarified to mean the value of the entire assets of the business, irrespective of whether ITC has been availed thereon.

As per Section 232(6) of the Companies Act 2013, a scheme of demerger is deemed to be effective from the appointed date specified therein. Accordingly, for the purpose of apportionment of ITC under Rule 41, the ratio of asset values should be determined as on the appointed date of demerger.

Additionally, the transferor is required to furnish a certificate from a practicing chartered accountant or a cost accountant certifying that the transaction provides for transfer of liabilities. Upon acceptance of FORM GST ITC-02 by the transferee on the common portal, the specified ITC stands credited to the transferee’s electronic credit ledger.

Major Controversies on ITC Mismatches, Credit Notes, Transitional Issues, Unadjusted Advances.


1 Notification No. 16/2019-Central Tax dated 29.03.2019 w.e.f. 29.03.2019

TRANSITIONAL ITC ISSUES

A recurring controversy prevails on the issue of mismatch of ITC between the appointed date under the demerger scheme and the date of filing FORM GST ITC-02. While Rule 41 requires apportionment based on asset values as on the appointed date, the actual transfer is restricted to the ITC available in the electronic credit ledger on the ITC-02 filing date. Since ITC may be availed or reversed during the intervening period due to ongoing operations, disputes arise on whether such intervening adjustments should form part of the transferable ITC pool. Further, ITC transferred through ITC-02 often pertains to pre-demerger periods and may not reflect in the transferee’s GSTR-2B, exposing the transferee for automated mismatch notices and demands.

Another major issue may arise when the transferor is engaged in both taxable and exempt supplies, where Rule 42 reversal of common ITC is applicable. The GST department may insist on a proportionate reversal by the transferor before filing ITC-0 and failing which excess or ineligible ITC gets transferred to the transferee. Taxpayers, on the other hand, contend that Rule 41 does not mandate prior Rule 42 reconciliation as a precondition, and that ITC-02 merely transfers the net balance legally lying in the electronic credit ledger on that date. Insisting on retrospective reversals post ITC-02 effectively results in double adjustment once by restricting transferable credit and again by demanding reversal contrary to the scheme of seamless credit under Section 18(3) which is a vested right of the taxpayer.

Although Section 155 of CGST Act places the burden of proving eligibility of ITC or any claimed benefit on such person, i.e., the transferee, it cannot be invoked to compel the transferee to disprove vague or unquantified past liabilities, especially where the relevant tax periods precede the effective date of transfer and the statutory compliance stood in the name of the transferor.

Another significant issue under Rule 41 arises from post-transfer scrutiny of eligibility, place of supply and nature of credit at the transferee’s end, despite such issues having never been disputed in the hands of the transferor.

Issues on Credit Notes, Debit Notes & Unadjusted Advances

Section 87 of CGST Act provides that the transferor and transferee entities are to be treated as distinct taxable persons up to the date of the order. Accordingly, all inter-se supplies made during the period from the appointed date to the date of the order remain taxable, and any price revision or adjustment must be effected only through debit or credit notes issued between the respective entities. Credit notes issued under Section 34 of CGST Act require corresponding ITC reversal by the recipient, while debit notes permit additional tax payment and ITC availment, subject to the prescribed statutory limits.

Similarly, unadjusted advances create practical difficulty where GST has been paid by the transferor on advances, but the actual supply is made by the transferee post-transfer. Further, under the said Section 87, the transferor and transferee are jointly and severally liable for GST dues up to the date of transfer, to the extent of the business transferred, and any allocation of liabilities in the NCLT scheme operates only inter se between the parties and does not bind the GST authorities.

JUDICIAL DEVELOPMENTS

Recently in the case of Alstom Transport2 Hon. Gujarat High Court examined whether an amalgamating company could claim refund of unutilized ITC after merger. The Court held that upon the merger of Alstom Rail Transportation India Pvt. Ltd. into Alstom Transport India Ltd., pursuant to an NCLT order dated 10 August 2023 effective from 22 September 2023, the transferor entity ceased to exist in law and its GST registration ought to have been cancelled from the effective date. Consequently, unutilized ITC could only be transferred to the transferee in accordance with Section 18(3) read with Rule 41 and could not be partly retained for claiming refund under Section 54(3) of CGST Act as refund is a statutory concession requiring strict compliance. The refund granted to the transferor was therefore held to be legally unsustainable.


2 Alstom Transport India Ltd vs. Additional commissioner, CGST and Central Excise (appeals) & Ors (Writ Petitions (SCA Nos. 11025–11043 of 2025) (23-01-2026)

Further, in another case of Umicore Autocat3 Hon’ble High Court of Bombay (GOA Bench) held that the transferee company is entitled to utilise the unutilised ITC lying in the electronic credit ledger of the transferor company, irrespective of territorial boundaries, since upon amalgamation the transferor had ceased to function and all its assets and liabilities, including ITC, stood vested in the transferee. The Hon’ble Court further directed the GST Council and the Goods and Services Tax Network (GSTN) to evolve an appropriate mechanism to address situations involving inter-State transfer of ITC by upgrading the GSTN system.

Similarly in FLY TXT Mobile4 (AAR -Kerala) it was held that upon merger, the closing balance of CGST and IGST lying in the electronic credit ledger of the transferor can be transferred to the resulting company even where the GST registrations are not within the same State.


3 Umicore Autocat India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India ((2025) 32 Centax 416 (Bom.) [10-07-2025])

4 Flytxt Mobile Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (2025) 36 Centax 149 (A.A.R. - GST - Ker.) [23-07-2025]

PROCEEDINGS AGAINST NON-EXISTENT ENTITIES

Upon amalgamation, the transferor entity ceases to exist in the eyes of law and any proceedings initiated or continued against such a non-existent entity are legally untenable.

In the case of HCL Infosystems5, Hon’ble Delhi High Court held that once a company is dissolved pursuant to amalgamation, any proceedings initiated or continued against such a company are void ab initio. The Hon’ble Court further held that that Section 87 of the CGST Act merely deals with apportionment of liabilities and does not authorize continuation of proceedings against a non-existent entity. Similar views have been expressed by the Karnataka High Court in the case of Trelleborg India6.


5 HCL Infosystems Ltd. vs. Commissioner of State Tax (2024) 25 Centax 72 (Del.)/2025 (93) G.S.T.L. 279 (Del.) [21-11-2024]

6 Trelleborg India Pvt. Ltd. vs. State of Karnataka (2024) 20 Centax 355 (Kar.)/2024 (89) G.S.T.L. 37 (Kar.) [02-07-2024]

CONCLUSION

Thus, GST implication in sales, transfers, mergers, and demergers is determined based on transaction structuring. Services by way of transfer of a business as a going concern enable tax neutrality and seamless ITC transfer under Section 18(3) and Rule 41, while asset-wise transfers may attract GST depending upon the nature of the goods or services involved. Proactive planning, robust documentation, clarity in drafting agreement clauses, defining nature of the transaction to be undertaken as well as valuation aspect are essential to mitigate risks and prevent future disputes.

NFRA’S Twin Imperatives: New Audit Documentation And Communication Regime In Audit Governance

The National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA) has issued two circulars shifting auditing from “implied compliance” to “demonstrated governance”. The December 16, 2025 circular strictly mandates contemporaneous audit documentation. Auditors must assemble final files within 60 days and submit them within 7 days of an NFRA request, with zero post-facto alterations or metadata-stripping format conversions allowed. Furthermore, the January 2026 circular enforces robust, documented two-way communication with appropriately identified “Those Charged with Governance” (TCWG). It mandates at least two meetings annually to meaningfully discuss strategic risks, fraud, and controls, actively rejecting superficial presentations.

The Indian audit landscape is undergoing a fundamental shift, moving from mere procedural adherence to a regime of substantive accountability. Two recent circulars issued by the National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA) dated December 16, 2025, and January 7, 2026 represent a pivotal moment in corporate governance. These mandates collectively signal that NFRA is no longer just observing; it is actively re-engineering the DNA of audit evidence and the bridge of communication between auditors and Those Charged with Governance (TCWG). The “tone at the top” must now resonate with the reality that an audit not documented contemporaneously and communicated transparently is, in the eyes of the regulator, an audit not performed. NFRA has observed notable deficiencies, prompting a clear articulation of compliance requirements.

THE REGULATORY PURVIEW: REALITY CHECK

The reach of NFRA is extensive, covering Public Interest Entities (PIEs) as defined under Rule 3 of the NFRA Rules, 2018. The regulator’s recent outreach indicates a heightened focus on the “middle tier,” with a 2025 survey garnering participation from 383 firms across India to tailor audit quality initiatives.

NFRA STANCE ON TIMELINES, MAINTENANCE, ARCHIVAL AND INTEGRITY OF AUDIT FILES.

The circular dated December 16, 2025, addresses chronic deficiencies in how audit firms maintain and submit their work papers. NFRA has issued a timely reminder and a firm warning to all statutory auditors of PIEs must rigorously adhere to the existing Standards on Auditing (SAs) and Standard on Quality Control (SQC)1 regarding the maintenance, archival, and submission of audit documentation. NFRA has observed notable deficiencies, prompting a clear articulation of compliance requirements.

NFRAs Twin Imperatives the new era of audit accoutability

THE NON-NEGOTIABLE: CONTEMPORANEOUS DOCUMENTATION

The foundational principle of SAs is that audit documentation must be prepared contemporaneously as the audit is performed. NFRA highlights observed instances where audit firms requested unreasonable extensions, using that time to convert file formats or even worse, prepare fresh/additional documentation after the fact. This practice is a direct violation of professional standards and compromises the integrity of the audit process.

Practical Problem: An audit firm receives an NFRA request for a 3-year-old audit file. The original electronic workpapers were poorly maintained, and the firm considers “tidying up” or regenerating certain schedules before submission.

Circular’s Stance: This is explicitly prohibited. Any modification or addition to original workpapers is a violation. The documentation must exist in its final, archived form (assembled within 60 days of the report date) and be ready for submission on short notice.

INTEGRITY OF ELECTRONIC RECORDS

A major point of concern for NFRA is the loss of data integrity during format conversions. The circular emphasizes that audit evidence obtained or prepared originally in electronic form must be preserved and maintained in that exact form.

Practical Problem: To compile a submissiondossier, a firm prints original MS-Excel worksheets and then scans them into a single, unsearchable PDF for NFRA or provides printed manual file to NFRA.

Circular’s Stance: This practice is unacceptable. Printing electronic documents and / or scanning them removes crucial metadata (timestamps, authorship, history of changes), formulas, and links to underlying data. This loss of evidentiary value means the documents “cannot constitute valid audit evidence”. Original electronic files must be preserved electronically unless conversion to any other form can be done without loss of evidentiary value.

RETENTION BEYOND SEVEN YEARS: A CRITICAL CAVEAT

Paragraph 82 and 83 of SQC 1 read with A23 of SA 230 suggests a minimum retention period of seven years from the auditor’s report date. However, NFRA clarifies a critical legal requirement often overlooked by firms.

Practical Problem: A regulatory investigation begins in year six of the retention period. The auditor assumes they can delete the files once the seven years are complete, regardless of the ongoing case.

Circular’s Stance: The auditor must retain the audit files even beyond the standard seven-year timeline if legal or regulatory proceedings have been instituted and are ongoing. Preservation of evidence is a legal requirement under Indian law once production in a proceeding is compelled. Such documents must be retained until the proceedings attain finality.

ACTIONABLE COMPLIANCE POINTS

Firms must update their internal policies immediately to reflect these points of compliance:

  • Submission Window: Be prepared to submit complete files within 7 days of an NFRA request.
  •  Extension Requirements: Extensions are for exceptional circumstances only and require detailed justification and upfront submission of key audit documents (Audit Strategy and Audit Plan, Risk Assessment Summary, Summary of corrected and uncorrected misstatements and copies of all communication with Audit Committees and Board of Directors. Details ascertaining completeness of the Audit file are also required to be submitted which includes details such as total number of pages of paper audit file and / or total volume of electronic file in MBs, The index of the paper audit file and / or list of documents in the electronic file are also required to be submitted along with the application for seeking extension within seven days of receipt of communication from NFRA. These requirements ensure completeness of file integrity to be produced by the entity and would act as a deterrent for preparation of fresh / additional documents to improve the file post the archival date.
  • File assembly and archival: Final files must be assembled and archived within the 60-days from the date of the audit report. If NFRA requisitions a file, it must be submitted within 7 days.

STRENGTHENING THE BRIDGE: COMMUNICATION WITH THOSE CHARGED WITH GOVERNANCE (TCWG)

The Circular dated January 7, 2026, focuses on the “two-way” nature of communication required by SA 260 and SA 265. This circular is applicable to all listed companies, companies and bodies corporate as specified in Rule 3 of NFRA Rules, 2018 and auditors of such companies.

Action items for stakeholders.

Category Key Compliance Requirements / Action Points
Statutory Auditor (Section 143 of CA 2013)

Identify and determine TCWG at the start of the audit at the planning stage and communicate planned scope, timing, and significant risks. The Process of communication must be two ways.

Board of Directors (Section 134 of CA 2013) Approve financial statements including consolidated financial statements, selection of accounting policies, making judgements/ estimates on reasonable and prudent basis, maintaining safeguards on assets and preventing and detecting fraud, preparation of financial statements on a going concern basis, implementation of internal controls over financial reporting and to ensure their operating effectiveness, and provide the Directors’ Responsibility Statement; establish proper systems to ensure compliance with laws and regulations.
Audit Committee (Section 177 of CA 2013) Review and monitor auditor independence and performance; discuss areas of judgment/estimates with auditors (e.g. related party transactions, inter corporate loans and investments, Internal controls, valuation of assets, critical estimates etc.,).The Audit Committee is also responsible to ensure the effectiveness of audit process.
Independent Directors- Schedule IV of CA 2013 Satisfy themselves of the integrity of financial information; ensure concerns are recorded in Board minutes if unresolved, induction and regular updating of skills, knowledge and familiarity with the company, approving related party transactions and reporting concerns about unethical behaviour, actual or suspected fraud and violation of Company’s code of conduct / ethical policy.

NFRA has noted instances where auditors incorrectly identified Management Executives as TCWG or relied solely on the engagement letter for communication. To improve governance, NFRA suggests:

  •  Inadequate evaluation and Incorrect identification of TCWG: SA 260 defines TCWG “as those with responsibility of overseeing the strategic direction of the company and obligations relating to the accountability of the entity”. For some entities, those charged with governance may include management personnel, for example, executive members of a governance board of a private or public sector entity, or an owner-manager It casts mandatory requirement for an auditor to determine appropriate persons as TCWG within the governance structure. The Board of Directors (BOD) or a sub-group thereof could qualify for being considered as TCWG. In case the sub-group of BOD is identified as a TCWG, it would be incumbent on the auditor to determine whether there would arise a need to communicate with the full Board.

SA 260 defines Management as “The person(s) with executive responsibility for the conduct of the entity’s operations. For some entities, management includes some or all of those charged with governance, for example, executive members of a governance board, or an owner-manager” A practical issue would arise in distinguishing TCWG from Management and often discussions with management are erroneously construed as discussions with TCWG.

Executive responsibility involves the mandate of executive leadership to administer and enforce laws and policies through operational oversight. The difference lies in the fiduciary scope of oversight held by the board of directors, focused on “supervision and guidance” of the company’s long-term interests and fiscal performance. It involves a “duty of care” to make informed decisions and a “duty of loyalty” to safeguard shareholder interests versus the duty of execution administrative duty to “carry laws and policies into effect,” focusing on day-to-day operations and tactical implementation.

  •  Documentation of Two-way Communication: Oral communications must be documented in writing with clear communication in an unambiguous manner of auditor’s responsibilities, the form of communication, date and time of communication along with the participants must be specified. The Communications should include discussions such as strategic decisions, suspected or identified fraud discussions, auditors approach for testing internal controls, specialised skill requirements such as fair value measurements, expected credit loss allowance and critical management estimates and forecasts, compliance statements by auditors in relation to Code of Ethics, non-audit services ( section 141 and 144 of CA 2013 compliance) and matters of concern to senior management including from the internal audit function.

Some of the critical aspects of documentation requirements are enunciated as below:

› Purpose and objective of communications to have better understanding of relevant issues and the expected actions arising from the communication process.

› The nodal officers who would represent the engagement team and TCWG respectively.

›  The auditor’s expectation that communication will be two-way, and that those charged with governance will communicate with the auditor matters they consider relevant to the audit, for example, strategic decisions that may significantly affect the nature, timing and extent of audit procedures, the suspicion or the detection of fraud, and concerns with the integrity or competence of senior management.

›  The process for acting and reporting back on matters communicated by the auditor and the process of taking matters back to TCWG and escalation if required.

›  Matters that may be discussed with management in the ordinary course of an audit

›  Manner of communication with third parties for example bankers or lawyers or certain regulatory authorities. Or the Manner in which written communications by the auditor’s may be presented to third parties by TCWG

› Effective means of communications could be structured presentations and written reports as well as less structured communications, including discussions. Written communications may include an engagement letter that is provided to those charged with governance.

›  Audit Committee Meeting (ACM) presentations in bullet form without adequate supporting documentation or e-mail communications with caveats or without management comments or responses are unacceptable.

  •  Frequency of meetings: NFRA has recommended that, auditors and TCWG should meet in person or virtually at least twice a year—once before the audit starts and once before the approval of financial statements. Often presentations made to Audit Committee at the time of approval of financial statements are the only evidence available in the audit file which evidences meetings with lesser frequency.
  • Communication of critical matters not communicated: NFRA identified that often matters such as weakness and deficiencies in internal controls, related party transactions and assessment of arm’s length, significant unusual transactions, non-compliance of laws and regulations, discussions with group entities, borrowings and supplier finance arrangements, land advances, significant investments and matters required to be communicated as prescribed by Standards of Auditing are not communicated to TCWG.
  • Specific Agenda: Interactions must include quantification of materiality, assessment of Risk of Material Misstatement (ROMM), and status of work, significant findings, significant difficulties encountered during the audit must be communicated to TCWG and an agenda for the matters to be communicated and timing and frequency thereof must be finalised at the commencement of the audit engagement for the year.

THE MIRROR OF INTROSPECTION

The dual mandates from NFRA are not merely administrative updates; they are a redefinition of the auditor’s burden of proof. The December 16, 2025 circular, on maintenance, archival, retentions and submission of audit files unmasks the excuses for delayed or altered documentation and emphasis on contemporaneous documentation of audit files.

The circular dated January 7, 2026 on effective two-way communication removes the veil of “management-only” discussions. As practitioners, we must ask ourselves:

  • If a regulator were to demand our audit file today, would it reveal a contemporaneous record of professional scepticism, or a hurried reconstruction of events?
  • Would the minutes of our meetings with the Board reflect a robust challenge of accounting estimates, or a “bullet-point presentation” with no evidence of meaningful dialogue?

The era of “implied compliance” is over. We are now in the age of “demonstrated governance.” It is time for every firm, from the local practices to the global networks to look within and introspect. The files we archive today are the only source of defence we will have tomorrow. The question remains; are we truly ready for that that scrutiny?

From The President

My Dear BCAS Family,

As I start to pen my thoughts, another financial year has ended. This has prompted me to reflect on how the audit profession is keeping pace with the rapidly changing landscape, in which the businesses we audit are no longer confined to tangible assets and predictable revenue streams. We now navigate complex financial instruments, platform-driven business models, increasingly intricate related-party structures and the emerging frontier of ESG and sustainability reporting, where assurance standards are still taking shape. Are we, as a profession, truly keeping pace with the world we are being asked to audit?

Further, technology, primarily driven by AI, is bringing about a tectonic shift in the audit profession. Finally, communication has always been a major pillar of the audit profession, be it in the form of the Audit Report, communication to Those Charged With Governance (TCWG), Engagement team discussions and Audit Documentation, is under greater public scrutiny by various stakeholders and regulators, thereby changing its role and importance.

Accordingly, I feel it is appropriate to discuss the themes of Upskilling and Communication and their roles within the audit profession’s changing dynamics.

The Evolving Auditor Adapt or Fade

UPSKILLING – AN ESSENTIAL IMPERATIVE OF THE AUDIT PROFESSION

Audit, over the years, has been rooted in processes such as planning, execution, and reporting, which require skills such as professional scepticism, technical accounting knowledge, an understanding of internal controls, auditing standards, and relevant laws and regulations. How we apply these processes has drastically transformed over the past few years and we have not seen the last of it.

Some of the important changes like automation of routine work, increasing volume and complexity of data, emerging areas like cyber security and IT audit and the ever-expanding and complex regulatory environment, demand increasingly specialised skill sets which were not the core competency of the profession.

While each of these changes may not represent an immediate threat to the profession, they make it imperative for the auditor to upskill to remain relevant. Further, upskilling cannot be achieved by attending seminars alone; it requires a conscious effort to acquire new capabilities that enable auditors to add greater value and improve the quality and delivery of services. Though the list of areas where upskilling is required is unlimited, the following are, in my view, certain critical domain skills which auditors need to acquire.

Data Analytics: Proficiency in data analytics tools, whether it is Excel or at a more sophisticated level like Power BI, Python, etc., is now a baseline expectation rather than a distinguishing skill. It helps structure and interrogate large datasets, identify anomalies, and provide insightful analysis well beyond routine compliance verification.

Technology and IT Audit: Every auditor working with technology-dependent organisations, which are now predominant, needs knowledge of cloud architecture, application controls, access management, and cybersecurity controls to analyse their impact on financial reporting risk. Certifications such as DISA and CISA, as well as courses offered by ICAI’s Digital Accounting and Assurance Board (DAAB), are valuable starting points.

Soft Skills: As transactional and compliance work becomes more automated, the distinctively human dimensions of the audit relationship assume greater importance. The ability to communicate complex findings in plain language, provide constructive guidance, and build trusted relationships at the board and audit committee levels is a skill no algorithm can replicate.

This brings me to the role of communication within the changing audit paradigm.

CHANGING ROLE OF COMMUNICATION FOR THE AUDIT PROFESSION

The audit profession today operates in an environment of remarkable complexity. The rise of data analytics, artificial intelligence, and blockchain has altered not only how audits are conducted but also what auditors are expected to know and convey. The advent of real-time reporting means that stakeholders no longer wait for an annual report; they expect continuous, transparent, and digestible financial intelligence. These changes demand a corresponding evolution in how auditors communicate.

A few of the relevant changes are as follows:

Changing Architecture of the Audit Report: The traditional audit report, has evolved from a boilerplate template, to include Key Audit Matters, enabling focused communication between the auditors and financial statement users by highlighting areas of significant judgment and estimation, as well as the procedures followed to address them.

Communication to Those Charged with Governance (TCWG): While Standards on Auditing always dealt with this topic, the expectations of Boards, Audit Committees and Management have increased in the recent past with greater expectations of conversations around internal control weaknesses, going concern assessments, fraud risk, management estimates and judgements, related party transactions, etc. Further, the recent circular dated 7th January, 2026, issued by NFRA mandates a two-way communication process, as opposed to the one-way process from the Auditors to the Audit Committee and TCWG, which had been the general norm. Accordingly, commencing from 1st April, 2026, Boards would have to clearly define who would be considered as TCWG and also document an overall communication framework between TCWG and auditors.

Technology and Digital Communications: Digital communication channels like email, video calls, and other digital platforms have transformed the nature of communication, making it more informal, thereby challenging audit documentation in terms of the SAs. Further, the use of AI-driven audit tools and their algorithmic opacity, together with cyber breaches and data privacy considerations under the recently enacted DPDP Act, pose new challenges and limitations for auditors’ client communications.

ROLE OF BCAS

Over the past seven decades, BCAS has supported various capacity-building initiatives, focusing on programmes on emerging and contemporary topics, as well as advocacy and research initiatives such as the recent research paper on Global Taxation. The recent lecture by CA Nawshir Mirza, “Auditors Expectations from Audit Committees,” could not have been more timely in the context of the NFRA circular referred to above. Our mentorship programmes also establish a cross-generational communication channel.

Adaptability is Non-Negotiable

To conclude, I would like to refer to the famous quote by the naturalist and scientist Charles Darwin in the context of the transformation driven by AI and digital transformation, making it imperative for the audit profession to adapt continuously.

“It is not the strongest of the species that survive, nor the most intelligent, but one most responsive to change”

A big thank you to one and all!

Warm Regards,

 

CA. Zubin F. Billimoria

President

When Words No Longer Reveal The Writer

For centuries, the written word has served as a window into the mind of the writer. The clarity of language suggests good reasoning ability, the structure of an argument reveals intellectual discipline, and the tone of expression hints at maturity and judgment.

Not surprisingly, this assumption has shaped many important decision-making processes in professional life. Employers evaluate candidates as fit for the interview rounds through résumés and cover letters. Academic institutions judge merit through essays, statements of purpose and research papers. Organizations assess performance through reports, presentations, and written self-evaluations. Even outside formal settings, articles, blogs, and public commentary allow readers to infer the depth and authenticity of the writer.

Words vs Wisdom The AI Mirror

All of these processes rest on an implicit assumption – that the words on the page are the product of the mind behind them. That assumption is now undergoing a significant disruption.

THE DETACHMENT OF WRITING FROM THINKING

Artificial intelligence has dramatically lowered the effort required to produce a structured article, a professional bio, a thoughtful LinkedIn post, or a carefully worded proposal. Grammar, coherence, and even persuasive tone can be produced instantly. As a result, writing is gradually becoming detached from the thinking that traditionally underpinned it. Quite often, excellent writing may reflect the fluency of an algorithm or efficient prompt writing rather than the clarity of the individual.

This does not mean AI-assisted writing is inherently problematic. In many situations it improves efficiency and communication. The difficulty arises when readers continue to assume that the traditional strong link between writing and thinking still exists. When that assumption persists, the consumer of written material faces a new kind of risk.

THE RISK OF MISPLACED INFERENCE

Employee evaluations illustrate this risk clearly. In many organizations, written self-assessments, project reports, and summaries form a significant part of performance reviews. Traditionally these documents helped managers understand how employees approached problems and articulated insights. Today, such documents may be heavily assisted by AI systems capable of organizing ideas, refining arguments, and enhancing tone. If evaluators rely heavily on the written submission, they may inadvertently reward presentation rather than genuine contribution.

The same challenge arises in recruitment. Résumés, statements of purpose, and cover letters have long been tools for understanding a candidate’s intellectual orientation. Yet these documents can now be drafted and optimized with remarkable ease. The written artifact, once central to evaluation, is gradually losing its diagnostic value as a reliable indicator of original thinking.

The risk exists across other areas as well. In professional services such as auditing, taxation, and advisory, written opinions and reports have traditionally reflected the practitioner’s understanding and judgment. When such documents are increasingly drafted with heavy technological assistance, the ability to distinguish genuine insight from polished language becomes more important than ever.

HOW DO WE SEPARATE THE WHEAT FROM THE CHAFF IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT?

At a macro level, as writing becomes easier to generate, deeper capabilities will be the key to differentiate between professionals. At the highest level, the question arises of integrity of the author. AI may generate a perceived reality, which may not be the truth. One will therefore have to rely on other attributes as well.

Some deep questions may help evaluate conceptual clarity. Those who understand underlying principles can apply them flexibly and explain them without relying on prepared language.

Judgment under uncertainty also gains importance. Real professional decisions involve incomplete information and competing priorities. Algorithms can summarize options, but they cannot assume responsibility for choices.

Checking about practical experiences helps since exposure to real-world situations—client interactions, negotiations, and implementation challenges—creates insights that cannot easily be synthesized.

Intellectual humility also becomes a signal of credibility. In an environment where language can appear artificially confident, professionals who acknowledge uncertainty often demonstrate deeper understanding.

Recruitment and evaluation processes will need to focus on these differentiating factors. Instead of treating written output as proof of thinking, evaluators must treat it as the starting point for inquiry. The key question is no longer simply: How well is this written? The more relevant question is: Does the individual genuinely own the thinking expressed here? Written submissions will remain useful, but they should be complemented by methods that test genuine understanding: interactive discussions, scenario-based questioning, and detailed probing of past experiences. Such approaches allow evaluators to observe how individuals think rather than how effectively they can produce polished text. The emphasis must gradually shift from documentation to demonstration. This is most important – can the author say it with the same tone, passion and clarity. These methods will uncover the reality beneath the coverings of writing.

A WORD OF CAUTION FOR PROFESSIONALS

For those seeking AI assistance for writing, a note of caution: while such tools can enhance productivity and improve communication, excessive reliance on them can gradually outsource one’s own thinking process. Maintaining intellectual ownership therefore becomes essential. Professionals must question automated outputs, reflect on their reasoning, and ensure that their understanding extends beyond the words they present. Ultimately, those who use AI as an aid to thinking will benefit. Those who use it as a substitute for thinking may find their credibility increasingly fragile.

CLOSING REFLECTIONS

For centuries, writing was assumed to be a mirror of the mind. Today it may sometimes be a mirror of the machine. In this new environment, the true differentiator will not be the ability to produce impressive language. It will be the ability to demonstrate authentic thought behind that language. And that distinction, unlike good grammar, cannot be automated.

Best Regards,

CA. Sunil Gabhawalla

Editor

‘म’ कारा दश चञ्चला:

मा मनो मधुपो मेघो मद्यपो मर्कटो मरुत्

मक्षिका मत्कुणो मत्स्या ‘ म’ कारा दश चञ्चला:

This is a very well-known and interesting saying. It says, there are ten things whose names start with the alphabet M ( म ) which are very unstable ( चञ्चला: ) or unsteady.

The 10 Unstable Ms

मा Means Lakshmi. Wealth. Everybody knows. It is never stable. It comes and suddenly disappears. A super rich man suddenly becomes a pauper!

मनः Mind. It needs no elaboration.

मधुप: Honeybee. It keeps on flying from one tree to another.

मद्यप: A drunk person. No explanation needed.

मर्कट: Monkey. Self-explanatory! Sometimes, a monkey even becomes a ruler of State!

मरुत् Wind or Breeze.

मासिका A fly. Never relaxes at one place.

माकुण: A bug.

मत्स्य: Fish. Seldom is it found at one place. Continuously on the move.

The keen observations of the poets creating such Subhashits is amazing. If one applies one’s mind, there is lot of learning. In fact, it suggests that our life is also unstable. Therefore, all philosophies like Bhagwad Gita and Yoga aim at stabilizing the mind which is the most unstable one. Once mind is stable and detached, we don’t get mentally affected by uncertainties of life.

They say the change is the only constant. All these 10 things keep on changing their places. Man should control his mind so that he can control all unstable things and achieve peace in life.

59th Members’ Residential Refresher Course – A Report

The flagship event of BCAS, the Members’ Residential Refresher Course (RRC), was held in the “Silicon Valley of India” – Bengaluru between Friday, 23rd January, 2026 and Monday, 26th January, 2026.

In an era where the role of the Chartered Accountants is rapidly evolving beyond compliances into Strategy, Leadership, Technology, And Trusted Advisory, Practice 360° – A Holistic Revolution seeks to Re-Imagine the modern CAs’ practice. This Members’ RRC was designed to provide a comprehensive, 360-degree perspective on Professional Practice—integrating technical topics of Taxation and Audit with Technology Adoption, Global Opportunities, Strategic Collaboration and Leadership.

A recce in December 2025 helped the Seminar, Membership & Public Relations (SMPR) Committee to decide the venue as Sheraton Grand Bengaluru Whitefield Hotel & Convention Center, Whitefield, Bengaluru.

As the RRC approached and preparations were in full swing, it was decided to further enhance the value of this year’s RRC paper book. Traditionally, the paper book has comprised only case studies / presentation papers. This year, however, it was thoughtfully expanded to include 16 articles authored by former Presidents of BCAS, eminent Chartered Accountants, a Doctor, and members of the BCAS staff. Last year during the 58th Members’ RRC, the participants paid homage to Ram Lalla and sought His blessings at Shree Ram Mandir, Ayodhya. This year, the SMPR Committee chose to visit an institution of academic excellence – the Indian Institute of Management, Bangalore (IIM-B). The visit to IIM Bangalore with an exclusive session with the Dean, complemented by engaging Group Discussions, Insightful Paper Presentations, and thought-provoking Brain Trust sessions, elicited an exceptional response. With a total of 155 participants drawn from 26 States / Union Territories and 35 cities and towns, the RRC witnessed pan-India participation.

On Day 1, participants from all parts of the country descended into Bengaluru. They were greeted with warm hospitality by the hotel staff and the BCAS events team. Post lunch, all gathered for the Group Discussion on “Taxation (Domestic and International) – Family Office & Succession Planning”.

Inauguration of the 59th

Addressing at Inaugural Session

It was followed by the Inaugural Session wherein President, CA Zubin Billimoria welcomed all the participants and spoke about the Committee’s decision to visit a different kind of temple—the “Temple of Knowledge,” the Indian Institute of Management, Bangalore (IIM-B). Former President and Chairman of the Committee, CA Uday Sathaye, provided a comprehensive overview of the RRC, emphasizing its objectives, relevance and thought process behind its comprehensive agenda including other relevant highlights of RRC. The Chief Guest CA F. R. Singhvi then lit the ceremonial lamp flanked by the President, the Vice President, Former Presidents, the Chairman / Co-Chairman of the Committee, Joint Secretaries and Committee Convenors.

Guiding the Group

CA F R Singhvi & CA Rahul Gabhawala

CA F. R. Singhvi gave a compelling speech on “Ethics in Business and Profession”. He emphasized on the importance of Chartered Accountants practicing their profession with integrity and ethics. He also extolled the members to step out of traditional practice areas and spoke of his dream to see a Big 4/ Big 6 among Indian CA firms.

The next session was a Presentation Paper by CA Rahul Gabhawala on “Technology Masterclass – Workshop on Tools & Techniques in Taxation”. The session was chaired by Former President CA Govind Goyal. The session was conducted in a classroom format, with participants receiving hands-on instruction on their laptops in the fundamentals of Selenium, an open-source browser automation tool.

Day 2 commenced with a Presentation Paper by CA Vishal Doshi on “Audit Quality Maturity Model and Standard of Quality Control 1 – Building Quality Audit Firms” wherein he provided practical guidance on its implementation. The session was chaired by CA Uday Sathaye.

The next session was the replies by CA Girish Vanvari to the Case Studies discussed the previous day. He provided an overview of key considerations of M&A transactions happening in the real world and the practical way forward. The session was chaired by Former President CA Pranay Marfatia.

Speakers RRC

This was followed by a 40-40 session where CA Manish Dafria provided a quick overview of “The Income Tax Act, 2025”. The session was chaired by CA Sanjay Shah.

Post a refreshing and sumptuous lunch, next session “Global Outsourcing – Broadening one’s horizons” was addressed by CA Chetan Venugopal. He introduced the participants to the opportunities available for Chartered Accountants at the global level and shared his journey of leading his organization from being a start-up with two founders, to a multinational organization with more than 2,000 employees! The session was chaired by Vice President, CA Kinjal Shah.

Panel Discussion

Despite a tiring day, the participants enthusiastically attended the last session of the day – the Inter-Disciplinary Brain Trust session covering “Hospitality (Hotel, Travel & Tourism) and Start-ups”. The esteemed panel of CA H. Padamchand Khincha, CA Mandar Telang and CA Mohan Lavi presented their views on the case studies at hand. The session was ably moderated by CA Priya Bhansali and CA Sanjay Dhariwal. The panelists deep dived into the various intricacies of the case studies.

IIM Bangalore Shri Sourav M

Day 3 began on an energetic note, with the enthusiasm of the participants evident in the early hours of the morning as they got into the coaches to head to IIM-B campus. During the guided campus tour, participants enjoyed exploring the lush green and iconic surroundings, enthusiastically capturing photographs at locations made famous by the the movie “3 Idiots” which had been shot on the campus. The tour offered a glimpse into the academic legacy and serene environment of one of India’s premier management institutions.

Following the campus tour, all assembled in the auditorium, setting the stage for the next segment – an engaging session on “Strategic Thinking” by Shri Sourav Mukherji, the Dean, Faculty & Professor, Organizational Behavior and Human Resources Management.

The session commenced with a short introduction on the subject followed by an interactive discussion with the participants on the case study of “Robinhood”. The Professor drew parallels with the challenges faced by modern day business houses/ organizations. He concluded the session with an important message – not all problems have only one right or wrong answer. The same needs to be solved by Critical Thinking, Experimentation and Debates. Post ethnic South Indian meal, the participants embarked on the return journey.

After a refreshing tea break and the RRC group photo, the participants gathered in their break-out groups for the group discussion on a paper “Collaborations & Coalitions – Mergers, Acquisitions, Alliances between CA Firms”.

Group Dicussion

The session following this was the 40:40 session “Government Schemes applicable to MSME & Professional Firms” by CA Piyush Mital wherein he gave an overview of the various subsidies available especially to Chartered Accountants/ their firms. The session was chaired by CA Mrinal Mehta.

The evening concluded with a townhall wherein the President, Vice President, Chairman, Co-Chairman, and Convenors shared their experiences in organising and hosting the RRC. Participants who had contributed towards the RRC in various capactities were felicitated with a memento. With more than 40 participants as first-timers at the RRC, many of them took to the stage to acknowledge the powerful impact the sessions had left on them and promised to become a regular face at future RRCs. The engaging Group Discussions, Insightful Paper Presentations, and thought-provoking Brain Trust session complemented by a visit to IIM Bangalore with an exclusive session by the Dean drew much admiration with positive response.

Day 4 commenced with the replies to the case studies by CA Guru Prasad Makam. He addressed the audience by drawing upon his extensive real-life experiences. He shared his learnings and insights in a frank manner. His talk elicited two standing ovations from the audience. The session was chaired by CA Chirag Doshi.

Following this session was a presentation on “Role of CFO in Disruptive Start-Ups” by CA Rajiv Gupta. The session was chaired by CA Uttamchand Jain.

Closing Ceremony

CONCLUDING SESSION:

In the concluding session, the President and the Chairman expressed their appreciation to all those whose efforts contributed to the smooth and successful execution of yet another RRC, with special appreciation for the support extended by the local members, CA Sujatha G and CA Sanjay Dhariwal.

As the curtains were drawn, marking yet another impactful RRC that encouraged meaningful reflection on the current landscape of the profession and its future direction, the gathering was aptly concluded by a poem in Hinglish by a participant, CA Sweety Kothari:

1) Vanvari Sir ka family office aur succession par flawless deliberation

Singhvi Sir ka professional ethics ka important lesson

Rahul Sir ka computer program ke self writing ka direction

Yaad rahega! Yaad rahega!

2) Vishal Doshi Sir ka AQMM ka point-wise explanation

Chetan Sir ka lecture on broadening horizons

Manish Sir ka IT Act 2025 ka practical vishleshan (analysis)

Yaad rahega! Yaad rahega!

3) Hotel start-ups wala brain trust session

Padamchand Khincha Sir ka complicated issues par refined opinion

Mandarji Mohanji ka har case par full explanation

Priya Ji Sanjay Ji ka soft but up-to-mark moderation

Yaad rahega! Yaad rahega!

4) Guru Sir ka CA firms merger wala equation

Rajiv Sir ka CFO role ki nayi definition

Piyushji ka government subsidy ka simplification

Yaad rahega! Yaad rahega!

5) IIM campus tour par jaana

Gyaan ke mandir ki parikrama lagaana

Sourav Ji ka Robinhood case samjhaana

Hum mein Strategic thinking ki spark jagaana

Chirag Ji ka hare tortoise ki story new perspective se sunaana

Yaad rahega! Yaad rahega!

6) Sessions ke beech mein samay churaana

Different professionals se ghul mil jaana

Lunch dinner par milna aur gapiyana (gossip)

Bus mein Hindi-Tamil songs ek sur mein gaana

Swimming pool ke kinaare der raat tak gossip

Poking, joking, hasna aur khilkhilaana (laughter)

Yaad rahega! Yaad rahega!

7) Uday Sir ke couplets aur enthusiasm

Sheraton ka stay aur delicious vyanjan (delicacies)

Chirag, Preeti, Aditya, Vivek ka flawless coordination

Zubin Sir ka experienced margdarshan

Yaad rahega! Yaad rahega!

8) Siddharth Dikshita ka Bangalore ghumaana

Corner House ka almond fudge khilaana

Raat ko 1 baje waffle order karna

Bangalore RRC mein unforgettable memories banana

Yaad rahega! Yaad rahega!

Group Photos

Learning Events at BCAS

1. Blood Donation & Platelet Donation Awareness Drive held on Friday 13th February 2026 @ BCAS.

On Friday, 13th February 2026, the BCAS Foundation, jointly with the Seminar, Membership & Public Relations Committee of BCAS, held the annual “Blood Donation Drive”, enlisting the support of Tata Memorial Hospital (TMH).

Blood Donation

Doctors and technicians from TMH screened 63 potential donors using a detailed questionnaire they completed. 54 units of blood were collected from eligible donors, including the former president, the Hon. Joint Secretary, the Convenors of the SMPR committee, and BCAS members and staff.

To raise awareness and dispel myths about platelet donation, a “Platelet Donation Awareness Drive” was also held, with donors providing a blood sample for a platelet donation eligibility check.

In recognition of their invaluable contribution, each blood donor was presented with a “Life Saver” medal. NSS volunteers from H R College of Commerce & Economics and Dharma Bharathi Mission canvassed around the area to spread awareness of the drive and encourage interested parties to come and get their eligibility confirmed for donating blood to the noble cause.

2. Public Lecture Meeting on Direct Tax Provisions of Finance Bill, 2026 held on Saturday, 7th February 2026 @ Yogi Sabhagruh Auditorium, Dadar East.

The public lecture on Direct Tax Provisions under the Finance Bill 2026 was delivered by noted tax expert CA Shri Pinakin Desai before a packed audience at Yogi Sabhagruha, Dadar. The session assumed particular significance as this is the first Budget where amendments operate simultaneously in two legislations — the Income-tax Act, 1961 and the new Income-tax Act, 2025, which is set to come into force from 1 April 2026.

Public Lecture Meeting

Shri Desai described the Budget as largely calibrated and balanced, but cautioned that certain policy-level concerns emerging from the transition to the 2025 Act merit closer professional examination. He observed that while the Joint Parliamentary Committee largely confined itself to administrative aspects, some substantive policy shifts embedded in the new legislation may require representation and deeper deliberation at professional forums.

Certain deliberations from his session are covered here in brief:

1. Broad framework:

Unlike prior years, there were virtually no changes to slab rates. The focus was on structural rationalisation:

  • Calibration of Securities Transaction Tax (STT) to moderate speculative activity.
  • Rationalisation of TDS/TCS rates.
  • Reduction of TCS on overseas tour packages from 20% to 2%.

2. Corporate and Structural Reforms

MAT Regime:

From 1 April 2026, companies continuing under MAT may lose MAT credit going forward, effectively nudging domestic companies towards the concessional regime. Foreign companies, lacking this option, appear disproportionately affected.

ICDS and Ind AS Integration:

A proposal to merge ICDS with Ind AS has been introduced. Concerns remain regarding compatibility with IFRS-based accounting standards.

Transfer Pricing and Safe Harbour:

Safe harbour margins for IT-enabled services have been consolidated at 15% with an enhanced turnover threshold of ₹2,000 crore. Correlative relief is now provided to foreign companies where APAs lead to secondary adjustments.

Data Centres and GCCs:

Foreign companies procuring specified data centre services in India are granted tax protection up to 2047, reducing litigation around income attribution.

3. Computation and Compliance Amendments

Dividend and Interest:

No deduction of interest expenditure will be allowed against dividend or mutual fund income under “Income from Other Sources,” raising concerns on taxation of gross income principles.

Employees’ PF Contribution:

A relief measure now allows deduction if employees’ contribution is deposited before the due date of filing the return under section 139(1), even if delayed under the PF Act.

Buyback Taxation:

Buyback proceeds will be taxed under capital gains from 1 April 2026 instead of as dividend income. Promoter-category shareholders face higher specified tax rates, raising interpretational issues.

Unexplained Income:

Voluntary disclosure in the return attracts tax at 30%. If detected in an assessment, immunity from penalty requires payment of tax plus 120% additional tax.

4. Litigation and Procedural Changes

Decriminalisation:

Several prosecution provisions have been removed or diluted, with reduced imprisonment terms and enhanced monetary thresholds — a significant compliance reform.

Retrospective Amendments:

Four retrospective amendments, including one dating back to 2007 relating to DRP timelines, were introduced — a development viewed with concern.

Mandatory Fees:

Certain penalties are proposed to be converted into mandatory fees, removing discretion and the opportunity of hearing.

Combined Assessment and Penalty Orders:

Assessment and penalty may now be passed through a combined order. While the recovery of the penalty may remain stayed on appeal, concerns were expressed about potential bias and increased litigation exposure.

5. Other Notable Clarifications

Sovereign Gold Bonds:

Exemption on redemption will apply only to primary subscribers holding bonds till maturity, though coverage is extended to all bond series prospectively.

Compulsory Acquisition:

Exemption relating to acquisition under the land acquisition law is now incorporated into the Income-tax Act, though limited to individuals and HUFs, creating possible interpretational issues for companies.

In conclusion, Shri Desai remarked that although the Budget may outwardly appear minimalist, it contains several nuanced structural changes with long-term implications for corporate taxation, transfer pricing, litigation strategy, and compliance architecture.

The meeting witnessed an enthusiastic response, with over 400 participants attending in person and more than 11,491 viewers online and still counting.

The lecture meeting can be viewed on the BCAS YouTube channel at the designated QR code.

Public Lecture

3. 26th Course on Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements held from Monday 15th December 2025 to Thursday 29th January 2026@ Virtual.

Following the highly successful and well-received Silver Jubilee edition of the Course on Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement, which featured a revised format, this edition returned to the traditional format of live sessions covering all topics. The course broadly included the following:

• 28 sessions on various international tax topics and covered almost all the key articles of the DTAAs.

• An overview of FEMA / MLI / GAAR, Transfer Pricing/ key provisions under the Income-tax Act/ TDS on payments to non-residents/ Dispute resolution under MAP, APA, etc.

• A Brain Trust session with distinguished panelists, and key current issues were debated, with panelists sharing divergent perspectives.

The sessions were relevant for beginners and intermediate levels of knowledge in international tax, with emphasis on case studies and sharing of practical insights.

More than 150 participants from more than 30 cities attended the course.

Scan to watch online at BCAS Academy

26th DTAA

4. Direct Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting – “Analysis of Section 56(2) (x) of the Act with Practical Scenarios” held on Wednesday, 28th January 2026@ Virtual.

Section 56(2)(x) is a significant anti-abuse provision that aims to tax receipts of money or specified property without, or for inadequate consideration. The session highlighted key tax provisions, legal principles, and practical considerations involved in interpreting and applying the provision, particularly in the context of varied practical transactions.

Speaker: CA Chaitee Londhe

  • The session provided an overview of Section 56(2) (x) as a residuary charging provision and explained the conditions governing its applicability.
  • The expanded scope of the provision covering all categories of persons and specified properties was discussed.
  • Judicial principles laid down by courts on the classification of income under appropriate heads were briefly highlighted.
  • Practical implications of receipt of money or property without or for inadequate consideration were examined.
  • Key scenarios involving compensation and indemnity receipts, distress-driven transactions, and waiver of loans were analysed.
  • The taxability of issue and receipt of shares, including valuation-related aspects, was deliberated with reference to case law.
  • The interplay between Section 56(2) (x) and Section 68 was discussed to highlight practical assessment issues.
  • Certain complex and evolving scenarios, including transactions involving relatives and digital assets, were briefly touched upon.

The session was highly interactive, with active participation from the members. The speaker presented the complex provisions of Section 56(2) (x) in a structured and practical manner, enabling participants to gain clarity on its application across varied scenarios.

5. Lecture Meeting on Decision of Supreme Court in Tiger Global and it’s ramifications held on Friday, 23rd January 2026 @ Virtual

The lecture meeting, arranged to discuss the Supreme Court (SC) ruling in the case of Tiger Global pronounced on 15 January 2026, received wide interest from across India, given the ramifications of the decision. The chairman of the Session, Shri R. S. Syal laid down the context of the decision. The moderator CA Mahesh Nayak took the participants through the decision before opening the floor for brainstorming. Other Panelists, CA Rajan Vora and Adv. Rajesh Simhan addressed barrage of questions arising from the SC ruling in the Tiger Global. The Chairman, Adv. R. S. Syal also provided his thoughts on each of the questions raised to the panelists.

The discussion was focused on how one reads some of the observations of the Supreme Court as well as practically, how the decision impacts taxpayers, as well as Chartered Accountants who certify the taxability on foreign remittances. Some of the questions posed to the panel were:

  • Whether the decision of the Supreme Court is only prima facie or is it a final ruling on the taxability?

  • Can Judicial Anti-Avoidance provisions apply when GAAR rules are already in force?
  • What is the difference between an investment and an arrangement, and what is grandfathered under the GAAR rules? Various other practical nuances (such as reopening of past matters / pending matters) were discussed.
  • The Lecture meeting was attended by around 745 participants

The lecture meeting can be viewed on the BCAS YouTube channel at the designated QR code.

Lecture Meeting on Decision of Supreme Court in Tiger Global and it's ramifications

6. Lecture Meeting on Ancient Roots, Global Routes: Reimagining Global Leadership for the Indian CA held on Wednesday, 21st January 2026 @ Mathuradas Vasanji Hall, Grant Road, Mumbai

Seminar, Membership & Public Relations (SMPR) Committee organized a Lecture Meeting was held “Ancient Roots, Global Routes: Reimagining Global Leadership for the Indian CA” – by CA Shourya Doval on 21st January 2026. CA Shourya Doval, in his address, stated that India is emerging as a major economic power, now ranked fourth globally. “There can be no global peace and no global order without India,” he said. The session focused on how Chartered Accountants must navigate a rapidly evolving international economic and financial landscape while remaining anchored to core principles. The discussions centred on ethical leadership and value-based decision-making as essential foundations for developing future leaders in the global economy.

Lecture Meeting on Ancient Roots Global

During the session, he was asked an insightful question: Coming from a proud Indian Military family, what inspired him to pursue Chartered Accountancy? His response reflected both depth and foresight. He explained that until 1990, global leadership was defined by military power, but the world thereafter began to be shaped by economic strength. His father had told him that future global influence would rest with nations built on strong economic foundations — a perspective that deeply resonated with him and ultimately inspired his decision to become a Chartered Accountant, contributing to the economic engine that drives nations forward.

The event concluded with interactions and networking among participants, underscoring BCAS’s focus on professional development and leadership preparedness within the Chartered Accountancy fraternity.

The lecture meeting was positioned alongside a guided tour specially conducted for BCAS members of the Jyot Foundation Exhibition “Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam Ki Oar 4: The 12 Principles That Can Shape a New World Order,” designed to provide attendees with an expanded cultural and philosophical understanding of the Global Leadership dialogue.

7. Members’ Awareness Drive on Practice Management held on Saturday, 15th November 2025 to Saturday, 17th January 2026 @ Virtual.

The Seminar, Membership and Public Relations Committee of Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) organised the “Members’ Awareness Drive on Practice Management – Reimagining Practice: Awareness, Opportunities & Excellence – Empowering Every Member – One Area at a Time”. It was a 10-session virtual series held every Saturday from 15th November 2025 to 17th January 2026, with the objective of strengthening BCAS members’ practice management capabilities. In acknowledgement of the unwavering support displayed by the members to the flagship event of BCAS, all registered participants of the (then) upcoming 59th Members’ Residential Refresher Course were offered an opportunity to attend the series gratis.

The series focused on equipping practitioners to manage and grow their firms beyond technical competence, covering people management, technology adoption, profitability, collaboration, and future-readiness.

Session Highlights

  1. CA Mrinal Mehta addressed practical challenges and common errors in GST Annual Returns and reconciliations, offering actionable compliance insights
  2. CA Samit Saraf shared effective tools and techniques to strengthen internal audit processes and enhance audit value.
  3. CA Vivek Shah provided a practical roadmap for setting up a CA firm in Dubai, covering opportunities, challenges, costs, and market considerations
  4. CA Anand Banka discussed key nuances and practical complexities under IND AS with real-life application perspectives.
  5. CA Lokesh Nathani emphasised the power of networking in professional growth and building long-term practice sustainability.
  6. CA Nikunj Shah demonstrated how Artificial Intelligence can be harnessed to improve efficiency and competitiveness in CA practice.
  7. CA Mangesh Kinare shared practical insights on financial reporting for SMEs, drawing valuable learnings from disciplinary matters.
  8. CA Milin Mehta elaborated on strategic collaborations and firm mergers as growth drivers for small and mid-sized practices
  9. CA Sushrut Chitale guided members on building a future-ready firm through structured processes, technology, and strategic vision.
  10.  CA Chirag Mehta explained practical aspects of E-Invoicing and automation solutions tailored for small practitioners.

The sessions witnessed enthusiastic participation from the practising members, fostering meaningful discussions and the exchange of practical experiences.

8. BCAS NXT – Learning & Development Bootcamp – Overview of the New Income Tax Act, 2025 held on Friday, 16th January 2026 @ Virtual

The Human Resource Development Committee organised a BCAS NXT Learning & Development Bootcamp on “Overview of the New Income Tax Act, 2025” on Friday, 16th January 2026, from 5.00 pm to 7.00 pm.

The session was led by Ms Shravani Erram, a CA Final student, who delivered a detailed presentation covering an overview of the Income Tax Act, 2025, explaining the rationale behind the introduction of the new Act and the key structural and drafting changes. She highlighted important concepts such as the distinction between tax year and financial year, along with major comparative changes in heads of income, TDS, and TCS provisions. CA Aditya Pradhan, the mentor for the session, provided valuable insights and guidance throughout, offering expert interventions as needed.

The bootcamp was held in person at ASDT & CO and was also streamed online, with active participation from students across India.

More than 150+ students benefited from this session.

Scan to watch online on YouTube.

BCAS NXT - Learning & Development Bootcamp - Overview of the New Income Tax Act

9. GST Compliances & Returns – A Practical Walkthrough: BCAS Initiative for Students held on Tuesday, 13th January 2026 @ N M College.

The session on GST Compliances & Returns – A Practical Walkthrough was organised for third-year B.Com students, with 46 students participating. The objective of the programme was to provide students with a practical understanding of GST compliance and the return filing framework, bridging the gap between academic concepts and real-life application.

GST Compliances & Return

The session conducted by CA Mansi V. Nagda focused on the GST return mechanism and process flow, explaining the compliance cycle from reporting of transactions to filing of returns. A structured explanation of GST utility forms was undertaken, covering GSTR-1, GSTR-2A, and GSTR-3B, with key terminologies, functional flow, inter-linkages, and commonly encountered compliance issues.

Emphasis was laid on understanding outward and inward supply reporting, reconciliation aspects, summary return filing, and the importance of accuracy and timeliness in GST compliance. The session adopted an interactive approach, enabling students to clarify conceptual and procedural aspects of GST returns.

10. Lecture Meeting on The World in 2026 and Beyond held on Friday, 12th December 2025 @ BCAS (Hybrid)

The joint lecture meeting of the Bombay Chartered Accountants Society and the Chamber of Tax Consultants featured Mr Sundeep Waslekar, Founder of Strategic Foresight Group and an internationally recognised expert on geopolitics and future studies. The session examined the evolving global order in 2026 and beyond, focusing on geopolitical tensions, artificial intelligence, economic uncertainty and strategic realignments.

The speaker framed the present period as a transitional and potentially turbulent phase in world history, where the existing global order is weakening while a new framework has yet to stabilise.

Key Global Themes

– Western Political and Economic Strain- Persistent geopolitical conflicts, particularly the prolonged Ukraine war, combined with economic stress and political polarisation, could create instability in parts of the West. Such shifts may alter global power balances and open strategic space for emerging economies.

– The AI Arms Race – The competition between the United States and China has moved beyond consumer AI applications to AI-driven scientific discovery. Advanced systems capable of generating new insights in biology, chemistry and physics could redefine global technological leadership. Risks discussed included AI-enabled cyber warfare, biological threats and even autonomous military escalation, underscoring the need for ethical and strategic safeguards.

– Competing Models of World Order- If large-scale conflict is avoided, the next phase may involve a philosophical contest over models of global governance and power concentration. Current geopolitical manoeuvres were analysed in this broader context.

IMPLICATIONS FOR INDIA

India’s balanced geopolitical stance was described as strategically prudent. However, the speaker cautioned that India must invest more deeply in foundational scientific research and advanced AI systems, rather than limiting itself to application-level innovation. Space technology and next-generation computing were identified as important opportunity areas.

While moderate global growth remains possible, geopolitical shocks and rapid AI investments could significantly influence economic trajectories. The Gulf region’s rise as an AI and data infrastructure hub was noted, though accompanied by regional vulnerabilities.

The session concluded with a balanced perspective — acknowledging serious global risks while emphasising that the majority of nations and people seek stability and prosperity. The coming years will determine whether cooperative global leadership can prevail over destabilising forces.

The lecture witnessed active participation from members across regions, reflecting the profession’s growing engagement with global developments that increasingly influence economic and professional landscapes.

The lecture meeting can be viewed on the BCAS YouTube channel at the designated QR code.

II. BCAS INITIATIVES

  •  BCAS Signs MOU with SIMSREE

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) has signed an MOU with Sydenham Institute of Management Studies, Research and Entrepreneurship Education (SIMSREE) to establish a framework for cooperation in the areas of capacity building, training & skill development between the two Insititutions.

The MOU between BCAS & SIMREE is to facilitate and conduct the following activities as mutually agreed upon:

  1. Workshops & Seminars
  2. Curriculum Development
  3. Invitation to select Programs & use of each other’s premises
  4. Research & Advocacy

The MOU Signing Ceremony was conducted in the presence of President CA Zubin Billimoria, Vice President CA Kinjal Shah, Joint Secretary CA Mandar Telang, SMPR Committee Chairman CA Uday Sathaye & Past President CA Pradip Thanawala.

III. BCAS IN NEWS & MEDIA

  •  BCAS has been featured in several news and media platforms, showing our active involvement, professional contributions, and commitment to the field. This reflects the growing recognition of BCAS in the public and professional space.

Link: https://bcasonline.org/bcas-in-news/

QR Code:

BCAS IN NEWS & MEDIA

Gen Z

In a senior citizens’ association, members were discussing the present day’ inflation. All had become nostalgic – in the memories of their childhood. They were vying with one-another in describing how cheap the things were in their childhood. Their chat was something like this –

  •  When I used to go to the school, my bus fare was five naye paise! Since I was a regular ‘passenger’, occasionally conductor-uncle left me just like that! No ticket.
  •  Minimum local train fare was 30 naye paise! My father used to travel from Mumbai to Pune in just seven rupees!
  •  When I got married, the gold was 30 rupees a tola!
  •  In my college canteen, vada was 15 naye paise for – two pieces and tea was 10 paise!
  •  Minimum taxi fare was less than one rupee. I think 80 naye paise. That was a luxury. Taxi was hired only when we went on a long travel in a train, since there used to be big luggage with us.
  •  In our school picnic, the contribution per student used to be 3 to 5 rupees which my parents felt to be on higher side!
  •  With chilly and coriander, they used to give pieces of ginger free!

Likewise the discussion was going on. All of them expressed concern over the present day inflation, conveniently forgetting that their pension amount was about 10 times their last drawn salary at the time of retirement. This, of course, is human nature. We often have only one-sided thinking.

One gentleman narrated an interesting experience about Gen Z – his 6-year-old grandson. He said “Friends I was describing all this to my grandson who is just 6-year-old. I told that I used to accompany my father to the market during Diwali festival. He used to carry a few cloth bags with just 10 to 15 rupees in his pocket. We used to buy so many things! Grains, fruits, new clothing, toys, crackers, Diwali sweets, so on and so forth. It was difficult to carry the load of full bags. In addition, we also used to have masala dosa in a small hotel We visited restaurants only once or twice in a year!

My grandson was completely puzzled. He wondered why at all we went to the market to buy things, when everything was available online!

And secondly, he said – ‘Grandpa, now all these purchases may not be possible in such a small amount since, now everywhere CC TV cameras are set!

Regulatory Referencer

I. FEMA

1. RBI notifies FEM (Guarantees) Regulations, 2026; mandates quarterly reporting of guarantees in Form GRN

The RBI issued FEM (Guarantees) Regulations, 2026 superseding the regulations of 2000. It regulates guarantees involving residents and non-residents under FEMA. The following regulations are provided:

a. Prohibition of Indian residents from being parties to guarantees involving non-residents, except as permitted.

b. Exemptions where guarantees provided by overseas or IFSC branches of Authorised dealer banks; certain irrevocable payment commitments and guarantees issued under overseas investment regulations.

c. Permission to Indian resident to act as a Surety or principal debtor.

d. Permission to Indian residents to obtain guarantees as creditors.

e. Reporting requirements – Form GRN introduced.

f. Like other regulations, a late submission fee is prescribed for late reporting and enforcing compliance.

                                                                                                                     [Notification No. FEMA 8(R)/2026-RB, dated 6th January 2026]

2. RBI issues new FEMA regulations on export and import of goods and services, effective October 1, 2026

RBI has notified FEM (Export and Import of Goods and Services) Regulations, 2026 superseding Export Regulations of 2015 and consolidating frameworks for both Import and Export. These regulations will be effective from 1st October 2026.

Subsequently, it has also issued Master Directions with instructions contained therein for export and import effective from the same date. The RBI has directed Authorised Dealers (ADs) to ensure adherence to rules, regulations, directions and Foreign Trade Policy and the ADs shall send all references to RBI through PRAVAAH portal and inform any doubtful transactions to Directorate of Enforcement (DoE). They may bring the contents of the circular to the notice of their customers/ constituents concerned.

Key changes that are going to take place are as follows:

a. Export Proceeds realisation – Earlier, the period was either 9 or 12 months. Proposed uniform period will be 15 months and 18 months for INR invoiced trade. If the export proceeds are unrealised beyond one year or the extended period, then the subsequent exports will be permitted only against full advance payment or irrevocable Letter of Credit.

b. Declaration of Export Value and Reporting – A single unified reporting in ‘Export Declaration Form’ (EDF) which will include reporting for software as well, unlike SOFTEX in the existing reporting framework. EDF will have to filed within 30 days from the month end of raising the invoice. It may cover all the exports for that month.

c. Set off of export receivables against import payables – Earlier, it was permitted in restrictive manner and subject to various conditions. As per the proposed regulations/directions, powers lie with the AD Bank to permit set-off with the same buyer or supplier or their overseas group or associate companies within the prescribed time.

d. Project Exports – Repealing the earlier Memorandum of Instructions on Project and Service exports (PEM) Rule, the new regulations combine these retaining the same definition as per foreign trade Policy (FTP). These transactions must be supported by contracts and verification by AD Banks before permitting receipts/payments.

e. Merchanting Trade Transactions (MTT) – The framework is simplified and AD Bank has been empowered to set internal guidelines. The period between outward and inward remittance or vice versa should not exceed six months. AD Bank must ensure Export data processing and monitoring system (EDPMS) and Import data processing and monitoring system (IDPMS).

f. INR trade settlement – Earlier it was allowed through a series of circulars introducing Vostro Mechanism. Now, Rupee settlement is formally integrated in these regulations.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 [Notification No. FEMA 23(R)/2026-RB, dated 13th January 2026]

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 [AP (DIR Series 2025-26) Circular No. 20, dated 16th January 2026] 

3. RBI recognises FEDAI as a Self-Regulatory Organisation for Authorised Dealers

FEDAI submitted application under the Omnibus Framework for recognition of Self-Regulatory Organisations (SROs) to be recognised as an SRO. RBI, after examining and since FEDAI is functioning akin to an SRO, decided to recognise it as an SRO for all the Authorised Dealers. One year’s time has been given to FEDAI to bring in line its functioning and governance framework with that of Omnibus SRO Framework.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                       [Press Release No. 2025-2026/1926, dated 14th January 2026]

4. RBI amends Borrowing and Lending Regulations, revising ECB framework and end-use restrictions for borrowed funds.

RBI had released draft Borrowing and Lending Regulations pertaining to External Commercial Borrowing (ECB) for public feedback on 3rd October 2025. Now it has notified the Foreign Exchange Management (Borrowing and Lending) (First Amendment) Regulations, 2026, amending the existing framework under FEMA. The amendments have rationalised the ECB framework by expanding the definitions of eligible borrowers, review of end-user restrictions and simplification of reporting requirements. Following are the key aspects of the amended regulation:

a. Eligible borrowers include:

i.  A person resident in India (other than Individual) incorporated or registered under a Centre or State Act, subject to permissions under governing legislations. This will now include an LLP too.

ii. Entities under restructuring or corporate insolvency resolution process (CIRP) if expressly allowed under approved resolution plan.

iii. Borrowers facing investigation, adjudication or appeal by law enforcement agency for any contraventions without prejudice to the outcome. Such borrowers must disclose all pending proceedings in Form ECB-1 or Revised Form ECB-1 (for existing ECB).

b. Eligible borrowers include:

i. Any person resident outside India ( including individuals) can now lend under ECB.

c. Maturity Period:

i. A minimum average maturity period (MAMP) of three years shall exist bringing in uniformity over various end-use purposes.

ii. Manufacturing borrowers may raise ECB with MAMP between one year and three years, provided the ECB amount does not exceed USD 150 million.

d. Currency of Borrowing:

i. Borrowing may be in Foreign currency (FCY) or Indian Rupees (INR).

ii. These maybe inter-changed.

iii. The change of currency shall be at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the agreement for such change or at the rate which does not result in a higher lia1bility arrived by using exchange rate as on agreement date.

e. Cost of Borrowing:

i. It shall be in line with the prevailing market conditions – all in cost ceilings dropped.

ii. For ECBs with MAMPs less than three years, it shall comply with all-in cost ceiling specified for Trade Credit

iii. ECBs from related parties must be on Arm’s Length Basis.

f. Restrictions on the End-use of ECB money –

End-use restrictions are same as sectors restricted for FDI under NDI Rules, 2019. Real Estate Businesses and exceptions thereto are enumerated clearly.

                                                                                                                                                                            [Notification No. FEMA 3(R)(5)/2026-RB, dated 9th February 2026]

II. IFSCA

1. IFSCA approves targeted regulatory relaxations across funds, intermediaries, GICs and BATF services

The 26th meeting of IFSCA was held on 22nd December 2025. The purpose of the meeting was to provide wide range of regulatory reforms to enhance ease of doing business while also saving investor interests. Important changes include the following amendments to Fund Management Regulations:

a. Relaxation of eligibility criteria for key managerial personnel (KMP)

b. One-time extension is dispensed with and allowing multiple extensions of six months for Private Placement Memoranda (PPM)

c. Provide one time revival window for three months made available to the schemes where PPMs have expired

d. Grant a twenty-four-month migration window to appoint IFSC-based custodians

e. Approval of IFSCA (Global In-House Centres) Regulations, 2025

f. Introduction of investor protection measures for under-capitalised open-ended schemes

g. Removal of minimum office space requirements for BATF service providers

h. Rationalisation of Capital Market Intermediaries (CMIs) eligibility

i. Umbrella registration options for CMIs

j. Amendment to IFSCA (Registration of Business) Regulations, 2021 by changing the definition of “Lloyd’s Service Company. Now, it includes service companies promoted by the group entities of Managing Agents of Members of Lloyd’s.

The notifications for all the above are to be released in the due course on the IFSCA website.

                                                                                                                                                                      [Press Release, dated 23rd December 2025]

2. IFSCA notifies Global In-House Centres Regulations to operationalise GICs as financial service

The IFSCA has issued IFSCA (Global In-House Centres) Regulations, 2025 in replacement of IFSCA (GICs) Regulations, 2020. These regulations are aimed to position the IFSCs as Global hubs for high-value financial and related services. It further aims to generate skilled employment, on-shore India-centric financial services presently undertaken offshore. The regulations define eligible Financial Institution Groups, permissible operating models, registration procedures through a Single Window IT system, conditions for grant and validity of registration. However, the framework restricts services largely to non-resident group entities, caps India-related revenue at 10% and prohibits mere transfer of existing India contracts. Further, it also introduces “fit and proper” norms, mandates full time principal and compliance officers based in IFSCs, prescribes foreign currency operations and reporting.

It requires that existing GICs to make the transition to the 2025 regulations within 90 days from the date of commencement of these regulations i.e. 24th December 2025.

                                                                                                                                                                       [Notification No. IFSCA/GN/2025/012, dated 24th December 2025]

3. IFSCA issues clarifications on computation of liquid net worth under IFSCA (Capital Market Intermediaries) Regulations, 2025

Reference is drawn to IFSCA (CMIs) Regulations, 2025 wherein the following changes are made in the definition of Net Worth:

a. Base minimum Capital and interest free deposits maintained by the registered broker dealers and registered clearing members with the RSEs and clearing corporations respectively

b. Margins maintained by registered broker dealers or clearing members in relation to their trading activities in IFSC or Global Access

c. Liabilities are not considered as part of “Net worth” provided in the CMI Regulations

                                                                                                                                                                    [Circular No. IFSCA-PLNP/80/2024– Capital Markets, dated 30th December 2025]

4. IFSCA specifies operating leases, including hybrid leases, of oilfield equipment as a ‘financial product’

The IFSCA has specified that any Operating Lease in respect of ‘Oilfield Equipment’, including any hybrid of operating and financial lease, shall be a financial product. For this notification, “oilfield equipment” shall mean goods used in connection with an oilfield. The oilfield shall have the same meaning as assigned under Section 3(e) of Oilfields (Regulation and Development) Act, 1948.

                                                                                                                                                                      [Notification No. IFSCA/GN/2026/001, dated 5th January 2026]

5. IFSCA prescribes additional disclosures and process for scheme filings under Third-Party Fund Management

IFSCA has clarified that Registered FMEs authorised for Third-Party Fund Management must file scheme applications using the format/documents prescribed under the IFSCA “Ease of doing business, Filing of Schemes or funds…” circular dated 05.04.2024, and additionally submit third-party fund manager details: (i) legal name, registered office and proof of home-jurisdiction regulatory registration/licence, (ii) a UBO “look-through” chart, and (iii) profiles of board/designated partners and KMPs.

                                                                                                                                                                      [Circular No. IFSCA/AIF/218/2025-Capital Markets, dated 16th January 2026]

6. IFSCA grants a one-time three-month window to extend the validity of expired or expiring PPMs for eligible schemes

Attention is drawn to regulations relating to Placement memorandum (PPM) under IFSCA (Fund Management) Regulations, 2025. The PPMs of a Venture Capital Scheme and Restricted Scheme shall be valid for twelve months from the date of communication. After receiving representations from requesting a flexibility regarding flexibility of PPMs, the IFSCA has provided a one-time window of three months from the date of issuance of this circular. Hence the one-time window will be valid till 27th April 2026.

Similarly, an extension is provided for PPMs for scheme that have not commenced investments. The Fund Management Entities (FMEs) will have to re-file the PPM within three months from issuance of this circular (till 27th April 2026). An important point to be noted here is that there must not be any material change in the PPM with respect to key aspects, including name, investment objective and strategy, structure, etc. Such application shall be accompanied by 50% of the filing applicable for filing new application. Similar extensions are provided for Open-ended schemes.

                                                                                                                                                                                         [Circular No. IFSCA-IF-10PR/1/2023-Capital Markets, dated 27th January 2026]

7. IFSCA introduces website requirement for Finance Companies and Units in GIFT IFSC

IFSCA mandates Finance Companies (FCs) regulated under IFSCA (Finance Company) Regulations, 2021 to maintain a dedicated website or web page. Such website should display the following information about FCs:

a. Brief overview of GIFT IFSC ecosystem,

b. Certificate of Registration clearly reflecting the Registration number and permitted activities

c. A list of products and services offered, with detailed description of each such offering

d. Grievance redressal procedure and contact details of the Grievance redressal officer

e. Name, designation and contact details of key managerial personnel in IFSC (such as Head of FC/FU, CEO, CFO, Compliance officer, Principal officer, as applicable)

                                                                                                                                                                                       [Circular No. IFSCA-FCR/4/2026-Banking, dated 3rd February 2026]

8. IFSCA, India & FCA, UK sign Exchange of Letters to boost regulatory cooperation in identified areas of mutual interest

The IFSCA, India and Financial Conduct Authority of UK have signed an Exchange of Letter (EoL) to formalise regulatory co-operation in identified areas of mutual interest. It was signed on 11th February 2026. The objective is to facilitate sharing of information on developments in regulation for financial products, financial services, financial institutions, developments in regulatory and supervisory frameworks and initiatives, including sharing of best practices.

                                                                                                                                                                                               [Press Release, dated 11th February 2026]

9. IFSCA approves draft Pension Fund Regulations, 2026 to establish framework for retirement savings in IFSC

The IFSCA has issued IFSCA (Pension Fund) Regulations, 2026 on 9th February 2026. The key features of the Draft Regulations are as follows:

a. Pension Product for any Individual above the age of 18 years

b. Participation is entirely voluntary. Investment options include Active Choice (for determining asset allocation) and Auto Choice (for automatic adjustment of allocation based on age)

c. 10% will be allocated towards Health Benefit Option

d. Flexible withdrawal and Exit Framework give options to the individuals the manner in which they want to withdraw.

e. These regulations provide for mandatory registration of Pension Fund Managers (PFMs), Board oversight and framework with three-lines-of-defence model

f. PFMs have the flexibility to invest across equities (domestic and foreign, fixed income assets and other permissible assets.

                                                                                                                                                                                          [Press Release, dated 12th February 2026]

10. IFSCA issues FAQs on IFSCA (Global In-House Centres) Regulations, 2025

The IFSCA has issued Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) on the IFSCA (Global In-House Centres) Regulations, 2025. The FAQs cover matters relating to applications, legal forms and registration, permissible services and service recipients, operating models of a GIC Unit, compliance requirements and restrictions, third-party service providers, and miscellaneous areas.

                                                                                                                                                                                              [FAQs, dated 17th February 2026]

Tech Mantra

Okular

OKULAR

Okular is a Universal Document Viewer. Multi-platform, fast and packed with features, Okular allows you to read PDF documents, comics and ePub books, browse images, visualize Markdown documents, and much more.

With Okular’s “Annotation Mode” you can easily add inline and popup notes, highlight and underline text, or even add your own text on the fly. The Selection Mode allows you to copy and paste almost anything from your documents to elsewhere. And, if the text is too small, you can use the “Magnifier Mode”. With Okular’s “Thumbnail Panel”, you can browse graphically the part of the document you were looking for. You can also view and verify digital signatures embedded in PDFs, check if they are still valid, and detect any modifications since the document was signed. You can even sign PDFs yourself.

Okular is open source and always free. Try it as an efficient replacement for your PDF viewer / editor.

https://okular.kde.org/

Our Home

Home

Our Home is a simple task manager to manage household tasks. It simplifies household management and collaboration with family members and / or roommates, helping you stay organized and connected wherever you go.

You can create and organize tasks by room and assign them to specific family members. Set deadlines and schedule recurring tasks for an organized routine. You can use the built-in calendar to keep track of all tasks and deadlines.

Create shopping lists effortlessly. You can tailor your shopping list to different stores and categories. You can even manage your inventory digitally to see what is in stock and what needs to be replaced!

It helps you collaborate with roommates and family members effortlessly. You can even have an overview of all assigned tasks on a single screen.
Try Our Home today and take the drudgery out of your daily tasks!

Android : https://tinyurl.com/HomeOrganize

Fluent Search

Fluent Search

Fluent Search allows you to search your Windows computer at blazing-fast speeds for files, apps, web content, and more. As you type in the Search Bar, Fluent Search instantly delivers smooth and precise results – saving you time and keeping your workflow uninterrupted.

Fluent Search allows you to locate files, browser tabs, history, apps, open windows and more – all from one powerful search interface.

Just press Ctrl+Alt and the Search Bar appears instantly for your command! Far superior to the Windows Search which is slow and tardy. Try it today for a fluent search experience!

https://fluentsearch.net/

ICAI and Its Members

A. ICAI NOTIFICATION

1. ICAI (GLOBAL NETWORKING) GUIDELINES, 2025

The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India has notified the ICAI (Global Networking) Guidelines, 2025 vide Gazette Notification dated 11th February 2026, enabling Indian CA firms to formally network with global professional entities.

OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE

The Guidelines establish a comprehensive regulatory framework enabling domestic CA firms, networks, and entities registered with ICAI to enter into structured networking arrangements with overseas entities. The framework aims to enhance the global competitiveness of Indian CA firms, foster knowledge and technology sharing, improve service quality, and bring Global Networks under the regulatory oversight of ICAI in respect of their Indian operations.

APPLICABILITY

The Guidelines apply to:

  • ICAI-registered CA firms;
  • Management consultancy entities registered with ICAI;
  • Domestic networks formed under earlier Networking Guidelines;
  • Any domestic entity entering into networking/affiliation/association with foreign entities.

The Guidelines are effective from the date of publication in the Official Gazette.

KEY DEFINITIONS

Important concepts clarified include:

  • Domestic Entity – ICAI-registered firm, network or management consultancy entity.
  • Foreign Entity – Any entity established outside India providing or facilitating professional services (including accounting and assurance).
  • Global Network – A written arrangement between a domestic entity and foreign entity involving cost sharing, common branding, shared resources, quality control, systems, etc.
  • Nodal Officer – A full-time practicing ICAI member in good standing responsible for compliance and liaison.

The definition of “network” is substance-based and includes arrangements involving:

  • Common brand name/logo,
  • Shared quality control policies,
  • Shared systems, technical resources, training,
  • Cost-sharing structures,
  • Shared professional personnel.

KEY FEATURES

The Guidelines introduce a formal two-stage registration process — first, approval of the name of the Global Network (Form AGN, fee: ₹10,000), followed by registration (Form BGN, fee: ₹30,000). Each Global Network must have a distinct ICAI-approved name with the suffix “Global Network.” Domestic entities may be constituents of more than one Global Network.

A Nodal Officer — a senior member of ICAI in good standing and must be managing partner/CEO/MD or equivalent with highest profit/capital share — must be designated for each Global Network to ensure ongoing regulatory compliance, annual reporting, and communication with ICAI.

ANNUAL REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE

Registered Global Networks are required to file an Annual Return (Form DGN) within 120 days of the close of each financial year, disclosing details of revenue, fees exchanged with overseas entities, disciplinary proceedings, and other material information. All information so submitted will be treated as confidential.

ETHICAL AND REGULATORY SAFEGUARDS

The Guidelines require strict compliance with ICAI’s Code of Ethics, the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949, and all applicable Indian laws. Key restrictions include prohibition on performing services barred under Section 144 of the Companies Act, 2013 for audit clients, and prohibition on fee/profit sharing with non-ICAI registered entities. Any violation constitutes professional misconduct.

POST-REGISTRATION CHANGES AND DE-REGISTRATION

Prescribed forms have been notified for reporting changes in the constitution of a Global Network (Form CGN), de-registration (Form EGN), and withdrawal of name approval (Form FGN). ICAI retains full jurisdiction over acts and omissions during the registration period even after de-registration.

PERMITTED FRAMEWORK OF ARRANGEMENTS

Permissible networking arrangements include:

  • Access to global tools and digital platforms.
  • Technology and process sharing.
  • Quality control alignment.
  • Access to international assignments.
  • Participation in M&A, due diligence, cross-border engagements.
  • Payment/receipt of network fees (one-time or recurring), subject to compliance.

However, mere referral arrangements may not constitute a network unless broader structural integration exists.

PROHIBITED SERVICES

The following are expressly restricted:

  1. Prohibited services under Section 144 of Companies Act, 2013 to audit clients.
  2. Fee sharing with non-members unless permitted under ICAI Code of Ethics.
  3. Any activity violating ICAI Code, CA Act or Regulations.
  4. Activities not conducted at arm’s length.

The Nodal Officer must ensure maintenance of documentation supporting arm’s length nature of transactions.

CONSEQUENCES OF NON-COMPLIANCE

ICAI retains regulatory oversight powers to:

  • Seek additional documentation at any time.
  • Withdraw name approval.
  • Cancel registration.
  • Initiate disciplinary proceedings.
  • Require exit from non-compliant network within 30 days.

Non-compliance constitutes professional misconduct under the CA Act, 1949. Disciplinary action may arise in cases such as:

  • Claiming to be part of unregistered global network.
  • Failure to furnish information.
  • Non-filing of prescribed forms.
  • Including entities in violation of guidelines.
  • Indirect benefit from non-compliant networking arrangements.

https://egazette.gov.in/WriteReadData/2026/270214.pdf

2. UDIN PORTAL – ICAI

The following important updates implemented at the UDIN Portal:

i. Ceiling on UDIN Generation for Tax Audits under Section 44AB (w.e.f. 1st April 2026)

In accordance with the Council’s decision at its 442nd meeting, a ceiling on the maximum number of UDINs generated will be implemented from 1st April 2026, in line with the prescribed limit of 60 Tax Audits. This ceiling will apply to Form 3CA and Form 3CB sub-categories under Section 44AB. Field-level validation has already been activated at the UDIN Portal across all sub-categories under Section 44AB [Clauses (a) to (e)] under the ‘GST and Tax Audit’ category.

https://udin.icai.org/ICAI/announcement/6/148/UDIN_11-02-2026

ii. UDIN Validation Now Based on Five Parameters

The PAN of the assessee has been added as a mandatory field for UDIN generation under the ‘GST & Tax Audit’ category. Accordingly, UDINs will now be validated at the CBDT e-Filing Portal based on five parameters: MRN, UDIN, AY/FY, Form No., and PAN of the assessee. The PAN information will remain confidential and will not be visible to any third-party verifier.

https://udin.icai.org/ICAI/announcement/6/145/UDIN_20-12-2025

iii. Disclosure of Preceding Year’s Audit Details during UDIN Generation

Succeeding auditors will now be required to provide details of the preceding year’s audit while generating UDINs under the ‘GST & Tax Audit’ and ‘Audit & Assurance Functions’ categories. This information will be confidential and not disseminable to any third party.

https://udin.icai.org/ICAI/announcement/6/146/UDIN_20-12-2025

For any clarification, members may write to: udin@icai.in

B. EMPANELMENT

Empanelment of Members to Act as Observers at the Examination Centres for The Chartered Accountants’ Examinations, May 2026.

It is proposed to empanel members to act as Observers for the forthcoming May -2026 Chartered Accountants Examinations scheduled to be held in May 2026. The honorarium of ₹3,750/- per day / per session and ₹500/- as conveyance reimbursement for ‘A’ class cities and ₹400/- for other cities per day (to cover cost of local travel) will be paid. A member who fulfills the above-mentioned eligibility criteria, and is desirous of empaneling himself / herself for the assignment, may do so, online at http://observers.icaiexam.icai.org

Timelines:

  • Opening of the window for empanelment – 20th February 2026 (Friday)
  • Closing of the window for empanelment – 19th March 2026 (Thursday)

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90941exam-aps4120.pdf

C. INVITATION TO COMMENT | EXPOSURE DRAFT

Standard on Auditing for Less Complex Entities (SA for LCE)

The ICAI has proposed to introduce a dedicated Standard on Auditing for Less Complex Entities (SA for LCE) — a tailored auditing standard designed to reflect the specific nature and circumstances of audits of LCEs in both the private and public sectors.

The standard aims to achieve reasonable assurance that financial statements of LCEs are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, while ensuring consistent performance of quality audit engagements. Key highlights include:

Specifically designed for audits of complete sets of general purpose financial statements of LCEs, with provisions for adaptation to special purpose financial statements or specific elements/accounts, where applicable

  • Premised on the firm being subject to SQM 1, with quality audit engagements achieved through proper planning, performance and reporting in accordance with professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements
  • Requires the exercise of professional judgment and maintenance of professional skepticism throughout the engagement
  • Use is optional — even where an entity qualifies as an LCE, the auditor may, at their professional discretion, choose to conduct the audit under the full set of Standards on Auditing instead. But when an audit engagement is conducted using this standard, the Standards on Auditing (SAs) do not apply to that engagement. This standard serves as a standalone framework for eligible LCE audits. If used beyond the scope contemplated in Part A, the auditor is not permitted to represent compliance with the SA for LCE in the auditor’s report.
  • Where the auditor opts for the full SAs, the audit must be planned, performed and reported accordingly, and compliance with the SA for LCE cannot be represented in the auditor’s report
  • The standard does not override applicable local laws or regulations, and auditors remain responsible for ensuring compliance with all relevant legal, regulatory and professional obligations

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90639aasb-aps4044.pdf

Members are invited to share their comments on the above Exposure Draft by March 20, 2026.

Comments may be submitted to:

Secretary, Auditing and Assurance Standards Board The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India ICAI Bhawan, A-29, Sector – 62, Noida – 201 309

Email: aasb@icai.in

D. ICAI PUBLICATION

1. Practitioner’s Guide on Drafting of Modified Opinions in Independent Auditor’s Reports

The AASB of ICAI has released the “Practitioner’s Guide on Drafting of Modified Opinions in Independent Auditor’s Reports” — a practical resource to help auditors draft clear and appropriate modified opinions in compliance with the Standards on Auditing.

The Guide covers:

  • Overview of modified opinion concepts and types
  • Guidance on presentation and headings in auditor’s reports
  • Illustrative formats for Qualified, Adverse, and Disclaimer of Opinion
  • Examples across commonly encountered audit areas and circumstances

Building on earlier publications — the Implementation Guide on Reporting Standards (2018) and Analysis of Modified Opinions (2023) — this Guide serves as an additional layer of practical support for auditors.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90889aasb110225.pdf

2. Guidance on New Labour Codes

The AASB of ICAI has release the “Guidance on New Labour Codes” — a comprehensive resource designed to assist auditors in navigating the audit implications arising from the implementation of the new Labour Codes.

The implementation of the Labour Codes introduces significant auditing considerations, including assessment of risks of material misstatement, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, appropriate accounting treatment for employee-related costs and liabilities, and adequacy of financial statement disclosures.

The Guidance addresses key areas commonly encountered in audit engagements, including:

  • Payroll-related expenses, employee benefit provisions, and statutory dues
  • Understanding the entity’s workforce structure and management’s response to the Labour Codes
  • Designing audit strategies and conducting engagement team discussions on risk assessment
  • Performing appropriate control and substantive procedures
  • Management representations and communication with those charged with governance
  • Audit documentation and reporting considerations, including modifications to the auditor’s opinion, Emphasis of Matter paragraphs, and reporting under CARO and internal financial controls, where applicable

This Guidance, developed with reference to the applicable Standards on Auditing, seeks to equip members with practical direction in effectively discharging their audit responsibilities in the evolving regulatory landscape of labour law reforms.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90779aasb-aps4103-guidance.pdf

3. Technical Guide on Revised Directions issued by CAG under Section 143(5) of the Companies Act, 2013

The AASB of ICAI has released the “Technical Guide on Revised Directions issued by CAG under Section 143(5) of the Companies Act, 2013” — a focused resource to assist auditors of Government companies and Government-owned/controlled companies in effectively responding to the revised directions issued by the Comptroller and Auditor General of India (CAG).

Government company audits are governed by the specific framework under Section 143(5) of the Companies Act, 2013, which empowers the CAG to issue directions to auditors on the manner of audit. In exercise of these powers, the CAG issued revised directions vide letters dated 23rd May 2025 and 17th October 2025, requiring auditors to focus on the following high-impact thematic areas:

  •  Fair valuation of investments made for post-retirement employee benefits
  • IT-based processing of accounting transactions, with emphasis on IT controls and cybersecurity-related controls
  • Accounting and utilisation of Government grants/subsidies
  • Risk management policy for key risk areas, and identification & valuation of data assets
  • Compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements

Recognising the practical challenges auditors may face in interpreting these directions and aligning their audit procedures and reporting responses, the AASB has developed this Technical Guide to provide direction-wise guidance on audit approach and reporting considerations, along with illustrative reporting formats to promote clarity, consistency and quality in auditors’ responses.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90773aasb-aps4101-announcement.pdf

4. FAQs on Unique Document Identification Number (UDIN)

The Sixth Edition of the FAQ on UDIN incorporates the latest developments, member feedback, statutory updates, evolving use cases, and technological enhancements. This edition aims to serve as a comprehensive guide for practicing members and an authoritative reference for stakeholders who rely on CA-certified documents.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90857faqudin2026.pdf

5. Meetings of Committee of Creditors – A Handbook for the Guidance of Insolvency Professionals (Revised February 2026 Edition)

The Insolvency & Valuation Standards Board of ICAI has released the second and updated edition of reference publication for Insolvency Professionals titled “Meetings of Committee of Creditors – A Handbook for the Guidance of Insolvency Professionals (Revised February 2026 Edition)”.

The Committee of Creditors (CoC) plays a central role in the corporate insolvency resolution process, and the effectiveness of the resolution process depends significantly on their informed, transparent and timely decision-making. This revised handbook has been updated to incorporate recent regulatory developments, circulars and judicial pronouncements that directly impact the functioning of the CoC.

The handbook provides comprehensive guidance on:

  • The legal framework governing CoC meetings, including convening, conduct, quorum, voting mechanisms, and documentation of decisions
  • Best practices and procedural discipline to ensure meetings are conducted fairly, transparently and efficiently, consistent with the principles of natural justice
  • Timely issuance of notices and agendas, and adequate dissemination of information to enable informed decision-making
  • Maintenance of neutrality and independence by the Resolution Professional, and proper recording of deliberations and voting outcomes
  • Fiduciary responsibilities of CoC members, the exercise of collective and commercial wisdom in good faith, and balancing stakeholder interests while maximising the value of the corporate debtor

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90897ivsb120226.pdf

6. Issues and Recommendations emerging from the deliberations at International Convention on Insolvency Resolution and Valuation: RESOLVE-2025 by I&VSB ICAI

The Insolvency & Valuation Standards Board, in association with the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India (IBBI), Indian Institute of Corporate Affairs (IICA), Indian Institute of Insolvency Professionals of ICAI (IIIPI), and ICAI Registered Valuers Organisation (ICAI RVO), hosted the 3rd International Convention on Insolvency Resolution and Valuation – RESOLVE 2025.

Based on deliberations held at RESOLVE-2025, the Board has prepared a consolidated publication capturing key issues and recommendations emerging from the discussions at the Convention.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90890ivsb-yash-11.pdf

E. RESEARCH REPORTS

1. Reprioritising Environmental Claims under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code

The research report ‘Reprioritising Environmental claims under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code’ delves into the “Polluter Pays Principle” and examines the intricate interface between the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (IBC) and environmental liabilities, while identifying legislative pathways to effectively integrate environmental claims within the resolution framework.

2. Mahua Flowers: Regulatory, Economic and Social Opportunities

The research report on “Mahua Flowers: Regulatory, Economic and Social Opportunities” analyses the current harvest and utilization scenario of Mahua flowers and provides targeted suggestions for policy initiatives and scalable use cases. Its core objective is to offer pathways to sustainably unlock value from both a social upliftment and an economic growth perspective.

3. REITs and Their Emerging Significance in India: A Regulatory, Market and Professional Perspective

The report offers a comprehensive overview of the REIT ecosystem, covering global benchmarks, India’s regulatory and taxation framework, governance practices, market developments, and the emerging SM REIT structure. It identifies key challenges to wider adoption — including tax clarity, transaction costs, investor awareness and institutional participation — and provides practical recommendations at the policy, market and operational levels.

The report also highlights the growing role of Chartered Accountants in this space, with expanding opportunities in financial reporting, assurance, valuation, taxation, regulatory compliance and ESG reporting, as REITs continue to bridge the real estate and capital markets in India.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90859reit-ya-11.pdf

4. Revitalizing India’s Legal Landscape: Addressing Obsolete Economic and Commercial Laws for A Viksit Bharat @ 2047

The report examines the reliability and relevance of India’s current statutory frameworks through doctrinal analysis and empirical feedback from professional stakeholders. It identifies economic and commercial laws that need strengthening in line with the objectives of Viksit Bharat @ 2047, and aims to support the creation of a contemporary legal system that fosters entrepreneurship, fair competition and robust institutional governance — positioning India as a leading global economy by 2047.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90860rilld-ya-11.pdf

F. OPINION

Accounting for commission paid for performance bank guarantees, under Ind AS framework

a. Facts of the Case

  • The company, a JV of two PSUs, obtained PNGRB authorisation to develop CGD networks and was required to furnish a Performance Bank Guarantee (PBG) of ₹1,948 crore as a precondition.
  • The promoters provided the PBG and recovered the bank guarantee (BG) commission from the company through debit notes with GST.
  • The company capitalised the BG commission as part of CWIP under AS 16 and depreciated it after commissioning.
  • During supplementary audit for FY 2023-24, C&AG objected, stating that capitalisation overstated profit and assets and that the commission should be expensed.
  • The company defended its treatment on the basis that furnishing the PBG was mandatory for project execution and relied on Ind AS 16 and earlier EAC opinions.

B. QUERY

The querist sought EAC opinion on:

  1. Whether capitalisation of BG commission of ₹13.44 crore relating to the PBG is correct under AS 16.
  2. If not, what should be the appropriate accounting treatment.
  3. If a change is required, whether it should be treated as change in estimate, accounting policy, or prior-period error.

C. POINTS CONSIDERED BY THE COMMITTEE

  • The Committee confined itself to accounting for BG commission paid to promoters and did not examine other project accounting matters.
  •  It noted that no borrowing was taken by the company and the BG commission did not relate to borrowings; therefore AS 23 was not applicable.
  • Under AS 16, only costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for intended use can be capitalised.
  • “Directly attributable” costs are those necessary for construction activity and without which the asset cannot be made ready for use.
  • The Committee observed that BG commission is incurred to obtain authorisation (PBG) and not for construction of the asset.
  • Although furnishing PBG is essential for obtaining the project, the commission does not add value to construction nor bring the asset to operating condition.
  • Further, the BG commission does not create a resource controlled by the company, and hence cannot be recognised as a separate asset.

D. OPINION

The Expert Advisory Committee opined that:

  1. Capitalisation of BG commission is not appropriate.
  2. The BG commission should be recognised as an expense in the Statement of Profit and Loss as and when incurred.
  3. Since the existing treatment is not in accordance with Ind AS, it should be rectified in the current reporting period as an accounting error in accordance with Ind AS 8, with retrospective correction as required.

https://resource.cdn.icai.org/.pdf

Financial Reporting Dossier

A. KEY GLOBAL UPDATES

1. IASB: ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES ON REPORTING UNCERTAINTIES IN FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On November 28, 2025, the International Accounting Standards Board, in response to stakeholders’ concerns about the equity of information in financial statements relating to climate-specific and other uncertainties, issued illustrative examples on reporting such uncertainties in the financial statements.

Reporting uncertainties in the financial statements involves the exercise of judgement in determining what needs to be disclosed. This highlights the need for guidance to ensure consistency and sufficiency of disclosures relating to such uncertainties.

The examples highlight the following:

  •  Application of materiality for specific disclosures required by IFRS (Para 31 – IAS 1)
  • Estimates used to measure recoverable amounts of cash-generating units containing goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite useful lives (Para 134 – IAS 36)
  • Sources of estimation uncertainty (Para 125 – IAS 1)
  • Credit Risk (Para 35A – IFRS 7)
  • Indication of the uncertainties about the amount or timing of those outflows among other disclosures (Para 85 – IAS 37)
  • Aggregation and disaggregation (Para 41 – IFRS 18)

The above examples reiterate the disclosure requirements prescribed in the above-mentioned standards and do not discuss any new matters.

2. FASB: NEW STANDARD TO IMPROVE INTERIM REPORTING

On December 08, 2025, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, to improve the guidance on interim reporting by improving the navigability of the required interim disclosures and clarifying when the guidance is applicable, issued a Narrow-Scope Improvements through Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Interim Reporting (Topic 270).

The improvements are issued following feedback from the stakeholders about the challenges and complexity of Topic 270. As per the Financial Accounting Standards Board these challenges is a result of development of the source literature, the initial codification of the historical content, and subsequent amendments to the Topic as new accounting guidance was issued over time necessitating the improvements in Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Interim Reporting (Topic 270).

The objective of the amendments is to provide clarity about the current requirements, rather than evaluate whether to expand or reduce interim disclosure requirements. These include:

  •  Applicability of Topic 270
  • Types of interim reporting
  • Form and content of interim financial statements
  • Disclosure principle that requires entities to disclose events since the end of the last annual reporting period that have a material impact on the entity

These amendments in the Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Interim Reporting (Topic 270) are effective for interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, for public business entities and for interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2028, for entities other than
public business entities. Early adoption is permitted for all entities.

3. FASB: NEW STANDARD TO IMPROVE HEDGE ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE

On November 25, 2025, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, to clarify certain aspects of the guidance on hedge accounting and to address several incremental hedge accounting issues arising from the global reference rate reform initiative, issued a Hedge Accounting Improvements through the Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815).

The improvements are a follow up to the amendments in the 2019 proposed update, which as per the stakeholders was inadequate in resolving the issues encountered by the stakeholders. Further, a need for update in several areas of the hedge accounting guidance to address the effects of reference rate reform on hedge accounting were identified in 2021 by the stakeholders.

The objective of the updates is to more closely align hedge accounting with the economics of an entity’s risk management activities. The following issues are discussed in the updates

  • Similar Risk Assessment for Cash Flow Hedges: A group of individual forecasted transactions to have similar risk exposure rather than a shared risk exposure
  • Hedging Forecasted Interest Payments on Choose-Your-Rate Debt Instruments: A module with simplified assumptions to assess the probability of occurrence of forecasted transactions and hedge effectiveness.
  • Cash Flow Hedges of Nonfinancial Forecasted Transactions: Allows hedge accounting for eligible components of forecasted spot-market transactions, forward-market transactions, and subcomponents of explicitly referenced components in an agreement’s pricing formula.
  • Net Written Options as Hedging Instruments: Accommodates differences in the loan and swap markets that resulted from the cessation of the LIBOR reference rate and eliminates the requirement for the net written option test in certain instances.
  • Foreign-Currency-Denominated Debt Instrument as Hedging Instrument and Hedged Item (Dual Hedge): Eliminate the recognition and presentation mismatch related to a dual hedge strategy (that is, a hedge for which a foreign currency-denominated debt instrument is both designated as the hedging instrument in a net investment hedge and designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge of interest rate risk).

These amendments in the Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) are effective from annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within those annual reporting periods. For entities other than public business entities, the amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, and interim periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted for all entities.

4. FASB: NEW STANDARD TO ADD GUIDANCE ON ACCOUNTING FOR GOVERNMENT GRANTS BY BUSINESSES

On December 04, 2025, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, to improve generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) by establishing authoritative guidance on the accounting for government grants received by business entities, issued updates relating to accounting for Government Grants received by Business Entities through the Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Government Grants (Topic 832).

These updates bring in specific authoritative guidance about the recognition, measurement, and presentation of a grant received by a business entity from a government which the GAAP did not provide. The absence of this guidance in the GAAP led the business entities to refer similar but not specific guidance on IAS 20 – Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance, Topic 450 – Contingencies (US GAAP) and Subtopic 958-605 – Not-for-Profit Entities—Revenue Recognition. Hence, to reduce diversity in practice and increase consistency among business entities these updates have been issued.

The following amendments are affected to the updates:

  • Recognition criteria of a government grant received by a business entity if it meets the recognition guidance for a grant related to an asset or a grant related to income and depending upon probability of compliance with the conditions attached to the grant and the receivability of the grant.
  • A grant related to an asset to be recognized on the balance sheet as a business entity incurs the related costs for which the grant is intended to compensate, either as a Deferred income (the deferred income approach) or as an adjustment to the cost basis in determining the carrying amount of the asset (the cost accumulation approach).
  • In case of deferred income approach:
    Measurement: a systematic and rational basis for income recognition over the periods in which a business entity recognizes as expenses the costs for which the grant is intended to compensate.
    Presentation: a general heading such as other income or deducted from the related expense.
  • In case of cost accumulation approach:
    Measurement: no separate subsequent recognition of the government grant proceeds in earnings. Depreciation or subsequent accounting depending upon the carrying amount of the asset.

These amendments in the Accounting Standards Update (ASU) – Government Grants (Topic 832) are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2028, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. For entities other than public business entities, the amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2029, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods Early adoption is permitted for all entities.

5. IAASB: NARROW-SCOPE AMENDMENTS RELATED TO IESBA’S USING THE WORK OF EXPERTS

On January 05, 2026, the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board issued a narrow-scope amendments to its standards arising from the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ (IESBA) Using the Work of an External Expert project.

The following standards stands amended:

  1. ISA 620 – Using the work of an auditor’s expert
  2. ISRE 2400 (Revised) – Engagements to Review Historical Financial Statements
  3. ISAE 3000 (Revised) – Assurance Engagements Other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information
  4. ISRS 4400 (Revised) – Agreed-upon procedures engagements

The amends relates to ethical requirements include provisions related to using the work of an expert, evaluation of competence, capabilities and objectivity of the expert, Prohibition on using the work of an expert if necessary competence or capabilities is not possessed or if no such evaluation is possible.

6. FRC: THEMATIC REVIEW: REPORTING BY THE UK’S SMALLER LISTED COMPANIES

The Financial Reporting Council, to support a high quality of reporting by the UK’s smaller listed companies and by doing so enhance investor confidence in the said companies, issued operational insights in its “Thematic Review: Reporting by the UK’s smaller listed companies”. The review is based on 20 companies with year-ends between September 2024 and April 2025 operating in a range of market sectors listed outside of the FTSE 350.

The publication highlight improvement in the following areas:

  1.  Revenue: An accounting policy on revenue recognition for all material revenue streams should be aptly disclosed and should be consistent with the company’s business model. Explanations relating to the timing of satisfaction of performance obligations, determination of the transaction price, agent versus principal considerations, and the associated judgements should also be aptly disclosed as a part of the accounting policy.
  2. Cash flow statements: A clear explanation of specific transactions and the rationale for the classification of such items as operating, investing and financing activities should be provided. Consistency between the amount in the cashflow and other information must be ensured.
  3. Impairment of non-financial assets: Disclosure relating to the impairment reviews of non-financial assets, significant judgements and estimates, key assumptions and sensitivity analysis.
  4. Financial instruments: Company specific accounting policies for more complex financial instruments including initial classification and subsequent measurement should be disclosed.

B. GLOBAL REGULATORS – ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS AND INSPECTION REPORTS

1. THE FINANCIAL REPORTING COUNCIL, UK

a) Sanctions against KPMG LLP and Anthony Sykes

The Financial Reporting Council (FRC) in relation to serious breaches of the International Standards on Auditing (ISAs) in the statutory audit of the financial statements of N Brown Group plc (N Brown) for the financial year ended 26 February 2022 (FY22) by KPMG LLP (KPMG), imposed sanctions against KPMG and the concern Audit Engagement Partner in the Final Settlement Decision Notice (FSDN) under the Audit Enforcement Procedure.

KPMG and the concern Audit Engagement Partner have admitted to these breaches of the International Standards on Auditing (ISAs) in the audit work performed on impairment of non-current assets.

As per the International Accounting Standard 36 (IAS 36) a non-current asset should be tested for impairment if there are indications that the carrying value is more than the highest amount to be recovered through its use or sale by the company. The Auditors are required to determine if these impairment testing are performed in accordance with the standards. Impairment testing helps reflect accurate picture of the company’s financial position, ensuring that the company’s assets are not overstated.

N Brown is one of the UK’s largest online clothing and footwear retailers and at the relevant time was listed on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange. In FY 2022, there was indication of impairment, as the group’s market capitalisation was substantially lower than its net assets. The audit team identified impairment of non-current assets as a significant risk and key audit area for the audit.

The breaches in the audit performed with respect to IAS 36 is as under:

  • Carrying value of the cash generating unit (CGU).
  • Impairment model methodology.
  • Cash flow forecasts.
  • Discount rate.
  • Sensitivity analysis.
  • Reconciliation to market capitalisation
  • The audit’s team’s overall conclusions.

Even after the breaches mentioned above, the FSDN has not questioned the truth or fairness of the FY 2022 financial statements. Although the inadequate audit work on impairment led to an overstatement of headroom (being the difference between the recoverable amount and carrying value), it has not been alleged that N Brown should have recognised an impairment in FY 2022.

B) FRC IMPOSES SANCTIONS AGAINST BDO LLP AND TWO AUDIT ENGAGEMENT PARTNERS

The FRC, in relation to misconduct by BDO LLP (BDO) and two former audit engagement partners, has imposed sanctions under the Accountancy Scheme against the BDO and its former partners.

The sanctions were imposed following a formal complaint against the respondents in April 2025, which led to an investigation into their conduct under the given circumstances.

In the investigation it was found that a Senior Manager was able to pursue, undetected, a dishonest course of conduct on numerous audits between 2015 and 2019, which included: creating false audit evidence, causing auditor’s reports to be issued without approval from the relevant audit engagement partner, and inserting electronic copies of the audit engagement partners’ signatures in auditor’s reports without their approval.

The outcome of the investigation into the Senior Manager, which provides further details of their Misconduct and the sanctions imposed, was published in November 2024.

The misconduct found in the investigation in the present case is as under:

  • BDO’s inadequate response to internal reports which raised or should have raised concerns as to the Senior Manager’s honesty and integrity.
  • Deficiencies in BDO’s systems and controls for ensuring adequate audit supervision by engagement partners, and audit quality in the period 2012-2019.
  • The failure of the one of the former partners (in the period 2014 – 2019) and the other former partners (in the period 2015 – 2019) to adequately supervise, monitor and oversee 21 and 13 audits respectively, on which the Senior Manager worked, which resulted in each case in an Auditor’s Report being issued without their authority and, in some cases, where inadequate, or no, audit evidence had been obtained.
  • One of the partner’s issuance of 10 Auditor’s Reports (for financial years ending between 2015-2018) in relation to audits on which the Senior Manager worked, when insufficient audit evidence had been obtained and where it is inferred that he had carried out no, or very limited, review of such evidence (if any) as had been obtained.
  • BDO’s liability for the Misconduct of the Senior Manager and the former partners.

2. THE PUBLIC COMPANY ACCOUNTING OVERSIGHT BOARD (PCAOB)

a) PCAOB Sanctions Audit Firm, an Owner of That Firm, and a Former Audit Manager for Multiple Violations of PCAOB Rules and Standards

On January 13, 2026, The PCAOB, in the case involving violations of PCAOB rules and auditing standards in connection with the integrated audit of a public company – Genie Energy Ltd. (“Genie”) – for the year ended December 31, 2022, announced an order sanctioning to Zwick CPA, PLLC(“Firm”), Jack Zwick (“Zwick”) and (2) Jeffrey Hoskow (“Hoskow”).

Violations Found By the PCAOB

  • Failure to properly plan, identify, and assess the risks of material misstatement.
  • Failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to support the Firm’s opinion on internal control over financial reporting.
  • Failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence as to Genie’s reported revenue and unbilled revenue.
  • Failure to properly supervise the work of the Firm’s engagement team members.
  • Failure to prepare audit documentation pursuant to PCAOB standards.

b) PCAOB Sanctions U.S. Audit Firm for Violations Related to Communications Between Predecessor and Successor Auditors

On September 23, 2025, The PCAOB, in the case involving violations of PCAOB rules and auditing standards in connection with its transfer of draft workpapers to the Successor Auditors, announced an order sanctioning to Marcum Asia CPAs, LLP, a New York-headquartered firm formerly known as Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP (“Marcum BP”).

Violations Found By the PCAOB

  • Failure to adhere to the PCAOB rules and auditing standards relating to transfer of draft workpapers to the Successor Auditor.
  • Failure to reach an understanding with the successor auditor as to the use of the draft workpapers, in violation of under AS 2610, “Initial Audits -Communications Between Predecessor and Successor Auditors.”

Due to above violations, the successor auditor improperly used the draft workpapers in its audits and issued an unqualified audit report on the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal year 2015 till 2017. This conduct was the subject of a November 2023 PCAOB enforcement settlement.

c) PCAOB Sanctions Former Audit Partner for Multiple Violations of PCAOB Rules and Standards

On October 25, 2025, The PCAOB, in case of multiple violations of its rules and standards, announced an order imposing sanctions on a former partner in the Lima, Peru, office of Tanaka, Valdivia, Arribas & Asociados Sociedad Civil de Responsabilidad Limitada (“EY Peru”).

The former partner was the partner responsible for EY Peru’s full scope component audit (for the year ended December 31, 2020) of Gilat Networks Peru S.A. (“GNP”), a Latin American subsidiary of an Israel-based provider of satellite-based broadband communications.

Violations Found By the PCAOB

The PCAOB found that during the GNP audit work, the former partner:

  • Violated its rules and standards in evaluating GNP’s revenue recognition, an identified fraud risk;
  • Failure to appropriately supervise the GNP engagement team; and
  • Failure to prepare audit documentation pursuant to PCAOB standards.

d) Deficiencies in Firm Inspection Reports:

K G Somani & Co. LLP

The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) has issued a report detailing significant deficiencies in the audits conducted by K G Somani & Co. LLP. These deficiencies, which span various aspects of the firm’s audit practices, have raised serious concerns regarding the quality of their audits, compliance with PCAOB rules, and audit independence. Below is an overview of the key findings from the PCAOB inspection report, categorized into several critical areas:

1) Audits with Unsupported Opinions

One of the most concerning findings in the PCAOB inspection report is the firm’s failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to support its audit opinions, particularly regarding the financial statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (ICFR). Specific deficiencies identified in this area include:

Issuer A (Information Technology):

  • Revenue, Accounts Receivable, Cash, Goodwill, and Intangible Assets: The firm did not perform adequate testing of these key areas, including revenue recognition and the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets.
  • Inadequate Testing of Revenue Transactions: The firm failed to adequately test revenue transactions to ensure they were correctly recorded in accordance with accounting standards.
  • Failure to Evaluate Key Controls: The audit did not adequately assess controls over critical areas such as journal entries or accounts receivable, which could have flagged material misstatements.
  • Insufficient Fraud Risk Assessment: The firm did not perform sufficient procedures related to journal entries, which could indicate potential fraud. This failure led to an incomplete evaluation of the fraud risks inherent in the audit.

The deficiencies in obtaining sufficient evidence for these areas have resulted in unsupported audit opinions on the financial statements and ICFR of Issuer A. This raises concerns about the accuracy of the firm’s audit conclusions and whether the financial statements provided to stakeholders were truly reliable.

2) Other Instances of Non-Compliance

The inspection also identified several other areas where the firm did not comply with PCAOB standards, further compromising the reliability of their audits. These non-compliance issues include:

  • Journal Entries: The firm did not perform sufficient procedures to ensure that the population of journal entries was complete when testing for possible material misstatements due to fraud, as outlined in AS 1105. This lack of thorough testing increases the risk of overlooking fraudulent activity in the audit.
  • Audit Independence: The firm failed to properly assess the compliance of audit participants with independence requirements, as mandated by AS 2101. This represents a violation of critical PCAOB standards and raises concerns about the objectivity and integrity of the audit process.
  • Risk Identification: The firm did not adequately inquire with the audit committee and the internal audit function about material misstatement risks, including fraud risks, as required under AS 2110. This failure in communication could have led to an incomplete or inaccurate risk assessment for the audit.
  • Internal Control Reports: The firm’s internal control report was deficient, as it failed to reference the financial statements for all years included in the Form 10-K, violating AS 2201. This omission raises concerns about the completeness and accuracy of the firm’s reporting on the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting.

3) Independence Issues

The inspection report also identified concerns regarding the firm’s audit independence, an area of particular importance for maintaining the integrity of the audit process. Specifically, the firm may have violated SEC and PCAOB rules regarding audit independence. An indemnification agreement between the audit client and the firm impaired the auditor’s independence, violating Rule 2-01(b) of Regulation S-X.

4) Quality Control

While no major criticisms were found regarding the firm’s quality control system, the PCAOB inspection raised concerns about the effectiveness of monitoring activities within the firm. These concerns suggest that there may be gaps in ensuring that audit procedures consistently align with PCAOB standards across all audits, which could increase the risk of non-compliance in future audits.

The deficiencies identified in the PCAOB inspection report reflect significant gaps in K G Somani & Co. LLP’s audit processes, especially in their testing procedures, risk assessments, and compliance with independence rules. The firm’s inability to test key areas adequately, such as revenue recognition, journal entries, and internal controls, may have led to inaccurate or unsupported opinions on the financial statements and ICFR of its clients. These findings underscore the critical need for corrective action to bring the firm’s audit practices into compliance with PCAOB standards.

Additionally, the potential breach of independence requirements due to the indemnification agreement with the audit client needs to be urgently addressed. The firm must also take steps to improve its internal quality control processes to prevent future instances of non-compliance.

The PCAOB has set a 12-month period for the firm to address these deficiencies. Failure to do so will result in public disclosure of any unresolved issues. The firm’s response to the PCAOB draft inspection report will be evaluated to ensure that the necessary corrective actions are taken to comply with PCAOB standards and maintain the integrity of its audits.

3. THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE COMMISSION (SEC)

a) SEC Charges ADM and Three Former Executives with Accounting and Disclosure Fraud

On January 27, 2026, The SEC in the matter of materially inflating the performance of one of the key segments i.e. Nutrition segment of Archer-Daniels-Midland Company (ADM) filed the following:

  •  Charges against ADM and two former executives.
  • Litigated action against one of its former executives.

As per SEC, the said segment was one that ADM highlighted to its investors as an important driver of the company’s overall growth.

The SEC further highlighted the role of the former executives in directing the ‘adjustments’ to Nutrition segment with other segments of ADM to offset the falling targets in the Nutrition segment in fiscal year 2021 and 2022. These adjustments included retrospective rebates and price change between the Nutrition and Other segment which were not available to other customers thereby passing on the operating profit to Nutrition segment. These transactions thus helped ADM and the executives to show that the Nutrition segment has achieved the desired operating profit of 15% to 20% as promised by the executives to the investors.

The order finds that the above adjustments in annual and quarterly reports of ADM led to false and were misleading as these transactions were inconsistent with the representations by the ADM that intersegment transactions were recorded at amounts “approximating market”.

The former executives of ADM were charged with violating the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws, reporting, books and records, and internal accounting control provisions of the federal securities laws in case of all the concern executives and aiding and abetting ADM’s violations of the antifraud and failing to reimburse ADM for certain executive compensation as required in case of one of the executive.

The following penal charges are levied:

  • ADM – civil penalty of $40,000,000
  • Executive 1 – Disgorgement and prejudgment interest – $404,343, Civil penalty of $125,000, three-year officer and director bar.
  • Executive 2 – Disgorgement and prejudgment interest – $575,610 and Civil penalty of $75,000
  • Executive 3 – Permanent injunctions, an officer and director bar, disgorgement of ill-gotten gains with prejudgment interest, civil penalties, and reimbursement of certain executive compensation to ADM pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

From Published Accounts

COMPILER’S NOTE

As part of the reform process being undertaken by the Government of India, 29 existing labour legislations were consolidated into a unified framework comprising four labour codes, viz., the Code on Wages, 2019, the Code on Social Security, 2020, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020, which were made effective from November 21, 2025. The Ministry of Labour & Employment published draft Central Rules and FAQs to enable assessment of the financial impact due to changes in regulations. The ASB of ICAI has also issued FAQs on key accounting implications arising from the New Labour Codes.

Given below are disclosures by a few select companies on the impact of the above Codes in their results for the quarter and 9 months ended 31st December 2025.

Extracts from the Standalone Financial Results for the quarter and nine months ended December 31, 2025

Reliance Industries Limited   (₹ in crores)

Particulars

 

 

Employee Benefits Expense

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Unaudited Unaudited Unaudited
2,759 2,321 2,181

The Government of India has consolidated 29 existing labour legislations into a unified framework comprising four labour codes, viz., the Code on Wages, 2019, the Code on Social Security, 2020, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020 (collectively referred to as the “Codes”). The Codes have been made effective from November 21, 2025. The Ministry of Labour & Employment published draft Central Rules and FAQs to enable assessment of the financial impact due to changes in regulations.

The incremental impact of these changes, assessed by the Company, on the basis of the information available, consistent with the guidance provided by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, is not material and has been recognised in the standalone financial results, of the Company for the quarter and nine months ended December 31, 2025. Once Central / State Rules are notified by the Government on all aspects of the Codes, the Company will evaluate impact, if any, on the measurement of employee benefits and would provide appropriate accounting treatment.

Tata Consultancy Services Limited  (₹ in crores)

Particulars

 

Profit before exceptional items and Tax

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Audited Audited Audited
16,129 16,094 15,509
Exceptional Items
Re-structuring expenses (79) (850)
Statutory impact of new Labour Codes (Refer Note 3) (2,128)
Provision towards legal claim (1,010)
Profit before Tax 12,912 15,244 15,509

Note 3:

On November 21, 2025, the Government of India notified the four Labour Codes – the Code on Wages, 2019, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, the Code on Social Security, 2020, and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020 – consolidating 29 existing labour laws. The Ministry of Labour & Employment published draft Central Rules and FAQs to enable assessment of the financial impact due to changes in regulations. The Company has assessed and disclosed the incremental impact of these changes on the basis of legal opinion obtained and the best information available, consistent with the guidance provided by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Considering the materiality and regulatory-driven, non-recurring nature of this impact, the Company has presented such incremental impact as “Statutory impact of new Labour Codes” under “Exceptional items” in the standalone interim statement of profit and loss for the period ended December 31, 2025. The incremental impact consisting of gratuity of ₹1,816 crore and long-term compensated absences of ₹312 crore primarily arises due to change in wage definition. The Company continues to monitor the finalisation of Central / State Rules and clarifications from the Government on other aspects of the Labour Code and would provide appropriate accounting effect on the basis of such developments, as needed.

Infosys Limited                  (₹ in crores)

Particulars

 

 

Profit before exceptional item and Tax

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
 Audited Audited Audited
10,817 10,469 8,844
Exceptional Item
Impact of Labour Codes (Refer to Note c) (1,146)
Profit before tax 9,671 10,469 8,844

Note c) Impact of Labour Codes:

On November 21, 2025, the Government of India notified provisions of the Code on Wages, 2019, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, the Code on Social Security, 2020 and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020 (‘Labour Codes’), which consolidate twenty-nine existing labour laws into a unified framework governing employee benefits during employment and post-employment. The Labour Codes, amongst other things, introduces changes, including a uniform definition of wages and enhanced benefits relating to leave. The Company has assessed the financial implications of these changes, which has resulted in an increase in gratuity liability arising out of past service cost and an increase in leave liability by ₹1,146 crore. Considering the impact arising out of the enactment of the new legislation is an event of non-recurring nature, the Company has presented this incremental amount as “Impact of Labour Codes” under “Exceptional Item” in the Condensed Standalone Statement of Profit and Loss for the three months and nine months ended December 31, 2025.The Company continues to monitor the developments pertaining to Labour Codes and will evaluate the impact, if any, on the measurement of the employee benefits liability.

Tata Motors Limited (formerly TML Commercial Vehicles Limited) 

                                                                       (₹ in crores)

Particulars

 

Profit before exceptional items and Tax

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
 Audited Audited Audited
2,318 1,757 1,603
Exceptional Items-loss (net) (refer Note 4) 1,545 2,366 24
Profit/(loss) before tax 773 (609) 1,579

Note 4: Exceptional Items- Net losses/ (gains)

                                                                              (₹ in crores)

Particulars Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Audited Audited Unaudited
Provision for/(reversal of) impairment of investment in subsidiary and associate companies 2,355 (1)
Stamp Duty charges 962
Statutory impact of new Labour Codes (refer Note (iii) below) 574
Provision for employee pension scheme 8
Reversal of impairment of property, plant and equipment and provision for Intangible assets under development (net)  – (1)
Employee separation cost 1 1 4
Past Service cost- Post retirement Medicare scheme
Total 1,545 2,366 24

Note (iii):

On November 21, 2025, the Government of India notified the four Labour Codes – the Code on Wages, 2019, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, the Code on Social Security, 2020, and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020 – consolidating 29 existing labour laws. The Ministry of Labour & Employment published draft Central Rules and FAQs to enable assessment of the financial impact due to changes in regulations. The Company has evaluated and disclosed the incremental impact of these changes using the best information currently available, consistent with the guidance provided by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Considering the materiality and regulatory-driven, non-recurring nature of this impact, the Company has presented such incremental impact as “Statutory impact of new Labour Codes” in the financial results for the quarter and nine months ended December 31, 2025. The incremental impact consisting of gratuity of ₹482 crores and long-term compensated absences of ₹92 crores, primarily arises due to change in wage definition. The Company continues to monitor the finalisation of Central / State Rules and clarifications from the Government on other aspects of the Labour Code and would provide appropriate accounting effect on the basis of such developments as needed.

AXIS BANK LTD                          (₹ in crores) 

Particulars

 

 

 

Operating expenses (i)+(ii)

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Unaudited Unaudited Unaudited
9,636.52 9,956.60 9,044.20
(i) Employees cost (Refer Note 7) 2,771.79 3.117.63 2,984.61
(ii) Other operating expenses 6,864.73 6,838.97 6,059.59

 

Note 7: On 21st November 2025, the Government of India consolidated 29 existing labour laws into a unified framework of four Labour Codes (including the Code on Social Security, 2020), collectively referred to as the ‘New Labour Codes’. Since Q3FY21, based on an internal policy, the Bank has been consistently provisioning for gratuity liability, in anticipation of the implementation of the Code on Social Security, 2020. In Q3FY26, the Bank has performed a preliminary assessment of the financial impact of the New Labour Codes based on the draft Central Rules and FAQs published by the Ministry of Labour and Employment, in line with the guidance from the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. The Bank has charged to its Profit and Loss Account for Q3FY26 an amount of ₹25.44 crores towards gratuity, primarily due to changes in the wage definition. As on 31st December 2025, the Bank holds a cumulative provision of ₹434.09 crores towards the New Labour Codes. The Bank will monitor the finalisation of Central and State Rules relating to the New Labour Codes and adjust its estimates and provisions in subsequent reporting periods for gratuity and other aspects of the New Labour Codes, in accordance with applicable accounting standards.

HDFC BANK LIMITED   (₹ in crores)

Particulars

 

 

 

Operating expenses (i)+(ii)

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Unaudited Unaudited Unaudited
18,771.04 17,977.92 17,106.41
(i) Employees cost (Refer Note 12) 7,203.17 6,461.29 5,950.41
(ii) Other operating expenses 11,567.87 11,516.63 11,156.00

 

Note 12: On November 21, 2025, the Government of India notified four Labour Codes – the Code on Wages, 2019, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, the Code on Social Security, 2020, and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020, collectively referred to as the ‘New Labour Codes’, consolidating 29 existing labour laws. The Ministry of Labour & Employment has published draft Central Rules and FAQs on December 30, 2025, to facilitate assessment of the financial impact arising from these regulatory changes. Accordingly, the Bank has recognised an estimated incremental impact of ₹800.00 crore under ‘Employees cost’ in the Profit and Loss Account during the quarter and nine months ended December 31, 2025, considering best information available. The Bank continues to monitor the finalisation of Central and State Rules and clarifications from the Government on the New Labour Codes and would provide appropriate accounting effect on the basis of such developments, as needed.

LARSEN & TOUBRO LIMITED      (₹ in crores) 

Particulars

 

 

 

Exceptional items before tax

Quarter ended
December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024
Reviewed Reviewed Reviewed
(1,108.73) (5,413.00)
Current tax (279.05)
Exceptional Items (net of tax) (Refer Note ii)  (829.68) (5,413.00)

Note (ii): Effective November 21, 2025, the Government of India consolidated 29 existing labour regulations into four Labour codes, namely, The Code on Wages, 2019, The Industrial Relations Code, 2020, The Code on Social Security, 2020 and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020, collectively referred to as the ‘New Labour Codes’. The New Labour Codes have resulted in a one-time material increase in provision for employee benefits on account of recognition of past service costs. Based on the requirements of New Labour Codes and the ICAI clarification, the Company has assessed and accounted the estimated incremental Impact of ₹829.68 crore (net of tax) as Exceptional Items in the financial results for the quarter and nine months ended December 31, 2025.

The Limit of Long – Range Forecasting in Goodwill Impairment Reliability, Avoiding Optimism Bias and the Discipline of IND AS 36

Under Ind AS 36, assessing goodwill impairment via “value in use” restricts cash flow forecasts to a five-year maximum, unless explicitly justified. Companies often improperly extend and perpetually defer these projected inflows to avoid recognizing impairment. However, the Standard dictates that extended forecasts must be strictly reliable and validated by historical performance. Regulators like ESMA and NFRA emphasize that repeatedly missing past projections destroys forecast credibility. Furthermore, speculative future enhancements cannot be included. Ultimately, perpetually deferred cash flows fail the reliability test, rendering goodwill impairment unavoidable and mandatory.

INTRODUCTION

Impairment testing of goodwill under Ind AS 36 Impairment of Assets hinges on the recoverability of future economic benefits. The Standard allows for value in use (ViU) assessments using forecasted cash flows, but imposes strict conditions, particularly when entities seek to justify forecast periods beyond five years. In practice, many companies operating in high-tech or capital-intensive sectors rely on extended projections, sometime perpetually deferring expected cash flows to avoid impairment. This practice has drawn global and domestic regulatory scrutiny. This article examines a specific impairment issue involving extended forecast periods and repeatedly deferred cash flows, analysed through the framework of Ind AS 36.

THE ACCOUNTING ISSUE

Consider an Entity X operating in a technology-intensive industry, which acquired a business engaged in developing specialised hardware and embedded solutions. At the acquisition date, the acquired business is largely in a development phase, with limited commercial revenues. A substantial portion of the purchase consideration was recognised as goodwill, allocated to a single cash-generating unit (CGU).

For the purpose of annual impairment testing, the entity employed a ViU model. Management prepared explicit cash flow projections covering ten years, asserting that meaningful revenues and operating cash inflows are expected only in the later years of the forecast period. The use of a forecast period exceeding five years is justified on the basis that:

  • the industry has long development and customer qualification cycles;
  • commercial success is dependent on future regulatory or legislative changes; and
  • management has historical experience of products that took several years to generate revenue.

In the initial impairment tests following the acquisition, significant cash inflows were projected in years seven to ten. However, as time progressed, those cash inflows failed to materialise. In each subsequent impairment test, the management preserved the forecast profile but simply shifted the projected inflows forward by one year, effectively deferring them further into the future.

During one intermediate year, the entity recognised a partial impairment of goodwill, driven by changes in macroeconomic assumptions and discount rates. Yet in the years that followed, despite continued delays in achieving forecast revenues, management maintained the ten-year forecast horizon and did not recognise any further impairment. It was only when management revised its assumptions specifically around timing of inflows and reliability of long-range projections that a substantial impairment was finally recognised.

ISSUE

This evolving pattern of forecast deferral leads to a key technical question under Ind AS 36:

Can management continue to justify the use of an extended forecast period for goodwill impairment testing when prior long-term projections have repeatedly failed to materialise? Does such deferral comply with the requirements of Ind AS 36 for reliable and supportable assumptions?

ACCOUNTING ANALYSIS UNDER IND AS 36

Extended Forecast Periods- Justification Required

As per paragraph 33(b) of Ind AS 36, cash flow projections used in measuring value in use must be based on the most recent financial budgets or forecasts approved by management and cover a maximum period of five years, unless a longer period can be justified.

Paragraph 35 cautions that detailed, explicit and reliable financial budgets and forecasts of future cash flows for periods longer than five years are generally not available and are permitted only where management is confident of their reliability and can demonstrate its ability, based on past experience, to forecast cash flows over that longer period.

In the Entity X example above, repeated deferral of cash inflows without ever meeting prior projections strongly suggests that the extended period fails the reliability test.

The Reliability Trap Navigating Long Range Forecasts in Goodwill impairment

A nearly identical conclusion was reached in the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) case – Decision ref EECS/0126-01, published in the 30th Extract from the FRWG (EECS)’s Database of Enforcement. There the enforcer found that repeated use of longer-duration (nine years in that case) forecast horizon, with inflows continually shifted forward, failed to meet the reliability threshold under IAS 36 (which is equivalent to Ind AS 36 in this respect). As a result, the forecast period was reduced to five years, and this adjustment triggered an impairment of goodwill.

Forecast Reliability and Historical Performance

Paragraph 34 of Ind AS 36 requires management to assess the reasonableness of assumptions by, examining the causes of differences between past projections and actual outcomes. This comparison is not optional: it is a direct test of forecast credibility. If historical forecasts have consistently failed to materialise, continued reliance on similar assumptions lacks support under the Standard.

This principle is echoed by the National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA) in its publication – Audit Committee – Auditor Interactions Series 4 Audit of Accounting Estimates and Judgements Impairment of Non-financial Assets- Ind AS 36, SA 540 etc. NFRA explicitly calls on both auditors and audit committees to challenge management’s assumptions by evaluating past performance:

Has the auditor tested the reasonableness and reliability of future growth projections, profit margins etc., by evaluating the historical trend of actual performance versus budget?” (Paragraph 46.10 of NFRA Series 4)

In case of Entity X, despite multiple years of underperformance relative to forecasts, management continued to defer project inflows without revisiting the model’s reliability, putting it at odds with both Ind AS 36 and NFRA expectations.

Exclusion of Future Enhancements

Paragraph 44 of Ind AS 36 prohibits the inclusion of cash flows that are expected to arise from future restructurings or from improving or enhancing the asset’s performance, unless those actions are already committed. This provision ensures that cash flow projections reflect the asset’s current condition and performance capability, not speculative or aspirational improvements.

In its Audit Committee – Auditor Interactions Series 4, NFRA directly reinforces this standard by urging auditors to scrutinize the nature of projected cash inflows:

“Has the auditor ensured the cash flow estimates exclude inflows and cost savings from future business or performance enhancements” (Paragraph 46.10 of NFRA Series 4)

In the Entity X scenario, although the model did not explicitly include planned restructurings, it effectively assumed that forecasted cash inflows would eventually materialise despite years of consistent underperformance. This implies an unstated expectation of future enhancements, in direct contradiction to the intent of paragraph 44 and NFRA’s caution against including such assumptions in ViU calculations.

Use of Internal vs. External Evidence

Paragraph 33(a) of Ind AS 36 prioritizes external market evidence over internal assumptions. NFRA flags this as a critical focus area:

“Has the auditor tested reasonableness of weightages given to internal and external data?”(Paragraph 46.10 of NFRA Series 4)

Entity X’s model relied entirely on internal conviction, with little alignment to market or regulatory developments.

CONCLUSION

The broader message is that goodwill cannot be supported indefinitely by cash flows that remain perpetually deferred. When time passes but value does not materialise, the issue ceases to be one of timing and becomes one of reliability and once reliability is lost, impairment becomes unavoidable. Ind AS 36 provides clear guardrails through its five-year forecast threshold and reliability clause. ESMA’s decision and NFRA’s Series 4 guidance reinforces these guardrails from a practical reinforcement perspective.

For preparers and auditors, the core lesson is that once management repeatedly fails to deliver on long-term forecasts, those forecasts lose credibility. At that point, impairment is not a conservative stance; it is required and should have been provided much earlier. Professional judgement must favour realism, supported by evidence, over hopeful deferral ensuring that asset values remain aligned with recoverable benefit.

Goods And Services Tax

I. HIGH COURT

103. (2026) 38 Centax 260 (Mad.) Abdul Kader M. vs. State Tax Officer dated 08.01.2026.

Assessment without personal hearing is invalid for violation of natural justice, even if limitation extension is otherwise valid.

FACTS

The Central Government issued Notification No. 09/2023 dated 31.03.2023 and Notification No. 56/2023 dated 28.12.2023 under section 168A of the CGST Act, 2017, extending the limitation period for completing proceedings under section 73. Pursuant to these notifications, the respondent passed an assessment order dated 30.07.2024 in the name of the petitioner’s father determining tax liability. Petitioner’s father died after the order was passed, and the petitioner, being the legal heir, stated that he could not file a reply to the SCN and that no personal hearing was granted, resulting in violation of natural justice. Aggrieved by the notifications and the assessment order, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court challenging their validity.

HELD:

The Hon’ble High Court held that although Notification Nos. 09/2023 and 56/2023 were vitiated and illegal, as declared in Tata Play Ltd. vs. UOI (2025) 32 Centax 318 (Mad.), the initiation of proceedings was valid in view of the limitation extension granted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Suo Motu Writ (C) No. 3 of 2020, read with section 168A of the CGST Act, 2017. However, as the assessment order was passed without granting a personal hearing, in violation of the principles of natural justice, the Court set aside the order and remanded the matter to the assessing authority for fresh adjudication after giving the petitioner, as legal heir, an opportunity to file objections and be heard.

104. (2026) 38 Centax 228 (Cal.) Amar Iron Udyog Pvt. Ltd. vs Union of India dated 13.01.2026.

ITC on imports cannot be denied merely due to non-reflection in GST portal when IGST payment is confirmed by customs authorities

FACTS:

Petitioner imported goods and availed ITC of IGST paid on such imports under section 16 of the CGST Act, 2017. The GST department issued a SCN under section 73 alleging excess availment of ITC on imports on the ground that the petitioner failed to produce certified proof of IGST payment from the customs authorities. Respondent confirmed the demand and the respondent upheld the order ex-parte. Aggrieved, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD:

The Hon’ble High Court held that the customs reports confirmed payment of IGST and explained its non-reflection on the GST portal, requiring reconsideration of the issue. Accordingly, the Court set aside the appellate authority’s findings on excess ITC and remanded the matter to the respondent for fresh decision after giving the petitioner an opportunity of hearing.

105. (2026) 38 Centax 165 (Ker.)E.P. Gopakumar vs. Union of India dated 08.01.2026.

GST exemption on health insurance under Notification 16/2025 applies only to individual policies and not to group insurance policies.

FACTS:

Petitioner was covered under a group health insurance policy arranged through the Indian Bank’s Association with an insurance company and paid GST on the insurance premium. After issuance of Notification No. 16/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 17.09.2025 granting GST exemption on health insurance services, the petitioner contended that the exemption should also apply to his group insurance policy and challenged the levy of GST on the premium. However, the respondent continued to levy GST on the ground that the exemption was applicable only to individual health insurance policies and not group insurance policies. Aggrieved by the continued levy of GST, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court seeking exemption and refund of GST paid.

HELD:

The Hon’ble High Court held that the exemption under Notification No. 16/2025-Central Tax (Rate) was intended to apply only to individual health insurance policies and not to group insurance policies obtained through collective bargaining by the Indian Banks’ Association. The Court observed that group insurance policies provided special benefits, lower premiums, and additional advantages not available to individual policyholders, and therefore were distinct from individual policies. Accordingly, the Court held that the petitioner was not entitled to GST exemption on the group insurance premium and dismissed the writ petition.

106. (2026) 39 Centax 117 (Guj.) Reevan Creation vs. State of Gujarat dated 09.01.2026.

Seized goods must be released and bank attachment lifted if statutory timelines under sections 67 and 83 of CGST Act are not followed.

FACTS:

Petitioner was engaged in trading of gold, silver, diamonds, and jewellery, was subjected to search proceedings under section 67(2) of the CGST Act in March 2022, during which gold, other bullion, and cash were seized and its bank accounts were provisionally attached under section 83. Despite lapse of more than one year, the provisional attachment was not lifted, and no notice for confiscation under section 130 or show cause notice within six months of seizure as required under section 67(7) was issued. The petitioner requested release of seized goods and lifting of attachment, but no action was taken by the respondent. Aggrieved by such inaction and violation of statutory timelines, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court seeking release of seized goods and defreezing of bank accounts.

HELD:

The Hon’ble High Court held that as per section 67(7) of the CGST Act, where no notice is issued within six months of seizure, the seized goods must be returned and in the present case, the respondent failed to issue such notice within the prescribed time or even within the extended period. The Court further held that provisional attachment under section 83 automatically ceases after one year, and since no fresh attachment order was issued, continuation of attachment was illegal. Accordingly, the Court directed the respondent to release the seized goods and cash and lift the provisional attachment of bank accounts.

107. (2026) 39 Centax 106 (M.P.) Trishul Construction vs. Union of India dated 21.01.2026.

GST reimbursement in pre-GST contracts cannot be denied on technical grounds.

FACTS:

Petitioner was awarded a railway construction contract prior to the implementation of GST and paid GST of ₹2.34 crore on the works executed after GST came into force in July 2017. The petitioner sought reimbursement (GST neutralization) from the respondent, as the GST burden was contractually to be borne by the respondent. Although the petitioner submitted its claim and supporting documents and the GST payment was verified by the GST department, the respondent rejected the claim on the ground that the final bill had been passed and a no-claim certificate had been submitted, and also because the supplementary agreement was not executed by both parties. Aggrieved by rejection of its GST reimbursement claim, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the High Court.

HELD:

The Hon’ble High Court held that the petitioner had made the GST neutralization claim before completion of the contract and had duly paid GST, which was verified by the authorities. The Court observed that rejection of the claim merely on the ground of final bill and no-claim certificate was unjustified, especially when the supplementary agreement was signed by the petitioner but not executed due to the respondent’s inaction, and the GST burden was admittedly to be borne by the respondent. Accordingly, the Court allowed the petition and directed the respondent to reimburse the GST neutralization amount to the petitioner.

108. (2026) 183 taxmann.com 110 (Madras) N. Ramkhuar Narasimhan vs. Assistant Commissioner (ST) dated 21.01.2026.

Recovery proceeding against directors of company under liquidation by attaching personal bank accounts held unjustified.

FACTS:

Petitioner is a director of a company under proceeding under Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 and for which an Interim Resolution Professional (IRP) was appointed in 2017. Vide an NCLT order, the company was ordered to be liquidated and the IRP was appointed as a Liquidator. Hon’ble High Court observed that the company under liquidation appeared to have carried on business activities between 2019 and 2021 and also incurred certain tax liability. Thus, in respect of the said tax liability incurred by the company under litigation, impugned recovery proceeding was initiated by attaching bank account of the petitioner maintained with the bank. Petitioner, however pleaded that they are no longer associated with the said company under liquidation as the company was in charge of the Liquidator who was earlier IRP during the relevant time. The facts on record revealed that the amount was recovered from the credit ledger of the
company whereas the company was in arrears for interest and penalty confirmed by the orders passed by assessing officers.

HELD:

There is no justification found to attach bank account of the petitioners who are individual directors of the company under liquidation process for the mandate of section 88(3) of the GST Act of Tamil Nadu. However, it was further held that it was open for the petitioner to move suitable application within 15 days of the date of the receipt of the copy of Hon’ble Court’s order before the GST and Income Tax departments to extricate themselves from the liability in the impugned order and subsequent to which, the department will pass an appropriate order after hearing the
petitioner in such regard. The attachment in the petitioner’s bank account shall stand vacated subject to the order to be passed.

109. (2026) 183 taxmann.com 77 (Madras) Tvl Sri Jeyamurugan Building Promoters vs. Commissioner of Commercial Taxes, Chennai dated 29.01.2026.

Though service of show cause notice on a portal is a sufficient service, in absence of response thereto, alternate prescribed modes should have been explored. Passing merely an ex- parte order is an empty formality resulting in multiple litigations.

FACTS:

Petitioner challenged the order passed ex-parte and pleaded they were unaware of all notices and other communications uploaded on the GST common portal and hence they did not file any reply in time. Hence no opportunity could be availed before the order was passed. Also petitioner showed willingness to pay 25% of the disputed tax amount and plead to grant an opportunity of being heard and set aside the ex-parte order. Revenue on the other hand maintained that the notices were uploaded on the portal, however admitted fairly that no opportunity of hearing was granted.

HELD:

Considering the fact, the court noted that it was evident that the petitioner being unaware of the issuance of the notice, did not receive original show cause notice and that the order was passed without granting opportunity of being heard. The court further noted that though uploading of the show cause notice on the common portal was a sufficient service, on knowing that petitioner has not responded to the show cause notice, the officer should have explored possibility of sending notice by other modes as prescribed in section 169 of the GST Act which are also valid modes under the Act or else it is not an effective service but an empty formality and passing of exparte order does not serve an useful purpose and give rise to
multiplicity of litigations. The Court set aside the order on the condition of payment of the disputed tax liability within 4 weeks by the petitioner and remanded the matter and provided 3 weeks’ time of the payment to file the reply and submit required documents and directed respondent to issue a notice of clear 14 days to fix the personal hearing and thereafter pass appropriate orders on merits and in accordance with the law.

II TRIBUNAL

110. (2026) 39 Centax 246 (Tri. – GST – Delhi) Sterling & Wilson Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner, Odisha, Commissionerate of CT GST dated 11.02.2026.

Where GST demand arises due to return mismatch without fraud, the petitioner must be given opportunity to amend returns and reconcile before final tax determination.

FACTS:

Respondent issued a demand under section 74 of the CGST Act along with interest and penalty on the ground of mismatch between GSTR-1 and GSTR-3B returns. Petitioner contended that the difference arose due to debit notes, credit notes and advance adjustments which were duly recorded in its books but could
not be properly reflected in periodical returns due to technical and timing issues. Respondent accepted absence of fraud and converted the proceedings from section 74 to section 73 but still confirmed tax and interest demand. Aggrieved, the petitioner filed an appeal before the GST Appellate Tribunal challenging the demand and seeking opportunity to correct returns.

HELD:

The Hon’ble Tribunal held that the respondent had already accepted that the petitioner had disclosed transactions in its books and there was no fraud or intention to evade tax and the only lapse was non-reflection of debit and credit notes in periodical returns. The Tribunal further held that tax liability could not be finally determined without proper examination and reconciliation by the respondent, and once proceedings were treated under section 73, the matter had to be remanded for fresh determination. Accordingly, the Tribunal set aside the orders to the extent of tax determination and remanded the matter to the respondent for reconsideration after giving the petitioner an opportunity to amend returns and submit supporting documents.

Recent Developments in GST

A. ADVISORY

i) GSTN has issued Advisory, dated 4th January 2026, on Filing Opt-In Declaration for Specified Premises.

ii) GSTN has issued Advisory, dated 23rd January 2026, on RSP-Based Valuation of Notified Tobacco Goods under GST.

iii) GSTN has also issued Advisory, dated 30th January 2026, on Interest Collection and Related Enhancements in GSTR-3B.

B. ADVANCE RULINGS

12. Steel Industrials Kerala Ltd. (AAR Order No. KER/41/2025 dt.08.12.2025) (KER)

Centage Charges vis-à-vis Pure Services to Government. Falls either under Article 243W or 243G of Constitution. Thus, not taxable under GST and are exempt under Notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017.

FACTS

The facts are that Steel Industrials Kerala Limited (SILK), applicant, operates as a government accredited agency for the execution of civil, structural and electro-mechanical projects in the capacity of a Project Management Consultant (PMC).

SILK undertook various PMC assignments for client agencies including the Local Self Government Department (LSGD) and such other Government authorities/entities.

As part of the consideration for the PMC services, SILK collected “centage charges” from the client departments. These centage charges were billed/collected by SILK in respect of the consultancy/PMC activities performed for the Government entities and local bodies. Centage charges represent a percentage-based consultancy/administrative fee collected by SILK for project management and supervisory services rendered to Government departments/local authorities.

Applicant made an application to AAR as to whether collection of Centage charges received from various Government entities are liable to GST or exempt under entry 3 of Notification no.12/2017-CT(Rate) dated 28.6.2017 read with SRO No.371/2017, being pure services, like development of RRT & VET facilities for environmental protection, which fall under Article 243W.

Applicant also raised question of GST already paid for previous periods.

The ld. AAR referred to entry 3 in Notification no.12/2017-CT (Rate) dated 28.6.2017 and reproduced the same in AR.

HELD

The ld. AAR observed that for eligibility under this exemption, the following conditions must be cumulatively satisfied:

(i) the supply must be pure services (i.e. without supply of goods),

(ii) the service is being supplied to one of the following entities: Central Government or State Government or Union territory or local authority.

(iii) the service provided must be in relation to the function entrusted to the Panchayat or Municipality under Article 243G/ 243W of the Constitution.

The ld. AAR observed that in given case, the transactions are for pure services.

The ld. AAR also referred to meaning of ‘local authority’ mentioned in entry 3 and observed that the organisations to whom the applicant has rendered services are either state government departments or like, which squarely fall within the categories specified in Entry No. 3 of Notification No.12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017.

The ld. AAR also observed that the activities of various organizations to whom services are provided falls either under Article 243W or 243G of Constitution.

Accordingly, the ld. AAR held that the centage charges mentioned in the application are not taxable under GST and are exempt under Notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017.

Regarding the refund of GST already paid, the ld. AAR referred to section 54 and opined that the applicant can pursue its case u/s. 54. The ld. AAR declined to comment on the eligibility for refund after two years on ground that factors like the issue of unjust enrichment not covered within the scope of this application and needs to be examined by jurisdictional officer on merits, on a case-to-case basis.

Thus, the ld. AAR gave the ruling in favour of applicant.

13. East African India Overseas (AAR Order No. 04/2025-26 dt.6.1.2026) (Uttarakhand)

Classification – Medicated Toilet Soap attract tax @ 18%.

FACTS

The applicant is a registered partnership firm engaged in manufacturing and supply of Pharmaceutical Formulations viz. Tablets, Capsules, Syrup, Toilet Soaps and Medicated Toilet Soaps etc.

Applicant was classifying the toilet soaps as well as medicated toilet soaps under HSN 3401 of the Custom Tariff Act, 1975 till 21.9.2025, and in terms of provision of Notification no.1/2017-CT(Rate) dated 28.6.2017, paying tax on these products @ 18%.

However, vide Notification 09/2025-CT (Rate) dated 17.09.2025, the above notification was superseded and in terms of Schedule I entry at Sl. No. 251, 2.5% rate of CGST (i.e. effective rate of 5%) is prescribed for “Toilet Soap (Other than Industrial Soap) in the form of bars, cakes, moulded pieces or shapes”.However, there being no clarity about medicated toilet soap, applicant raised issues before the ld. AAR as under:

“a. What is the correct rate of GST applicable to Medicated Toilet Soap (HSN 3401) w.e.f. 22.09.2025?

b. Whether Medicated Toilet Soap, being classifiable under HSN 3401, is covered under revised 5% rate applicable to Toilet Soap, or whether it continues under the general 18% slab?”

The applicant submitted that even after changes in the rate of GST effective from 22.9.2025, both Toilet Soap and Medicated Toilet Soap remain covered under HSN 3401. It was submitted that after 22.09.2025, the Toilet Soap, in terms of Schedule-I entry serial no. 251 of notification no. 09/2025-CT(Rate) dated 17.09.2025, has been made liable to GST @ 5% and medicated toilet soap may also remain covered by above entry, liable to tax @ 5%.

HELD

The ld. AAR noted that till 21.9.2025, medicated toilet soap was covered under 18% tax slab at Sl. No.61 of the Schedule III of the Notification 1/2017-CT (Rate) dated 28.6.2017, as said entry covered “all types of soaps” with rate of tax @18%.

The ld. AAR further noted that vide Notification 9/2025-CT (Rate) dated 17.9.2025 Soap is notified under both, Schedule I (attracting GST @ 5%) as well as under Schedule II (attracting GST @ 18%). The ld. AAR reproduced the above relevant entries in AR.

The ld. AAR referred to the method of classification under GST and made detailed reference to relevant entries in Customs Tariff Act.

The ld. AAR noted that the Legislature treated variety of soaps differently like industrial soap is not included in entry 251, which shows that the intention of statue is to treat different types of soaps differently for taxation.

The ld. AAR observed that there is no specific tariff entry mentioning “toilet soap” under the broad heading 3401 of the tariff, but there is separate & specific entry provided for medicated toilet soap under tariff item 34011110 and shaving soap under tariff item 34011120. The ld. AAR interpreted that only the toilet soaps which merit classification under tariff entry 34011190 would be covered in the description of the Entry No. 251 of the Schedule I of the Notification dated 17.09.2025 to be liable to tax @ 5%.

In this respect, the ld. AAR observed that the product ‘medicated toilet soap’ has a specific use and purpose and cannot be equated with the general-purpose use toilet soap, covered by Entry 251.

The ld. AAR held that Entry No.66 of the Schedule II of the said Notification dated 17.9.2025 covers all types of soaps, including medicated toilet soap, which do not find mention in Entry No.251 of Schedule I and would attract tax @ 18%.

Accordingly, the ld. AAR held that the product of applicant viz. medicated toilet soap continues to be liable to tax @ 18%.

14. Navya Electric Vehicle Pvt. Ltd. (AAR Order No. WBAAR 24 of 2025-26 dt.31.10.2025) (WB)

Classification – Supply of CKD e-rickshaw. If a complete set of components of an electric three-wheeler vehicle (e-rickshaw) in a CKD form includes motor and any three of the other four major components (other than motor) viz. transmissions, axles, chassis and controller in proportionate number for the assembly of the finished vehicle, the rate will be 5%. Otherwise 18%.

FACTS

The applicant has made this application raising following questions:

“A) Whether the supply of a complete set of components of an electric three wheeler vehicle (e-rickshaw) in a Completely Knocked Down (CKD) form, necessary and sufficient for the assembly of the finished vehicle, should be classified as the finished vehicle itself?

B) Whether the supply of a complete set of components of an electric three wheeler vehicle (e-rickshaw) in a Completely Knocked Down (CKD) form, necessary and sufficient for the assembly of the finished vehicle, should be classified as a set of parts and what is the applicable rate of GST?”

The applicant submitted that the CKD supply involves providing all necessary components- such as the chassis, motor, battery, controller, body panels and differential- in a single, consolidated shipment to the registered dealers/assemblers, who then assemble and sell the final road-worthy electric vehicle.

The applicant further clarified that the tax rate for the finished electric vehicle is 5% which differs significantly from the tax rates applicable to various individual parts, which may be 18% or 28%.

HELD

The ld. AAR observed that to optimise the logistics and facilitate sale through authorised dealers or assemblers, the applicant intends to supply the vehicles in a Completely Knocked Down (CKD) condition and this CKD supply will involve providing all necessary components, such as chassis, motor, battery, controller, body panels and differential in a single consolidated shipment to the registered dealers or assemblers, who will assemble and sell the final road-worthy electric vehicle.

The ld. AAR further observed that the tax rate of finished electric vehicle is 5% while the individual parts are taxable @ 18%.

The ld. AAR referred to definition of vehicles both from common parlance and with reference to the Motor Vehicles Act, 1988.

The ld. AAR observed that electric three-wheeler vehicle, commonly known as e-rickshaw, is included in the definition of vehicle in the Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 with effect from 07.01.2015.

The ld. AAR observed that, as per Notification No. 11/2017 – Central Tax (Rate) Dated 28.06.2017 as amended by Central Notification No. 09/2025-Central Tax (Rate) Dated 17.09.2025, e-rickshaw falls in Schedule I vide entry no. 441 and under the Customs Tariff Act, 1975, e-rickshaw is covered by HSN code 870380 (‘other vehicles, with only electric motor for propulsion’) taxable @ 5% vide above serial no. 441 of Schedule I.

The ld. AAR also observed that the parts and accessories of e-rickshaw are covered by different entries of the CGST Act, 2017 and the Customs Tariff Act, 1975 and generally liable to tax @ 18%.

In reference to fact of applicant, the ld. AAR observed that CKD is a concept that is widely used in automobiles, electronics and furniture industries.

Regarding the above issue, the ld. AAR referred to material which has taken place under Customs law, and relevant parts are reproduced in the AR.

The ld. AAR noted vital points relevant for case and opined that three-wheeler vehicle (e-rickshaw) in a CKD condition can be regarded as finished vehicle.

The ld. AAR ruled that if a complete set of components of an electric three-wheeler vehicle (e-rickshaw) in a CKD form includes motor and any three of the other four major components (other than motor) viz. transmissions, axles, chassis and controller in proportionate number for the assembly of the finished vehicle, the rate will be 5%.

The ld. AAR further held that if the supply does not include either motor or any two of the other four major components (other than motor) viz. transmissions, axles, chassis and controller in proportionate number for the assembly of the finished vehicle, then the supply will be regarded as that of components of e-rickshaw and taxable @ 18% under different serial numbers.

15. Vision Plus Security Control Limited (AAR Order No. STC/AAR/5/2025 dt.31.10.2025) (Chhattisgarh)

Valuation – Diesel and Petrol Charge Invoiced Separately, liable for State VAT. GST not applicable.

FACTS

The facts are that the applicant is to engage in handling of fleet operation for an organization for repair and maintenance for vehicles, insurance, drivers and fuel charges that is based on kilometre basis for commercial vehicles and equipment. The applicant has informed that in course of such contracts, the applicant will raise invoice separately for all services and will charge GST as applicable. Further, they will also charge petrol and diesel to customers for fuel expenses on kilometre basis. It was further informed that they will raise separate invoice for fuel consumption (per km basis) and they will not be included in service charges.

The applicant submitted that petroleum crude is excluded from GST under Section 9(2) of CGST Act and is subject to VAT but apprehensive that when diesel is used as part of a bundled service (like fleet management or transport service billed per kilometre), the transaction may be considered as composite supply of service and liable to GST. The applicant has sought the ruling to avoid dual taxation or misclassification in future.

The applicant has sought advance ruling on the following questions:

  • “Whether the invoice for diesel and petrol charges, invoiced separately on a per kilometer basis, would be considered a supply of goods and liable to VAT, or liable to GST?
  • Whether the fuel component, when not bundled with the service and invoiced distinctly, is to be treated independently for tax purposes?
  • What is the appropriate classification and rate of tax, if GST is applicable?
  • If GST is applicable on fuel charges, then further whether VAT is also applicable?
  • If on above fuel charges VAT is applicable, then can we avail VAT input on purchase of petrol/diesel?”

HELD

The ld. AAR made reference to Article 279A (5) of the Constitution which provides that GST Council shall recommend the date on which GST shall be levied on petroleum crude, high-speed diesel, motor spirit, natural gas and aviation turbine fuel. The ld. AAR observed that while petroleum products are constitutionally included under GST, the date on which GST shall be levied on such goods, shall be as per the decision of the GST Council and accordingly as per the section 9(2) of the CGST Act, inclusion of all excluded petroleum products, including petrol and diesel in GST will require recommendation of the GST Council.

The ld. AAR also referred to meaning of “composite supply” as provided under Section 2(30) of the CGST Act, 2017 and reproduced the same in AR.

The ld. AAR observed about five essential elements for a supply to be considered as a composite supply.

Based on analysis of facts of separate billing etc., the ld. AAR observed that since petroleum products including diesel, are not leviable to tax under CGST Act, 2017, they are not taxable supply per se under GST Act and therefore, the concept of “composite supply” is not applicable in instant transaction as it involves petroleum products.

The ld. AAR also found that every transaction is subject to the conditions and stipulations as mentioned in the contract / agreement and the facts governing the said transaction and such details are lacking in this application. With above rider, the ld. AAR answered the questions as under:

i) The diesel and petrol charges not liable to tax under GST, being excluded by Section 9(2),

ii) that the transaction in question cannot be treated as composite supply,

iii) that GST is presently not applicable on fuel charges (fuel component) viz. petroleum products, for the reasons discussed above,

iv) that petroleum products continue to be taxed under Value Added Tax (VAT) and

v) ITC is not eligible on VAT paid.

16. Citius Holidays Private Limited (AAR Order No. 27/WBAAR/2025-26 dt.16.1.2026)(WB)

Event Management Service provider is eligible to claim ITC, even on provision of food and beverages, booking of venue, booking of hotel rooms etc. All such are ancillary services.

FACTS

The facts are that applicant operates in the Event Management and Tourism Services industry. In the context of event management, the applicant is required to provide food and beverages, in addition to other services such as the rental of hotels or properties, and the organization of tours. These services are offered to corporate clients for offsite meetings, conferences, training programs, and similar events.

Following questions were raised for ruling by AAR:

“(i) Eligibility to avail Input Tax Credit (ITC) on food and beverage services under Section 17(5) in event management and tourism services.

(ii) Requirement of separate invoices from hotel vendors for claiming ITC on food and beverage services.

(iii) Correct method of invoicing to clients for event packages including food and beverage services.

(iv) Whether the applicant is eligible to claim ITC when the food and beverage invoice is raised by the hotel to the applicant, and the applicant charges the client a margin and issues its own invoice for the same?

(v) In cases where the charges for the conference hall and food are inseparable, and the hotel invoices the amount under a single head (such as “conference package”), is the applicant eligible to avail ITC on the entire value?

(vi) Where the hotel provides a package deal including room accommodation, conference hall, and food, and issues a consolidated invoice, is the applicant eligible to avail ITC on the total invoice amount?”

In support of above questions, applicant submitted following factual position.

  • The applicant is engaged in event management and tours & travel services, including booking of hotels, conference rooms, and arranging meals for participants as part of a comprehensive business package.
  •  These services are offered to corporate clients for offsite meetings, conferences, training programs, and similar events.
  •  The hotel provides the applicant bundled services: room accommodation,conference space, and food (buffet/lunch/dinner/tea/snacks).
  •  A single invoice is generally issued by the hotel to the applicant showing these components (sometimes itemised, sometimes bundled).
  • The applicant charges the client a consolidated event management fee which includes these components.”

HELD

The ld. AAR made reference to section 16 as well as section 17(5) and felt that the pertinent question to be decided is whether the service provided by the applicant in the form of event management and tourism services is a composite supply or a mixed supply. The eligibility of ITC depends upon said determination.

The ld. AAR therefore referred to definition of composite supply in section 2(30) as also scope of event management activity.

After analysis of general scope of event management, the ld. AAR observed that event management involves supply of various kinds of goods and services in a bundled form and it satisfies the definition of composite supply under section 2(30). The ld. AAR also observed that the principal supply is management of event and other supplies of goods and services e.g. provision of food and beverages, booking of venue, booking of hotel rooms etc. are all ancillary services.

Regarding eligibility of ITC on food and beverages, the ld. AAR observed that the applicant makes an outward supply of event management which is taxable supply and foods and beverages are supplied as an element of outward composite supply of event management and therefore, the applicant is eligible for availing Input Tax Credit on food and beverages services under the proviso to Section 17(5).  The ld. AAR considered the pattern of raising invoices by hotel. Normally there is single invoice for all services and applicant also raises single invoice describing event management services. The ld. AAR opined that based on such single invoice the applicant can claim ITC as there is no requirement in law to obtain separate invoices for individual element. The ld. AAR also observed that where there is separate bill for Food/beverages, still the ITC is eligible as there is corresponding supply of said food/beverages, though it may be by separate invoice or by single invoice of event management.

With this observation, the ld. AAR answered questions in favour of applicant.

The Jurisprudence of Hearings under GST

Under GST law, personal hearings act as a crucial safeguard of natural justice, preventing arbitrary adjudication in a digital-first ecosystem. They provide a necessary human interface to resolve information asymmetry between the department and the taxpayer.

Hearings are strictly mandatory before adverse decisions concerning tax assessments, registration cancellations, ITC blocking, and refunds. Key jurisprudential principles mandate that “he who hears must decide”, and authorities cannot bypass the three-adjournment rule using pre-packaged dates. Furthermore, while virtual hearings are now the default, adequate preparation time remains essential to ensure a meaningful defense.

INTRODUCTION

The provisions relating to grant of personal hearing serve as the primary legislative guardian of the taxpayer’s right to be heard, ensuring that no liability is fastened without a meaningful opportunity for defense. This article provides a comprehensive analysis of the law governing hearings, the procedural aspects of hearings, and the implications of procedural lapses.

1. The Role of ‘Personal Hearing’ as a Process of Satisfaction of ‘Principles of Natural Justice’

Adjudication within the Goods and Services Tax (GST) framework is fundamentally a quasi-judicial function. Adherence to the principles of natural justice is therefore not a procedural luxury or a “checkbox” exercise for the revenue; it is the basic principle of a legitimate tax administration system. Without these safeguards, the adjudication process risks descending into arbitrariness, which undermines the rule of law.

The personal hearing is a critical interface between impersonal digital processes and the “subjective satisfaction” required of an adjudicating authority before an adverse civil consequence is imposed. Within the digital-first GST ecosystem, the PH provides a human interface enabling the “right reason” of a taxpayer’s defense to thwart arbitrary or “high-pitched assessments.” Central to this is the maxim Audi Alteram Partem (“Hear the other side”).

The personal hearing process holds all the more importance in a situation of systemic “Information Asymmetry” where the Departmental view and portal-driven data often create a vacuum, leaving the taxpayer unaware of the logic behind an “Intimation.” Consequently, the PH serves as the primary “Forum for Grievance Redressal,” allowing the taxpayer to reconcile data discrepancies before an order is crystallised.

2. Provisions under GST Law

There are specific stages and types of GST proceedings—ranging from registration and refunds to assessments and appeals—where the law mandates the grant of an opportunity for a personal hearing.

A. Proceedings relating to determination of tax and penalty:

Section 75(4) is the governing provision for adjudication proceedings under Sections 73 or 74. An opportunity of hearing is mandatory in two independent and mutually exclusive scenarios:

  •  Written Request: When a specific request for a hearing is received in writing from the person chargeable with tax or penalty.
  •  Contemplated Adverse Decision: When the Proper Officer intends to pass an order that is adverse to the taxpayer, regardless of whether the taxpayer has explicitly requested a hearing or not.

In Bharat Mint and Allied Chemicals vs. Commissioner Commercial Tax [2022 (3) TMI 492], the Court clarified that the opportunity for a personal hearing is mandatory before passing an adverse assessment order. Furthermore, the ruling in Mohan Agencies v. State of U.P. [2023 (2) TMI 933] addresses a common digital-age pitfall: even if a taxpayer inadvertently selects “No” in the personal hearing column on the GST portal, the authority remains legally bound to provide a hearing if the decision results in a tax liability.

B. Registration Proceedings

Absence of registration under an indirect tax law results in a significant fetter in the carrying on of the trade. Therefore, obtaining registration emerges as a natural corollary to the fundamental right to carry on trade under Article 19(1)(g). Any adverse action regarding the registration of a taxpayer, including rejection of an application for new registration or amendment of existing registration or cancellation of a registration certificate, or an application for revocation of cancellation of registration cannot be carried out without giving the opportunity of being heard. This has been expressly provided u/s 25, 28 (2), 29 (2) and 30 (2).

In S.B. Traders vs. The Superintendent [2022 (12) TMI 553], the Telangana High Court held that cancellation without a hearing based on “Head Office directions” was mechanical and illegal. Similarly, in Aggarwal Dyeing & Printing Works vs. State of Gujarat [2022 (66) G.S.T.L. 348 (Guj.)], the Court set aside an order cancelling registration retrospectively without specific reasons or hearing.

Your Right to be heard Navigating GST Personal Hearings

C. Input Tax Credit (ITC) Blocking Proceedings

Rule 86A empowers the officer to block ITC based on “reasons to believe”. The said rule does not specifically require the Proper Officer to grant a personal hearing before the blocking of credit. Despite the same, in K-9 Enterprises vs. State of Karnataka [(2023) 9 Centax 192 (Kar.)] it was held that post-decisional hearing or pre-decisional hearing is necessary to satisfy natural justice, as blocking of ITC entails serious civil consequences. Blocking of ITC without hearing or reasons is often quashed. In Mili Enterprise vs. Union of India [2021 (476) VIL-GUJ], the Hon. Court, while issuing notice, observed that even after the powers are exercised under Rule 86(A) of the Goods & Services Tax Rules, 2017, the concerned authority is required to give reasons for blocking the credits in the credit ledger of the Petitioner as a remedial measure.

D. Appeals and Revision

  • First Appellate Authority (Section 107): Section 107 requires the Appellate Authority to give an opportunity to the appellant of being heard. In fact, if the Appellate Authority wishes to pass any order enhancing any fee, penalty, or fine, or reducing the amount of refund/ITC, the appellant is required to be given a reasonable opportunity of showing cause (which implies hearing).
  • Appellate Tribunal (GSTAT) (Section 113): Section 113 provides that the Tribunal may pass orders after giving the parties to the appeal an opportunity of being heard. This is required even in cases where the Tribunal amends its Order for any mistake which results in an enhancement of liability/ reduction in refund.
  • Revision Authority (Section 108): Section 108, empowering the Commissioner with the revision powers, provides that no order shall be passed without giving the person concerned an opportunity of being heard.

E. Refund Proceedings (Section 54)

  • The proviso to Rule 92(3) of the CGST Rules stipulates that no application for refund shall be rejected without giving the applicant an opportunity of being heard. Similarly, if a refund is held erroneous and the amount is sought to be recovered, a notice u/s 73/74 is issued, which again triggers the mandatory hearing requirement under Section 75(4).

F. Special Enforcement Proceedings

  • Any person who is subjected to provisional attachment u/s 83 has an option to file an objection u/r 159 (5) and the Commissioner is required to afford an opportunity of being heard to the person filing the objection before passing an order to release or uphold the attachment. In Radha Krishan Industries vs. State of Himachal Pradesh [2021 (48) G.S.T.L. 113 (S.C.)], the Supreme Court held that the provisional attachment power is stringent and is required to be exercised with due caution, and its validity depends on strict observance of statutory pre-conditions.
  • In proceedings u/s 129 & 130, no tax, interest, or penalty shall be determined without giving the person concerned an opportunity of being heard.
  • The power to arrest u/s 69 is based on “reason to believe.” There is no statutory requirement for a “hearing” before arrest (unlike adjudication). However, safeguards under CrPC apply post-arrest.

G. Miscellaneous Proceedings

  • Assessment of Unregistered Persons (Section 63): Proviso states no such assessment order shall be passed without giving the person an opportunity of being heard.
  • Special Audit (Section 66): The registered person shall be given an opportunity of being heard in respect of any material gathered in the special audit which is proposed to be used in any proceedings.
  • Rectification of Errors (Section 161): The third proviso states that where such rectification adversely affects any person (e.g., increases liability), principles of natural justice (hearing) shall be followed.
  • Advance Ruling (Section 98): The Authority is required to hear the applicant or their authorised representative before admitting or rejecting the application. A ruling can be declared void u/s 104 (fraud/suppression) only after hearing the applicant.
  • Imposition of Penalty (Section 127): Where a penalty is imposed (not covered under other specific proceedings), the proper officer is required to issue an order only after giving a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

3. Modes of Intimation of Personal Hearing

In a digital tax environment, “effective service” is the prerequisite for a valid hearing. Section 169(1) of the CGST Act provides methods for service, but its application has generated conflicting jurisprudence:

  • The Hierarchy View: Recent rulings from the Madras High Court in Udumalpet Sarvodaya Sangham vs. Authority [2025 (1) TMI 517] and Namasivaya Auto Parts vs. Deputy State Tax Officer [2025 (6) TMI 2027] suggest a hierarchy, requiring attempts at personal delivery, RPAD, or email (Clauses a to c) before resorting to portal upload portal uploads (Clause d) if the former are impracticable.
  • The “No Hierarchy” View: In Poomika Infra Developers vs. State Tax Officer [2025 (4) TMI 1308], it was held that Section 169 does not create a hierarchy and that portal upload is a valid mode of service, though the court urged the Department to implement automated SMS/Email alerts to ensure actual awareness.

Special protection applies to taxpayers with cancelled registrations, as held in AHS Steels vs. Commissioner of State Taxes [2025 (177) taxmann.com 150], such taxpayers are not expected to monitor the portal regularly; thus, service is required to be effected through physical modes like RPAD.

4. Timing/ scheduling of Hearing

“Time” is a critical component of a “real” opportunity to be heard. Providing a taxpayer with adequate preparation time is a necessity for fairness. If a hearing is scheduled before the taxpayer had a chance to digest the allegations or prepare a defense, the opportunity becomes illusory. While the statute does not prescribe a specific advance notice period, Sections 73(8) and 74(8) suggest a 30-day window for tax payment following a Show Cause Notice (SCN). Consequently, courts have inferred that a hearing cannot be scheduled before this response period expires. In Sundar Prabu Deva vs. State Tax Officer [2023-TIOL-1633-HC-MAD-GST], the Madras High Court critiqued “nominal” opportunities where hearings were scheduled before the reply deadline had passed, characterising them as a denial of justice.

Similarly, the necessity of a “sufficient gap” between notice issuance and the hearing date to allow for meaningful preparation was established in Ekam Chemical vs. Collector of Customs – [1998 (98) E.L.T. 46 (Cal.)]

Early Hearing

While a litigant is generally required to wait in the queue, taxpayers have a right to request early hearings in extraneous circumstances. In Amoog Chemicals vs. Commissioner of Customs, Chennai-II [2016 (336) E.L.T. 197 (Mad.)], the Hon’ble High Court held that “While undoubtedly all cases should come in queue, there is required to be an emergency ward also. There may be cases which may cover several appeals requiring urgent attention.” The CESTAT, in the past, allowed early hearing in cases where the issue is already covered by the decision of a High Court/ Supreme Court, where high stakes are involved, or where any special circumstance, such as a company being in liquidation.

The Three-Adjournment Rule: Meaningful Opportunity vs. Paper Formality

Section 75(5) of the CGST Act requires the Proper Officer to grant at least three adjournments if sufficient cause is shown. However, a prevalent administrative practice has emerged where officers issue a single notice listing three alternative dates (e.g., “if you miss date A, appear on date B or C”). Such practices are effectively a technique to circumvent the law. In Regent Overseas Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India [2017 (3) TMI 557 – Gujarat High Court], the Court struck down this practice as a “paper formality” that violates natural justice. The law requires the taxpayer to be allowed to show “sufficient cause” for a specific adjournment. A pre-determined numerical sequence denies the officer the opportunity to exercise discretion based on the circumstances of the delay. Each adjournment is required to follow a fresh notice or a specific application, rather than being treated as a pre-packaged administrative convenience.

5 Physical vs. Virtual Hearings

Traditionally, hearings were conducted physically. However, as a necessity during the COVID-19 pandemic, the hearings transitioned from physical to virtual. CBIC Instruction F. No. 390/Misc/3/2019-JC dated 05.11.2024 has prioritised virtual hearings (VH) as the default mode for all departmental quasi-judicial and appellate authorities under CGST, IGST, Customs, and Excise. The guidelines specify that all hearings shall be done in the virtual mode only, except in case of specific request from the concerned party and after recording the reasons for the same in writing. Even some states, such as Delhi, have mandated virtual hearings in all cases, unless prior permission is obtained from a Zonal In-charge for recorded reasons.

Therefore, in cases where there are clear instructions for virtual hearing and a virtual hearing is not granted, a request for the same can be made and the taxpayer can insist for a virtual hearing. However, if there is no mandate for virtual hearing, a request may be made, which may be accepted or rejected by the proper officer.

However, virtual hearings can pose logistical challenges. For instance, a virtual hearing may be disrupted by technical snags (e.g., poor bandwidth, link not working, power failure). In such cases, the taxpayer is required to take screenshots of the error or “System Log” and email the same to the officer immediately. The Supreme Court directions in Suo Motu Writ (Civil) No. 5/2020, require the authorities to maintain a helpline to address audibility or connectivity issues during the proceeding.

6. Who can conduct the hearing?

The hearing is required to be conducted by the Proper Officer competent to pass the final order or decision, and the same cannot be delegated to juniors or colleague without proper administrative & legal orders. Generally, it is the officer who issued the SCN or the officer to whom the SCN has been made answerable (e.g., Commissioner, Joint Commissioner, or Deputy/Assistant Commissioner depending on monetary limits). For instance, the monetary authority for adjudicating authorities under the CGST are as follows:

  •  Superintendents are restricted to small-value demands (up to ₹10 Lakhs CGST).
  • DC/ACs handle mid-level demands (up to ₹1 Crore CGST).
  • ADC/JCs possess unlimited jurisdiction for any amount exceeding ₹1 Crore.

Therefore, the taxpayer should examine before the personal hearing, whether the Proper Officer before whom the hearing is scheduled is empowered to conduct the proceedings, and if there is any iota of doubt, the same can be challenged during the hearing.

The next issue that arises is whether the Proper Officer, who has been assigned adjudication powers, can delegate it to juniors or colleagues. The answer to this is negative. Adjudication is a quasi-judicial power and cannot be delegated unless there is an express statutory provision permitting it. Mere signing of an adjudication order by a superior (e.g., Chief Commissioner) does not validate it if the hearing or process was not conducted by them in their capacity as the adjudicating authority.

“He Who Hears Must Decide”

It is a cardinal principle of administrative law that the officer who records the oral submissions is required to be the one to pass the final order. If there is a change in the Proper Officer (PO) due to transfer, retirement, or resignation after the hearing but before the order is signed, a fresh hearing becomes mandatory. The successor cannot simply pass an order based on the notes of the predecessor.

The Supreme Court in Automotive Tyre Manufacturers Association vs. Designated Authority 2011 (263) E.L.T. 481 (S.C.) held “If one person hears and another decides, then personal hearing becomes an empty formality”. The Karnataka High Court in Givaudan India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Customs [2021 (376) E.L.T. 485] quashed an investigative report where the hearing was held by one officer and the report was filed by his successor, holding that this offends the basic principles of natural justice.

When a new officer takes over and the process starts de novo, the “proceedings” before the new officer are fresh. Consequently, the limit of “not more than three adjournments” under Section 75(5) should logically reset. This is because the taxpayer’s right to show “sufficient cause” for time is relative to the specific officer’s satisfaction and the current status of the file. However, taxpayers should not use this as a tactic for delay, as courts may view repeated adjournments as “recalcitrant” conduct.

7. Who Can Appear for the Hearing?

Any person who has been issued a notice for personal hearing can either appear in person or through an authorized representative. The following categories of persons qualify as authorized representatives:

  • Relative or Regular Employee: A person related to the taxpayer or a person regularly employed by the taxpayer.
  • Advocate: An advocate who is entitled to practice in any court in India and has not been debarred from practicing.
  • Chartered Accountant (CA), Cost Accountant (CMA), or Company Secretary (CS): A practicing CA, CMA, or CS holding a valid certificate of practice and not debarred.
  • Retired Government Officer: A retired officer of the Commercial Tax Department of any State Government/Union Territory or the Board, who Served in a post not below the rank of a Group-B Gazetted Officer for at least two years and has not retired/resigned from service in the last one year
  • GST Practitioner (GSTP): A person enrolled as a Goods and Services Tax Practitioner u/s 48.

If a person is represented by his authorised representative, they can appear upon submission of a valid vakalat nama (in case of advocates), or Form GST PCT-05 (in case of GSTP), or a letter of authorization (in other cases).

In summons proceedings, personal attendance is required to give evidence on oath. However, the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024, introduced Section 70(1A), which permits a person to attend via an authorized representative (unless directed otherwise by the officer). Further, courts have, in multiple cases, held that an advocate may be allowed to be present at a “visible but not audible distance” while recording the statement, but they cannot interfere in the proceedings.

8. Scope of Hearing – Expectations from the authority

The personal hearing is the critical stage where the taxpayer supplements written replies with oral arguments and evidence. A person appearing before the adjudicating authority generally expects the following (in addition to mandatory guidelines laid down in the statute):

A. Adherence to Principles of Natural Justice:

The Adjudicating authority is required to observe the twin pillars of natural justice: Audi Alteram Partem (hear the other side) and Nemo judex in causa sua (no one should be a judge in their own cause). The authority is required to initiate proceedings with an open mind. If the SCN indicates pre-judgment (e.g., using language like “it is concluded that tax is payable”), the proceedings are vitiated (Oryx Fisheries Private Limited vs. Union of India [2011 (266) E.L.T. 422 (S.C.)]).

The hearing is required to be real and meaningful, not a mere formality. Passing an order on the same day the hearing was scheduled is considered a violation of natural justice, as it implies no time was taken for deliberation (Urbanclap Technologies India Pvt. Ltd. vs. State Tax Officer [2020 (41) G.S.T.L. 440 (Mad.)]).

If the authority relies on third-party statements to confirm a demand, the taxpayer has a right to cross-examine those witnesses (Paper Trade Links vs. Union of India [2025 (7) TMI 837 – Madhya Pradesh High Court]).

B. Recording of Proceedings:

The authority is required to prepare a “Record of Personal Hearing” (proceedings sheet) capturing the gist of the arguments. This is required to be signed by both the officer and the taxpayer or representative. For virtual hearings, a PDF of the record is required to be sent within one day, and the taxpayer has 3 days to suggest modifications (CBIC Instruction 05.11.2024).

C. Intimation of defects:

If any defects are found in the submissions made during the hearing (for instance, improper authorisation or delayed appeal), such defects are required to be communicated to the taxpayer or their representative to enable any rectification before any adverse action is taken.

D. Pass the Order within a reasonable time limit

While not always a strict limitation, the AA is expected to pass the order within a reasonable time after the conclusion of the hearing. Excessive delay (e.g., months or years) between the hearing and the order can vitiate the proceedings. The Hon. Supreme Court in Joint Commr. of Income Tax, Surat vs. Saheli Leasing & Industries Ltd. [2010 (253) E.L.T. 705 (S.C.)] held that “Orders to be pronounced at the earliest after conclusion of arguments and in any case not beyond three months and keeping it pending for long time sends wrong signal to litigants and society.”

Similarly, in EMCO Ltd. vs. Union of India [2015 (319) E.L.T. 28 (Bom.)], the Court set-aside an Order passed with a delay of 9 months from the hearing date. The Court held that Authorities are required to pass orders expeditiously after hearing so that all submissions made by a party are considered so as to maintain confidence of citizen in the process of litigation.

9. Scope of hearing – Expectations from the Taxpayer/ authorised representatives.

The personal hearing is the last opportunity for the taxpayer to convince the authority before a demand is crystallised. It requires a balance of exercising rights (like cross-examination and adjournment) while strictly adhering to obligations (decorum and truthfulness). While there are no laid down rules explaining the taxpayer’s roles and responsibilities while appearing for a hearing, following pointers may be referred to as good practice.

  •  Attend the hearing on the scheduled date and time
  • Submit the identity proof/ authorizations
  • Give advance intimation if seeking adjournment, wherever possible.
  • The representative is required to have the file “on their fingertips.” They should know the facts, dates, and relevant provisions thoroughly to answer queries immediately.
  • Never rely solely on oral arguments. Always submit a “Written Submission” or “Hearing Note” summarizing the arguments made during the PH and obtain an acknowledgment.
  • Distinguish between “Admission” (accepting a fact, e.g., shortage of stock) and “Confession” (accepting guilt/evasion) while advancing oral submissions.
  • Insist on cross-examination where the proceedings rely upon third party statements
  • Always verify if the officer conducting the hearing is the “Proper Officer” having jurisdiction over the matter.
  • Maintain the dignity of the proceedings, and be appropriately dressed and groomed.
  • Verify the contents of the proceeding sheet.

10. Copy of PH Memo

The record of what transpired during the hearing is captured in a “Record of Personal Hearing” or “Proceeding Sheet”. The proper officer is expected to prepare a “proceedings sheet” containing
the gist of the personal hearing. This sheet is required to be signed by both the authorized representative/assessee and the proper officer. The same is also required in case of GSTAT Proceedings where the Court officer of the Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal (GSTAT) is mandatorily required to maintain an “Order sheet” (Rule 54) which includes a complete record of all proceedings, including hearings.

The contents of the PH memo become significant if the Authority does not consider the submissions made and recorded in the PH memo.

Mandatory Provision of Copy to the Taxpayer

Under the prevailing guidelines for virtual hearings, the authority is required to send a soft copy of the PH Memo in PDF format to the appellant through email ID provided, who has a right to correct the record. If the taxpayer does not respond “within 3 days of receipt of such e-mail,” it will be presumed that they agree with the contents.” In the case of Metrolite Roofing Pvt Ltd vs. DCCT & CE [2020-VIL-666-KER], the High Court held that maintaining a record of the personal hearing and issuing a copy thereof are necessary to comply with the requirements of natural justice. Failure to comply with this procedure (specifically noted in the context of VC hearings during the pandemic) led to the quashing of the impugned order.

However, for in-person hearings, there are no specific guidelines requiring that a copy of the PH memo be provided to the taxpayer/ their representative. However, taxpayers/ authorized representatives must insist on a copy of the same from the authorities conducting the hearing.

11. Conclusion

The jurisprudence surrounding GST hearings reflects a delicate balance between leveraging modern technology—through virtual-by-default mandates and portal-based service—and maintaining the ancient, human-centric principles of natural justice. The procedural requirements of personal hearing are not roadblocks to revenue collection; they are the essential safeguards that prevent the “empty formality” of justice. By upholding these safeguards, the administration can reduce the burden of avoidable litigation and foster a more transparent, credible, and efficient adjudicatory environment.

Glimpses Of Supreme Court Rulings

13. Jindal Equipment Leasing Consultancy Services Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax Delhi – II, New Delhi

(2026) 182 taxmann.com 219(SC)

Amalgamation – Shares issued by amalgamated company in lieu of share of amalgamating company – Taxability – If shares are held as capital assets, the profit arising to the Assessee from the receipt of shares of the amalgamated company in lieu of shares of the amalgamating company would be taxable as capital gains, though exempt under Section 47(vii) – If the shares are held as stock-in-trade, the profit arising to the Assessee from the receipt of shares of the amalgamated company in lieu of shares of amalgamating company would be taxable as “profits and gains of business or profession” under Section 28 if they are readily available for realisation.

The Assessee was an investment company of the Jindal Group. The shares of the operating companies, namely Jindal Ferro Alloys Limited (JFAL) and Jindal Strips Limited (JSL), were held as part of the promoter holding, representing controlling interest. The Assessee had also furnished non-disposal undertakings to the financial institutions / lenders who had advanced loans to the operating companies. These shares were reflected as investments in the balance sheets of the Assessee.

During the previous year relevant to the assessment year 1997-98, pursuant to a scheme of amalgamation approved by orders dated 19.09.1996 and 03.10.1996 of the High Courts of Andhra Pradesh and Punjab & Haryana respectively, under Sections 391 – 394 of the Companies Act, 2013, JFAL was amalgamated with JSL. As per the sanctioned scheme, the appointed date of amalgamation was 01.04.1995, and the orders sanctioning the amalgamation were filed with the Registrar of Companies on 22.11.1996 (the effective date). Under the scheme of amalgamation, the shareholders of JFAL were allotted 45 shares of JSL for every 100 shares of JFAL held by them. Accordingly, the Assessee was allotted shares of JSL in lieu of the shares of JFAL.

The Assessee, in its returns of income filed for the assessment year in question, claimed exemption under Section 47(vii) of the I.T. Act in respect of the receipt of JSL shares in lieu of JFAL shares, treating the same to be capital assets.

However, in the assessment completed under Section 143(3) vide order dated 29.02.2000, the Assessing Officer treated the shares of JFAL as stock-in-trade, denied the exemption under Section 47(vii), and brought to tax the value of JSL shares as business income, computed with reference to their market value.

The said order was upheld by the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals).

On further appeal, the Tribunal vide order dated 17.02.2005, allowed the Assessees’ appeals by observing that it was unnecessary to decide whether the shares were held as stock-in-trade or capital assets, since no profit accrues unless the shares held by the Appellants are either sold or transferred for consideration, irrespective of the nature of holding. It was further observed that there was admittedly no sale of shares and, therefore, the only question for consideration was whether the allotment of JSL shares in lieu of JFAL shares under the scheme of amalgamation amounted to a “transfer”. Following the decision of the Supreme Court in Commissioner of Income Tax, Bombay vs. Rasiklal Maneklal (HUF) and Ors. (1989) 177 ITR 198, the Tribunal concluded that there was no transfer of shares and, consequently, no taxable profit could be said to have accrued to the Appellants.

The Revenue challenged the Tribunal’s decision before the High Court.

After hearing both sides, the High Court, by the impugned judgment, disposed of the appeals in favour of the Revenue and against the Assessees. In doing so, it held that the Tribunal had erred in placing reliance on Rasiklal Maneklal while failing to consider the later and binding decision of the Supreme Court in Commissioner of Income-tax, Cochin vs. Grace Collis and Ors. (2001) 248 ITR 323 (SC). The High Court observed that where the shares of the amalgamating company were held as capital assets, the receipt of shares of the amalgamated company would constitute a “transfer” within the meaning of Section 2(47) of the I.T. Act, though such transfer would be exempt under Section 47(vii). However, in the alternative scenario where the shares were held as stock-in-trade, the High Court held that upon the Assessees receiving shares of the amalgamated company in lieu of those held in the amalgamating company, the assesses had, in effect, realised the value of their trading assets, and the difference in value would be taxable as business profit under Section 28. In reaching this conclusion, the High Court relied upon the decision of the Supreme Court in Orient Trading Co. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax, Calcutta (1997) 224 ITR 371 (SC). Accordingly, the matter was remanded to the Tribunal for determination of the nature of the Assessee’s holding of JFAL shares, i.e., whether such holdings constituted capital assets or stock-in-trade.

Aggrieved thereby, the Assesse preferred an appeal before the Supreme Court.

The Supreme Court observed that the High Court had returned two findings: first, that if shares are held as capital assets, an amalgamation is indeed a transfer within the meaning of Section 2(47) of the I.T. Act, though exempt under Section 47(vii). The Assessee had not disputed this finding before it. Second, the High Court held that if the shares are held as stock-in-trade, the profit arising to the Assessee from the receipt of JSL shares in lieu of JFAL shares would be taxable as “profits and gains of business or profession” under Section 28. It was the second finding, which had necessitated the present appeal before it.

At the outset, the learned Senior Counsel appearing for the Appellants raised a preliminary objection that the High Court had transgressed its jurisdiction in remitting the matter to the Tribunal with an observation that, if the shares were stock-in-trade, the taxability would arise under Section 28 of the I.T. Act. It was urged that such an issue was neither expressly framed as a substantial question of law by the High Court nor raised by the Revenue in its appeals.

The Supreme Court rejected the preliminary objection of the Petitioner by holding that the said issue went to the very root of the matter, and the High Court was bound to consider it in view of the issue already framed by the Tribunal and the submissions advanced by both sides before the Tribunal as well as before the High Court. Such a question was incidental or collateral to the main issue, and the absence of a formal formulation would not vitiate the impugned judgment of the High Court.

The Supreme Court noted that Section 2(14) excludes stock-in-trade from the definition of a capital asset, while Section 2(47) defines “transfer” only in relation to capital assets. Section 28 casts a wide net, taxing the “profits and gains of business or profession”, including benefits or perquisites arising from business, whether convertible into money or not, or in cash or kind. Section 45 imposes capital gains tax only on the transfer of a capital asset, subject to exceptions under Section 47, including the transfer of shares in a scheme of amalgamation. Section 47(vii) specifically exempts from capital gains tax any transfer by a shareholder of a capital asset being shares of the amalgamating company, in consideration of the allotment of shares in the amalgamated company, provided the amalgamated company is an Indian company.

According to the Supreme Court, there is a difference between a charging provision and an exemption provision. A provision that enables the levy of tax on a particular transaction is a charging provision. Only a transaction that is covered by a charging provision is taxable. Only if the transaction is taxable can there be an exemption. Therefore, the transfer of shares arising out of an order of amalgamation, even if it is treated as a capital asset, is generally taxable but would be exempt from taxation only if both the requirements under Section 47 (vii) are satisfied.

The Supreme Court noted that section 28 contemplates the chargeability of the “profits and gains of any business or profession” carried on by the Assessees during the relevant previous year. What is material, therefore, is that there must be income arising from or in the course of business to be treated as profits or gains. Such profit must be ascertainable with reasonable definiteness at the relevant point of time, and the Assessees must have either received it, or acquired a vested right to receive and commercially realise it, even if the receipt is in kind. It is not necessary for the benefit to be capable of being converted into money. Significantly, Section 28 does not prescribe any precondition as to the precise mode through which the profit must arise. The moment any income arises out of business or profession, the provision becomes applicable.

The Supreme Court further noted that amalgamation, in corporate law, signifies the statutory blending of two or more undertakings into one. It is distinct from winding up: while the transferor company ceases to exist as a separate corporate entity, its business, assets, and liabilities are absorbed into and continue within the transferee.

The Supreme Court after noting plethora of judgements observed that in the context of amalgamation, what transpires is essentially a statutory substitution of one form of holding for another. The shareholder’s interest in the transferor company is replaced by a corresponding interest in the transferee company.

According to the Supreme Court, for the purposes of Section 28, the first test was whether such substitution constituted either a receipt or an accrual of income.

According to the Supreme Court, it is a settled law that income yielding business profits may be realised not only in money but also in kind. Thus, where an Assessee receives shares of the amalgamated company in place of its shares held as trading stock, there is, in form, a receipt of consideration in kind. Though such amalgamations receive the sanction of the Court/Tribunal to be effectuated, they are preceded by decisions taken in meetings of shareholders. In such meetings, valuation reports are placed before the shareholders, and for the amalgamation to be approved, 90% of the shareholders must vote in favour of the amalgamation. The report contains details of the share exchange ratio. Though the value of each share is determined at that stage, it is not tradable, as no right is vested at that point. Ordinarily, such receipt arises only upon the actual allotment of shares, since until that point no asset is placed in the hands of the Assessee. It cannot, however, be ruled out that in certain cases, the terms of the sanctioned scheme may themselves create, from an earlier date, a vested and imminent enforceable right to allotment; in such situations, one may speak of “accrual”. The general position, nevertheless, is that what the law recognises in amalgamation is the receipt of shares in substitution of trading assets.

The Supreme Court thereafter, coming to the next test, observed that mere receipt of shares does not suffice to attract Section 28; commercial realisability is also required when income is received in kind.

According to the Supreme Court, amalgamation, in strict legal terms, does not amount to an “exchange.”

The Supreme Court observed that, the jurisprudence discloses three related strands: first, cases such as Orient Trading Co. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax, Calcutta (1997) 224 ITR 371 (SC), relying on English decision (Royal Insurance Co. Ltd. vs. Stephen 14 Tax Cases 22), emphasise that receipt of an asset of definite money’s worth in substitution for another may amount to commercial realisation attracting Section 28; second, the decision in Commissioner of Income Tax, Bombay vs. Rasiklal Maneklal (HUF) and Ors. (1989) 177 ITR 198, which clarifies that allotment on amalgamation is not an “exchange”, along with other decisions holding it to be a statutory substitution; and third, the ruling in Commissioner of Income-tax, Cochin vs. Grace Collis and Ors. (2001) 248 ITR 323 (SC), which makes it clear that, notwithstanding its statutory character, amalgamation does involve a “transfer” within the meaning of the Income-tax Act.

Reconciling these strands, the Supreme Court was of view that the true test under Section 28, was not the legal label of “exchange” or “transfer”, but whether the Assessee, in consequence of the amalgamation and thereby of its business, has obtained a profit that is real and presently realisable.

According to the Supreme Court, the well-known real-income principle, as emphasised in E.D. Sassoon & Co. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income-Tax (1954) 26 ITR 27 (SC) and Commissioner of Income Tax, Bombay City I vs. Shoorji Vallabhdas & Co. (1962) 46 ITR 144 (SC), must be applied. Therefore, the enquiry for the Court was whether, as a result of the amalgamation, the Assessee has in fact realised a profit in the commercial sense. This assessment may turn on whether:

(A) the old stock-in-trade has ceased to exist in the Assessee’s books;

(B) the shares received in the amalgamated company possess a definite and ascertainable value; and

(C) the Assessee, immediately upon allotment, is in a position to dispose of such shares and realise money.

If these conditions are satisfied, the substitution bears the character of a commercial realisation and the profit may be taxed under Section 28. Where, however, the allotment of shares is merely a statutory substitution mandated by the scheme of amalgamation, without yielding an immediately realisable benefit, no income can be said to accrue or be received at that stage, and taxability arises only upon the eventual sale of the shares.

For instance:

(A) If a shareholder of Company A receives shares of Company B pursuant to a court-sanctioned amalgamation, but such shares are subject to a statutory lock-in period during which they cannot be sold in the market, the allotment cannot be equated with a commercial realisation. It represents only a replacement of one form of holding by another, without any immediate gain capable of monetisation.

(B) Similarly, where the amalgamated company is closely held and its shares are not quoted on any recognized stock exchange, the mere allotment of such shares does not generate a realisable profit, since no open market exists to ascribe a fair disposal value.

According to the Supreme Court, these illustrations, which are not exhaustive, underline that unless the Assessee is, by virtue of the substitution, placed in possession of an asset which is freely tradable and of an ascertainable market value, the principle of real income bars taxation at the stage of amalgamation. Thus, the substitution of shares upon amalgamation does not, by itself, give rise to taxable income under Section 28. What must be established is that the transaction has the attributes of a commercial realisation resulting in a real and presently disposable advantage. Where this test is satisfied, taxability may arise at the stage of substitution. Otherwise, the accrual or receipt of income is deferred until actual sale.

The Supreme Court thus held that where, under a scheme of amalgamation, the shareholder merely receives, in substitution, shares of the amalgamated company in lieu of the shares held in the amalgamating company, there is no real or completed profit capable of being taxed under Section 28, unless it is shown that the shares are held as stock-in-trade and are readily available for realisation. In the absence thereof, what takes place is only a statutory vesting and substitution of one form of holding for another. Unless and until the substituted shares are commercially realisable – whether saleable, tradeable, or by whatever other mode of disposition so described – so as to yield real income, no taxable event can be said to arise.

The Supreme Court further held that for taxing the profit, the next test should also be satisfied, namely, that profit must be capable of definite valuation, so that the real gain or loss stands crystallized. “Profits”, in the commercial sense, are ascertainable only when the old position is closed and the new position is determined in terms of money’s worth – whether by sale, transfer, exchange, or statutory substitution. This principle is an application of the doctrine of real income and applies with equal force to stock-in-trade as it does to other forms of commercial receipts. Therefore, the test is not satisfied merely by the receipt of realisable shares in substitution of earlier holdings; such shares must also be capable of quantification.

Accordingly, in the context of amalgamation, the issue does not turn on the accrual of income in the abstract sense, but on whether the Assessee has received a commercially realisable consideration in kind. Upon sanction of the scheme, there is only a statutory substitution of rights; no asset then exists in the hands of the Assessee that is capable of commercial realisation. The charge under Section 28 crystallises only upon allotment of the new shares, when the Assessee actually receives realisable instruments capable of valuation in money’s worth. At that point, the old stock-in-trade ceases to exist and stands replaced by new shares having a definite market value. Since these shares are received in the course of business and in substitution of trading assets, their receipt represents a commercial profit or gain arising from business activity. What attracts Section 28 is, therefore, the receipt of shares coupled with their present realisability and their nexus with business. These three conditions-actual receipt, present realisability, and ascertainability of value-together determine the timing of taxability in cases of amalgamation.

Consequently, the profit arising on receipt of the amalgamated company’s shares may be taxed under Section 28 where the shares allotted are tradable and possess a definite market value, thereby conferring a presently realisable commercial advantage. This conclusion flows from the real income principle and not from any judicially created fiction. Equally, it must be emphasised that where such attributes are absent, the Court cannot, by analogy, extend Section 28 to tax hypothetical accretions in the absence of an express statutory mandate.

It was further clarified that the principles enunciated herein lay down a fact-sensitive test. The enquiry whether, consequent upon an amalgamation, the allotment of new shares has resulted in a real and presently realisable commercial benefit must be determined on the facts of each case. The burden lies on the Revenue to establish the same. It is thereafter for the Tribunal, as the final fact-finding authority, to apply these principles to the evidence on record.

The Supreme Court further held that having established that the charge under Section 28 may be attracted if the shares are saleable, tradable, etc., and of definite market value, thereby conferring a presently realisable commercial advantage, it becomes necessary to clarify the general principle. In the context of amalgamation, three points in time require to be distinguished. First, the appointed date specified in the scheme, which determines corporate succession and continuity between the transferor and transferee companies. Secondly, the sanction of the scheme by the Court, which gives statutory force to the amalgamation. At these stages, however, there is only a substitution of rights by legal fiction, without any asset in the hands of the shareholder capable of commercial exploitation. Thirdly, the allotment of new shares in the amalgamated company, which alone crystallises the benefit in the shareholder’s hands, for it is only then that the old stock-in-trade ceases to exist and is replaced by new shares of definite market value capable of immediate realisation. Even if the scheme contemplates the issue of shares in a certain ratio from the appointed date, until allotment there is no identifiable scrip or tradable asset in existence in the hands of the Assessee. Thus, the charge under Section 28 is not attracted on the mere sanction of the scheme or on the appointed date, but only upon the receipt of the new shares, when the statutory substitution translates into a concrete, realisable commercial advantage.

The Supreme Court thus concluded that where the shares of an amalgamating company, held as stock-in-trade, are substituted by shares of the amalgamated company pursuant to a scheme of amalgamation, and such shares are realisable in money and capable of definite valuation, the substitution gives rise to taxable business income within the meaning of Section 28 of the I.T. Act. The charge Under Section 28 is, however, attracted only upon the allotment of new shares. At earlier stages, namely, the appointed date or the date of court sanction, no such benefit accrues or is received.

Notes: –

Following points are worth noting from the above judgment:-

(1) In the above case, the Court has effectively dealt with the implications of cases when the shares are held as stock-in trade.

(2) In such cases, for the purpose of taxing Profits & Gains of Business under Sec. 28 (Business Income), it is essential that the shares of the amalgamated company received by the assessee must be readily available for realisation, and how to ascertain this has also been explained by the Court with illustrative examples. Based on facts, some issue may still arise on this.

(3) In such cases, the question of taxability of Business Income arises only upon allotment of shares of the amalgamated company and not at any earlier stage. The charge under section 28 crystallises upon allotment of the new shares, when the assessee actually receives realisable instruments capable of valuation in money’s worth.

(4) The shares of the amalgamated company received must possess a definite and ascertainable value & the Assessee must be in a position to dispose of such shares and realise money.

(5) The Court has reiterated principles of taxing real income, explained the same, and applied in this case to determine the taxable Business Income and the timing of taxability thereof. In such cases, three conditions must be satisfied for taxing Business Income, viz. actual receipt of shares, present realisability, and ascertainability of value, to determine the timing of taxability of Business Income.

(6) The Judgments of the Supreme Court in the cases of Orient Trading Co. Ltd. and Mrs. Grace Collis referred to in the above case have been analysed in our Column `Closements’ in the February, 1998 and December, 2001 issues of BCAJ. These judgments, as well as the judgment in the case of Rasiklal Maneklal (HUF) -177 ITR 198 – SC – have been considered in the above case. While reconciling the findings of these judgments to decide the issue before it, the Court took the view that the true test under section 28 was not the legal label of “exchange” or “transfer”, but whether the Assessee, in consequence of the amalgamation and thereby in its business, has obtained a profit that is real and presently realisable.

(7) In short, in such cases, the Assessee must, in fact, have realised a profit in the commercial sense, and substitution of shares upon amalgamation does not, by itself, give rise to taxable Business Income. It must be established that the transaction has the attributes of a commercial realisation resulting in a real and presently disposable advantage. The profit in such cases must be capable of valuation/quantification. The burden is on the Revenue to establish this. Otherwise, the accrual or receipt of income is deferred until actual sale. This principle is an application of the doctrine of real income, which applies with equal force to stock-in-trade as it does to other forms of commercial receipts.

Sec 264 – Revision – Communication treating a return as Invalid return u/s. 139(9) of the Act – is an order – revision maintainable.

24. Raj Rayon Industries Limited vs. Principal Commissioner of Income Tax PCIT, Mumbai – 3 and Ors.

[WRIT PETITION NO. 1904 OF 2025 order dated FEBRUARY 3, 2026 ]

Sec 264 – Revision – Communication treating a return as Invalid return u/s. 139(9) of the Act – is an order – revision maintainable.

The Petitioner filed its Return of Income for A.Y. 2022-2023 on 2nd November 2022, declaring a total loss of ₹45.47 Crores. After the Return of Income was filed, the Petitioner was served with the notice dated 14th December 2022 issued under section 139(9) of the Act. This notice was issued by Respondent No.2 stating that the Return filed by the Petitioner for the said Assessment Year was defective as the Petitioner had claimed gross receipts or income under the head “Profits and gains of Business of Profession” of more than ₹10 crores, and despite that, the books of accounts were not audited u/s. 44AB of the Act.

The Petitioner responded to the aforesaid notice and contended that since its turnover was less than ₹10 Crores, it was not required to have its books of accounts audited as required under Section 44AB of the Act. However, Respondent No.2, via an unreasoned order, merely held that the Return of Petitioner was invalid. Being aggrieved by this, the Petitioner filed an application before the 1st Respondent under Section 264 of the IT Act. The 1st Respondent, by the impugned order, held that the declaration of the Return of Income of the Petitioner as invalid, was not an order as contemplated under Section 264, therefore, dismissed the Revision Application as being not maintainable.

The Hon. Court held that the Respondent has completely misdirected himself when he held that declaring the Petitioner’s Return as invalid [by the CPC] was not an order as contemplated under Section 264. The Court observed that, the 1st Respondent referred to the definition of the word ‘order’ to be a mandate, precept, command or authoritative direction. Despite noting the aforesaid definition (in the dictionary), the 1st Respondent went on to hold that the so-called communication addressed by the CPC to the Petitioner was not an order as contemplated under Section 264. The Court held that a declaration given under Section 139(9) of the Act was clearly an order which was revisable under Section 264. It was certainly a mandate, or at the very least, an authoritative direction.

The Court referred the case of TPL-HGIEPL Joint Venture vs. Union of India [(2025) 173 taxmann.com 540 (Bombay)], wherein the case of the Revenue itself was that any declaration given under Section 139(9) of the Act was certainly revisable under Section 264. In fact, this submission of the Revenue was accepted by this Court and the Writ Petition filed by the Petitioner therein was not entertained, relegating the said Petitioner to invoke the remedy under Section 264 of the Act.

In view of the above, the order passed by the 1st Respondent was held to be unsustainable in law and was quashed and set aside. The Revision Application filed by the Petitioner was restored to the file of the 1st Respondent for a de novo consideration.

Sec 264 – Revision – Binding precedent – Authority refusing to follow Special Bench decision of the ITAT- judicial discipline ought to be maintained and cannot be deviated from on the ground that the order passed by the superior authority is “not acceptable” to the department.

23. Samir N. Bhojwani vs. Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, Mumbai & Ors.

[WRIT PETITION (L) NO. 37709 OF 2025 DATE: JANUARY 6, 2026]

Sec 264 – Revision – Binding precedent – Authority refusing to follow Special Bench decision of the ITAT- judicial discipline ought to be maintained and cannot be deviated from on the ground that the order passed by the superior authority is “not acceptable” to the department.

The Petitioner challenges the order passed by Respondent No.1 (Principal Commissioner of Income Tax) under Section 264 of the Income Tax Act, 1961. The main grievance of the Petitioner is that the impugned order refuses to follow the decision of the Special Bench of the ITAT in the case of SKF India Ltd. vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax [2024] 168 taxmann.com 328 (Mumbai- Trib.) (SB).

The reasons given by the 1st Respondent for not following the decision of the Special Bench [in SKF (India)] is that the department has not accepted this decision of the ITAT Mumbai and the issue is being contested before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court. Thus, there was no finality on the issue of tax at the rate u/s 112 of the Act for capital gain u/s 50 of the Act and the decision of Special Bench cannot be equated in the nature of declaration of law by the Hon’ble Supreme Court under Article 141 of the Constitution of India or decision by the jurisdictional High Court.

The second ground, mentioned was that even prior to the Special Bench decision of the ITAT, there were conflicting views of various higher judicial authorities regarding the applicable tax rate on capital gains deemed to have arisen out of the transfer of short-term capital assets and even the Special Bench decision of the ITAT was not a Full Bench decision.

With regard to the above second ground, the Hon. Court observed that the decision of the Special Bench was rendered by three members of the ITAT. Therefore, the 1st Respondent came to the erroneous conclusion because one member of the bench dissented from the majority.

The Hon. Court further observed that the 1st Respondent has completely mis-directed himself by not following the binding decision of the ITAT in the case of SKF India (supra). It was not for the Commissioner to decide whether the ITAT was correct in its decision or otherwise. Even though in his personal opinion, he may be of the view that the decision has wrongly decided the law, he was bound to follow the same. If the lower authorities are permitted not to follow binding decisions because in their personal view, they feel that the decision was wrong, the same would lead to complete chaos in the administration of tax law. The Hon’ble Supreme Court in Union of India and Others vs. Kamlakshi Finance Corporation Ltd [1992 supp (1) SCC 443] has criticized this kind of conduct by the Revenue Authorities.

The decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court was thereafter followed by the Court in the case of M/s. Om Siddhakala Associates vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax, CPC [Writ Petition No. 14178 of 2023 decided on 28th March 2024]. Also, in the case of Dipti Enterprises vs. Assistant Director of Income Tax [Writ Petition No. 2621 of 2023 decided on 17th November 2025] has once again reiterated that the lower authorities are bound to follow the same.

The Court held that filing of an appeal by the revenue against the order of the Appellate Tribunal ipso-facto would not absolve the revenue authorities from adhering to the applicable binding judicial precedents. Secondly, the doctrine of binding precedents plays a vital role in tax jurisprudence. It was first required to be ascertained whether, in the facts and circumstances of the case and in law, a particular judicial precedent was factually and legally in consonance with the case in hand or not. If it was found that the precedent relied upon was distinguishable, then such parameters based on which it was distinguishable need to be described in the order.

The Hon. Court allowed the Writ Petition and quashed and set aside the impugned order passed under Section 264 of the Act. The matter was remanded to the 1st Respondent to pass a fresh order on the application filed by the Petitioner by following the decision of the Special Bench of the ITAT in the case of SKF India (supra). The Court clarified that the court have not endorsed the view taken by the Special Bench in SKF India (supra). It was held that judicial discipline ought to be maintained and cannot be deviated from on the ground that the order passed by the superior authority is “not acceptable” to the department.

Settlement Commission — Settlement of cases — Rectification of order of settlement u/s. 245D(6B) — Period of limitation — Application beyond six months of order — Barred by limitation —Petition of the Revenue was dismissed.

66. Principal CIT vs. Goldsukh Developers (P) Ltd.: (2025) 483 ITR 715 Bom): 2023 SCC OnLine Bom 3282: (2024) 2 Mah LJ 32

A. Y. 2014-15: Date of order 10/07/2023

S. 245D of ITA 1961

Settlement Commission — Settlement of cases — Rectification of order of settlement u/s. 245D(6B) — Period of limitation — Application beyond six months of order — Barred by limitation —Petition of the Revenue was dismissed.

The Respondent assessee had filed an application before the Settlement Commission for settlement, and the application of assessee came to be disposed of by an order dated September 20, 2016 wherein the assessee’s application was allowed u/s. 245D(4) of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

The said order was challenged by the Revenue by way of writ petition on February 10, 2017. The challenge in the petition was on the ground that there was failure on the part of assessee to make full and true disclosure of income. The assessee raised a preliminary objection on the ground that the said order was passed by consent of both the Revenue (petitioner) and the assessee (respondent No. 1.).

It was the petitioner’s case in the said writ petition that the settlement recorded by the Commission on the consent of the parties was to be ignored because it did not reflect the correct position. It was the case of the Revenue that it had consistently opposed the application of respondent No. 1 for settlement in view of the alleged failure to make full and true disclosure of income.

The High Court dismissed the petition on June 21, 2018, holding that it was not open to the Revenue to challenge the correctness of the fact recorded in the said order by the Commission, particularly when it was not even remotely the case of the Revenue that the consent was given/made on a wrong appreciation of law. The court, of course, held that the remedy for the Revenue would be to move the Commission to correct what, according to the Revenue was an incorrect recording of consent in the impugned order.

Following this, the Revenue (petitioner) filed an application u/s. 245D(6B) on November 22, 2018 before the Settlement Commission for rectification. By the impugned order dated January 15, 2019, the Commission dismissed the application of the petitioner. The Commission came to the conclusion that even if it excluded the time spent pursuing the writ petition from February 10, 2017 to June 21, 2018,the rectification application had still been filed beyond the six months period stipulated in section 245D(6B) and was thus barred by limitation.

The Revenue filed another writ petition challenging this order. The Bombay High Court dismissed the petition and held as under:

“i) We find no error in the finding of the Commission.

ii) Though it was not argued before us and we would keep it open to decide in a proper case, we have our own reservations as to whether the grievance raised by the petitioner before the Commission and in the said writ petition that the consent as recorded was not given would qualify to be a “mistake apparent from the record” which is the only thing the Commission may rectify.”

Revision of order u/s. 264 — Power of Commissioner — Assessee filed return in wrong Form and later corrected it, claiming exemption u/s. 54F — Assessee’s CA failed to respond to notice u/s. 142(1) resulting in passing of assessment order ex parte making additions — Revision application u/s. 264 filed before Principal CIT with all materials — Principal CIT accepted assessee’s case on merits in order but rejected revision application as not maintainable — Rejection based solely on earlier failure to respond to notice during assessment proceeding proceedings — Power of Commissioner u/s. 264 wide to remedy bona fide mistakes — Earlier non-compliance with notice cannot render subsequent revision application not maintainable — Order rejecting revision application quashed and matter remanded to Principal CIT.

65. Ramesh Madhukar Deole vs. Principal CIT: (2025) 483 ITR 802 (Bom): 2024 SCC OnLine Bom 5145

A. Y. 2018-19: Date of order 18/11/2024

Ss. 54F, 142(1) and 264 of ITA 1961

Revision of order u/s. 264 — Power of Commissioner — Assessee filed return in wrong Form and later corrected it, claiming exemption u/s. 54F — Assessee’s CA failed to respond to notice u/s. 142(1) resulting in passing of assessment order ex parte making additions — Revision application u/s. 264 filed before Principal CIT with all materials — Principal CIT accepted assessee’s case on merits in order but rejected revision application as not maintainable — Rejection based solely on earlier failure to respond to notice during assessment proceeding proceedings — Power of Commissioner u/s. 264 wide to remedy bona fide mistakes — Earlier non-compliance with notice cannot render subsequent revision application not maintainable — Order rejecting revision application quashed and matter remanded to Principal CIT.

For the A. Y. 2018-2019, the assessee filed the return of income in wrong Form and subsequently filed the corrected return of income under ITR-3, wherein he claimed deductions and exemptions from capital gains u/s. 54F of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The assessee’s Chartered Accountant failed to respond to the notice u/s. 142(1) of the Act. Consequently, the Assessing Officer passed an ex parte assessment order u/s. 143(3) making additions.

Therefore, the assessee filed revision application u/s. 264 of the Act, praying for deletion of additions. The petitioner submitted all materials in that support of the claim. The Principal Commissioner accepted the assessee’s case on merits but rejected the revision application as not maintainable solely on the ground that the assessee had failed to produce certain materials in response to the notice u/s. 142(1) during the assessment proceedings.

The assessee filed a writ petition challenging the order of rejection. The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) The Principal Commissioner of Income-tax should not have rejected the petitioner’s revision application as not maintainable. We are of the clear opinion that the cause in the present case warranted that the revision be decided on merits and more particularly considering the case of the petitioner, which although was noticed in paragraph 6 of the impugned order, was not taken to its logical conclusion, merely on an erroneous presumption in law that the revision is not maintainable for a reason that the petitioner had failed to produce certain materials in response to notice u/s.142(1) of the Act. In our opinion, there is a manifest error on the part of the Principal Commissioner of Income-tax in coming to such conclusion to hold the revision not maintainable in the facts of the present case.

ii) The impugned order dated March 24, 2023 is quashed and set aside. The petitioner’s revision application are remanded to the Principal Commissioner of Income-tax to be decided in accordance with law and an appropriate order be passed thereon within a period of three months from today.”

Revision — Erroneous and prejudicial order — Lack of proper enquiry — Initiation of 263 at the instance of the AO cannot be done — Finding of the Tribunal well founded — Reliance upon notes submitted by the assessee before the AO — Cannot be stated that the AO did not consider all the factors and accepted the plea of the assessee and completed assessment — CIT is required to consider the explanation offered and take a decision — Failure to render any finding by CIT — Revision u/s. 263 not sustainable.

64. Principal CIT vs. Britannia Industries Ltd.

(2025) 346 CTR 242 (Cal.)

A. Y. 2018-19: Date of order 09/07/2025

S. 263 of ITA 1961

Revision — Erroneous and prejudicial order — Lack of proper enquiry — Initiation of 263 at the instance of the AO cannot be done — Finding of the Tribunal well founded — Reliance upon notes submitted by the assessee before the AO — Cannot be stated that the AO did not consider all the factors and accepted the plea of the assessee and completed assessment — CIT is required to consider the explanation offered and take a decision — Failure to render any finding by CIT — Revision u/s. 263 not sustainable.

The scrutiny assessment for A.Y. 2018-19 was completed u/s. 143 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 by an order dated 22/03/2021. Subsequently, notice u/s. 263 of the Act was issued, requiring the assessee to show cause why the assessment order should not be treated as erroneous or prejudicial to the interest of the Revenue. The assessment order was sought to be revised on, inter alia, applicability of section 56(2)(x) to the acquisition of leasehold land and building and the disallowance of claim u/s. 43B in relation to reversal or write back of provision for liabilities. Though the assessee filed a response objecting to the revision of the assessment order, the Principal Commissioner passed an order u/s. 263 setting-aside the assessment order and directing the Assessing Officer to pass the order afresh after considering the issues on which revision was sought to be made.

Against the said order of revision, the assessee filed an appeal before the Tribunal, which was allowed.

The Calcutta High Court dismissed the appeal of the Department and held as follows:

“i) A reading of s. 263 of the Act would clearly show that unless and until the twin conditions are satisfied that the assessment order should be erroneous and it should be prejudicial to the interest of Revenue, the power under s. 263 of the Act cannot be invoked. Apart from that, the statute mandates that the Principal CIT should inquire and be satisfied that the case warrants exercise of its jurisdiction under s. 263 of the Act and such satisfaction should be manifest in the show-cause notice which is issued under the said provision.

ii) The Tribunal considered the factual position and found that out of the five issues which were raised in the show-cause notice issued u/s. 263 of the Act, except for three issues the explanation offered by the assessee in respect of the other issues were accepted by the Principal CIT. Furthermore, on facts, it is clear that the Principal CIT invoked its jurisdiction u/s. 263 of the Act at the instance of the Assessing Officer, which was incorrect. Therefore, the finding of the learned Tribunal that the Principal CIT could not have invoked its power u/s. 263 of the Act solely based upon the reference made by the Assessing Officer is well founded.

iii) As regards the merits of the case, i.e. regarding the applicability of section 56(2)(x) to the transaction of purchase of land by the assessee from Bombay Dyeing & Manufacturing Company Ltd., it is undisputed that all the facts were placed before the AO and they were also disclosed in the notes of the tax audit report and the notes to the computation of income filed along with the return of income and those were scrutinised by the Assessing Officer. In fact, the learned Tribunal has extracted the relevant portion of the notes filed by the assessee before the Assessing Officer. Therefore, it cannot be stated that the Assessing Officer did not take into account all the factors and had accepted the plea of the assessee and completed the assessment. Therefore, the Principal CIT to invoke its power under s. 263 of the Act has to apply its mind to the audit report and record its satisfaction that the twin conditions required to be complied with under s. 263 of the Act have not been satisfied. Therefore, the Tribunal was fully justified in holding that the Principal CIT could not have invoked its power under s. 263 of the Act. Though in the show-cause notice it is alleged that these aspects were not taken into consideration by the Assessing Officer, curiously enough in the order passed u/s. 263 of the Act dated 29/03/2023 the Principal CIT states that the Assessing Officer has not considered these aspects during the course of assessment; he has not made any inquiry on the issue nor did he issue any questionnaire in this regard and also held that the assessee in its reply dated 13/03/2023 did not contradict these facts. This finding rendered by the Principal CIT in its order is factually incorrect and the outcome of total non-application of mind. Therefore, the finding rendered by the learned Tribunal is fully justified.

iv) As regards the disallowance of claim u/s. 43B in relation to reversal or write back of provision for liability, the Principal CIT, while passing the order u/s. 263 of the Act miserably failed to render any finding despite the fact that the assessee placed reliance on the decision in the case of Principal CIT vs. Eveready Industries India Ltd. and, accordingly, set aside the order passed by the Assessing Officer with a direction to the Assessing Officer to examine whether the decision in the case of Eveready Industries India Ltd. would be applicable to the case of the assessee or not after giving due opportunity of being heard to the assessee. The manner in which the Principal CIT has dealt with this issue is wholly untenable and, therefore, the learned Tribunal was justified in setting aside the order passed by the Principal CIT on that score. Tribunal was right in allowing the assessee’s appeal and setting aside the order passed by the Principal CIT.”

Power of Tribunal — Admission of additional evidence — Rule 29 of ITAT Rules, 1963 — Admission only at the instance of the Tribunal — Parties to the appeal are not entitled as a matter of right to produce additional evidence — Order of the Tribunal allowing the admission of additional evidence held to be in gross violation of the procedure contemplated under Rule 29 — Order of the Tribunal liable to be set-aside.

63. Nuziveedu Seeds Ltd. vs. CCIT

TS-150-HC-2026(Tel.)

A.Ys.: 2012-13 and 2013-14: Date of order 30/01/2026

Rule 29 of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal Rules, 1963

Power of Tribunal — Admission of additional evidence — Rule 29 of ITAT Rules, 1963 — Admission only at the instance of the Tribunal — Parties to the appeal are not entitled as a matter of right to produce additional evidence — Order of the Tribunal allowing the admission of additional evidence held to be in gross violation of the procedure contemplated under Rule 29 — Order of the Tribunal liable to be set-aside.

The assessee, a public limited company, engaged in the research, production and sale of hybrid seeds and crops. In the scrutiny assessment for A. Y. 2012-13 and 2013-14, addition and disallowance was made u/s. 10(1) and section 14A of the Act.

On appeal before the CIT(A), the appeal of the assessee was partly allowed, wherein the addition made u/s. 10(1) of the Act was deleted and the disallowance made u/s. 14A of the Act was confirmed. Against the order of the CIT(A), cross appeals were filed by the assessee and the department. The Tribunal remanded the matter to the Assessing Officer with a direction to examine the nature of business of the assessee and to determine whether the nature of the business was agricultural or not, and also to recompute the disallowance depending upon the determination of the nature of the business of the assessee.

During the pendency of the appeal before the Tribunal, a search was conducted at the business premises of the assessee, wherein certain incriminating material was found. Thereafter, notice u/s. 153A of the Act was issued. Pending the appeal before the Tribunal, the Department filed an application before the Tribunal for admission of additional evidence to bring on record before the Tribunal, the alleged incriminating material / documents found during the course of search. Despite the assessee’s opposition to the admission of the incriminating material as additional evidence, the Tribunal allowed the application. On the basis of the said documents, the Tribunal concluded that the addition u/s. 10(1) was not sustainable and remanded the matter to the AO as regards the disallowance u/s. 14A of the Act.

On appeal before the High Court, the assessee challenged the order of the Tribunal on the ground that the Tribunal was not justified in invoking Rule 29 of the ITAT Rules, 1963 and in accepting the additional evidence since Rule 29 expressly prohibits the department from bringing on record such additional evidence. Further, the assessee also challenged the order of the Tribunal on the ground that the Tribunal was not justified in taking into account the evidence of proceedings u/s. 153A of the Act as the proceedings u/s. 153A are separate and the same could not be relied upon in an appeal before the Tribunal.

The Telangana High Court decided the appeal, in favour of the assessee and held as follows:

“i) A perusal of Rule 29 of the Rules, makes it clear that the very foremost words of the Rule explicitly provide that the parties to an appeal are not entitled, as a matter of right, to produce additional evidence, either oral or documentary, before the Tribunal. The Rule further makes it clear that it is the Tribunal alone, which is competent to direct either party to produce any witness to be examined or affidavit to be filed or may allow such evidence to be adduced.

ii) Rule 29 of the ITAT Rules, abundantly makes it clear that neither of the parties to the appeal can independently file additional evidence, either oral or documentary and it is only the Tribunal on its own can direct either of the parties to produce any documents or witness or any affidavit to be filed for determination of the dispute and if the income tax authorities decide the case without giving sufficient opportunity to the assessee either on the points specified or not specified, the Tribunal may, for reasons to be recorded, permit the production of such evidence by the assessee. The words envisaged in Rule 29, therefore leaves no scope for either the Revenue or the assessee to file applications to adduce evidence as a matter of right. Only the learned ITAT alone is empowered to direct either of the parties to produce additional evidence and only in the cases where there is total denial of giving sufficient opportunity to the assessee, the assessee has got a right to file such application seeking permission to adduce additional evidence.

iii) The learned ITAT exceeded in its jurisdiction and acted in gross violation of Rule 29 by allowing the application filed by the Revenue in a routine manner and remanding the matter to the Assessing Authority for fresh determination.

iv) The judgements relied upon by the department were distinguishable on the ground that in those cases, the discretion of the Tribunal was exercised to admit additional evidence for substantial causes or where the evidence could not be produced before the lower authorities due to genuine difficulties, such as non-retrievability of emails or documents. The Tribunal, in those cases, acted after determining that the evidence was necessary for proper adjudication. Further, many of those judgments arose under different statutory provisions, such as Order XLI Rule 27 and or other laws, and did not specifically consider Rule 29 of the Rules as that fall for consideration in the instant case. None of the judgments expressly held that either party could file an application for additional evidence as a matter of right under Rule 29

v) In the instant case, the application filed by the Revenue as a matter of right, was allowed by the learned ITAT, without proper appreciation of Rule 29, which is impermissible in law. We are of the considered view, that the impugned orders of the learned ITAT are in gross violation of procedures contemplated under Rule 29 of the Rules and the learned ITAT exceeded its jurisdiction and thus, the impugned order are liable to be set aside.”

Intimation u/s. 143(1) — Adjustment to the return of income — First proviso — Mandatory in nature — No adjustment to be made unless an opportunity is given to the assessee — No prior opportunity to the assessee before making adjustment — Intimation u/s. 143(1) is liable to be quashed and set-aside.

62. Bax India Ventures Pvt. Ltd. vs. CPC

2026 (2) TMI 319 Bom.

Date of order: 02/02/2026

Ss. 143(1) of ITA 1961

Intimation u/s. 143(1) — Adjustment to the return of income — First proviso — Mandatory in nature — No adjustment to be made unless an opportunity is given to the assessee — No prior opportunity to the assessee before making adjustment — Intimation u/s. 143(1) is liable to be quashed and set-aside.

The Assessee company filed its return of income u/s. 139(8A) and claimed the benefit of lower rate of tax as per section 115BAA of the Income-tax Act, 1961. Along with the return filed u/s. 139(8A), the assessee also filed Form 10-IC which was mandatory as per section 115BAA of the Act. However, the Assessee’s claim was denied, and an adjustment was made in the Intimation order u/s. 143(1)(a) of the Act.

The Assessee challenged the said Intimation order by way of writ petition before the High Court on the ground that the assessee was not given prior intimation about the proposed adjustment and therefore the Intimation order passed u/s. 143(1)(a) of the Act was not sustainable and ought to be set-aside.

The contention of the Department was that the present case was that of denying the beneficial rate of tax to the assessee and not that of adjustment to the total income or loss and therefore there was no need to provide an opportunity to the assessee. Further, since the assessee had failed to file the return of income along with Form 10-IC by the due date mentioned u/s. 139(1), the tax was correctly levied at the normal rate of tax.

The Bombay High Court allowed the petition of the assessee and held as follows:

“i) Admittedly, no intimation was given to the assessee as contemplated in the first proviso to Section 143 (1) (a). The first proviso, in our opinion, is clearly mandatory in nature, as it clearly stipulates that no adjustment ‘shall be made’ unless an intimation is given to the assessee of such adjustment either in writing or in electronic mode. Once this is a mandatory provision, no Intimation order u/s. 143(1)(a) can be passed, making any adjustment in the Return of Income filed by the assessee, unless such proposed adjustment is first intimated to the assessee and he has been given a chance to respond thereto.

ii) In the facts of the present case, no intimation as contemplated under the first proviso to Section 143(1)(a) was ever issued to the Petitioner. This is an undisputed fact. On this ground alone, the Intimation order dated 1st December, 2025, issued u/s. 143(1)(a), is liable to be quashed and set aside.

iii) We are unable to agree with the submission of the learned Advocate appearing on behalf of the Revenue that this exercise would be an exercise in futility because in the facts of the present case, admittedly, Form 10-IC was not filed by the due date. There could very well be a case where, after belatedly filing a return and belatedly filing Form 10-IC, and before the Intimation order is passed u/s. 143 (1)(a), the Petitioner could have obtained an order seeking condonation of delay in filing form 10-IC u/s. 119(2)(b) of the Act. This could possibly be the response that the assessee may give to the CPC in respect of the notice issued under the first proviso to Section 143(1) (a) and contend that the proposed adjustment ought not to be made. It is therefore incorrect to suggest that the intimation proposing an adjustment, as contemplated under the first proviso to Section 143(1)(a), would be an exercise in futility. Once we find that the said provision is mandatory in nature, the same has to be complied with by the Revenue. The Revenue cannot decide in which case it would be futile and in which case it would not.

iv) The Department is free to issue a notice to the assessee as contemplated under the first proviso to Section 143(1)(a) as well as take the response of the Petitioner, if any, into the consideration, and only thereafter pass a fresh Intimation order as contemplated u/s. 143(1)(a)”

Equalisation levy — Refund — Interest on refund — Refund granted as excess Equalisation levy paid by assessee after three years — Obligation on Department to pay interest as compensation for use and retention of money collected in excess — Department’s contention that statute does not provide for payment of interest on refund of equalisation levy not tenable — High Court directed the Department to pay interest at the rate of six per cent from April 1 of the year following the financial year in which excess payments made by assessee till date of actual refund.

61. Group M Media India (P) Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT (International Tax): (2025) 483 ITR 593 (Bom): 2023 SCC OnLine 2740: (2024) 336 CTR 270 (Bom)

A. Y. 2018-19: Date of order 18/12/2023

S. 244A of ITA 1961 and Ss. 164(i), 165, 166 and 168(1) of the Finance Act, 2016

Equalisation levy — Refund — Interest on refund — Refund granted as excess Equalisation levy paid by assessee after three years — Obligation on Department to pay interest as compensation for use and retention of money collected in excess — Department’s contention that statute does not provide for payment of interest on refund of equalisation levy not tenable — High Court directed the Department to pay interest at the rate of six per cent from April 1 of the year following the financial year in which excess payments made by assessee till date of actual refund.

The petitioner assessee availed “specified services” as defined in clause (i) of section 164 of the Finance Act, 2016, effective from April 1, 2016. Section 164 of the Finance Act, 2016 ((2016) 384 ITR (Stat) 1) provides in clause (i), unless the context otherwise requires, “specified service” means online advertisement, any provision for digital advertising space or any other facility or service for the purpose of online advertisement and includes any other service as may be notified by the Central Government.

For the A. Y. 2018-19, the petitioner filed its statement of specified income originally on June 26, 2018 disclosing the total consideration for specified services at ₹3,99,41,76,889 and equalisation levy of ₹23,96,50,668. After declaring the total levy paid of ₹23,96,50,670, the assessee claimed a refund of ₹4,23,60,940.

By an intimation/order u/s. 168(1) of the Finance Act, 2016 the Department determined the refund at ₹4,23,60,940. However, despite repeated requests, the refund was not given. The assessee therefore filed a writ petition alleging that there is failure on the part of the respondents to release the undisputed refund due and determined by the respondents themselves in the intimation/order issued u/s. 168(1) of the Finance Act, 2016 ((2016) 384 ITR (Stat) 1) for the F. Y. 2017-2018 corresponding to the A. Y. 2018-2019 despite reminders sent and for a direction to the respondents to refund an admitted amount of ₹4,23,60,940 plus interest thereon. After filing the writ petition the Department gave the refund of the amount but refused to give interest on refund.

The Bombay High Court allowed the petition and held as under:

“i) The issue that remains to be decided in this petition is whether the petitioner was entitled to interest on the amount refunded.

ii) The stand of the Revenue is interest is not provided for refund of amounts deposited under the equalisation levy and, therefore, the question of payment of any interest does not arise.

iii) When the collection is illegal, there is corresponding obligation on the Revenue to refund such amount with interest in-as-much as they have retained and enjoyed the money deposited.

iv) In Union of India vs. Tata Chemicals Ltd. [(2014) 363 ITR 658 (SC); (2014) 6 SCC 335; (2014) 3 SCC (Civ) 553; 2014 SCC OnLine SC 176; (2014) 43 taxmann.com 240 (SC).] the apex court also held that refund due and payable to the assessee is debt owed and payable by the Revenue.

v) In the present case, it is not in doubt that the petitioner was entitled to refund of ₹4,23,60,940 because the amount has been paid after the petition was filed. Since the excess amount has been paid over by the petitioner on various dates during the F. Y. 2017-2018, in our view, the refund ought to have been processed and paid latest by July 31, 2018. The interest, therefore, of course, will become payable from April 1, 2018 if we apply the principles prescribed in section 244A of the Act. The amount, as noted earlier, has been paid only on August 21, 2023. Consequently, we are of the view that the petitioner is entitled to interest on this amount of ₹4,23,60,940 from April 1, 2018 up to August 21, 2023 at the rate of six per cent. per annum which is the rate prescribed u/s. 244A of the Act.

vi) This order shall be given effect to and the interest shall be paid over on or before February 15, 2024. If not paid, with effect from February 16, 2024, the rate of interest payable will be at nine per cent. per annum until the date of payment.

vii) This will be in addition to other proceedings to hold the Department and concerned officers to be in wilful disobedience of the orders passed by this court. The difference of three per cent. (nine per cent. – six per cent.) will be recovered from the Officer who will be responsible to have the interest paid.”

Article 8 of India-Ireland DTAA – in absence of specific notification under Section 90 of the Act, DTAA cannot be said to have been modified through Multilateral Instrument ; on facts, consideration received by Irish company from dry lease of aircraft was taxable only in Ireland under Article 8 of India-Ireland DTAA

19. [2025] 177 taxmann.com 579 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Sky High Appeal XLIII Leasing Company Ltd. vs. ACIT (International Taxation)

IT APPEAL NOS. 1122, 1106, 1198, 1157, 1108, 1156 AND 1155 (MUM) OF 2025

A.Y.: 2022-23 Dated: 13 August 2025

Article 8 of India-Ireland DTAA – in absence of specific notification under Section 90 of the Act, DTAA cannot be said to have been modified through Multilateral Instrument ; on facts, consideration received by Irish company from dry lease of aircraft was taxable only in Ireland under Article 8 of India-Ireland DTAA

FACTS

The Assessee, a tax resident of Ireland, was incorporated in 2018. A licensed corporate service provider in Ireland managed the day-to-day operations of the Assessee. Ireland’s tax authorities had granted a tax residency certificate (“TRC”) to the Assessee. The Assessee was engaged in business of aircraft leasing globally. The Assessee had entered into dry operating lease agreements with an Indian airline company (“Ind Co”). In respect of the relevant year, the Assessee filed its return of income (“ROI”) declaring nil taxable income on the footing that, in terms of Article 8 of India-Ireland DTAA, consideration received by it from Ind Co was taxable only in Ireland.

The AO invoked Articles 6 and 7 of the Multilateral Instrument (“MLI”) that modified the provisions of India-Ireland DTAA and observed that: (a) the ultimate beneficiary was located in Cayman Islands; (b) Assessee did not have any employee; (c) daily affairs of Assessee were managed by third-party service providers; and (d) Assessee’s directors held positions in multiple other Irish companies. The AO further observed that the leases were in the nature of finance leases. Accordingly, he taxed the consideration as royalty under Article 12 of India-Ireland DTAA. The DRP further held that in absence of employees and infrastructure, Ireland operations could not be considered genuine. It further observed that the Assessee retained ultimate control over leased aircraft. Accordingly, the DRP upheld the order of the AO.

Aggrieved by the final order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

(a) Application of MLI

The Hon’ble Supreme Court (“SC”) in Nestle SA [458 ITR 756], while interpreting the Most Favoured Nation (“MFN”) provisions in the protocol, has held that a separate notification under Section 90(1) of the Act was required to import the benefit from a subsequent DTAA into an existing DTAA.

India and Ireland had ratified their final MLI positions in 2019. India issued a notification regarding the adoption of the MLI. However, a separate notification highlighting the consequences/impact of the MLI on India-Ireland DTAA was not issued. As per the principles upheld in Nestle SA (supra), a separate notification was a prerequisite for applying the modifications to DTAA caused by MLI provisions, and MLI cannot be regarded as a self-operating instrument. Accordingly, Articles 6 and 7 of MLI could not be applied to deny DTAA benefits.

A TRC issued by foreign tax authorities could not be questioned unless it was a case of fraud.

A Principal Purpose Test (“PPT”) could not be applied merely because taxpayer derived a benefit provided by a DTAA or if its parent entity was located in a third country. In a global context, a Special Purpose Vehicle (“SPV”) usually does not have a dedicated workforce and is generally managed by service providers. Based on the evidence submitted, the SPV had assumed real economic risk.

A benefit cannot be denied under PPT if the object and purpose of relevant DTAA provision is to grant such benefits. On a holistic reading of Articles 8 and 12, the object of DTAA was to exclude aircraft leasing from the scope of source-country taxing rights.

(b) Nature of Lease

The terms of the lease clearly indicated that it was a dry lease. In the event of default, the lessor may take possession of the aircraft, and at the end of the lease period, the aircraft must be returned to the lessor. One need not travel beyond contract terms, unless the transaction was a sham.

Having regard to the terms of the agreement, Guidelines of DGCA, classification by RBI, statutory definition, and ruling of coordinate bench of ITAT in Celestial Aviation Trading [2025] 176 taxmann.com 902 (Delhi – Trib.), lease of aircraft was an operating lease.

(c) Permanent Establishment

As per agreement, the aircraft was under the control and disposal of the lessee. DGCA Guidelines required lessee to have operational control over the aircraft. Lessor rights towards periodic inspection, compliance with maintenance standards, and repossession in case of default cannot confer any right of disposal over the asset/place. Hence, presence of aircraft of assessee on a lease basis cannot constitute a permanent establishment.

Based on the above, the ITAT held that in terms of Article 13 of India-Ireland DTAA, the consideration received by the Assessee for lease of aircraft was taxable only in Ireland.

Author’s Note:

One may need to take into account the impact of the SC Decision in AAR vs. Tiger Global International II Holdings [2026] 182 taxmann.com 375 (SC), to the extent the decision may be regarded as laying down guiding, binding principles. Although the SC was concerned with, and decided whether AAR was right in rejecting the petition as involving a prima facie case of tax avoidance, the tribunal’s ruling, to the extent it is contrary to the SC’s binding ratio will require reconsideration.

Where the assessee had utilised its limited funds mainly for construction of a Satsang Bhawan in accordance with its charitable objects, its mere inability to carry out other charitable activities on account of paucity of funds could not be a ground for denial of registration under section 12AB / section 80G.

90. (2026) 182 taxmann.com 202 (Lucknow Trib)

Kirti Mahal Satsang Bhawan Trust vs. CIT

A.Y.: 2023-24 Date of Order: 05.01.2026

Section : 12AB, 80G

Where the assessee had utilised its limited funds mainly for construction of a Satsang Bhawan in accordance with its charitable objects, its mere inability to carry out other charitable activities on account of paucity of funds could not be a ground for denial of registration under section 12AB / section 80G.

FACTS

The assessee submitted applications in Form No. 10AB on 27.06.2024 seeking registration under section 12AB as well as approval under section 80G. Both the applications were rejected by CIT (E) on the ground that the assessee was not carrying out any substantial charitable activity as per objects of the trust and the genuineness of charitable activities being carried out by the trust had not been satisfactorily established.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal set aside the orders of the CIT(E) and directed him to grant registration under sections 12AB and approval under section 80G, holding that the assessee’s limited funds were mainly utilised for construction of the Satsang Bhawan, which was in in accordance with its charitable objective. It further observed that the inability to undertake other charitable activities was solely due to paucity of funds which was used mainly for construction of Satsang Bhavan. It noted that the construction of the Satsang Bhawan had now been completed and the assessee was presently carrying out charitable activities, including Satsang.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed.

A securitisation trust formed in accordance with the SARFAESI Act and RBI Guidelines is a revocable trust within the meaning of section 61 / 63 and consequently its income is not chargeable to tax in the hands of trust but in the hands of the Security Receipt Holders; accordingly, such trust cannot be assessed as an AOP under section 164.

89. (2026) 182 taxmann.com 849 (Mum Trib)

ITO vs. Arcil Retail Loan Portfolio -001- A- Trust

A.Y.: 2016-17

Date of Order: 22.01.2026 Section: 61, 63, 164

A securitisation trust formed in accordance with the SARFAESI Act and RBI Guidelines is a revocable trust within the meaning of section 61 / 63 and consequently its income is not chargeable to tax in the hands of trust but in the hands of the Security Receipt Holders; accordingly, such trust cannot be assessed as an AOP under section 164.

FACTS

The assessee was constituted as a trust by Asset Reconstruction Company (India) Ltd. (ARCIL) pursuant to the provisions of the SARFAESI Act, 2002 and RBI Guidelines for the purpose of acquisition and resolution of Non-Performing Assets. Funds were raised by issuance of Security Receipts (SRs) to Qualified Institutional Buyers. ARCIL functioned as settlor, trustee and asset manager of the assessee-trust. The trust filed its return of income for A.Y. 2016-17 declaring total income at Rs. NIL, after claiming exemption on income of ₹27,63,75,223 under section 61 read with section 63. The return was processed under section 143(1) of the Act and the case was selected for complete scrutiny under CASS.

The AO held that the assessee could not be regarded as a trust for the purposes of sections 61 to 63 and that, on the facts, the contributors and beneficiaries had joined in a common purpose of earning income and therefore, constituted an Association of Persons within the meaning of section 2(31). The AO further held that the trust was neither revocable nor determinate, that the provisions of section 164 were attracted, and that even otherwise the assessee was liable to be assessed as an AOP. Accordingly, the claim of exemption under sections 61 to 63 was denied and the AO assessed the total income of the assessee at ₹30,33,45,950 and initiated penalty proceedings under sections 271(1)(b) and 271(1)(c).

On appeal, CIT(A) allowed the appeal of the assessee in full.

Aggrieved, the revenue filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

On the questions of whether the assessee trust is revocable or irrevocable for the purposes of sections 61 to 63 and whether it is liable to be assessed as an Association of Persons and consequently whether the income can be brought to tax in the hands of the trust by invoking section 164, the Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) Sections 61 to 63 form a self-contained code dealing with taxation of income arising from revocable transfers. The legislative scheme is explicit that where the transferor retains, directly or indirectly, the right to re-assume control over income or assets, such income cannot be assessed in the hands of an intermediary entity but must be taxed in the hands of the transferor. Section 63 deliberately adopts a wide and inclusive definition of both “transfer” and “revocable transfer”. The statute does not prescribe that revocation must be unilateral, unconditional, or exercisable by an individual contributor. What is required is the existence of a contractual or legal mechanism for re-transfer of assets or re-assumption of power. This statutory scheme must be read harmoniously with the regulatory framework governing securitisation trusts, which are mandated under the SARFAESI Act and RBI Guidelines to operate as passthrough vehicles with beneficial ownership resting with Security Receipt Holders.

(b) On a plain reading of Clause 5.2 of the Trust Deed, it can be seen that the Security Receipt Holders were expressly conferred a right to revoke their contributions during the subsistence of the trust. Upon such revocation, the entire Trust Fund stood retransferred to the Security Receipt Holders or their designees in proportion to their holdings, the scheme itself stood dissolved, the trustee ceased to act as trustee, and the Security Receipts stood extinguished. These provisions clearly satisfied both limbs of section 63(a).

(c) It is evident that section 63 does not mandate unilateral or unconditional revocation, and that a revocation mechanism embedded in the governing instrument is sufficient. Collective revocation does not dilute the revocable character of the transfer.

(d) The formation of the assessee trust was statutorily mandated under the SARFAESI Act and RBI Guidelines. The trust was not a voluntary association of persons coming together for a common purpose, but a regulatory vehicle created for securitisation. The trustee functioned independently and exclusively in accordance with the Trust Deed. There was no joint management, no sharing of responsibilities, and no common volition among Security Receipt Holders so as to constitute an AOP.

(e) The beneficiaries were clearly identifiable with reference to the Trust Deed, offer documents and contribution records, and their respective shares were determinable in proportion to Security Receipts held. Merely because the names of beneficiaries were not set out in the Trust Deed itself did not render the trust indeterminate. This position is well settled by judicial precedents.

(f) Once it is held that the trust is revocable, section 164 has no independent application. Sections 61 to 63 override section 164 in cases of revocable transfers. The AO’s attempt to apply section 164, therefore, proceeded on an incorrect legal premise.

(g) The legislative intent to treat securitisation trusts as passthrough entities is further reinforced by later amendments and CBDT clarifications. The Finance Bill, 2016 expressly recognised securitisation trusts, including those set up by ARCs, as vehicles through which income is to be taxed in the hands of investors and not the trust. These amendments are clarificatory in nature, explaining the manner of taxation rather than altering the character of such trusts. They fortify the conclusion that, even prior to the amendments, the law recognised the trust as a conduit and not as a separate taxable entity in respect of such income.

Observing that its decision is supported by a series of decisions of the coordinate benches of the Tribunal, the Tribunal dismissed the appeal of the revenue and affirmed the order of CIT(A).

Where the assessee-company operating a solar power plant supplied electricity exclusively to its holding company, the activity could not be regarded as being carried out for “preservation of environment” / “charitable purpose” under section 2(15), as the dominant object was to benefit a single related entity rather than the public at large or a defined section of the public; accordingly, the assessee was not entitled to registration under section 12AB.

88. (2026) 182 taxmann.com 242 (Bang Trib)

Infosys Green Forum vs. ITO

A.Y.: N.A.

Date of Order : 12.01.2026

Section: 2(15), 12AB

Where the assessee-company operating a solar power plant supplied electricity exclusively to its holding company, the activity could not be regarded as being carried out for “preservation of environment” / “charitable purpose” under section 2(15), as the dominant object was to benefit a single related entity rather than the public at large or a defined section of the public; accordingly, the assessee was not entitled to registration under section 12AB.

FACTS

“I” Ltd. set up a 40 MW solar power plant on leasehold land as part of its Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) activities. As the amount spent resulted in capital assets, as per rule 7(4) of the CSR Rules, 2014, such assets were required to be transferred to a new section 8 company. Therefore, the assessee-company was incorporated as a non-profit company under section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013 on 31.8.2021 by “I” Ltd. (as its 100% shareholder) with the object, inter alia, of promoting clean energy and environmental sustainability. Thereafter, “I” Ltd. and the assessee-company entered into an agreement to transfer the solar power project to the assessee. They also entered into a power supply agreement whereby the assessee was required to sell the power generated from the solar plant at Tumkur district, Karnataka exclusively to “I” Ltd at agreed rates.

The assessee-section 8 company obtained provisional registration under section 12AB on 2.10.2021 for AY 2022-23 to 2024-25 on the ground that its activities of running a solar power plant fell within the category of “preservation of environment” under section 2(15). Thereafter, the assessee filed an application for permanent registration under section 12AB and section 80G.

CIT(E) rejected the application for registration under section 12AB (and also cancelled the provisional registration) on the ground that activity of generation of power and operating as a captive solar power plant was a commercial venture which was not a charitable activity under ‘preservation of environment’ and thus did not fall within the definition of section 2(15).

Aggrieved, the assessee filed appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) While setting up of a solar power plant is an activity which preserves the environment, the predominant or primary object test for “charitable purpose” is that benefit must enure to the public or a section/ class of the public. It is also not necessary that all persons universally benefit from the activities mentioned in section 2(15). Benefit to
sufficiently wide or defined section of public will suffice so long as private gain to a particular person is not the dominant object. Naturally, incidental benefit to individuals does not disentitle the assessee claiming it to be for “charitable purpose”.

(b) Upon detailed analysis of the power supply agreement, assets transfer agreement and other evidence, it could be seen that there was no benefit to the public at large or a section of a public at all. The dominant object of the whole exercise was to get the power for “I” Ltd. through captive solar power plant shown as CSR activity and then make an attempt to claim the benefit of registration under section 12AB and section 80G.

(c) In common parlance, the facts of the assessee were not different from a case where a donor sets up school for his own children and claims it as “educational activity”, or a company setting up a hospital exclusively for its own promoters / employees and claiming it as “medical relief”, or setting up own yoga centre for himself and claiming it as “Yoga” etc. Putting a solar panel over one’s house was also preservation of environment, but these are not charitable purposes as these do not have dominant object of benefit to others, that is, public at large. These are benefit to self. In all these cases there is no public benefit at large.

On the argument of the assessee that two wings of the Government cannot take a different view, the Tribunal observed that the view under the Companies Act (as stated in MCA Circular No. 21 / 2021 dated 25.8.2021) and provisions of section 2(15) of the Act are in consonance with each other and has taken a similar view that activity for the benefit of one person cannot be a CSR activity and the same is also not charitable. Both the Acts say that dominant object must be for the benefit of public or a defined section of public.

Accordingly, the Tribunal dismissed the appeals of the assessee and upheld the order of CIT(E) in not granting registration under section 12AB and approval under section 80G.

Company Law

24. Abhishek Maheshchand Khandelwal vs. Khandelwal Finstock (P.) Ltd.

Before, National Company Law Tribunal,

Ahmedabad Bench

Date of Order: 19th January, 2026

Where legal heirs of the deceased had produced death certificate of their late father and other required documents, the requirements under Section 56 of the Companies Act 2013 (CA 2013) were substantially complied with and, thus, the company was to be directed to transmit shares to the legal heirs of the deceased shareholder without insisting on probate.

FACTS:

  • The appellants were the legal heirs of late M who originally held 25 per cent shares in KFPL. The appellants and R were family members of the Khandelwal Family. Disputes arose among the family members. An arbitrator was appointed to resolve the disputes among four factions of the Khandelwal Family. The arbitrator passed an award which revised the shareholding of the family in KFPL and reduced the shareholding of M to 21 per cent.
  • M died on 13th October, 2020. After the death of M, there was no representation from his faction in the company. Only R was managing the affairs of the company. The appellants sent representation requesting transmission. The daughter gave no objection for transmission of shares in equal proportion to the appellants.
  • The company replied and acknowledged the 25 per cent holding but stated that no probate or legal document was received. In Gujarat, no probate was required for transmission of shares in a private company. The appellants stated that the company had not transmitted the shares despite intimation under section 56 and the company acted in breach of section 56 of CA 2013.
  • The appellants filed present appeal under section 59 seeking direction to the company to transmit the shares held by their late father in favour of the appellants and for rectification of its Register of Members.

HELD:

  • The Appellants produced the death certificate of their late father, no-objection affidavit of the daughter, and indemnity/affidavits as directed by the Tribunal. KFPL acknowledged the Appellants and their sister as legal heirs in proceedings arising out of the arbitral award. The identity of the legal heirs was not disputed before the Tribunal.
  • The objections regarding absence of Form SH-4 or allegations of fraud do not pertain to transmission by operation of law. Transmission on death does not require execution of a transfer deed. KFPL has failed to show any legal impediment which could justify refusal or delay in transmission of shares after receipt of complete documents.
  • Once it is established that late Maheshchand Khandelwal had shareholding in the company, and he died intestate, the legal heirs are entitled to transmission of the said shares, and their names are required to be entered in the register of members. There is no dispute on facts. As transmission occurs by operation of law under section 56(2) of CA 2013, no instrument of transfer (Form SH-4) is required, distinguishing it from voluntary transfers under section 56(1) of CA 2013.
  • It is also noted that the audited balance sheet of the Respondent Company reflects the shareholding of the deceased shareholder. Allegations regarding irregularities in filings are pending before statutory authorities and do not bar lawful transmission of shares. Such issues cannot be used to deny statutory rights of legal heirs under the CA 2013.
  • In view of the above discussion, it was found that the Appellants have established unnecessary delay and default on the part of KFPL in registering the transmission of shares. The requirements under section 56 were substantially complied with by the Appellants. The jurisdiction of the Tribunal under section 59 is clearly attracted and appeal filed by the aggrieved persons, the legal heir of the deceased, is maintainable.
  • Accordingly, Tribunal held that the Appellants were entitled to transmission of 21 percent shares standing in the name of Late Shri Maheshchand Radhakishan Khandelwal, as per the arbitral award dated 6th November 2018, and to rectification of the Register of Members of KFPL. This realignment as per the arbitral award overrides the original 25% holding reflected in the balance sheet, as the award, being enforceable, must be given effect under section 59 of CA 2013.

Therefore, in the light of above observations and findings, this Tribunal ordered as under: –

  • KFPL was directed to register the transmission of the said 21 percent shares to the Appellants, namely Abhishek Maheshchand Khandelwal and Apoorva Maheshchand Khandelwal, in equal proportion of 10.5 percent each, within 30 days from the date of receipt of a certified copy of the order, after verification of the documents already submitted, without requiring probate or original share certificates (as none were issued).
  • KFPL was further directed to rectify its Register of Members accordingly within the said period.

25. Shree Radhe Tea Plantation Private Limited & Anr. vs. Registrar of Companies, West Bengal & Ors. WPA 23115 of 2022

IN THE HIGH COURT AT CALCUTTA

Date of Order: 18th November 2022

The Calcutta High Court, upheld the powers of the Registrar of Companies (ROC) to conduct multiple inquiries under Section 206 to 210 of the Companies Act, 2013, specifically relating to the inspection, inquiry, and investigation provisions.

The Court implicitly upheld the ROC’s ability to initiate subsequent inquiries as part of its statutory duties.
The Key Upholding in the Case by Calcutta High Court are as follows:

  • The Court ruled that Sections 206-210 of the Companies Act, 2013, do not impose any bar on the Registrar to initiate subsequent proceedings under Section 206 as this is permissible if the Registrar comes across additional material warranting a second inquiry.
  • The High Court dismissed the petition, emphasizing that the petitioners had an Alternate Forum (NCLT, Kolkata) to contest the ROC’s inquiry report. The report was already part of the evidence in the ongoing winding-up proceedings under Section 271 of the Companies Act, 2013.
  • The Court noted that the Tribunal (NCLT) has wide powers under Section 273 of the Companies Act, 2013 to pass any orders as it may deem fit. This power is sufficient to ensure that the petitioners get an opportunity to seek appropriate relief regarding the impugned inquiry report in the winding-up proceedings.

In conclusion, the High Court ultimately decided not to stop the Registrar of Companies (ROC) from continuing its investigation and clarified that Section 206 of the Companies Act, 2013 is an ongoing supervisory power with ROC. If the ROC discovers further irregularities or additional documents, it is legally obligated to initiate a subsequent proceeding.

An order passed without considering a binding precedent, though not cited at the time of hearing, constitutes a mistake apparent on record.

87. TS-207-ITAT-2026 (Delhi)

Tigre SAS Liquors India Pvt. Ltd. vs. DCIT

A.Y.s: 2013-14 & 2014-15

Date of Order : 18.2.2026 Section: 254

FACTS:

The assessee filed an application u/s 254(2) of the Act, on the basis that the grounds no. 2 & 3 raised by the Appellant in ITA No. 7969/Del/2018 (AY 2014-15) was against confirming the ad-hoc disallowance on account of legal and professional expenses amounting to ₹35,52,173/- on account of legal expenditure incurred towards registration of trademark and ₹4,77,794/- towards label registration charges, considering the same as intangible asset being capital in nature.

In the application u/s 254(2) of the Act, it was pointed out that these findings are contrary to the decision of the Supreme Court in CIT vs. Finlay Mills Ltd [(1951) 20 ITR 475 (SC)].

HELD

The Tribunal held that the order as passed is established to be passed without taking into consideration the relevant and binding precedent, which though not cited at the time of hearing, were there in favour of assesse. In ACIT vs. Saurashtra Kutch Stock Exchange Ltd. [(2008) 305 ITR 227 (SC)], the Supreme Court ruled that non-consideration of a binding decision of the Jurisdictional High Court or the Supreme Court by the ITAT constitutes a “mistake apparent from the record”. Such an error is rectifiable under section 254(2) of the Act. The Tribunal held that non consideration of binding judicial precedents is an error apparent on record, accordingly, it recalled the order dated 28.08.2025, to the limited extent of fresh adjudication of aforesaid grounds in both the appeals.

Protective addition under Section 69 cannot survive where substantive addition on identical facts has been deleted on merits and no independent corroborative evidence establishes payment of on-money. Mere reliance on third-party statements, without independent corroboration, is insufficient when the assessee categorically denies payment.

86. TS-191-ITAT-2026 (Mum.)

Dhiraj Solanki vs. DCIT

A.Y.: 2019-20

Date of Order : 10.2.2026 Section: 69

Protective addition under Section 69 cannot survive where substantive addition on identical facts has been deleted on merits and no independent corroborative evidence establishes payment of on-money.

Mere reliance on third-party statements, without independent corroboration, is insufficient when the assessee categorically denies payment.

FACTS

The assessee, a resident individual, for the assessment year under dispute, filed his return of income on 17.08.2011, declaring total income of ₹3,49,640/-. On 17.03.2021, a search and seizure operation u/s. 132 of the Act was carried out in case of Rubberwala Group and others. In course of search and seizure operation, certain incriminating material/information pertaining to the assessee were found. Based on such information/material, proceedings u/s. 153C of the Act were initiated in case of the assessee.

In course of assessment proceeding, the Assessing Officer (AO) observed that during the search and seizure operation conducted in the premises of Rubberwala Housing & Infrastructure Ltd. and its promoter Director- Shri Tabrez Shaikh and a key employee of Rubberwala Group, Shri Imran Ansari, a pen drive containing excel sheet was found which contained the details of on-money paid by various buyers in respect of shops purchased in the ‘Platinum Mall’ project.

Statements were recorded u/s. 132(4) of the Act from Shri Imran Ansari and Shri Tabrez Shaikh based on a seized materials. In the statement recorded, Shri Imran Ansari explaining the details of the transactions noted in the excel sheet, stated that it contained the agreement value of the shops floor and level wise by as also the actual price at which shops were sold. He stated, the agreement value is lower than the actual sale price and the differential amount (on-money) was received in cash from the buyers and handed over to Shri Tabrez Shaikh.

Based on such statements, the AO called upon the assessee to explain why the alleged on-money paid of ₹52,40,950/- should not be added to the income of the assessee. Though, the assessee vehemently objected to the proposed addition, categorically stating that he had not paid on-money over and above the actual sale consideration paid as per the agreement, however the AO was not convinced. He concluded that the assessee indeed had paid on-money in cash towards purchase of the shop. Since the alleged on-money was added on substantive basis at the hands of another assessee, namely, Shri Praveen Jagdeesh Solanki, the AO made the addition on protective basis at the hands of the assessee.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where it contended that the substantive addition made by the AO in case of Shri Praveen Jagdish Solanki has been deleted by the learned First Appellate Authority on merits. Hence, the protective addition made in case of the assessee cannot survive.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that it is evident that the assessee jointly with his brother Shri Praveen Jagadish Solanki had purchased a shop in the ‘Platinum Mall’. The Tribunal narrated the modus operandi as explained in the statement of Mr. Imran Ansari recorded in the course of search. The Tribunal noted that the modus operandi explained inter alia stated that Mr. Imran Ansari after receiving confirmation from Mr. Abrar Ahmad, cashier, regarding the cash received, makes necessary entries in the diary given to the buyer at the time of booking of shop mentioning the cash amount along with date of payment and also puts his signature against each entry. It observed that surprisingly, though, shops have been sold to number of buyers however not a single diary has been recovered from any of the buyers to demonstrate the fact that against the cash payment entries have been made in the diary and initialled by Shri Imran Ansari as explained in his statement. In fact, except the pen drive containing the excel sheet, the AO has not referred to any other incriminating material. The seized material does not explicitly reveal payment of on-money by buyers individually.

The Tribunal held that when the assessee has categorically denied of having paid any cash, merely relying upon a third party statement and limited evidence seized from a third party, assessee cannot be accused of paying on-money in absence of any other corroborative evidence to demonstrate that the facts stated in the statement recorded from the key persons of Rubberwala Group and the excel sheets are authentic. It remarked that in any case of the matter, in case of the present assessee, the AO has made the addition on protective basis and that the substantive addition made in case of assessee’s brother Shri Praveen Jagdish Solanki has been deleted by the very same First Appellate Authority in order dated 18.11.2025 on merits after taking note of all relevant facts. The Tribunal held that when the substantive addition has been deleted on merit, the protective addition made at the hands of the assessee cannot survive. The Tribunal deleted the addition made by the AO and confirmed by CIT(A).

The Rise of Algorithmic Trading In Securities Market: Retail Participation and Regulatory Shifts

The Indian securities market is experiencing a structural shift as algorithmic trading expands from institutional dominance to robust retail participation via API-driven platforms. To mitigate risks and protect investors, SEBI has tightened regulations, positioning brokers as principal gatekeepers for third-party algorithms. Algos are now categorized into White Box and Black Box, with Black Box providers required to register as Research Analysts. Unlike the U.S., India enforces stricter rules, including prior exchange approval and mandatory order tagging. This rigorous framework generates significant opportunities for professionals in compliance, system audits, cybersecurity, and risk management.

The Indian securities market has witnessed a steady shift in the share of algorithmic and non-algorithmic trading across segments. While institutional participation continues to account for a significant proportion of algorithmic volumes, the gradual penetration of automation into retail trading marks a structural evolution in market conduct.

Algorithmic trading refers to the use of computer programs to automatically generate and/or execute trades based on pre-defined rules, parameters, or quantitative models, with limited or no real-time human intervention.

Long before the advent of algorithmic trading in India, dealers manually monitored market indicators, price movements, and technical parameters to execute trades in securities on stock exchanges on real time basis. As trading strategies became increasingly rule-based and repetitive—often driven by fixed indicators and predefined conditions—the limitations of manual execution became evident. This operational monotony, coupled with the growing need for speed, consistency, and discipline, catalyzed the adoption of algorithmic trading systems to automate decision-making and execution processes.

Cash Markets

Derivative Market

Equity Futures

Equity Options

Index Futures

Stock Futures

Traditionally, algorithmic trading in India was dominated by institutional players leveraging Direct Market Access (DMA) and co-location facilities to achieve ultra-low latency and efficient execution. Retail traders, in contrast, have largely accessed automation through broker-provided APIs and third-party platforms. Over time, all stakeholders in the algo trading ecosystem i.e. stock brokers, technology and API providers, strategy vendors, and trader have evolved as integrated functions, thereby leading to a more complex and interdependent market structure that raises new regulatory, compliance, and accountability considerations.

A key inflection point in this transition has been the rise of discount brokers and fintech platforms that lowered entry barriers for technologically inclined retail traders. The availability of APIs, developer-friendly documentation, and plug-and-play models have enabled a new layer of participants to either build or to deploy automated strategies without actually incurring any huge capital expenditure. This shift has created a parallel ecosystem of strategy developers, platform providers, and retail users, blurring the lines between trading, technology, and advisory services.

REGULATORY EVOLUTION OF ALGORITHMIC TRADING IN INDIA

With increased volume of algo trading including that of retail participation, SEBI’s regulatory focus expanded from institutional algos to the algos used by retail trades. While the core algo framework continued to apply formally at the broker level, SEBI incrementally tightened risk management norms such as order-to-trade ratio penalties, system audit requirements, and broker responsibility for surveillance of algorithmic activity routed through their infrastructure.

This period marked a regulatory transition from “who runs the algo” to “who enables the algo.” Brokers were positioned as the principal gatekeepers, even where trading logic originated from third-party platforms or client-side automation. With increase of retail algo trading, the occurrences of market mis- selling’s, bogus performance claims, could not be ruled out.

RECENT REGULATORY PUSH

SEBI’s recent regulatory push marks a structural shift from ensuring “Safer participation of retail investors in Algorithmic trading”, vide SEBI circular dared 4th February 2025. SEBI explicitly recognized retail algos as a distinct regulatory category and mandated exchanges to frame comprehensive operational standards governing APIs, algo registration, tagging, and risk controls. This reflects SEBI’s policy intent to balance technological adoption with systemic stability and investor protection, especially in light of the rapid growth of API-based retail trading.

Algos shall be categorized into two categories i.e. White Box Algos and Black Box Algos. White Box algos are algos where logic is disclosed and replicable and Black box algos are algos where logic is not known to user and is not replicable. For Black Box algos the algo provider shall register as a Research Analyst and maintain a detailed research report for each such algo and confirm to the exchanges that such report has been maintained. In case of any change in the logic governing the algo, register such algo as a fresh algo and maintain a detailed research report for the new algo, and confirm to the exchanges that such report has been maintained.

Pursuant to SEBI’s directions, National Stock Exchange (NSE) issued implementation standards and detailed operational modalities in May–July 2025. This framework also formalizes the role of third-party algo platforms as “Algo Providers” who must be empanelled with exchanges, with brokers acting as principals and bearing ultimate responsibility for orders routed through APIs. It also defines the standard operations related to API Access for Clients, APIs without registering algo, client generated algos, broker generated algos, threshold orders per second, Algo ID tagging and risk management.

International Financial Services Centre Authority (IFSCA) has recognized the growing importance of algorithmic trading for the growth and development of securities market in IFSC and therefore released consultation paper on Guidelines for Algorithmic Trading on the Stock Exchanges in IFSC. It provides for responsibilities of Stock Exchange which includes load management, performance study of its systems, Periodic Testing of Algorithms and audit trail.

WAY FORWARD

The expanding regulatory framework around algorithmic trading is materially increasing the compliance and operational functions across all market participants—including stock exchanges, brokers, algo and strategy providers, technology vendors etc.

The USA markets are generally considered to have the highest proportion of trades executed algorithmically, whereas in India the percentage of algo trading as a share of total trades is relatively lower; however, India’s regulatory framework is far more stringent, with active involvement of brokers and exchanges in compliance and risk supervision.

Key differentiators in India include the requirement of prior approval and mandatory order tagging of each algorithmic strategy, empanelment of brokers acting as regulatory gatekeepers and exchange-level approval required prior to deployment, algo registration and tagging, etc.

On the contrary, the U.S. algorithmic trading is primarily supervised through firm-level risk management systems, internal controls, and ongoing compliance and surveillance mechanisms which is adhered in India through API security, simulation testing, audit trails, surveillance, and incident reporting.

In view of the above, meaningful opportunities for professionals across legal, compliance, risk, audit, cyber security, and technology domains shall be available which include:

  • Designing governance frameworks,
  • implementing compliant trading architectures.
  • conduct system and model audits,
  • manage regulatory change, and
  • bridge the gap between complex trading technology and evolving SEBI/NSE requirements

These opportunities will position regulatory and tech-fluent professionals as key enablers of compliant innovation in the algorithmic trading ecosystem.

Section 44AB as well 271B clearly show that the requirement of audit and penal consequence are dehors the finding of the assessment proceedings relating to the computation of income and audit u/s 44AB is required on the basis of the turnover exceeding the threshold limit.

85. TS-184-ITAT-2026 (Kol.)

Jalpaigura Zilla Regulated Market Committee vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2017-18 Date of Order : 10.2.2026

Section: 44AB

Section 44AB as well 271B clearly show that the requirement of audit and penal consequence are dehors the finding of the assessment proceedings relating to the computation of income and audit u/s 44AB is required on the basis of the turnover exceeding the threshold limit.

FACTS

The assessee, M/s. Jalpaiguri Zilla Regulated Market Committee (AOP) did not file its return of income for AY 2017-18. As per the information available with the Department, the assessee deposited cash in the bank account during the FY 2016-17. Notice u/s 142(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“Act”) was issued asking the assessee to furnish its return of income for the AY 2017-18, but the assessee did not respond. Therefore, a showcause notice was issued to the assessee which also resulted in non-compliance.

The Assessing Officer (AO) therefore, treated the total credits amounting to ₹2,40,65,509/- in its bank account as the total turnover of the assessee. The net profit of the assessee was estimated @8% of the total receipts which came to ₹19,25,400/- (8% of ₹2,40,65,509/-) for AY 2017-18.

The assessment was completed u/s 144 of the Act, bringing ₹19,25,400/- to tax. Since the total turnover in this case was estimated at ₹2,40,65,509/- and sufficient & reasonable opportunities were provided to the assessee but the assessee failed to get its accounts audited as required u/s 44AB of the Act, therefore, penalty proceeding u/s 271B of the Act were initiated for non-filing of the Audit report. The AO levied penalty of ₹1,20,330/- u/s 271B of the Act.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who upheld the order of the AO.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where it contended that being Agricultural Produce Market Committee constituted under the state law which is entitled to full tax exemption under section 10(26AAB) of the Act its income was exempt and such Agricultural Produce Market Committee or Regulated Market Committee is generally not required to undergo tax audit under section 44AB or to file income tax returns for this exempt income, provided the income is used for statutory purposes. The statutory audit as specified under the Act was claimed to have been carried out.

HELD

Perusal of section 44AB as well as 271B of the Act shows that the requirement of audit and the penal consequence are dehors the finding of the assessment proceedings relating to computation of income and the audit under section 44AB of the Act is required on the basis of the turnover exceeding the threshold limit. The Tribunal held that despite the income being exempt, since the turnover had exceeded the specified amount for the purpose of getting the statutory audit done, the required audit report u/s 44AB of the Act on Form-3CD was required to be filed.

Since it was further submitted that the assessee had a reasonable cause for not getting the audit carried out and no such reasonable cause was mentioned before the Tribunal, except for mentioning the fact that the income was exempt, the Tribunal, in the interest of justice and fair play, remanded the matter to the CIT(A) for giving another opportunity to the assessee and present its case that it had a reasonable cause for not getting the audit done, who shall decide the issue as per law.

Bilateralism In An Era Of Protectionism – The India–Us Trade Deal In Perspective

The proposed India–US Trade Deal emerges at a time of heightened global trade turbulence marked by tariff escalations, supply chain fragmentation, and strategic energy realignments. Against the backdrop of intensified tariff-led negotiations under the Trump administration, both countries have engaged in calibrated discussions aimed at restructuring bilateral trade. This article examines broad and sector-specific trade trends, tariff diplomacy, energy considerations, benefits of the proposed India-US trade deal and a brief analysis of the recent Supreme Court of the United States (‘SCOTUS’) decision invalidating the reciprocal tariffs imposed by the Trump administration under the IEEPA. From an Indian perspective, the article further evaluates the implications of reciprocal concessions on commodities included in the trade deal, the strategic re-positioning of India in the global supply chains involving the US, and diversification of India’s export markets as a by-product of increased US tariffs over the last year. The analysis concludes that the proposed arrangement reflects not merely tariff adjustment, but a broader strategic recalibration within an increasingly fragmented global trade order.

INTRODUCTION

The announcement of the India-US Joint Statement on February 6, 2026,1 marked a watershed moment in a bilateral relationship that had, for much of the previous year, been defined by tactical friction and escalating tariff protectionism by the United States (“US”) under the President Donald Trump’s (“Trump”) ‘America First Trade Policy’. After nearly a year of high-stakes tariff diplomacy, both nations have finally signalled a transition toward a framework for an Interim Trade Agreement (“Interim Agreement”). This development is a strategic recalibration aimed at stabilizing the India-US trade corridor that faced unprecedented strain in the second half of 2025 and opening months of 2026.

To recall, India was one of the first countries to engage in a dialogue for a mutually beneficial trade agreement with the US after the historic meeting of the two heads of the State on February 13, 2025. In a joint statement after the meeting, both countries had signalled an intent to enter into Bilateral Trade Agreement (“BTA”) by the fall of 2025.2 The leaders had also set a bold bilateral trade mission – “Mission 500” – aiming to more than double total bilateral trade between the countries to $500 billion by 2030.

However, the following months saw the Trump administration imposing wide range of tariffs on several countries, including India, to correct the long-standing trade deficits which the US ran with most of its trading partners. The most prominent of these tariffs were, the country-specific ‘reciprocal tariffs’ imposed under the US President’s emergency powers of International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 1977 (“IEEPA”) and the product-specific or sector-specific tariffs imposed under Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act, 1962 (“TEA”). In the tariff-led trade diplomacy that followed, the Trump administration negotiated framework reciprocal trade deals (as against the concept of full-fledged Free Trade Agreements) with many countries that reduced those reciprocal tariffs in return for almost zero-duty and increased market access for US products with some countries even agreeing to investment commitments in the US. In effect, the Trump administration was able to effectively deploy the trade strategy of ‘Tariff-First, Deal-later’ to achieve better negotiated outcomes from a position of command.


1 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2224783&reg=3&lang=2
2 https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefings-statements/2025/02/united-states-india-joint-leaders-statement
3 The US-China trade truce announced in May 2025 (extended in August/November 2025); 
the ‘Economic Prosperity Deal’ with the UK in May 2025; the ‘Turnberry Framework’ with the EU in July 2025; 
Framework deals with Asian countries like Indonesia, Thailand, Philippines, 
South Korea, Vietnam, Malaysia between July to November 2025 (illustrative)

For India, following the breakdown of initial talks in mid-2025, the Trump administration imposed a staggering 50% aggregate duty on majority Indian exports – comprising of a 25% reciprocal tariff4 and a further 25% penal tariff linked to India’s energy trade with Russia.5 India’s response, notably matured and rational, avoided the pitfalls of retaliation. Instead, India adopted a calibrated stance, leveraging diplomatic patience to finally negotiate a removal of 25% Russian oil tariffs and a reduction of reciprocal tariffs to 18%.6 This period of cooling relations has now given way to a multitude of press releases and official mandates aimed at adjusting the tariffs and non-tariff barriers to trade flows between the two nations.


4 Executive Order (“EO”) 14257 available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/07/further-modifying-the-reciprocal-tariff-rates
5 EO 14329 available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/08/addressing-threats-to-the-united-states-by-the-government-of-the-russian-federation 
6 At the time of writing, with the announcement of SCOTUS decision dated Feb 20, 2026, 
the reciprocal tariffs, including India’s 18% tariffs, have been held to be illegal,
and the US administration has imposed a 10% temporary surcharge under a separate provision of law (announced to be raised to 15%).

Section I of this Article deals with an analysis of the shift in India-US empirical trade trends and sector-specific performance, followed by an evaluation of trade diplomacy and energy considerations, including developments relating to Russian oil imports. Section II elaborates on the diversification of India’s export markets in the backdrop of strains in India-US trade relations. Section III discusses the prospective trade benefits and concessions on commodities embedded within the proposed framework. Section IV further discusses implications of The Supreme Court of the United States (“SCOTUS”) decision dated Feb 20, 2026, limiting the executive tariff powers of the US’s President and invalidating the so-called “liberation day” or reciprocal tariffs imposed by the US administration on most countries, including India. The article concludes by reflecting on the strategic and legal issues and assessing the importance of the current trade deal and its long-term implications.

I. SHIFT IN INDIA-US TRADE TRENDS

Historically, India has had a long-standing strategic relationship with the US. The bilateral trade has been one of the important pillars of this relationship with exports as a major forex earner insofar that India’s largest trading partner is the US commanding a lion’s share of ~20% in India’s total merchandise exports of $437 billion in FY 24-25. The chart below shows India’s top 5 destinations for exports of goods.

Indias Top Export markets for good

Source: MoC, Trade Statistics

As reflected in the above chart, India’s exports to the US registered strong growth of 11.6% from FY24 to FY25, reaffirming US as a key export destination for India. The data also shows that amongst the top export destinations for India, US leads the pack by a big margin. Further, barring Netherlands, India had a trade surplus ($40.8 billion) only with the US from amongst the above countries in FY 24-25. This makes US as the leading export market for India.

The trend somewhat reversed in FY26 following the imposition of steep US tariffs on Indian merchandise exports. On 6 August 2025, Trump announced an additional 25% tariff as a penalty linked to India’s imports of Russian oil, raising total duties to as high as 50% on several products, which came into effect on and from 27 August 2025.7 For analytical clarity, FY25–26 may be divided into 5 months of April–August 2025 (pre-penalty) and 4 months of September 2025 to December 2025 (post-penalty).

India’s exports to USA (in US $ Million)
Time Period Amount Time Period Amount Growth (in %)
Apr-Aug 2024 34,210.80 Apr-Aug 2025 40,308.85 17.82
Sept-Dec 2024 25,814.62 Sept-Dec 2025 25,507.49 -1.19

 

India’s exports to USA (in US $ Million)
Time Period Amount Time Period Amount Growth (in %)
Sep-24 6,206.06 Sep-25 5,425.06 -12.58
Oct-24 6,899.47 Oct-25 6,262.29 -9.24
Nov-24 5,695.19 Nov-25 6,934.87 21.77
Dec-24 7,013.91 Dec-25 6,885.28 -1.83

7 https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2025/08/addressing-threats-to-the-united-states-by-the-government-of-the-russian-federation/

While the period from April to August 2025 showed strong growth of 17.82% on anticipation of trade deal and a favourable tariff rate for India as compared to other countries like China, the period from September to December 2025 showed contraction in US exports, attributable to the heightened tariff burden and resulting loss of price competitiveness. Furthermore, a decline in the YoY growth from September till December 2025 (barring November 2025) shows a de-growth as compared to 2024. The decline in exports to India’s largest trading partner, coupled with sustained pressure on labour intensive and export dependent sectors, accelerated the diplomatic engagements on energy trade and provided significant impetus for the structured negotiation of a trade arrangement between the two countries.

While the aggregate data highlights a macro-economic de-growth in late 2025, a sectoral breakdown reveals which industries bore the brunt of US tariffs and which are poised for a recovery under the revised trade terms of the proposed Interim Agreement. For the Indian exporter, particularly in labour-intensive segments, the 2025-26 fiscal year was a masterclass in risk management.8. The following table summarizes the performance of some of the key sectors.

Sector-specific Exports from India to
USA (in US $ Million)
Chapter(s) Commodity Apr-Dec 2024 Apr-Dec 2025 % Growth
50-63 Textiles 7,780.00 7,156.78 -8.01
3 and 16 Fisheries and Shrimp 2,055.35 1,860.15 -9.5
71 Gems and Jewellery 7,025.80 3,870.14 -44.92
39, 41-42 and 64 Plastics and Leather Goods 2,193.27 2,018.90 -7.95
30 Pharmaceuticals 6,601.44 6,561.55 -0.6

Source: MoC Trade Statistics

a. Textiles:9 This sector, a cornerstone of Indian exports, recorded an 8.01% contraction for exports to the US. The data confirms that despite being a high-volume category, the lack of a formal trade deal and the presence of reciprocal tariffs forced a de-growth. The proposed trade deal provides a strategic gateway to the $118 billion U.S. import market, revitalizing India’s largest textile destination. By securing preferential access for high-value apparel (70%) and made-ups (15%), the U.S. is projected to contribute over 20% of India’s $100 billion textile export target for 2030.

b. Fisheries and Shrimp:11 Marine Products also showed a decline of 9.5%, as increased US scrutiny and competition from Latin American exporters (Ecuador) rerouted global supply chains. The U.S. remains the primary destination for Indian frozen shrimp, accounting for nearly 48% of total exports. Following the tariff reduction, industry experts project a 10-15% volume increase in shipments to the U.S. as stalled export orders resume.

c. Gems and Jewellery:12 This sector experienced the most severe contraction, with a nearly 45% drop in value (from $7 billion to $3.8 billion), attributed to the tariffs that peaked in late 2025 and high US interest rates which made the consumers cut down on discretionary spends. High tariffs caused businesses to shift to competitors in Thailand and Vietnam, that had lower reciprocal tariffs of 19-20% with no additional tariffs linked to energy imports. The proposed deal includes “Annex III” provision which secures zero-duty access for cut-but-not-set natural diamonds, coloured gemstones, platinum, and coins. With a reduced rate, India may now hold a structural advantage over China, while matching or undercutting regional rivals like Vietnam and Bangladesh, assuming Trump administration will use other available Statutes to reach the pre-SCOTUS ruling tariffs. The deal also revitalizes key industrial hubs like Surat (processing 90% of the world’s diamonds) and the Mumbai Diamond Bourse, positioning India as the world’s “one-stop destination” for gems and jewellery.


8 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2225318&reg=3&lang=2 
9 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleaseIframePage.aspx?PRID=2224925&reg=3&lang=2
10 Based on total US imports under Chapters 51-63 from Trade Map 
11 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2202977&reg=3&lang=2 
12 https://gjepc.org/admin/PressRelease/205231113_GJEPC_Statement_on_India-US_Deal.pdf

d. Plastics and Leather Goods: This segment saw a 7.95% decline, with export values dropping from $2.2 billion to $2 billion. The nearly 10% slump underscores the vulnerability of these MSME-heavy sectors to trade volatility. Reduction of tariffs from the peak of 50% is critical for restoring the viability of leather footwear and industrial plastic clusters (like those in Kanpur and Agra) which were priced out of the US market in Q4 2025.

e. Pharmaceuticals: The pharmaceuticals sector demonstrated remarkable resilience, recording only a marginal 0.6% dip. This stability was primarily due to exemptions granted by the US to pharmaceutical products, which shielded critical generic drugs from the 25% reciprocal and 25% Russian oil tariffs applied to other sectors in late 2025. This sector has been maintaining its position as a top-three export commodity. The Interim Agreement (Annex III) proposes 0% duty access for generic drugs and APIs while initiating Mutual Recognition Agreements (MRAs) to streamline United States Food and Drug Administration (USFDA) inspections and reduce regulatory friction.

Apart from above, there are several other sectors wherein Indian exports could register an increase on the back of the trade deal. This includes processed food sector with “zero-duty” access for specific agricultural items. This duty-free access specifically targets spices, tea, coffee, fresh fruits (mango, guava), nuts (cashew), and processed fruit products. With the removal of the 50% tariff ceiling, Indian processed food exports are projected to see a 15-20% volume surge as they become more price-competitive against Latin American and Southeast Asian suppliers. Mutually recognised quality checks are also applicable for this sector.

It is worth noting that the items mentioned in the press release under the zero reciprocal tariffs are only illustrative and details of all such items will be known when the text of the agreement is finalised and released in public. In particular, the EO 14346 of September 5, 2025, issued by the US includes a wide range of products that are eligible for NIL or reduced reciprocal tariffs for countries that reach a trade agreement with the US.

The strategic trade posture adopted by both countries was closely intertwined with energy considerations, particularly India’s imports of Russian crude oil. The backdrop to this development lies in the outbreak of the Russia-Ukraine War. Western sanctions and price caps redirected Russian oil flows toward Asian markets, with India emerging as a principal destination for discounted crude. Russia’s share in India’s crude imports rose from under 2% prior to 2022 to approximately 30–35% during 2023–2413 and thereafter with geopolitical tensions fell to a low of 21.2% in January 2026.14 The imports of Russian oil into India saw a negative growth from in Q3 FY24 to Q3 FY25, as is evidenced in the table below.


13 https://www.reuters.com/business/energy/russian-oil-drives-opec-share-indias-imports-record-low-data-shows-2025-04-22/
14 https://www.reuters.com/business/energy/russian-share-indias-january-oil-imports-lowest-since-late-2022-data-shows-2026-02-18/
India’s imports from Russia (in US $ Million)
Time Period Amount Time Period Amount Growth
(in %)
Sep-24 4,674.72 Sep-25 3,321.85 -28.94
Oct-24 5,801.83 Oct-25 3,566.16 -38.53
Nov-24 3,902.80 Nov-25 3,722.92 -4.61
Dec-24 3,199.16 Dec-25 2,714.54 -15.15

Source: MoC Trade Statistics

Following the imposition of the additional 25% US tariffs, there was a recalibration in sourcing patterns. Preliminary estimates suggest a decline in the share of Russian crude in India’s imports by approximately 11–14% percentage points in the immediate post-penalty phase, reflecting cautious recalibration rather than abrupt disengagement. It is important to maintain analytical neutrality in assessing this shift. India has not formally ceased imports of Russian oil; rather, its procurement strategy has been guided by considerations of energy security, and geopolitical balancing. The diversification of oil sourcing observed post-penalty appears driven by a combination of commercial prudence and systemic trade pressures, rather than overt political capitulation. The imposition of penalty tariffs reflected the structural approach of the Trump administration, whose economic policy orientation prioritise US domestic industrial revival and, critically, expansion of US energy production and exports. The strategy was sequential, deliberate and transactional. Tariffs were imposed first to create negotiating leverage, and trade agreements were pursued thereafter from a position of enhanced bargaining strength. Subsequent elimination of the additional 25% tariffs via the Joint Statement demonstrates how energy trade became a central axis of negotiation within the evolving India–US framework.

II. EXPORT MARKET DIVERSIFICATION

The dip in exports to the US during the high-tariff phase of 2025 exposed the structural concentration risk inherent in India’s exports. With the US accounting for a significant share of India’s merchandise exports (~20%), sudden imposition of elevated duties generated an immediate need for geographic diversification. Notably, Indian Government, over the last 4 years, has taken major steps to forge newer relationships with trading partners. India signed a free trade agreement with United Arab Emirates (UAE) in February 2022; with Australia in April 2022; with EFTA countries (Switzerland, Norway, Iceland, and Lichtenstein) in early 2024; with the UK in July 2025; and concluded the negotiations with the EU for a trade agreement in January 2026. In response, Indian exporters accelerated engagement with alternative markets across the Middle East, Europe, Southeast Asia, and Africa. The UAE emerged as a key rebalancing destination, supported by preferential arrangements and logistical proximity. The bilateral trade between India and UAE is projected to reach US$ 250 billion by 2030.15 Similarly, trade outreach intensified toward ASEAN economies16 and select EU markets, where tariff exposure was comparatively stable. This rapid market agility ensured that while bilateral trade with the US dipped, India’s total global exports registered a growth of 2.34% between April to December 2025 as compared to same period in 2024, proving that the Indian export machine could function effectively under pressure. This shift was not entirely market-driven; it was institutionally supported. The Ministry of Commerce and Industry operationalised targeted export promotion schemes, credit support measures, and market-access initiatives to cushion exporters from US volatility. Launched with an outlay of ₹25,060 crore in the Union Budget 2025-26, the Export Promotion Mission introduced two critical pillars to strengthen MSMEs exports: ‘Niryat Protsahan’, which provided financial enablers like interest subvention and a ₹20,000 crore credit guarantee, and ‘Niryat Disha’, which focused on non-financial support such as quality compliance and international branding for MSME.17 Incentives for exploring new jurisdictions, participation in trade fairs, and facilitation of compliance with alternative regulatory regimes contributed to partial absorption of the shock. Sectorally, labour-intensive industries displayed the highest degree of adaptive movement. Textile and leather exporters, in particular, redirected shipments to EU and other markets,18 while pharmaceutical exporters deepened penetration in Latin American and EU markets.19

Although diversification may not fully offset the decline in US-bound exports in the short term, it is bound to reduce over-dependence on a single market. Strategically, the episode has accelerated a structural reorientation in India’s export philosophy—from market concentration toward calibrated pluralism. The diversification undertaken during 2025 has strengthened India’s bargaining position in ongoing negotiations by demonstrating reduced vulnerability to unilateral tariff action. In this sense, export market diversification represents not merely a reactive adjustment, but a long-term resilience mechanism for India’s evolving trade architecture.


15 https://www.ibef.org/indian-exports/india-uae-trade#:~:text=India%20and%20UAE%20signed%20the,Tata%20Motors%2C%20and%20Tata%20Power.
16 https://www.orfonline.org/expert-speak/resetting-india-asean-trade-in-2025
17 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2210874&reg=3&lang=2
18 https://www.reuters.com/world/india/indias-textile-exporters-pin-hopes-eu-deal-after-us-tariff-blow-2026-01-29/
19 https://www.ibef.org/economy/quarterly-newsletter/market-spotlight-latin-american-countries-q3

III. BENEFITS OF THE PROPOSED DEAL

The strategic architecture of the 2026 Interim Agreement is built upon a foundation of concessions and calculated market openings that prioritize long-term industrial synergy over immediate, broad-based liberalisation. Central to this framework is a significant reduction in MFN based customs duties for a wide range of US industrial products and high-priority agricultural commodities. According to the official fact sheets, India has agreed to lower or eliminate tariffs on goods such as dried distillers’ grains (DDGs), red sorghum, tree nuts, fresh and processed fruits, soybean oil, and premium spirits.20 However, these concessions are far from unconditional; they exemplify a “farmers-first” selectivity.21 A notable victory for Indian negotiators was the deliberate exclusion and no tariff concessions on sensitive agricultural, dairy, or spice products, ensuring that major grains, fruits, dairy items, and key farm commodities remain fully protected and that no market access has been opened to the US in these critical sectors, despite earlier US pressure.22 By walling off such sensitive categories, alongside dairy and poultry, India has demonstrated a sophisticated ability to deepen trade ties while insulating its agrarian core from sudden market shocks. Beyond immediate duty cuts, the deal is anchored by a massive “Intent to Purchase” framework, wherein India envisions sourcing over $500 billion in US goods and services over the next five years. It is directed toward high-value sectors that are critical to India’s $30 trillion economic vision.

Additionally, a critical, yet often overlooked, facet of this realignment is the focus on harmonizing the “invisible” barriers to trade. The framework includes a commitment to the mutual recognition of BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards) and ISO quality standards, particularly for ICT and medical devices. India has agreed to eliminate the restrictive import licensing procedures that previously hampered the flow of US ICT products including laptops, tablets, and servers. This ensures that India’s digital infrastructure remains powered by top-tier global hardware while providing US tech giants with a stable, transparent market access to India.


20 https://in.usembassy.gov/fact-sheet-the-united-states-and-india-announce-historic-trade-deal/#:~:text=India%20will%20eliminate%20or%20reduce,
and%20spirits%2C%20and%20additional%20products.
21 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleseDetailm.aspx?PRID=2223894&lang=1&reg=3&, 
https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleseDetailm.aspx?PRID=2229322®=3&lang=2
22 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2225186&reg=3&lang=2

GEOPOLITICAL ARBITRAGE: TARIFF DIFFERENTIAL

Perhaps the most significant competitive advantage offered by this deal lies in the tariff differential it establishes relative to other global players, especially China. While the agreement caps the reciprocal tariffs on Indian goods at 18% (after SCOTUS ruling, the current additonal duty rates are 10% which may change to 15% as per the latest annoucements), many Chinese exports remain subject to Section 301 and other duties which can soar significantly higher for many tariff lines.23 This “tariff gap” provides a powerful fiscal incentive for global corporations to accelerate the “China+1” strategy, positioning India as the premier alternative for high-volume manufacturing. By maintaining a tariff rate—which is lower than the duties faced by regional competitors like Vietnam or Bangladesh—India effectively institutionalizes its role as a stable, low-tariff gateway for the US market. This strategic arbitrage not only safeguards India’s labour-intensive exports like textiles and leather but may also signals a shift in global supply chains. A stark example of this is Apple Inc. which is actively shifting its manufacturing and supply chain base from China to India for consumption in the US.24


23 https://www.congress.gov/crs-product/IF12125#:~:text=In%20May%202024%2C%20the%20USTR,%22actionable%22%20under%20Section%20301.
24 https://www.reuters.com/world/china/apple-aims-source-all-us-iphones-india-pivot-away-china-ft-reports-2025-04-25/

IV. LATEST SCOTUS RULING AND ITS IMPLICATIONS

While the proposed India–US trade framework progresses at the diplomatic level, parallel judicial developments within the United States introduce an additional layer of uncertainty. The Supreme Court of the United States (SCOTUS) in Learning Resources Inc., V. Trump, decision dated Feb 20, 2026, by a 6:3 majority has held that US President has no executive authority to impose sweeping reciprocal tariffs (on all countries) and fentanyl linked drug tariffs (on Canada, Mexico and China) under the IEEPA, the statute invoked to justify certain emergency-based trade measures.25 The ruling is firmly grounded in the basic principles of separation of powers between the legislative authority of the Congress and the executive authority granted to the President for imposition of tariffs. For Indian exporters, the ruling is a shot in the arm to not only recalibrate the furture export startegies to the US, but also consider the legality of past collected duties on Indian exports (including Russian oil tariffs collected under IEEPA). The ruling opens the door for refunds of all tariffs imposed during 2025 under IEEPA. The importers, who paid these duties, may consider claiming refunds after lodging appropriate entry summary corrections or lodging protests before the US Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and may also consider an appellate challenge before the United States Court of International Trade (CIT) for such refunds. Any practical financial recovery for Indian exporters would depend on contractual arrangements with their US buyers regarding the incidence of duty.

At the time of writing, while the full impact of SCOTUS ruling was still being analysed, the Trump administration had already issued several executive orders, notably to order termination of reciprocal tariffs (on all countries) and fentanyl linked drug tariffs (on Canada, Mexico and China) as well as certian other tariffs actions under the IEEPA.26 It also issued a proclamation imposing temporary 10% import surcharge section 122 of the Trade Act of 1974, effective February 24, 2026, on all imports into the US27 (announced to be raised to 15%).28 That statute gives power to the President to impose tariffs of up to 15% for 150 days, unless extended by Congress, to deal with fundamental international payments problems.

As per another fact sheet issued by the Trump administration,29 the US has indicated that it will continue with its tariff policy even after the SCOTUS ruling albeit with different Statutes which provide clear powers to the President to impose tariffs. It indicated that Trump has already directed the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR) to use section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974 to investigate unreasonable and discriminatory acts, policies, and practices that burden or restrict U.S. commerce. It is under this Statute that the US has imposed duties on China since 2018 for unfair trade and IPR violations. The intent shows that the SCOTUS ruling is not going to deter Trump administration in aggressively pursuing its tariffs and deal approach in coming months and years, while the uncertainty plays out for past collected duties under an illegally invoked statutory authority.


25 https://www.supremecourt.gov/opinions/25pdf/24-1287_4gcj.pdf
26 https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/02/ending-certain-tariff-actions
27 https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2026/02/imposing-a-temporary-import-surcharge-to-address-fundamental-international-payments-problems
28 https://indianexpress.com/article/world/us-news/us-president-trump-increases-global-tariffs-10-15-supreme-court-10544932
29 https://www.whitehouse.gov/fact-sheets/2026/02/fact-sheet-president-donald-j-trump-imposes-a-temporary-import-duty-to-address-fundamental-international-payment-problems

V. CONCLUSION

The proposed trade arrangement between India and the United States must be viewed not as an isolated tariff negotiation, but as a defining inflection point in bilateral economic relations. The events of 2025—marked by heightened tariffs, export contraction, energy-linked penalties, and judicial scrutiny—tested the structural resilience of India’s external trade framework. India’s response, however, has been measured and strategic. Rather than adopting retaliatory escalation reminiscent of earlier trade tensions, the approach has been calibrated—preserving critical agricultural and dairy interests, diversifying export markets, recalibrating energy sourcing, and simultaneously pursuing a structured agreement. This reflects a maturing trade philosophy grounded in stability, risk management, and long-term competitiveness. Equally significant is the broader shift from transactional trade engagement to strategic alignment—encompassing supply-chain resilience, energy cooperation, and regulatory coordination. The proposed framework signals movement toward institutionalised predictability, reducing the vulnerability of exporters to unilateral policy shocks. Yet, it must be emphasised that the agreement remains prospective. Its ultimate impact will depend upon the precise drafting of tariff schedules, rules of origin, dispute resolution mechanisms, and implementation timelines. The final text will determine whether the framework delivers durable relief or merely temporary reprieve. The India–US Trade Deal represents not merely tariff calibration, but the redefinition of India’s place in an increasingly polarised global trade order.

Redeemable Preference Shares – Debt or Equity?

In EPC Constructions vs. Matix Fertilizers, the Supreme Court ruled that redeemable preference shares (RPS) constitute equity, not “debt”. Consequently, RPS holders cannot initiate insolvency as financial creditors under the IBC. The Court emphasized that non-redemption is not a legal default, since the Companies Act strictly restricts redemption to distributable profits or fresh share issues. Although Ind AS 32 classifies mandatory RPS as financial liabilities, the Court held that this accounting treatment cannot override statutory legal character,. Ultimately, RPS classification depends on the specific statute: while Income Tax and Stamp Duty treat RPS as equity, FEMA regulations explicitly classify them as debt.

INTRODUCTION

In EPC Constructions India Ltd. vs. Matix Fertilizers and Chemicals Ltd. [2025] 260 Comp Case 766 (SC), the Supreme Court has delivered a significant judgment clarifying the legal character of cumulative redeemable preference shares and their treatment under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (IBC). The Court unequivocally held that preference shares, being part of a company’s share capital, do not constitute “debt” and that a preference shareholder cannot assume the status of a financial creditor for the purposes of initiating a Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP) under Section 7 of the IBC.

The ruling settles an important and frequently litigated question at the intersection of company law, Ind AS and the IBC — whether equity instruments structured with redemption features and fixed returns can be recharacterised as financial debt on the basis of their “commercial effect of borrowing”.

FACTS

The dispute arose from an engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) relationship between EPC Constructions India Limited and Matix Fertilizers and Chemicals Limited. EPC Constructions had undertaken substantial construction work for Matix’s fertilizer complex. Over time, significant sums became payable to EPC Constructions. Faced with a liquidity crunch, Matix converted a portion of EPC Constructions’ outstanding receivables into redeemable preference share capital. The terms provided for redemption at par after three years, subject to statutory conditions, and for cumulative dividends at a fixed rate of 8%. Subsequently, EPC Constructions issued a demand notice to Matix, asserting that non-redemption of CRPS constituted a default in payment of a financial debt and, hence, invoked the corporate insolvency of Matix under s.7 of the IBC.

The NCLT dismissed the Section 7 application, holding that:

  • preference shares were a part of share capital and not debt;
  • redemption of preference shares was statutorily restricted under Section 55 of the Companies Act, 2013;
  • non-redemption did not result in the preference shareholder becoming a creditor; and
  • in the absence of profits or proceeds from a fresh issue of shares, no redemption obligation could legally arise. Hence, it was not possible for a default in redemption to become a debt.

The NCLAT affirmed these findings, observing that the original contractual receivables stood extinguished upon conversion into preference share capital and that the appellant’s rights thereafter were confined to those of a shareholder.

ISSUE BEFORE THE SUPREME COURT

The issue before the Court was whether a holder of cumulative redeemable preference shares could be regarded as a financial creditor, and whether non-redemption of such shares could constitute a default under Sections 3(12) and 7 of the IBC.

PREFERENCE SHARES ARE SHARE CAPITAL, NOT DEBT

The Supreme Court held that it was a settled principle of company law that preference shares formed a part of a company’s share capital, and amounts paid on such shares were not loans. Dividends on preference shares were payable only out of distributable profits, and redemption is similarly constrained. The Court noted that the appellant had consciously agreed to convert its receivables into preference shares and had approved the transaction as an “investment”. Once such conversion took place, the original debt stood extinguished.

Relying on precedents, the Court held that a preference shareholder “does not and cannot become a creditor merely because redemption has not taken place”. It relied on the decision of the AP High Court in Lalchand Surana vs. Hyderabad Vanaspathy Ltd [1990] 68 COMP CASE 415 (Andhra Pradesh) which had held as follows:

“…………whether, in case of failure of the company to repay the amount due thereunder, such shareholders become “creditors”. ……….no such shares shall be redeemed except out of the profits of the company, which would otherwise be available for dividend, or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purposes of the redemption. This aspect, in my opinion, shows that where redeemable preference shares are issued but not honoured when they are ripe for redemption, the holder of those shares does not automatically assume the character of a “creditor”. The reason is that his shares can be redeemed only out of the profits of the company which would otherwise be available for dividend, or by a fresh issue of shares. This is a limitation which is not applicable to the case of an ordinary creditor. In the face of this position in law, and in the absence of any authority on the subject, I hold that the holders of redeemable preference shares do not and cannot become creditors of the company in case their shares are not redeemed by the company at the appropriate time. They continue to be shareholders, no doubt subject to certain preferential rights mentioned in section 85. If they do not become the creditors of the company, they cannot apply for winding up of the company under section 433(e).”

The Court also referred to an English Commentary, “Principles of Modern Company Law” (Tenth Edition) by Gower, page 1071 which had stated:

The line between the holder of a debt instrument and a share is particularly narrow if the contrast is made with a preference shareholder, who is a member of the company, but a member whose share rights may limit the shareholder’s dividend to a fixed percentage of the nominal value of the share and give that shareholder no right to participate in surplus assets in a winding-up, and perhaps only limited voting rights. The main difference between the two in such a case may then be that the dividend on a preference share is not payable unless profits are available for distribution, whereas the debt holder’s interest entitlement is not subject to this.

The Court highlighted that redemption of preference shares under s.55 of the Companies Act, 2013 could occur only:

a) out of profits available for distribution as dividends; or
b) out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purpose of redemption.

The Court observed that in the present case, it was undisputed that Matix had incurred losses and had not made any fresh equity issue for redemption. Consequently, the CRPS had not become legally due and payable.

The Court rejected the argument that mere expiry of the contractual redemption period could override statutory restrictions, holding that redemption contrary to Section 55 would amount to an impermissible return of capital.

No “Debt” and No “Default” under the IBC

Turning to the IBC, the Court examined the definitions of “debt”, “financial debt” and “default”. It emphasised that a default could occur only when a debt has become due and payable in law and remains unpaid.

The Court held that since preference shares do not constitute debt, and since no redemption obligation had arisen in law, there could be no default under Section 3(12) of the IBC. Consequently, the threshold requirement for admission of a Section 7 application was not met.

The Court reiterated that the IBC is not a recovery statute and that its triggering mechanism is strictly circumscribed by statutory prerequisites.

COMMERCIAL EFFECT OF BORROWING

The Court drew an important distinction. It observed that while the phrase “commercial effect of borrowing” allows courts to look beyond form in appropriate cases, it cannot be used to recharacterise equity as debt where the legal nature of the instrument is clear and statutorily defined.

The Court noted that Section 5(8) expressly refers to instruments such as bonds, debentures and notes, but makes no reference to preference shares. The omission, the Court held, was significant.

The Court placed reliance on Radha Exports (India) Pvt. Ltd. vs. K.P. Jayaram, (2020) 10 SCC 538 which had held that the payment received for shares, duly issued to a third party at the request of the payee as evident from official records, cannot be a debt, not to speak of financial debt.

ACCOUNTING ENTRIES NOT CONCLUSIVE

Reliance was sought to be placed on the fact that the issuer company had shown the preference shares as a financial liability in its books of accounts under Ind AS. However, the Court negated this ground and held that the treatment in the accounts, due to the prescription of accounting standards, would not be determinative of the nature of the relationship between the parties as reflected in the documents executed by them.

Further it held that the IBC has its own prerequisites which a party needs to fulfil, and unless those parameters are met, an application under Section 7 will not pass the initial threshold. Hence, by resorting to the treatment in the accounts, this case could not be decided. It relied upon an earlier decision in Sutlej Cotton Mills Ltd. vs. CIT, (1979) 116 ITR 1 (SC) which had held that it was well settled that the way in which entries are made by an entity in its books of account is not determinative of the question whether it has earned any profit or suffered any loss.

It also relied upon another decision in Union of India vs. Association of Unified Telecom Service Providers of India and Others, (2020) 3 SCC 525, which dealt with the definition of gross revenue as appearing in AS-9, which was contrary to the definition as understood under earlier decisions. The Court held that the accounting standard is not comprehensive and does not supersede the practice of accounting. It only lays down a system in which accounts have to be maintained. Accounting standards make it clear that these do not provide for a straitjacket formula for accounting but merely provide for guidelines to maintain the account books in a systematic manner. The AS-9 definition could not supersede the generally accepted definition.

FINAL RULING OF THE COURT

The Supreme Court dismissed the appeal, holding that:

a) preference shares were equity, not debt;

b) a preference shareholder was not a financial creditor under the IBC;

c) non-redemption of preference shares did not constitute default;

d) accounting treatment could not override statutory and contractual character; and

e) the s.7 application was rightly rejected by the NCLT and NCLAT.

TREATMENT OF PREFERENCE SHARES UNDER OTHER LAWS

While the Supreme Court has given a good exposition of the treatment of preference shares under the IBC, it would be worthwhile to examine their classification under other laws also.

COMPANIES ACT

Under the Companies Act, 2013, redeemable preference shares are expressly classified as share capital and not as debt instruments. Section 43 recognises preference share capital as a distinct category of share capital, conferring preferential rights with respect to dividends and repayment of capital in winding up.

In this respect, an old decision of the Madras High Court in the case of Kothari Textiles Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Wealth-tax [1963] 48 ITR 816 (Madras) is quite relevant:

“We are unable to find any authority in support of this proposition. The real position seems to be to the contrary. In Palmer’s Company Law, it is stated at page 295 :

“Preference shares carry invariably a preferential right as to dividend which is expressed in a percentage of the nominal amount of the share, e.g., ‘6 per cent, preference shares’.

This does not mean that the preference shareholder is invariably entitled to six per cent, per annum. Unlike the debenture-holder, the preference shareholder who, after all, is a shareholder, is only entitled to income from his investment if a distributable profit within the meaning of the law is available. His right is not to dividend but to preferential treatment if and when dividend is distributed.

Moreover, this right will, in the normal cases, not automatically become effective when distributable profit is available; normally, according to the terms defining the rights of the preference shares, the preference shareholders are only entitled to claim preferential treatment when a dividend is declared. …………. The result accordingly is that the contention that the proposed dividends are classifiable as debts as on the valuation dates though there had been no declaration of the dividend by the general body fails. “

FEMA (NON-DEBT INSTRUMENTS) RULES, 2019

The Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (FEMA NDI Rules) classify fully and mandatorily convertible preference shares as equity instruments, while optionally convertible or non-convertible preference shares are treated as debt instruments for FEMA purposes. Redeemable preference shares, which do not convert into equity but are repayable at par or otherwise, therefore fall outside the definition of “equity instruments” under Rule 2(k) of the NDI Rules. Thus, the FEMA approach is contrary to the one expressed by the Supreme Court in the context of IBC and Companies Act.

FEMA OVERSEAS INVESTMENT RULES, 2022

Under the FEMA Overseas Investment Rules and Regulations, 2022, redeemable preference shares issued by foreign entities are generally classified as debt instruments for outbound investment purposes, unless they are fully and compulsorily convertible into equity within a specified timeframe. Redeemable preference shares typically fall under the debt category, attracting restrictions on maturity, return, and leverage, and are subject to the overall financial commitment limits prescribed for overseas investments.

ACCOUNTING CLASSIFICATION UNDER IND AS 32

Ind AS 32 adopts a substance-over-form approach in distinguishing between financial liabilities and equity instruments. Under this standard, a preference share that contains a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset, such as mandatory redemption at a fixed or determinable date, is classified as a financial liability, notwithstanding its legal form as share capital. Consequently, mandatorily redeemable preference shares are typically presented as borrowings or other financial liabilities in the issuer’s balance sheet, with dividends treated as finance costs rather than distributions. Compulsorily convertible preference shares would continue to be shown as equity capital.

However, as the Supreme Court emphasised, this accounting classification is not determinative of legal rights and remedies under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code or the Companies Act. Ind AS 32 serves financial reporting objectives and cannot alter the statutory character of an instrument or elevate a shareholder to the status of a creditor for insolvency purposes.

INCOME TAX

Preference Shares are treated as capital under the Income Tax Act and dividend paid on them is treated as dividend both in the hands of the payer company and the investor. Thus, preference dividend is not allowed as a deduction for the payer company even if the shares are classified as debt under Ind AS.

STAMP DUTY

An issue of preference shares attracts duty as on an issue of capital. RPS are treated as securities under the Securities Contract (Regulation) Act, 1957 and hence, would be treated as capital for the purposes of levy of stamp duty. The Indian Stamp Act, 1899 levies duty at 0.005% on the value of the shares.

CONCLUSION

The Supreme Court’s decision in EPC Constructions vs. Matix Fertilizers marks a critical clarification in insolvency law. By holding that preference shares do not constitute debt and that preference shareholders cannot invoke the IBC as financial creditors, the Court has drawn a clear and principled boundary around the insolvency regime.

The ruling promotes certainty, preserves the integrity of corporate capital structures, and prevents misuse of the insolvency process. For practitioners, investors and corporate advisors, the judgment serves as a reminder that commercial substance cannot override statutory form where the law draws an explicit line — and that equity, however structured, remains equity unless Parliament decides otherwise.

However, when the statutes expressly provide otherwise, such as in the case of FEMA and Ind AS, the preference shares would be classified as debt. Hence, one needs to first determine the statute being dealt with and then adopt a “horses for courses approach”. Clearly, a “one-size-fits-all attitude” would not work in this case!!

Business Responsibility And Sustainability Reporting (BRSR)

Sustainability reporting has rapidly evolved from a voluntary communication exercise to a core mechanism for accountability, risk management, and long term value creation. India’s Business Responsibility and Sustainability Reporting (BRSR) framework represents a significant regulatory and institutional innovation in this evolution. This article delves into the conceptual foundations, regulatory trajectory, and emerging empirical insights from BRSR reporting in India, with particular emphasis on the role of independent assurance and board level oversight. With the given mandate of SEBI for reporting by top 1000 listed companies based on market capitalisation, BRSR has the potential to move organizations beyond compliance driven disclosure towards integrated, decision useful sustainability reporting. The article also outlines practical, organization level steps for effective BRSR implementation, derived from observed reporting challenges and leading practices.

INTRODUCTION: SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING IN A HIGH EXPECTATION ENVIRONMENT

Businesses today operate under unprecedented scrutiny from investors, regulators, customers, and society at large. Climate change, nature loss, social inequality, and governance failures increasingly translate into financial risks, supply chain disruptions, and reputational consequences. In response, stakeholders demand transparent, reliable, and comparable information on how organizations manage environmental, social, and governance (ESG) impacts and dependencies.

Within this context, sustainability reporting has emerged as a critical interface between corporate performance and stakeholder trust. India’s introduction of Business Responsibility and Sustainability Reporting (BRSR) marks a decisive step in institutionalizing ESG disclosure. By mandating standardized sustainability reporting for the top 1000 listed entities along with mandatory assurance in a phased manner on key ESG metrics (BRSR core which is a subset of BRSR), India has positioned itself at the forefront of global sustainability reporting and assurance practices.

THE BRSR FRAMEWORK: REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Evolution from Business Responsibility Reporting

BRSR builds on India’s earlier Business Responsibility Reporting (BRR) regime and reflects global developments in sustainability disclosure standards. Introduced by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) under the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,BRSR became mandatory for the top 1,000 listed entities by market capitalization from FY 2022–23 onwards.

The framework is anchored in the National Guidelines on Responsible Business Conduct (NGRBC) and aligned with the UN Sustainable Development Goals. Its stated objective is to link financial performance with sustainability outcomes, thereby enabling stakeholders to assess long term enterprise value rather than short term financial results alone.

STRUCTURE OF BRSR DISCLOSURES

BRSR disclosures are organized into three sections:

  •  General Disclosures, providing contextual information on the entity’s operations, products, markets, and CSR activities.
  •  Management and Process Disclosures, focusing on governance structures, policies, and processes aligned with responsible business conduct.
  • Principle wise Performance Disclosures, requiring reporting against nine principles through mandatory “essential” indicators and voluntary “leadership” indicators.

This structure reflects an intentional progression—from descriptive information to governance mechanisms and, finally, to performance outcomes—designed to discourage superficial disclosure and promote substantive integration of ESG considerations.

EMPIRICAL INSIGHTS FROM BRSR REPORTING BY INDIAN COMPANIES

By FY 2024–25, more than 1,000 listed companies were reporting sustainability information through BRSR as part of their annual reports, indicating widespread institutionalization of ESG disclosures. This scale of adoption positions BRSR as one of the most comprehensive mandatory sustainability reporting regimes globally. BRSR disclosures by companies for the year 2024-25 offers valuable insights into corporate sustainability performance in India. Aggregate analysis reveals mixed trends across environmental, social, and governance indicators. Some of the observations based the reporting made by listed entities for the year 2024-25 are given below (these are only illustrative and are not comprehensive):

  • Environmental performance shows incremental progress in certain areas, including modest reductions in Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions for some companies. In contrast, Scope 3 emissions increased sharply, reflecting growing upstream and downstream value chain impacts and reinforcing the need for supplier engagement and value chain disclosures.
  •  Resource use and circularity indicators reveal rising absolute waste generation alongside declining recycling volumes in several sectors, suggesting inefficiencies in waste management practices or limitations in data collection and classification methodologies.
  • Social indicators present a nuanced picture. While female participation in the workforce has increased in absolute terms, median wages paid to women remain comparatively low across most sectors, highlighting persistent gender equity challenges despite enhanced disclosure.

The above observations support the view that sustainability reporting functions as a diagnostic tool: it surfaces risks, inefficiencies, and blind spots that might otherwise remain obscured, thereby enabling more informed strategic decision making. As companies prepare to report for FY 2025-26, they may review BRSR reports submitted by other organizations to gain insights and benchmarks for their own disclosures. The reports can be accessed at NSE website Corporate Filings Business and Sustainability Reports.

ASSURANCE IN BRSR CORE: ENHANCING TRUST AND TRANSPARENCY

A distinctive feature of India’s approach is the introduction of BRSR Core, a subset of 46 critical ESG metrics spanning environmental footprints, social well being, and governance practices. SEBI has mandated assurance on BRSR Core in a phased manner, extending from the largest listed entities to the top 1,000 companies by FY 2026–27.

This requirement elevates non financial reporting to a level of rigor comparable to financial reporting. Assurance serves not only as a compliance mechanism but also as a safeguard against inconsistent data, weak controls, and greenwashing—concerns that have become increasingly prominent as ESG information influences capital allocation and regulatory oversight.

To support consistent application, SEBI has issued master circulars and industry standards on BRSR & BRSR core that clarify definitions, calculation methodologies, and estimation approaches for BRSR Core indicators. These standards aim to enhance comparability across sectors and reduce interpretational ambiguity for both preparers and assurance providers.

FY 2024–25 is notable for the first full cycle of mandatory assurance on BRSR Core for the top 250 listed companies. Evidence from this cohort indicates a strong preference for higher levels of assurance:

  •  Approximately 91% of listed companies subject to mandatory assurance obtained reasonable assurance on BRSR Core, demonstrating a clear inclination toward enhanced credibility rather than minimum compliance.
  • A subset of these companies voluntarily extended assurance beyond BRSR Core, obtaining limited assurance on non core BRSR indicators, signalling growing confidence in BRSR data systems and increasing stakeholder expectations.

The assurance landscape during FY 2024–25 also reflects diversity in assurance providers and standards. Assurance providers can be Chartered Accountants and other professional as appointed by the Board with necessary knowledge and expertise.While SEBI has not prescribed a single assurance standard, most companies adopted internationally or nationally recognized frameworks such as ISAE 3000 or ICAI’s SSAE 3000, contributing to a gradual convergence toward globally accepted assurance practices. ISSA 5000, the first comprehensive International Standard on Sustainability Assurance 5000, will be effective for assurance engagements on sustainability information reported for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2026. Early adoption is encouraged, and it applies to both limited and reasonable assurance engagements.

REPORTING ON VALUE CHAIN COMPONENTS

Value chain components is a concept described or defined by sustainability reporting frameworks. The value chain encompasses all the activities and processes involved in creating a product or service, from raw material extraction to end-of-life disposal or recycling. SEBI issued a circular dated March 2025 on ‘Measures to facilitate ease of doing business with respect to framework for assurance or assessment, ESG disclosures for value chain, and introduction of voluntary disclosure on green credits. The circular covered the relaxations for ESG Disclosures for Value Chain as summarised below (refer Circular):

  •  ESG disclosures for the value chain shall be applicable to the top 250 listed entities (by market capitalization), on a voluntary basis from FY 2025-26.
  •  The assessment or assurance of the above shall be applicable on a voluntary basis from FY 2026-27.
  • For the first year of reporting ESG disclosures for value chain, reporting of previous year numbers shall be voluntary. To illustrate, for value chain disclosures of FY 2025-26, reporting of previous year data (i.e., data for FY 2024-25) shall be voluntary.
  • If a listed entity provides ESG disclosures for value chain, then it shall disclose the percentage of total sales and purchases covered by the value chain partners, respectively, for which ESG disclosure are provided.

Reference may also be made to the FAQs issued by SEBI in April 2025 on SEBI LODR, 2015. The FAQs clarify that both the disclosures and the associated assessment or assurance for value chain entities are voluntary and the relaxations apply from the first year of applicability and shall continue unless modified by SEBI through subsequent circulars or regulations.

FY 2025-26 will be the first year of voluntary reporting for value chain entities. In case the listed entities opt to report data for value chain entities as part of BRSR report, the listed entity will have to update its systems to capture the details of its value chain partners as on March 31 of the respective financial year. However, collecting data pertaining to value chain components and reporting them as part of BRSR report includes various challenges. One of the foremost issues is the lack of reliable data from value chain partners, which can hinder the accuracy and completeness of reported information. Additionally, differences in reporting timelines across various entities in the value chain create difficulties in synchronising data collection and disclosure efforts. Establishing a clear reporting boundary further complicates the process, as organisations must determine the extent of their value chain for inclusion in the BRSR report.

Given these complexities, it is anticipated that the regulator may issue further guidance to assist reporting entities in navigating these challenges and ensuring consistency in value chain disclosures.

GOVERNANCE AND OVERSIGHT: THE ROLE OF BOARDS AND AUDIT COMMITTEES

The effectiveness of BRSR reporting is closely linked to governance quality. The boards and audit committees plays a pivotal role in overseeing ESG disclosures, approving relevant policies, and ensuring the integrity of non financial data. Active board engagement is associated with stronger internal controls, better resource allocation, and greater credibility in the eyes of investors and rating agencies.

Audit committees, in particular, are increasingly expected to extend their oversight beyond financial reporting to include sustainability metrics, assurance scope, and remediation of gaps identified during assurance engagements. This expanded mandate reflects the convergence of financial and non financial reporting in assessments of enterprise value. The boards and audit committees should systematically assess the reliability of ESG data, review significant disclosures, and hold management accountable for demonstrating the impact of sustainability initiatives. Their responsibilities include endorsing BRSR-related policies, promoting alignment between sustainability objectives and overall business strategy, and ensuring that senior executives—including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Sustainability Officer (CSO)—are directly engaged in advancing these priorities.

PRACTICAL STEPS FOR EFFECTIVE BRSR IMPLEMENTATION

Drawing on the challenges and enabling factors identified in the BRSR landscape, organizations may consider the following practical steps to strengthen implementation and reporting quality as they gear up for the upcoming year of reporting:

  •  Early Planning and Scoping

Organizations benefit from initiating BRSR readiness well in advance of reporting timelines. This includes identifying applicable disclosures, mapping data sources across functions and value chains, and clarifying roles and responsibilities. Early planning reduces last minute data gaps and improves traceability.

  •  Embedding BRSR into Business Strategy

BRSR is most effective when sustainability objectives are integrated into core business strategy rather than treated as a standalone compliance exercise. Aligning ESG priorities with strategic risks, opportunities, and capital allocation enhances the relevance and decision usefulness of disclosures.

  •  Strengthening Data Governance and Controls

Many reporting challenges stem from fragmented data systems and weak internal controls over ESG metrics. Establishing standardized data definitions, documentation, and review mechanisms—aligned with industry standards for BRSR Core—supports consistency and auditability.

  •  Leveraging Technology and Digitization

Digital tools can significantly improve data collection, validation, and consolidation across multiple locations and value chain partners. Technology enabled reporting also facilitates smoother assurance processes and enhances confidence in reported information.

  •  Investing in Capability Building

Given the evolving nature of ESG standards, continuous training for personnel involved in data collection, analysis, and reporting is critical. Capacity building reduces errors, improves interpretation of requirements, and fosters a culture of responsible reporting.

  •  Proactive Engagement with Assurance Providers

Engaging assurance providers early—particularly for BRSR Core—allows organizations to identify control gaps, clarify methodologies, and improve data quality before formal assurance. This proactive approach strengthens both compliance and credibility.

BOTTOM LINE

BRSR represents a significant advancement in the evolution of sustainability reporting in India. By combining standardized disclosure requirements with a phased assurance mandate, it addresses long standing concerns around comparability, credibility, and greenwashing. More importantly, it creates a platform for organizations to integrate sustainability considerations into governance, strategy, and performance management.

As regulatory expectations continue to evolve and global standards converge, the true value of BRSR will depend on how effectively organizations move beyond compliance to embed responsible business conduct into everyday decision making. Robust governance, credible assurance, and disciplined implementation practices will be central to realizing this potential and unlocking long term value for businesses, investors, and society.

Allied Laws

53. Rajia Begum vs. Barnali Mukherjee

2026 INSC 106

February 02, 2026

Arbitration Agreement – Partnership firm – Serious Allegations of Forgery – Non-arbitrability of Dispute – High Court’s order referring the dispute to arbitration was set aside. [S. 8, 9 & 11, Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996; Article 227, Constitution of India]

FACTS

A partnership firm was constituted between Barnali Mukherjee (Respondent) and two others. Rajia Begum (Appellant) claimed that by virtue of a Power of Attorney she executed a Deed of Admission and Retirement whereby she was inducted as a partner and the original partners retired. The Admission Deed contained an arbitration clause and formed the sole basis of her claim. Respondent categorically denied the execution and existence of the Admission Deed and alleged that it was a forged and fabricated document. It was further contented that Appellant never acted as a partner and was reflected only as a guarantor in all contemporaneous records. The partnership business was later absorbed into a company. Appellant initiated proceedings under Section 9 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, which were rejected by the High Court on ground that the arbitration agreement was doubtful. The said finding attained finality after dismissal of the Special Leave Petition. Subsequently, Respondent filed a civil suit seeking a declaration that the Admission Deed was forged. Appellant applied under Section 8 of the Act to refer the dispute to arbitration, which was rejected by the Trial Court and the First Appellate Court, However, the High Court, exercising jurisdiction under Article 227 of the Constitution, set aside these orders and referred the dispute to arbitration. Parallelly, Appellant also sought to appoint an arbitrator under Section 11 of the Act, which was rejected by the High Court on the ground that the existence of the arbitration agreement itself was in serious dispute. Both orders were challenged before the Supreme Court.

HELD

The Supreme Court held that, where serious allegations of fraud are made which go to the very root of the arbitration agreement itself, such disputes are non-arbitrable. Arbitration is founded on consent, and a party can be compelled to arbitrate only if the existence of a valid arbitration agreement is established even at a prima facie level. The Court found substantial and cogent material casting grave doubt on the genuineness of the Admission Deed, including its unexplained absence from records for nearly nine years, inconsistencies with admitted facts, and contemporaneous documents showing that Appellant acted only as a guarantor and not as a partner. The arbitration clause being embedded in a document whose existence was seriously disputed could not be enforced independently. It was further held that although findings under Section 9 proceedings are prima facie, once they attain finality, they cannot be ignored in the subsequent proceedings arising from the same factual foundation. The High Court, therefore, erred in exercising supervisory jurisdiction under Article 227 to upset concurrent findings of the Trial Court and First Appellate Court while referring the matter to arbitration under Section 8. The Supreme Court affirmed the High Court’s refusal to appoint arbitrator under Section 11, holding that appointment would premature and legally impermissible when the existence of the arbitration agreement itself under serious cloud.

Accordingly, the appeal challenging the Section 8 reference was allowed, the High Court’s order referring the dispute to arbitration was set aside, and the appeal challenging the rejection under Section 11 was dismissed.

54. Rampyare & Anr. vs. Ramkishun & Anr.

2026:CGHC:5238

January 29, 2026

Will – Presumption under Evidence Act not applicable to Will – Mere registration of a Will does not dispense with the mandatory requirement of proof of execution and attestation. [S 63(c), Indian Succession Act, 1925; S 68, S. 69 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872]

FACTS

The Plaintiffs/Appellants instituted a civil suit seeking declaration of title, possession and permanent injunction in respect of agricultural land situated in Chhattisgarh. Their claim was founded on a registered Will, allegedly executed by their grandfather (Mahadev), bequeathing the suit property in favour of their father (Ramavatar). It was pleaded that after grandfather’s death, the Will came into effect and father’s name was mutated in the revenue records. Upon father’s death, the Plaintiffs claimed to have inherited the suit land and continued in possession for several decades. The Defendant No. 1, the brother of the father allegedly got his name wrongly recorded in the revenue records and forcibly took possession of the land. The Defendants contested the Suit contending that the property was ancestral in nature, that grandfather had no male issue, and that after his death the property was equally partitioned between the Plaintiffs and Defendants. The Defendants denied execution of any Will and alleged that the Will relied upon by the Plaintiffs was forged and fabricated. The Trial Court dismissed the Suit holding that the Will was not proved in accordance with law.

HELD

The High Court dismissed the Second Appeal and upheld the concurrent findings of the courts below. It was held that mere production of a Will which is more than 30 years old does not attract the presumption under Section 90 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872. A Will stands on a distinct footing and must be strictly proved in accordance with Section 63(c) of the Indian Succession Act, 1925 read with Section 68 and 69 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872. The observed that none of the attesting witnesses to the Will were examined, nor was the Will proved through permissible secondary evidence as required by law. The testimonies of the Plaintiffs merely asserted execution of the Will without satisfying statutory requirements. Mere registration of a Will does not dispense with the mandatory requirement of proof of execution and attestation. The High Court further held that the scope of interference in a Second Appeal is extremely limited and no substantial question of law arose in the present case. The concurrent findings of fact recorded by the Trial Court and the First Appellate Court were neither perverse nor contrary to law.

Accordingly, the Second Appeal was dismissed.

55. Rampyare & Anr. vs. Ramkishun & Anr.

2026:BHC-AS:4235

January 28, 2026

Stamp Duty – DRT Auction – Stamp Duty Payable on Auction Sale Consideration and not on Independently Determined Market Value – The Collector of Stamps was directed to adjudicate stamp duty on the basis of the auction sale consideration. [S. 25(b), S. 34(a)(ii) and S. 31 of the Maharashtra Stamp Act, 1958]

FACTS

The property was a secured asset in recovery proceedings initiated by the Central Bank of India before the Debt Recovery Tribunal-I. Pursuant to a recovery certificate issued, the Recovery Officer ordered the sale of the property by public e-auction. A sale proclamation was issued, and the auction was conducted. The Petitioner was declared the successful bidder and purchased the property. A sale certificate was issued. After rectification, the Petitioner applied to the Collector of Stamps for adjudication of stamp duty under Section 31 of the Maharashtra Stamp Act, 1958, contending that stamp duty ought to be calculated on the auction sale consideration. By an interim order and a final order, the Collector of Stamps determined stamp duty on the market value of the property instead of the auction price, levying stamp duty along with a penalty. Aggrieved thereby, the Petitioner approached the Bombay High Court. The Respondent objected to the maintainability of the Writ Petition on ground of the availability of an alternate statutory remedy and contented that, stamp duty was rightly levied on market value as per ASR rates.

HELD

The Bombay High Court held that availability of an alternate statutory remedy does not bar exercise of writ jurisdiction where the controversy involves a pure question of law. The Court observed that the core issue was whether stamp duty on a scale certificate issued pursuant to a DRT conducted auction should be levied on the auction sale price or on an independently assessed market value. The Court further held that the Circulars cannot be applied to override the legal sanctity of a transparent tribunal conducted auction. Determination of stamp duty on a higher market value, ignoring the auction consideration, was held to be legally unsustainable.

Accordingly, the writ petition was allowed, the impugned orders were quashed and set aside, and the Collector of Stamps was directed to adjudicate stamp duty based on the auction sale consideration.

56. Hemalatha (D) By Lrs. vs. Tukaram (D) By Lrs. & Ors.

2026: INSC: 82

January 22, 2026

Registered Sale Deed – Presumption of Validity – Sham Transaction – Scope of Oral Evidence – Allegations of inadequacy of consideration and continued possession were held insufficient to invalidate the sale. [S. 91 & 92, Indian Evidence Act, 1872; Order VI Rule 4, Civil Procedure Code, 1963; S. 58(C) of the Transfer of Property Act]

FACTS

The Respondent-Plaintiff, Tukaram was the owner of a residential house, he mortgaged the property to one Sadanand Garje. A registered sale Deed was executed in favour of Smt. Hemalatha (Defendant No. 1) for a consideration out of which some amount was paid directly to redeem the mortgage and the balance was paid in cash. On the same date, a registered Rental Agreement was executed whereby Respondent and his family became tenants in the Suit property at a monthly rent. The Respondents paid rent for about fourteen months and thereafter defaulted. The Appellants initiated eviction proceedings. As a counter, Respondent filed a Civil Suit seeking declaration that the Sale Deed and Rental Agreement were nominal, Sham, and not intended to be acted upon, contending that the transaction was in substance a loan or mortgage and that he continued to be the real owner. The Trial Court decreed the suit in favour of the Plaintiff holding the Sale Deed to be sham. The First Appellant Court reversed the decree and upheld the sale as genuine. The High Court, in second Appeal, restored the Trial Court’s Judgment. Aggrieved, the Defendants approached the Supreme Court.

HELD

The Supreme Court allowed the appeal, set aside the judgement of the High Court, and restored the decision of the First Appellate Court. The Court held that a registered Sale Deed carries a strong presumption of validity and genuineness, and courts must not lightly declare such documents as sham. The burden to rebut this presumption lies heavily on the party alleging sham or nominality and requires clear pleadings with material particulars. It was held that Sections 91 and 92 of the Evidence Act bar oral evidence to contradict the terms of a clear and unambiguous registered document. While oral evidence may be admissible where a document is alleged to be a sham, such plea must be supported by cogent pleadings and proof. Mere use of expressions like “nominal” or “sham” without particulars, amounts to clever drafting creating an illusion of cause of action. The Court found that the Sale Deed did not contain any conditions required under Section 58(C) of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 to constitute a mortgage by conditional sale. There was no clause for reconveyance, no debtor-creditor relationship, and no evidence of security for a loan. The Plaintiff’s conduct – execution of a registered rent agreement, payment of rent, admission of tenancy in reply to legal notice, delay in challenging the sale, and collusion with co-defendants-clearly established that the transaction was an outright sale. Allegations of inadequacy of consideration and continued possession were held insufficient to invalidate the sale.

Accordingly, the appeal was allowed, the judgment of the High Court was set aside and restored the decision of the First Appellant Court.

57. Bhaskar Yadav vs. Directorate of Enforcement

2026 LiveLaw (Del) 127

February 02, 2026

PMLA – Anticipatory Bail under PMLA – Applicability of Twin Conditions – Necessity of Custodial Interrogation in Large-Scale Cyber fraud and Cryptocurrency-Based Money Laundering – The Applicants failed to satisfy the mandatory twin conditions under Section 45 PMLA and dismissed both Anticipatory Bail Applications.[S. 3, 4, 17, 44, 50 & 70, Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002; S. 420, 120B IPC; S. 66C & 66D, Information Technology Act, 2000]

FACTS

The present anticipatory bail applications arose from a large-scale investigation into cyber fraud and money laundering initiated by the Directorate of Enforcement (ED) on the basis of two FIRs registered by the CBI for offences of cheating, criminal conspiracy, and IT-related frauds. These offences constituted Scheduled offences under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (PMLA). The prosecution alleged the existence of an organised transitional cyber fraud syndicate operated by foreign actors through platforms such as Telegram, WhatsApp, and fraudulent websites. Victims were induced to part with money on the pretext of part-time jobs and investment schemes. The proceeds of crime were routed through numerous mule bank accounts in India and layered across multiple accounts before being siphoned abroad, primarily through UAE-based fintech platform PYYPL or by conversion into cryptocurrency. The Applicants, both Chartered Accountants, were alleged to be key members of the so-called “Bijwasan Group”, which controlled and operated multiple shell entities and mule bank accounts. Though initially not arrested, the Applicants were granted interim protection from arrest by the predecessor bench, subject to joining investigation. The ED opposed anticipatory bail, citing the need for custodial interrogation and failure of Applicants to satisfy the twin conditions under Section 45 PMLA.

HELD

The Delhi High Court dismissed both the anticipatory bail applications, holding that the rigours of Section 45 PMLA constitute a distinct and grave class of economic offences with serious transnational ramifications, warranting a stricter approach to bail. Rejecting the contention that the case involved mere cryptocurrency trading, the Court observed that cryptocurrency was only a tool used for laundering proceeds of crime generated through cyber frauds. The Courts found that the investigation revealed a complex vertical and horizontal layering of proceeds of crime, with the Applicants playing a significant role at multiple levels. The Courts held that there were no reasonable grounds to believe that the Applicants were not guilty of the offences alleged, nor could it be said that they were unlikely to commit offences while on bail. The plea of parity with co-accused was rejected on the ground that those accused were granted regular bail and custodial interrogation was not sought in their cases. The Court further held that dilution of the twin conditions under Section 45 PMLA on the grounds of Article 21 applies primarily in cases of prolonged incarceration and cannot be extended to anticipatory bail where custodial interrogation is required. In view of allegations of destruction of evidence, assault on officials, bribery, and continuing investigation with fresh complaints still emerging, the Court found custodial interrogation to be necessary.

Accordingly, the Court held that the Applicants failed to satisfy the mandatory twin conditions under Section 45 PMLA and dismissed both anticipatory bail applications.

Chatting Up About India: Part I Lipid Profile Of Regulatory Cholesterol

India’s ambition to become a developed nation by 2047 is severely hindered by over-regulation, which the author terms “strangulation“. Driven by an archaic, distrust-based approach, current laws are overly complex, coercive, and often weaponized for bureaucratic intimidation and corruption. This excessive compliance burden stifles risk-taking, innovation, and the overall ease of doing business. Instead of enabling growth, the system traps citizens in multiple registrations, overlapping filings, and unending litigation without administrative accountability. To unlock its economic potential, India must shift towards trust-based governance, proportionate regulations, and unified compliance systems like “One Nation, One Business, One Number“.

Reform is China’s second revolution – Deng Xiaoping

Since independence we have solved innumerable problems, which most born after 1990 cannot even imagine. My past articles1 have covered few areas of phenomenal transformation and challenges in recent times. Bharat now seeks to become a developed nation by 2047 (21 years to go).

In this article, we look at a limiting factorover regulation – that blocks the target. Apart from being a remnant of the Raj, OVER REGULATION or as I call it STRANGULATION, is a first order issue that fundamentally contaminates the ability of individuals and businesses to operate in India with speed, scale and certainty.

Speaking about the erstwhile Indian Civil Services, PM Nehru is supposed to have said this2 – it is neither Indian, neither civil nor service. In the following pages, we will talk about nature of regulations and effect of their implementation without going into any specific law or civil service that governs it. The dangerous chasm between where we are and destination 2047, is the challenge of how the government can reduce the sting effect of regulations. Recent GST 2.0 and Jan Vishwas bills have made effort towards removing the sting of strangulation and decriminalising the otherwise civil matters. This article is written from a perspective of ease of doing business (EoDB) and ease of living (EoL) and what makes over-regulation a deterrent to uncovering the potential our nation has.

You may have read about or faced over-regulation such as: despite there being 26,000 ways3 (18,000 only in labour laws) to put an employer in jail, few employers actually go to jail for violations. The reason being, that these laws are often used as a means of intimidation and corruption to extract money by those who control implementation. Who doesn’t know that many of the laws are excessive (disproportionately intrusive), coercive (threatening punishment), one sided (loaded in favour of administrator with low recourse for citizen), archaic (irrelevant), detrimental to growth and freedom, and a means for ‘babudom4. They exist to leave a window open to exploit the situation and make side income. The extent of bureaucratic overreach is aptly captured by the phrase – “you show me the person and I will show you the crime”. Continuing with the example of labour laws, this is possible only because there are 21 definitions of wages, 17 definitions of workers. In such a scenario, no one can comply without violating something, somewhere, sometime.


1 Chatting Up about India series published in September 2023, August 2024, and January 2025
2 Indian Civil Services as it was called before being morphed into IAS after independence in 1947
3 Jailed for Doing Business Report, Dated February 2022
4 The collective Indian civil service and its culture, implying a system of power, coercion, 
entitlement, and often inefficiency, red tape, corruption, focus on hierarchy, 
with a tendency towards slow, rule-bound processes rather than effective action, 
especially in the post-colonial era. This is not just IAS but collective of more than 2 crore civil servants.

Let’s look at the problem of over regulations through these questions–

i) Why are we fifth in total GDP but 128th in per capita GDP?

(generally per capita is linked to productivity of sectors, firms, people!)

ii) Why are there only 30,000 companies with paid up capital of more than Rs. 10 Crores?

(We have infrastructure, skills, and capital but risk taking at scale is a challenge.)

iii) What is stopping the pace of growth? Why does UP and Karnataka have about the same GSDP, but Karnataka does it at 1/3 the population?

iv) Why is there five to six times difference between richest and poorest large states and why are backward states not creating habitat for ease of doing business despite its obvious benefits to its people?

v) Why are HNIs leaving India5?

vi) Why do politicians praise the diaspora for their entrepreneurial contribution in that country?

(We all know that most left India often for better ‘opportunities’ in the first place.)

Despite considerable positive sentiments – policies or the politics of policies remain unstable and untrustworthy6, babudom makes things difficult rather than facilitates ease. Politicians go back on promises, and if it came to political benefit, they will change laws and contracts anytime. In other words, there is a contrast between objectives and tools.

The other day I met an architect friend, who won a contract at L1 to build a museum for a state government. The State government appointed a project manager. On day one, the manager asked how he can get 15% of the total cost of the contract to approve the project progress and expenses. The architect had to contact chief secretary in Delhi, to ensure the manager backs off. However, if he had his way, he could stall the contract, block payments and create havoc for the architect taking risk and putting his capital at stake. That is why a lot of businesses stay quiet, stay small, rather than suck up to politicians and sahebs, and risk taking / innovation suffers. There are innumerable examples like this. However, here we will focus on a more controllable factor – nature and implementation of regulations.


5 Secession of the Successful: The Flight out of New India by Sanjay Baru citing ease of living, 
business environment, escaping bureaucracy, and better quality of life.
6 Many policies are based on the government, and with change of power, 
there is an impending threat that they will invert the current policies on day 1.

REGULATION AND STRANGULATION

Indian governments (includes central, state and local) as an institution historically displayed negligible sense between the two words despite the difference between meaning and spelling. The Indian approach to refining absurd regulations most of the time has been sloooooooooow or postponed until a crisis builds up. The entire system is like a maze of wires we see on photos of old Delhi streets which no one wants to touch. Take the example of four labour codes – have combined 29 laws into four and how much time this took to legislate (2019) and notify (2025).

Regulations and strangulation – in nature, function and everything in between – they are as apart from each other as chalk and cheese. The following indicative list gives a bunch of distinctions. As you go through the list under few headings. Each aspect is juxtaposed under what a Regulation can be vs. what it ends up being : Strangulation

Breaking The Chains From Strangulation to Regulation

I . Philosophical Foundations: Presumption of Guilt over Trust

a) Enables, facilitates, and makes things easy vs. Restrictions, suppression or destruction

b) Akin to a seatbelt vs. Akin to chaining hands and legs while being in the driver’s seat

c) Based on trust of participants vs. Based on distrust of participants

d) Permitted unless prohibited approach vs. Prohibited unless permitted approach

e) For equitable, orderly and balanced growth of everyone; you cannot harm others to benefit yourself vs. Focus on control, manipulation, surprises, excesses where many will give up and say I don’t want to be in this, it’s too much or evade as compliance is disproportionately high in terms of time, cost and risk

f) Makes entry and exit easy vs. Barrier for entry, exit and existence – high degree of difficulty

g) Democracy – Governance – Nagarik is supreme vs. Tyranny– Ruling – Praja is subordinate

h) Business failure is treated with an approach to find out whether it is due to bad judgment, situational change, incompetence or fraud vs. Business failure is seen suspiciously and treated as fraud to start with unless proved otherwise

i) Crimping of administrative state to serve the people to excel and rise instead of crimping of free society which is in pursuit of happiness vs. Crimping of free society with dos and don’ts and coercive provisions which are often tools of corruption

j) Positive reinforcement of good behaviour of citizens, to encourage people to be good citizens vs. Negative reinforcement with only punishments for bad behaviour, good behaviour begets nothing

Examples: Take most laws we deal with and find out Number of provisions asking citizens for a certain type of action or prohibition. Add to it penalties for violations. Now look for number of things that government will do for you or not do and penalties for not doing it on the administrator. The first list almost makes the entire Act. Now take the language of saying this. Add to that fictional items taxed (Section 2(22) (e) of the ITA7 or Rule 8D of calculating mathematically something that may have no relevance for Section 14A to work). Lastly add distrust provisions to this. These lead to constant misuse and conflict, forcing citizens to perpetually prove they are in the right.


7 Indian Income Tax Act

II. Design and Accessibility: Monuments of Complexity and Archaic language

a) Crisp, clear, intelligible vs. Voluminous, ambiguous, incoherent

b) Reads like clauses when reading – plain, simple, in normal language vs. Feels like claws – complicated, long winding and written in English of 200 years ago

c) Low possibilities to interpret and extend meanings, is objective, and lacks susceptibility to litigation vs. Loopholes embedded in laws to extend meanings, interpret, leading to absurd outcomes and litigation

d) Current, realistic, allowance for reality, relevant, pacing with time and addresses current market vs. Outdated, not pacing with time and reality, idealistic to the extent of being absurd

e) Law made by parliament/legislature and rules by executive vs. Guidelines, rules, circulars, office orders, government order, memorandum, FAQs, and multiple instruments which are unrecognised by constitution and become quasi laws throwing their weight around

f) Adaptable, flexible and allowance for reality of current addressable market and its participants vs. Bans (say audits have to be done per individual partner as opposed to firm total to enable specialisation in case of CAs)

Examples: The recently replaced ITA used to be a monument of complexity and inaccessibility (incomprehensible) with 900 odd sections, proviso, explanations, and clauses, sub clauses and the rest. There are decisions and circulars that contradict one another or retrospective changes (recent being LTCG at 12.5% without grandfathering or c/f of losses) where compliance requires constant monitoring so one isn’t hit by a new missile launched from the North Block. Proliferation of scope expansion beyond legislative intent by circulars, notifications, FAQs which lay down ‘laws’ by the unelected and result in administrative enforcement. Unclarity in Section 80JJAA or even Section 44ADA, are prone to litigation. For larger firms that specialise, now there is a ban on number of audits one partner can sign off instead of allowance for average based on total partners.

III. Proportionality and Market Dynamics: One size fits all Regulations

a) Proportionate to activity and risk, need not be equal for all players and is based on situation/need vs. Applies in same proportion to all with disregard for context/need/situation

b) Registration based, creates competition/supply through an open architecture vs. Licenses/permission based, restricts supply/shortage and a closed system

c) Encourages new entrants when laws are less and thresholds are proportionate to the size of the entity vs. Favours incumbent almost always as laws can be a barrier to entry

d) Raises standards, focussed on outcomes, enhances trust in the market vs. Keeps ‘small’ small and make them smaller, makes people want to take short cuts, focussed on process without view of outcomes

e) Degree of economic complexity is less when compared to per capita GDP of our nation (say high thresholds) vs. Degree of economic complexity is much higher when compared to per capita GDP of our nation (say low thresholds)

f) Number of people required by a business for regulatory control/compliance – LOW vs. Number of people required by a business for regulatory control/compliances – HIGH

g) Steel frame – where capacity is increased to facilitate protecting and enabling EoDB and EoL vs. Steel cage – where pressure is put on capacity of business or individual to decrease ease

h) Administrator proportionate for size of business, because laws are so vs. Administrator too big for small fish, and too small for big fish

i) Inexpensive to be in formal economy. Cost makes sense for receiving capital, skills and productivity vs. Expensive to be in formal economy. Makes low sense even to receive capital and skills and productivity

Examples: Look at ITR or TAR Forms – they have low linkage to the business that is filing them – risks, complexity or profitability. A GIANT CAP entity and a small individual will file same ITR and TAR. Isn’t it time that based on business code or something similar that TAR is differentiated for manufacturing, trading and service entities – that it is shorter and take relevant data only and which will get rid of standard questionnaires during ‘assessments’ at later stage. Imagine a single business registration – say PAN instead of CIN, TAN, PF IDs, and the rest of it. Are we one nation or different fiefdoms under a sovereign? A small business is filing same number of forms for companies act, TDS, GST, income tax, DGFT, PF, and so on. There are instances where a politician or a local civil servant can close or shut down a business for illegitimate reasons. If there is benefits to be granted to small businesses, why should they be deducting TDS to start with for the government and be exposed to delays and filings? Why not exempt non TAR cases from TDS deduction? Why should I as a taxpayer or business owner deal with numerous departments and offices if I am living in unified nation – why should there not be a single Indian Tax Office or Indian Revenue Office which has customs, income tax, international tax, GST, employment tax authorities sitting together and talk to one another? Why can I not pay one tax based on turnover which is a combination of GST and Income tax? Federalism is made out to be small kingdoms spread all across for ‘collecting’. BTW we still have something called ‘collector’? ONE NATION, ONE BUSINESS, ONE NUMBER and EVERYTHING on ONE DASHBOARD is the way to go.

Even as an individual, you must still secure a domicile certificate. Why is this necessary and why it can’t be downloaded from a single portal where I have all my data from passports, to ration cards, to Aadhaar, to electricity bills, municipal bills and the rest? One great FM brought one law that existed in Australia and said Bharat needs it too, with zero sense of comparative dissimilarities of GDP of Austrialia and India. the point is people in government think less of people.

IV. Administrative burden and Compliances: Multiple Registrations and Excessive Filings

a) Bare minimum procedures, filings vs. Excessive procedures, filings

b) Timelines are clearly and fairly given wherever action is required from citizen or administrator vs. Administrator works without timelines or favourable timelines compared to citizen

c) Not data hungry. Takes basic data directly. Rest of the data is taken discretely from other sources directly vs. Obsessive data greed, burdening the citizen with forms for supplying more and more data, akin to snooping

d) Tatasthataa – can interrupt on severe critical matters with consideration of people who have taken the risk to start a business vs. Dakhalandazi – can touch almost every area of life or business, disrupt where unelected regulator has no skin in the game

f) Single registration for all laws – one nation one entity one registration – why should a citizen register everywhere and give the same data and do overlapping filings/reporting. Everything linked to a single identifier like Aadhaar or similar instead of numerous registration numbers like PF, ESIC, PAN, DIN, CKYC, CIN, etc. vs. Multiple registrations, permissions, returns, submissions of identical or similar data at a number of places in the garb of ‘compliance’ for taking services. Every law has its different identifier number and having its own registration numbers for individuals and businesses

g) Low jail provisions when there are no cases of prosecution, as law need not be deterrence as it leads to promotion of corruption vs. Jail provisions without examples of prosecutions, to encourage fear and corruption

Examples: India loves compliance. A private company with less than ₹100 Crores of turnover will have to comply with ITR (1), TDS (4) + payments (4), GST (4+4), Company Law – Annual Filings (2), Board Meetings (4), Registers, KYC (1+), Appointments / resignations, all changes, PF (12+12), PT (12+), TAR (1), GST (4+4) plus calculations and dealing with notices and other avoidable harassment like non-working portals or 5 MB upload size by a ₹4000 crore income tax portal’ which is supposed to shrink the size on its end and not tell taxpayers to do this. A minimum of 30-50 compliances per LLP / Company are a normal threshold. The question is – why most of these can’t be filed once a year or twice a year, at the same place under same number? Add to this – if you are running a small entity and its 50% assets and / or income happen to be financial assets – you may trigger a Reserve Bank of India coverage8! Indian industrial laws asking how many times the wall should be painted or whitewashed, and specifying penalties for not doing so. Every department is trying to encroach on businesses to obtain its pound of flesh when its existence is questionable. Imagine single Indian Tax office – all taxes at one location, under one number, under one portal, one login, one DSC registered, one signatory,… I must be crazy to even think this way!


8 Recently raised to `1000 Crore threshold as RBI could possibly not manager no threshold law applied to entities without public interface

V. Outcomes, Accountability, and Continuous Improvement: Litigation without resolution

a) Fast, smooth and inexpensive recourse/escalation for the aggrieved vs. Slow, steep and expensive recourse to excesses inflicted

b) Revisited often for correlating it to fulfilment of its initial purpose and by testing it with present situation vs. Not revisited anytime till there is uproar, mess, crisis or repeated representations

c) Pruning and self-correcting mechanism built inside the law where law will be reviewed, or have sunset clauses for relevance, stability and clarity every few years on a systematic basis vs. No pruning or self-correcting mechanism or modifications set for clarity and stability

d) Data based correlation between written law, its interpretation, practices and enforcement vs. Low evaluation of existing laws, especially at state and municipal levels

e) Creates no friction to justify oil for greasing vs. Needs oil for greasing to remove frictions (pun intended)

f) Penalties and punishment for similar offences are similar across laws vs. Penalties and Punishment for similar offences are different across laws

g) Accountability of regulator vs. Penalties and punishment for similar offences are different across laws vs. Accountability of only citizens

Examples: How long does an appeal take to be heard? Tribunal for GST on paper established 9 years after the law enforced. Should related parties be defined consistently under accounting, direct taxes, indirect taxes? If you delay filing you pay fine/interest or lose chance to fight back and if regulator delays response or gives false response what is she accountable for? Under BNS (S. 319) imprisonment for cyber criminal is different compared to IT Act, 2000 (S.66C). Crime is same/similar – Identity theft. Same for Adulteration under IPC and FSSAI where difference in fine is ₹1,000 and ₹10 Lacs. Look at Charity commissioner sitting like judges – for change of a trustee due to death – takes 6 months, appearing in person, filing 1 inch fat docket and hiring a lawyer through whom the money moves to the approver. Zero reason for any ‘hearing’ – death of a trustee can be ‘seen’ from QR code and name removal should be free of so called ‘hearing’.

The above list seems particularly long to emphasize the fact that innumerable lifetimes wasted by terrible regulations, compliance, adjudication and even recalibration/deletion9. The next two decades are possibly the last big opportunity of Bharat when we are a nation full of youth and energy.

(the second part of the article will be published next month…)


9 It took 100 years to change Indian Succession Act, 1925 where the law makers realised that probate was there in Mumbai but not required in 
Delhi and Bangalore and was required for Hindus, Sikhs, Jains, …and not Christians and Muslims. That’s as bizarre, deaf and blind a law can get.

The Pillar of Audit Integrity – Engagement Quality Control Reviewer (EQCR)

The Engagement Quality Control Reviewer (EQCR) acts as an independent gatekeeper of audit integrity, objectively evaluating significant judgments before an audit report is issued. To combat global audit failures, India is transitioning to SQM 1 and SQM 2 by April 2026, mandating a proactive, risk-based system of quality management. Under SQM 2, an EQCR must possess technical competence, absolute objectivity, and adequate time. Although the EQCR rigorously scrutinizes high-risk areas across the audit’s lifecycle, ISA 220 (Revised) asserts that the Engagement Partner retains ultimate accountability for overall audit quality. Ultimately, robust EQCR involvement ensures professional skepticism and bolsters stakeholder trust.

1. INTRODUCTION: THE EVOLVING FACE OF AUDIT OVERSIGHT

In the realm of statutory audits, audit quality remains the single most critical determinant of stakeholder trust. As corporate reporting grows in complexity and stakeholder expectations intensifies, the audit process is undergoing profound transformation. Amidst these shifts, the Engagement Quality Control Reviewer (EQCR) has emerged as a cornerstone of professional assurance and credibility.

The engagement quality control reviews (EQC reviews) ensure that significant audit judgments, especially in high- risk or contentious areas, undergo an independent, objective evaluation before the audit report is issued. In essence, the EQCR is both a guardian of professional skepticism and a mentor of quality within the firm’s governance ecosystem.

While the engagement quality reviews are not new to the audit profession, their rigor, governance and regulatory expectations have significantly evolved in response to global audit failures. Following major audit failures regulators across the globe underscored one recurring issue: insufficient EQC reviews and lack of independent challenge. As a response, global standard setters have tightened the EQC reviews framework through the ISQM 1, ISQM 2, and ISA 220 (Revised) suite of Quality Management Standards issued by the IAASB.

This article discusses EQC reviews in the context of SQM 1, SQM 2 and ISA 220 (Revised). Currently, the governing standard for audit firm quality control in India is SQC 1 “Quality Control for Firms that Perform Audits and Reviews of Historical Financial Information, and Other Assurance and Related Services Engagements”. ICAI has formally issued and notified Standard on Quality Management (SQM) 1 and SQM 2, which are designed to align closely with the corresponding international standards, ISQM 1 and ISQM 2, and prescribe the firm-level quality management framework and detailed requirements relating to EQC reviews. From 1 April 2026, SQC 1 will be replaced by SQM 1 and SQM 2. However, SA 220 (Revised), which is closely aligned with ISA 220 (Revised) and sets out the engagement partner’s responsibilities relating to quality management at the engagement level, has not yet been notified by ICAI. Accordingly, while this article refers to ISA 220 (Revised) for conceptual completeness and international alignment, the currently applicable engagement-level standard in India continues to be the existing SA 220, until SA 220 (Revised) is formally issued and becomes effective.

2. DEFINING THE EQC REVIEW — PURPOSE, PRINCIPLES AND SCOPE

Under SQM 1 .16(d) and SQM 2.13(a), an EQC review is:

“An objective evaluation of the significant judgments made by the engagement team and the conclusions reached thereon, performed by the EQCR and completed on or before the date of the engagement report.”

This definition reflects three essential attributes:

  • Objectivity: The reviewer must be fully independent of the audit team.
  • Significance: Focus on key judgments, material risks, and complex estimates.
  • Timeliness: Completion must occur prior to signing the audit opinion.

In practice, this translates to a layered defense model:

a. The engagement team performs and documents the audit.

b. The engagement partner reviews and approves key judgments.

c. The EQCR performs an independent evaluation before the audit report is issued.

In many large audit firms, the EQCR role is assigned to a senior partner with extensive industry and technical experience who has had no prior involvement in the audit engagement.

For listed entities / PIE, this review is mandatory, while firms may voluntarily extend EQC reviews coverage to high-risk non-PIE engagements as a quality safeguard.

3. THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK: SQM 1, SQM 2, AND ISA 220 (REVISED)

a) SQM 1 – Firms quality management system

SQM 1 redefines the quality control paradigm by introducing a proactive, risk-based approach to managing audit quality.

It requires firms to establish a System of Quality Management (SOQM) that provides reasonable assurance that:

  • Professional and ethical requirements are consistently met.
  • Engagements are conducted in accordance with standards and regulations.
  • Reports issued are appropriate under the circumstances.

EQC reviews are integrated within this system, serving as monitoring and remediation checkpoints for high-risk engagements.

Para 34(f) of SQM 1 defines Policies / procedures for EQC reviews and which engagements must have EQCR: –

Firm shall establish policies/procedures addressing EQC reviews in accordance with SQM 2, and require EQC reviews for:

  1. Audits of financial statements of listed entities (Para 34(f)(i))
  2. Engagements where engagement quality review is required by law / regulation (Para 34(f)(ii))
  3. Engagements where the firm determines engagement quality review is an appropriateresponse to one or more quality risks (Para 34(f)(iii)).

APPLICATION GUIDANCE (PARA A133-A137) – HOW TO THINK ABOUT (PARA 34(F)(II)) AND (PARA 34(F)(III))

  • A 133: Law or regulation may mandate an Engagement Quality Review for certain audits, such as those of public interest entities, public sector or government-funded entities, entities in high-risk industries (e.g. Banks and insurers), large entities crossing prescribed thresholds, or entities under court or judicial supervision, due to their higher public impact and risk. The firm has not got a choice. Most laws and regulations do not explicitly state that an Engagement Quality Control Review is required. Instead, laws and regulators identify certain entities as high public interest, high risk, or publicly accountable (e.g., listed companies, banks, insurance companies, large or government-funded entities, entities under court processes). SQM 1 and SQM 2 translate these legal and regulatory classifications into audit quality requirements. SQM 1- A133 clarifies that audits of such entities are ordinarily subject to EQCR, unless law or regulation provides otherwise.

Therefore, EQCR becomes mandatory through auditing standards and firm policies, even when the law itself is silent on EQCR.

In practice, firms must check applicable laws/regulations to identify high-risk entities and then apply EQCR as required by SQM 1 and SQM 2.

A134-A137: If an engagement is complex, highly judgmental, sensitive, or involves higher public or regulatory risk, the firm may determine that an Engagement Quality Review (EQC review) is an appropriate response to address quality risks. EQC review is used not only for mandatory PIE audits, but also where engagement or entity characteristics elevate audit risk.

EQC review may be appropriate for:

  • Complex or judgment-heavy engagements, such as audits with high estimation uncertainty, going concern issues, or assurance engagements requiring specialized expertise.
  • Engagements with prior or ongoing issues, including recurring inspection findings, significant control deficiencies, or financial statement restatements.
  • Unusual acceptance or continuance circumstances, such as disagreements with previous auditors or other acceptance red flags.
  • Regulatory or sensitive reporting engagements, including IPOs, prospectuses, or pro forma financial information.
  • Entities with high public interest or accountability, even if not listed, such as fiduciary entities, high-profile entities, or those with many stakeholders.
  • New or unfamiliar industries, where the firm has limited prior experience.

The nature, timing, and extent of EQCR should be commensurate with the assessed quality risks, and the review should be completed before the engagement report is issued.

B) SQM 2 – EQCR MECHANISM

SQM 2 establishes explicit criteria for the appointment and eligibility of an EQCR.

The reviewer must possess:

  • Sufficient technical competence, Industry knowledge and professional experience relevant to the engagement;
  • Independence and objectivity, with no prior involvement in the audit. Carry out the role on the engagement with objectivity, integrity and impartiality. Comply with relevant ethical and independent requirements and laws and regulations;
  • Appropriate authority and adequate time to conduct a meaningful review. EQCR must have sufficient time available to perform the EQC review. Lack of sufficient time available to perform the EQC review has been a key root cause of EQC review quality issues identified.

These requirements ensure that the reviewer’s evaluation is both credible and free from bias. Firms are also expected to implement policies for assessing and maintaining the ongoing competence and ethical integrity of EQCRs. This represents a shift toward formalised governance and oversight over who can serve as an EQCR.

Further a minimum two-year cooling-off period applies where the reviewer previously served as the engagement partner, unless a longer period is required by ethical standards. Individuals assisting the reviewer must not be members of the engagement team and must meet relevant competence and ethical requirements, with the reviewer retaining overall responsibility for the engagement quality review. Firms are also required to address circumstances that may impair reviewer eligibility, including withdrawal where necessary.

SCOPE AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EQCR

The EQCR’s responsibilities under SQM 2 extend beyond procedural formality. The reviewer must evaluate whether:

  • The engagement team’s significant judgments are appropriate and consistent with professional standards;
  • The audit evidence obtained adequately supports the conclusions reached;
  • Consultations on difficult or contentious matters have been appropriately performed and documented;
  • The engagement report should be issued, based on the sufficiency of the evidence and the reasonableness of the conclusions.

Importantly, SQM 2 requires that the engagement report must not be dated or released until the EQCR has completed their review and all significant matters have been resolved. This embeds the EQCR as a final quality gatekeeper before the issuance of the audit report.

TIMING AND DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

SQM 2 mandates that the EQC review is completed on a timely basis at appropriate points in time during the engagement and the engagement report cannot be dated until completion of the EQC review.

Firms must maintain comprehensive documentation of:

  • The nature, timing, and extent of the EQCR’s procedures;
  • The significant discussions between the EQCR and the engagement partner;
  • The conclusions reached, including how differences in view were addressed.

Such documentation enhances transparency and accountability, providing a verifiable record for both internal quality monitoring and external regulatory inspections.

c) ISA 220 (Revised) – Partner Accountability in respect of EQC review

ISA 220 (Revised) enhances the focus on quality management at the engagement level and clarifies that the Engagement Partner (EP) is responsible and accountable for managing and achieving quality on the audit engagement, notwithstanding the involvement of an Engagement Quality Reviewer (EQCR) or the performance of an Engagement Quality Review (EQC review).

The performance of an EQCR does not reduce, substitute, or transfer the Engagement Partner’s responsibility.

The Engagement Partner remains accountable for:

  • Managing and achieving quality on the audit engagement
  • Compliance with professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements
  • The appropriateness of the auditor’s report issued

EP ACCOUNTABILITY IN RELATION TO EQCR:

a) Responsibility to Ensure an EQC review is Performed

The Engagement Partner is responsible for:

  • Ensuring that an EQC review is performed when required by firm policies or applicable standards (e.g., public interest entities, high-risk engagements)
  • Ensuring that the EQCR is appointed at an appropriate stage of the engagement, such that significant judgments are subject to timely review.

b) Responsibility for Cooperation with the EQCR The Engagement Partner shall:

  • Ensure that the EQCR is provided with sufficient and appropriate information to perform the EQC review
  • Engage in discussions with the EQCR regarding significant judgments, including:
  • Significant risks identified
  • Significant accounting and auditing judgments
  • Conclusions relating to going concern
  • Matters that may affect the auditor’s report

c) Responsibility for Resolving Differences of Opinion

Where differences of opinion arise between:

  • The engagement team and the EQCR, or
  • The Engagement Partner and the EQCR

The Engagement Partner is responsible for:

  • Ensuring that such differences are resolved in accordance with firm policies
  • Ensuring that the auditor’s report is not dated until the EQCR is completed and the matter is appropriately resolved.

d) Responsibility for Timing of the Auditor’s Report

The Engagement Partner shall ensure that:

  • The EQC review is completed on or before the date of the auditor’s report
  • The auditor’s report is not dated until:
  • The EQC review has been completed, and
  • The EQCR has not raised any unresolved matters that would require further action.

Limitations on Reliance on EQC review

The Engagement Partner shall not:

  • Regard the EQC review as a substitute for the engagement partner’s own judgment or responsibility
  • Treat the EQCR as assuming ownership of significant or complex judgments
  • Issue the auditor’s report prior to completion of the EQC review.

CORE PRINCIPLE FROM ISA 220 (REVISED)

The engagement partner remains responsible and accountable for managing and achieving quality on the audit engagement, including when an engagement quality review is performed.

However, it is to be noted that during the recent regulatory inspections, the regulatory body has extended its jurisdictions beyond the engagement partner to the EQCR. Such regulatory action against EQCR can be understood not as transfer of engagement accountability but as an enforcement of the EQCR’s independent responsibility to exercise the objective evaluation and professional skepticism in performing quality review. To sum up, accountability for the audit quality and responsibility for the quality review coexist, each operating within the clearly defined but complementary boundaries.

4. THE EQCR’S ROLE IN ENHANCING STATUTORY AUDIT QUALITY

4.1 Independence and Objectivity

EQCR’s independence is both ethical and structural. They must:

  • Be free of any prior involvement in the engagement.
  • Avoid financial or business relationships with the client.
  • Refrain from participating in decision-making for the audit.

4.2 PROFESSIONAL SKEPTICISM AND CHALLENGE

The EQCR effectiveness is directly proportional to the extent of professional challenge they exert.

In firms with strong “challenge culture,” EQCRs more frequently identify inconsistencies in management estimates and risk assessments— leading to measurable improvement in audit outcomes.

5. PERFORMING THE EQC REVIEW: STAGES AND PROCEDURES

An effective EQC review follows a structured process.

STAGE 1: RISK ASSESSMENT STAGE

a) Understanding the Engagement & Firm Inputs

EQCR should:

  • Read and understand:
  • Engagement acceptance/continuance: Ensure the engagement was accepted based on firm policies and quality risk considerations.
  • Resources: EQCR should also confirm that engagement resources (staffing, expertise, time) are adequate for identifying risks.
  • Entity and environment: Understand the entity and environment, background of the engagement, entity’s risk profile, and nature of the operations.
  • Firm monitoring & remediation: Communications from the firm monitoring & remediation: Review any firm-level findings or remediation actions relevant to engagement quality

Document all review procedures and conclusions.

KEY EQCR QUESTION:

“Is this engagement appropriately accepted and resourced given the firm’s quality risks?”

b) Independence & Ethics Evaluation

EQCR reviews:

  • Engagement team’s independence assessment: Verify that the team has appropriately assessed and documented independence in line with firm and regulatory requirements. EQCR should challenge whether independence threats were mitigated effectively, not just documented.
  • Non-audit services and safeguards: Ensure any non-audit services provided to the entity have proper safeguards to maintain independence.
  • Partner rotation /familiarity threats: Confirm compliance with partner rotation rules and evaluate any familiarity threats that could impair objectivity.
  • Consultations on ethics (if any): Review outcomes of any ethics-related consultations to ensure issues were addressed appropriately.
  • Compliance: Ensure compliance with firm’s independence policies and applicable regulatory requirements.

Focus:

  • Whether threats were identified early and mitigated, not merely documented.

c) Review of Planned Audit Approach

EQCR evaluates:

  • Overall audit strategy: Review whether the audit strategy aligns with engagement objectives and addresses key quality risks.
  • Materiality: The EQCR considers whether the benchmark and other metrics selected for determining materiality are suitable in the circumstances and whether the percentages applied to those benchmarks are reasonable. EQCR should also consider whether performance materiality and thresholds for misstatements are reasonable
  • Group audit scoping (if applicable): Ensure the scope for group audits is clearly defined, including component auditor involvement and risk considerations. EQCR should review whether component auditor instructions are clear and address significant risks.
  • Fraud risk assessment: Evaluate whether the elements of the fraud risk triangle have been appropriately identified and addressed in the audit plan. Ensure fraud risk response is proportionate and documented.
  • Significant Risks: Confirm that significant risks are properly identified, documented, and incorporated into the audit approach.

d) Discussion of Significant Matters & Judgments (at planning stage)

EQCR Should:

  • Document discussions and rationale for significant judgments.
  • Assessed professional skepticism applied by the engagement team.
  • Ensure documentation reflects appropriate responses to significant and fraud risks.
  • Discuss expected areas of judgment with engagement partner (e.g., revenue recognition, impairment, going concern, provisions, related parties).

STAGE 2: TESTING STAGE

a) Review of Going Concern & Compliance Risks

EQCR reviews:

  • Going concern assessment: Confirm that management’s going concern assessment has been critically evaluated and appropriately challenged. EQCR should confirm whether alternative scenarios were considered in going concern evaluation.
  • Cash flow forecasts and assumptions: Review whether cash flow projections and underlying assumptions are reasonable and supported by evidence.
  • Actual or suspected:
  • Non-compliance with laws: Ensure any identified or suspected non-compliance is properly addressed and documented.
  • Illegal acts: Verify that procedures for investigating and reporting illegal acts are followed.
  • Fraud indicators: Evaluate whether fraud indicators have been considered and incorporated into the audit response

KEY QUESTION:

“Has professional skepticism been applied, or has management bias influenced conclusions?”

b) Review of Significant Judgments & Estimates

EQCR examines selected documentation relating to:

  • Accounting estimates: Assess whether significant accounting estimates are reasonable, supported by evidence, and free from bias. EQCR should verify whether management’s assumptions were corroborated with external evidence where possible.
  • Management bias indicators: Evaluate if there are signs of management bias in judgments or assumptions impacting financial statements.
  • Use of experts: Review the appropriateness of using specialists and the reliability of their work in forming audit conclusions.
  • Sensitivity analysis: Confirm that sensitivity analyses have been performed for key assumptions and their impact adequately considered.

EQCR FOCUS:

  • Quality of challenge
  • Corroboration of assumptions
  • Whether alternative views were considered

c) Review of Communications & Consultations

EQCR evaluates:

  • Internal consultations (technical, independence, valuation): Verify that all required consultations were sought, documented, and appropriately concluded. EQCR should ensure consultation conclusions are implemented in audit work.
  • Communications with TCWG: Ensure timely and complete communication of significant matters to those charged with governance.
  • Difference of opinion: Review conclusions and ensure differences of opinion were resolved appropriately.
  • Regulator/governance communications: Examine all significant written communications to governance bodies or regulators.

d) Ongoing Discussion of Significant Matters

EQCR:

  • Maintain dialogue with engagement partner: Maintain regular communication with the engagement partner to stay informed on key developments and decisions. EQCR should maintain documentation of all significant discussions and emerging issues.
  • Tracks whether earlier identified risks are being addressed appropriately: Monitor progress to ensure previously identified risks are mitigated and documented effectively.
  • Flags emerging issues: Proactively identify and escalate new or evolving issues that may impact audit quality or conclusions.

STAGE 3: COMPLETION STAGE

a) Review of Misstatements

EQCR reviews:

  • Uncorrected misstatements: Assess whether uncorrected misstatements are properly summarised and evaluated for materiality. EQCR should confirm whether management’s rationale for not correcting misstatements is reasonable and documented.
  • Qualitative considerations: Consider qualitative factors that may render otherwise immaterial misstatements significant.
  • Aggregation impact: Verify that aggregated misstatements have been analyzed for their cumulative effect on materiality.

Key Question:

“Is the conclusion reasonable in light of both quantitative and qualitative factors?’’

b) Review of Financial Statements & Draft Auditor’s Report

EQCR evaluates:

Consistency between:

  • Audit evidence
  • Financial statements
  • Auditor’s report
  • Disclosures: Ensure completeness and consistency.
  • Key Audit Matters (KAM) (if applicable): Review that KAMs are appropriately identified, justified, and clearly communicated.
  • Significant matters missed: EQCR must identify any significant matters missed by the engagement team and ensure resolution before report issuance
  • Emphasis of Matter / Other Matter paragraphs: Evaluate whether these paragraphs are necessary, accurate, and properly presented in the report.
  • Timing: The engagement partner cannot date the audit report until the EQC review is complete.

c) Evaluation of Significant Judgments & Conclusions

EQCR concludes whether:

Significant judgments are:

  • Reasonable: Confirm that key judgments made by the engagement team are logical and aligned with audit evidence.
  • Adequately supported: Ensure judgments are backed by sufficient, appropriate documentation and analysis.
  • Appropriately documented: Verify that all significant judgments are clearly recorded in the audit file for transparency and compliance.

Engagement partner’s involvement was:

  • Sufficient
  • Timely
  • Appropriate

ISA 220.36 compliance: Identify and resolve missed significant matters (risk classification, non-compliance, ethical lapses).

d) Review of Communications

EQCR reviews:

  • Final communications with TCWG: EQCR should confirm that communications to TCWG include all significant findings, judgments, and ethical matters.
  • Management representation letter: Verify that the representation letter is complete, accurate, and consistent with audit conclusions.
  • Consistency across communications: Confirm that all communications (internal and external) are aligned and free of  contradictions.

e) Completion of EQCR Checklist & Conclusion

EQCR:

  • Completes EQCR documentation: Finalize and sign off on all required EQCR documentation for compliance and transparency.
  • Confirms all concerns resolved: Ensure that any issues identified during the review have been satisfactorily addressed.
  • Provides formal approval before report date: Grant formal EQCR approval prior to the issuance of the auditor’s report.

6. COMMON DEFICIENCIES AND PITFALLS OBSERVED IN EQC REVIEWS

Regulatory inspections globally reveal consistent weaknesses in EQC reviews:

Core Observation What Reviewers Are Really Seeing Why It Matters
1. EQCR involvement is often too late in the audit process EQCR is performed close to completion and sometimes after major judgments are already finalised Limits EQCR’s ability to influence significant judgments; contrary to the intent of SQM 2
2. EQCR reviews lack sufficient depth and professional challenge Reviews rely on high-level checklists and summaries with limited documented challenge Weakens demonstration of professional skepticism and audit quality
3. Documentation does not clearly evidence EQCR work performed Audit files often lack clarity on what was reviewed, when, and the reviewer’s conclusions Creates quality inspection risk due to inability to evidence compliance
4. EQCR focus is not consistently risk-based Significant risks and key judgments are not always clearly linked to EQCR procedures Increases risk that critical audit areas are not adequately scrutinised
5. EQCR findings are not effectively embedded into firm-wide quality improvement Recurring themes appear across inspection cycles with limited systemic remediation Indicates broader weaknesses in quality management systems

7. LEADING PRACTICES FOR EFFECTIVE EQC REVIEW IMPLEMENTATION:

  1. Early Planning: Engage EQCRs at engagement acceptance stage.
  2. Dynamic Review: Perform reviews progressively, not just post-completion.
  3. Risk-Based Depth: Calibrate review effort to engagement complexity.
  4. Structured Documentation: Use firm-standardized EQC review checklists.
  5. Rotation and Peer Review: Regularly rotate EQCRs to prevent familiarity threats.

8. THE FUTURE OF EQCR: FROM REVIEWER TO QUALITY LEADER

The role of the EQCR is evolving toward strategic quality leadership.
Emerging developments include:

  • Al-driven risk mapping for EQCRs to prioritize areas of focus.
  • Continuous monitoring systems that integrate EQC review insights into firm-wide dashboards.
  • Behavioral analytics to detect “review fatigue” or bias.
  • Expanded disclosures of EQCR involvement in transparency reports.

As audit firms move toward Integrated Quality Management Systems (IQMS), the EQCR will not only review judgments but also inform firm-wide learning, governance, and accountability mechanisms.

9. CONCLUSION: THE ETHICAL CONSCIENCE OF AUDIT QUALITY

The Engagement Quality Control Reviewer stands as the profession’s ethical compass —ensuring that audits remain credible, transparent, and resilient to bias or pressure.

By embedding EQC reviews into the DNA of quality management, firms reaffirm their commitment to public interest, audit excellence, and professional integrity.

In the Indian landscape, where audit credibility underpins economic growth and investor trust, strengthening the EQCR role represents not just compliance— but a strategic imperative for the future of the profession.

References: –

  • SQM 1, SQM 2, SQC 1 , SA 220 issued by ICAI
  • ISQM 1 , ISQM 2, ISA 220 (Revised) issued by IAASB

A Comprehensive Analysis Of India’s New Labour Codes And Their Impact On Financial Statements

India’s new Labour Codes, effective November 2025, introduce a standardized “Wages” definition that fundamentally alters corporate liabilities. If excluded allowances exceed 50% of an employee’s Cost to Company, the excess is legally deemed “Wages,” drastically increasing the calculation base for statutory benefits like gratuity and provident fund. Furthermore, fixed-term employees now qualify for pro-rata gratuity after just one year. Under Ind AS 19, these structural changes constitute a “Plan Amendment“. Consequently, companies must immediately recognize the heightened obligations as a Past Service Cost in their Profit & Loss statements, directly reducing net profit, earnings per share, and net worth.

The enactment of the 4 new Labour Codes, the Code on Wages, 2019, the Code on Social Security, 2020, the Industrial Relations Code, 2020, and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions (OSH) Code, 2020 represents the most significant structural reform in India’s employment history. These codes came into effect from November 21, 2025, which will consolidate and simplify 29 central labour laws into a unified framework. However, for the financial community specifically Chief Financial Officers (CFOs), auditors, actuaries, and institutional investors, the implications extend far beyond mere regulatory compliance. These reforms will necessitate a fundamental restructuring of employee benefit obligations that will materially impact financial statements prepared under Ind AS 19 – Employee Benefits and AS 15 Employee Benefits (revised 2005).

The most disruptive element of this legislative overhaul is the standardized definition of “Wages,” which mandates that aggregate of specified exclusions from total CTC must not exceed 50%of the total Cost to Company (CTC) for the calculation of statutory benefits like gratuity and provident fund. For decades, Indian corporate compensation structures have been “allowance-heavy,” often keeping basic pay at 30-35% of CTC to minimize long-term liabilities and increase immediate take-home pay. By artificially uplifting the “wage” base to minimum of 50% of remuneration (CTC) through this deeming fiction, the Present Value of Defined Benefit Obligations (PVDBO) for gratuity and leave encashment is projected to rise by 25% to 50% for many entities, particularly in the service sectors.

This article provides a detailed technical analysis of these changes. It dissects the interplay between the legislative text and accounting standards, explores the actuarial complexities of the transition and considers the importance of disclosures in financial statements.

PART 1: THE LEGISLATIVE AND REGULATORY LANDSCAPE:

Rooted in the industrial era of the mid-20th century, the legacy framework comprised over 40 central laws and 100 state laws, creating a compliance labyrinth that stifled formal employment while failing to provide universal social security. The genesis of the current reforms lies in the report of the Second National Commission on Labour (2002), which recommended consolidating these laws into broad functional groups to ensure uniformity and ease of compliance. The objective is to balance worker welfare (through universal social security and minimum wages) with industrial flexibility (through fixed-term employment and simplified dispute resolution).

The consolidation has resulted in four pillars:

1. Code on Wages, 2019:

Subsumes the Payment of Wages Act, 1936; Minimum Wages Act, 1948; Payment of Bonus Act, 1965; and Equal Remuneration Act, 1976. Its primary financial impact stems from the unified, non-negotiable definition of wages.

2. Code on Social Security, 2020:

Subsumes nine laws, including the Employees’ Provident Funds (EPF) Act, 1952; Employees’ State Insurance (ESI) Act, 1948; and Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972. It extends social security coverage to gig and platform workers and alters eligibility criteria for gratuity enabling eligibility employees engaged under fixed-term contracts of more than one year.

3. Industrial Relations Code, 2020:

Streamlines regulations regarding trade unions, strikes, and lockouts, and introduces statutory recognition for Fixed Term Employment, allowing employers flexibility in hiring while mandating pro-rata benefits.

4. Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions (OSH) Code, 2020:

Consolidates safety regulations and significantly impacts leave encashment policies by standardizing leave entitlement and accumulation rules.

THE UNIFIED DEFINITION OF WAGES: THE 50% RULE:

The cornerstone of the financial impact across all four Codes is the new, uniform definition of “Wages” provided in Section 2(y) of the Code on Wages, 2019, which is adopted by reference in the other three codes. This definition is the mathematical engine that drives the increase in employee benefit liabilities.

The definition is structured in 3 distinct parts:

Indias New Labour Code the Financial impact

  •  The Inclusions: The core components that always constitute wages: Basic pay, Dearness Allowance (DA), and Retaining Allowance.
  • The Exclusions: A specific list of components that are not wages, provided they do not exceed the cap. These include House Rent Allowance (HRA), conveyance allowance, overtime allowance, commission, house accommodation value, statutory bonus, and employer contributions to PF/Pension.
  • The Proviso (The 50% Cap): This is the critical “deeming fiction” introduced by the legislation. The Code explicitly states that if the aggregate of the specified excluded components exceeds 50% (or such other percentage notified by the Central Government) of the total remuneration calculated, the excess amount shall be deemed as “Wages” and added back to the inclusions for the purpose of calculating benefits. However, if the aggregate of exclusions exceeds the prescribed limit, the excess amount is deemed to be “Wages” and added back for the purpose of computing statutory benefits.

Now, this prevents employers from engineering compensation structures where the majority of the payout is disguised as allowances (e.g., “Special Allowance,” “Flexi-Pay”) to suppress the base for Provident Fund (PF) and Gratuity contributions.

ILLUSTRATION

Consider a typical service sector employee (e.g., a Software Engineer or Consultant) with a Cost to Company (CTC) of ₹1,000,000.

Component Pre-Code Structure (Typical) Post-Code Statutory Base Calculation
Basic Salary ₹ 300,000 (30%) ₹ 300,000
HRA ₹ 150,000 Excluded
LTA & Conveyance ₹ 50,000 Excluded
Special/Flexi Allowances ₹ 450,000 Excluded
Employer PF ₹ 36,000 Excluded
Gratuity Allocation ₹ 14,000 Excluded
Total Remuneration 1,000,000 1,000,000
Total Exclusions 700,000 (70%)
Permissible Exclusion Limit ₹ 500,000 (50%
of Total)
Excess Exclusion ₹ 700,000 – ₹500,000 =
₹ 200,000
Deemed Wages ₹ 200,000
Final Wage Base for Benefits ₹ 300,000 ₹ 300,000 +
₹ 200,000 =
₹ 500,000

In this scenario, the liability base for Gratuity and PF increases from ₹300,000 to ₹500,000, a 66.6% increase. This increase is not a function of salary increment or inflation; it is a purely legislative adjustment that creates an immediate financial obligation.

Now, consider another scenario, continuing above illustration,

Component Pre-Code Structure (Typical) Post-Code Statutory Base Calculation
Basic Salary ₹ 600,000 (60%) ₹ 600,000
HRA ₹ 50,000 Excluded
LTA & Conveyance ₹ 25,000 Excluded
Special/Flexi Allowances ₹ 225,000 Excluded
Employer PF ₹ 72,000 Excluded
Gratuity Allocation ₹ 28,000 Excluded
Total Remuneration ₹ 1,000,000 ₹ 1,000,000
Total Exclusions ₹ 400,000 (40%)
Permissible Exclusion Limit ₹ 500,000 (50% of Total)
Excess/(Shortfall) Exclusion ₹ 400,000 –
₹ 500,000 =
(₹ 100,000) Negative and hence, shortfall will be ignored for deemed wage calculation
Deemed Wages ₹ 0
Final Wage Base for Benefits ₹ 600,000 ₹ 600,000

Here, exclusions i.e., 60% exceed the limit i.e., 50%, the surplus is mandatorily reclassified as “Wages” and included for benefit computation and hence Gratuity has been computed on ₹ 600,000 and not on deeming fiction of 50% i.e., ₹ 500,000.

THE FIXED-TERM EMPLOYMENT (FTE) PARADIGM SHIFT

The Code on Social Security, 2020 and the Industrial Relations Code, 2020 formalise the concept of “Fixed Term Employment.” Historically, fixed-term contracts were often utilised by industries to maintain workforce flexibility and, crucially, to avoid long-term vesting liabilities. Under the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, an employee was required to render five years of continuous service to be eligible for gratuity.

Under Section 53 of the Code on Social Security, 2020, this regime is dismantled. The Code mandates that fixed-term employees are entitled to gratuity on a pro-rata basis if they render service for one year or more. The five-year vesting cliff is removed only for this category of workers.

Now, the financial impact

Pre-Code Post-Code
An entity hiring 1,000 contract workers for a 3 year project had zero gratuity liability on its balance sheet for these workers, assuming they would leave before 5 years. The entity must accrue gratuity liability for all 1,000 workers from Year 1. This moves a significant portion of the workforce from a “defined contribution” (or no benefit) mindset to a “defined benefit” classification.

The probability of vesting for FTEs jumps from near 0% (under the 5-year rule) to 100% (under the 1-year rule).

THE GIG AND PLATFORM ECONOMY

The Code on Social Security, 2020 is pioneering in its recognition of gig and platform workers (e.g., drivers for ride-hailing apps, delivery partners). Section 113 and Section 114 mandate social security schemes for these workers, funded by contributions from aggregators. Aggregators may be required to contribute 1-2% of their annual turnover (capped at 5% of the amount paid to such workers) to a designated Social Security Fund.

While this is not “gratuity” in the traditional defined-benefit sense, it represents a new statutory levy on revenue for platform companies, impacting unit economics and EBITDA margins directly. For financial reporting, this will likely be treated as a statutory levy like PF, recognized as an expense as the service is rendered.

PART 2: ACCOUNTING IMPLICATIONS (IND AS 19 & AS 15)

The primary standards in focus are Ind AS 19 (Employee Benefits) for listed and large unlisted companies following Ind AS, and AS 15 for those reporting under Indian GAAP. The treatment of the sudden, legislatively induced increase in liability is the subject of intense debate, which has been recently clarified by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI).

THE CLASSIFICATION DILEMMA:

The central accounting question triggered by the Labour Codes is: Is the increase in liability due to the new wage definition a change in actuarial assumption or a plan amendment?

  • Actuarial Assumption Change: These typically relate to changes in estimates (e.g., discount rate fluctuations, mortality table updates, changes in future salary growth expectations). Under Ind AS 19, the financial impact of such changes is recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI). Crucially, items in OCI are not reclassified to profit or loss; they bypass the income statement, shielding the Earnings Per Share (EPS).
  • Plan Amendment (Past Service Cost): This arises when the terms of the plan are introduced, withdrawn, or changed (by deed or regulation), resulting in a change in the benefit payable for past service. Under Ind AS 19, Past Service Cost is recognized immediately in the statement of Profit and Loss (P&L). Where such amounts are material, entities may present or disclose them separately, including within line items described as exceptional, to enhance transparency in line with presentation principles under Ind AS 1.

The ICAI Accounting Standards Board (ASB), in its guidance and FAQs on the Labour Codes, has clarified that the changes triggered by the new Codes constitute a Plan Amendment. The reasoning is jurisprudential: the benefit formula itself has effectively been changed by the force of law. The law has structurally redefined the input variable (‘Wages’) upon which the benefit is computed. It is not merely a change in the estimation of the variable, but a redefinition of the variable itself. Therefore, the increase in the Present Value of Defined Benefit Obligation (PVDBO) is a Past Service Cost.

ACCOUNTING UNDER IND AS 19:

For entities complying with Ind AS, the impact is immediate, transparent, and may be potentially severe for the reporting period.

Paragraph 103 of Ind AS 19 requires an entity to recognize past service cost as an expense at the earlier of:

1. When the plan amendment or curtailment occurs; and

2. When the entity recognizes related restructuring costs or termination benefits.

Since the Labour Codes became effective on November 21, 2025, the “amendment” is deemed to have occurred on that date. Ind AS 19 does not allow for the deferral or amortization of past service costs, regardless of whether the benefits are vested or unvested. The concept of “vesting” is irrelevant for recognition under Ind AS 19; once the liability exists, it must be booked.

The Impact on the Financial Statements:

Upon the effective date, the entity must re-measure its DBO using the new wage definition.

  •  Hypothetical Scenario:

              ●  DBO (Old Rules): ₹ 100 Crores.

             ●  DBO (New Rules): ₹ 140 Crores (due to wage base increase + FTE inclusion).

             ●  Increase (Past Service Cost): ₹ 40 Crores.

  • Journal Entry:

             ●   Debit: Employee Benefit Expense (Past Service Cost) – Profit & Loss A/c: ₹ 40 Crores.

            ●   Credit: Net Defined Benefit Liability – Balance Sheet: ₹ 40 Crores.

FINANCIAL CONSEQUENCES:

1. Profitability: The ₹ 40 Crore charge reduces Profit Before Tax (PBT) immediately in the reporting period (Q3 FY 2025-26). It is not routed through OCI, meaning it directly reduces Net Profit.

2. EPS: Earnings Per Share will take a sharp, one-time dip in the transition quarter.

3. Net Worth: The charge flows into Retained Earnings, permanently reducing the Net Worth of the company.

4. Deferred Tax: Since the expense is booked but not paid, a Deferred Tax Asset (DTA) should theoretically be created (subject to probability of future taxable profits), which might partially offset the Net Loss impact, although the cash tax outflow remains unchanged until actual payment.

Companies might attempt to restructure salaries to mitigate the impact (e.g., shifting allowances to basic pay voluntarily). The ICAI guidance notes that if a company increases basic pay disproportionately to comply with the code (e.g., attributing the entire increment to basic pay to reach the 50% threshold), this change in structure is also treated as a Plan Amendment, not an actuarial change. The rationale is that the change is driven by the statutoryamendment, even if executed through an internal policy change.

ACCOUNTING UNDER AS 15:

For companies following Indian GAAP (SMEs, certain unlisted entities, and NBFCs not yet covered by Ind AS), AS 15 offers a slightly different treatment, though the liability must still be recognized.

Unlike Ind AS 19, AS 15 maintains a distinction between vested and unvested past service costs:

  • Vested Benefits: The past service cost relating to benefits that are already vested must be recognized immediately in the P&L.
  • Unvested Benefits: The past service cost relating to unvested benefits can be recognized on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested.
    Application to Labour Codes
  • For employees with >5 years of service (already vested for gratuity), the impact of the wage increase is immediate and fully expensed.
  • For employees with <5 years (unvested), the increase in liability due to the new wage definition can be amortized over the remaining vesting period.
  • Crucial Exception: For Fixed-Term Employees who now vest at 1 year, the “unvested” period is significantly shortened. If an FTE has completed 9 months, the amortization period is only 3 months. Thus, the relief offered by AS 15 amortization is practically very limited.

COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF IND AS AND AS:

Feature Ind AS 19 AS 15
Event Classification Plan Amendment (Past Service Cost) Plan Amendment (Past Service Cost)
Recognition of Cost Immediate in P&L (100%) Immediate for Vested; Amortized for Unvested
Balance Sheet Impact Full Liability recognized immediately Liability recognized (less unamortized cost)
Impact on EBITDA Significant One-time Hit Significant Hit (Vested portion)

LEAVE ENCASHMENT: THE OSH CODE NUANCE

While Gratuity is the headline post-employment benefit, Leave Encashment liabilities also face pressure. The OSH Code standardizes leave rules, entitlement to encashment, and carry-forward limits, linking them strictly to the new “Wages” definition.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT:

  • Under Ind AS 19/AS 15, leave encashment is typically classified as an “Other Long-Term Employee Benefit” (OLTB) rather than a post-employment benefit (unless it is strictly payable only on separation).
  • Remeasurement: For OLTB, all components of the change in liability, including past service cost and actuarial gains/losses are recognized immediately in P&L. There is no OCI option for leave encashment.
  • Implication: This compounds the volatility in the P&L. The “50% wage rule” applies here too, meaning the value of each accrued leave day increases. Since companies cannot route any part of the leave liability change through OCI, the P&L hit for leave encashment is often more severe relative to the size of the liability than gratuity.

PART 3: ACTUARIAL VALUATION

The financial statements are merely the reflection of the underlying actuarial models. The Labour Codes necessitate a recalibration of the Projected Unit Credit (PUC) method, the standard actuarial method mandated by Ind AS 19.

THE PROJECTED UNIT CREDIT (PUC) METHOD UNDER THE NEW LABOUR CODE

The PUC method views each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.

Previously, the model projected Basic Salary + DA. Now, the model must project Maximum of (CTC – Exclusions (Maximum of 50% of CTC)).

The actuary cannot simply project the basic salary using a standard escalation rate. They must project the entire CTC and the individual components to check the 50% threshold at every time.

For the transition valuation (March 31, 2026), companies must provide two distinct sets of data to their actuaries:

  1.  Current/Old Salary Structure: To calculate the opening DBO and verify the “pre-amendment” status.
  2. New Salary Structure: Reflecting the 50% adjustments and FTE inclusions to calculate the closing DBO and derive the Past Service Cost.

IMPACT ON SALARY ESCALATION RATE (SER) DYNAMICS:

The Salary Escalation Rate is a critical actuarial assumption representing the expected long-term growth in the salary base used for benefits. Due to these reforms,

  • The Inflationary Pressure: To maintain “take-home” pay (which drops due to higher PF deductions), employers might be forced to increase gross pay, suggesting a higher short-term SER.

  • The Structural Dampener: If the basic pay is forcibly increased to 50% today (a structural jump), future increments might be suppressed or directed into allowances (up to the limit) to manage costs. Management might argue for a lower future SER on the higher base.
  • ICAI & Actuarial View: The SER must reflect the best estimate of future growth. A one-time structural jump is a “Plan Amendment,” not an “Escalation.” However, the future rate of growth on this higher base must be consistent with the company’s long-term business plan and inflation expectations.

ATTRITION AND MORTALITY IN THE FTE ERA

Attrition (Withdrawal Rate) Assumptions must be overhauled for the FTE population.

  • Old Regime: High attrition in years 1-4 was beneficial for gratuity liabilities because employees leaving before 5 years forfeited the benefit. The actuary would apply a high withdrawal rate, reducing the Net Present Value (NPV).
  • New Labour Code: With 1-year vesting for FTEs, attrition in years 1-4 no longer extinguishes the liability; it only crystallizes it earlier.
  • Actuarial Impact: The valuation model must now assume that almost every FTE who survives one year will vest. This effectively increases the DBO.

PART 4: TRANSITION AND DISCLOSURE:

Major Transition Impact:

A critical area of concern is Section 142 of the Code on Social Security, 2020. While it provides for the validation of acts done under the repealed enactments, it does not explicitly “grandfather”
the gratuity calculation for past service at the old salary rates.

  • The Legal Position: Gratuity is a terminal benefit calculated on the “last drawn wage.”
  • The Consequence: If an employee retires in Dec 2025, their “last drawn wage” is the new (higher) wage defined by the Code.

There is effectively no grandfathering of the liability calculation. The entire past service liability gets re-valued at the new, higher wage rate. This lack of grandfathering is the primary source of the massive “Past Service Cost” hit.

RECOMMENDED DISCLOSURES:

To maintain transparency and investor confidence, the following disclosures are recommended in the financial statements for the year ending March 31, 2026:

  1. Quantitative Impact: Clearly quantify the “Past Service Cost” derived from the legislative change separate from routine current service cost.
  2. Narrative Disclosure:

A Following Note to the Financial Statements:

“Effective November 21, 2025, the Code on Social Security, 2020 and Code on Wages, 2019 was notified. The Codes mandate a revised definition of ‘Wages’ for the calculation of Gratuity and expand eligibility to Fixed Term Employees. The Company has assessed the impact of these changes as a Plan Amendment under Ind AS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’. Consequently, the Defined Benefit Obligation was remeasured using the revised wage definition, resulting in an increase of ₹ [Amount] million. This amount has been recognized as Past Service Cost in the Statement of Profit and Loss. This is a non-recurring item resulting from a change in law.

As the detailed rules under the Codes are currently in draft form and subject to final notification, the assessment is based on the Company’s interpretation of the notified provisions and available guidance. Any subsequent changes arising from finalisation of the rules may require reassessment of the impact in future periods.”

Given the non-recurring nature of the adjustment arising from a legislative change, entities may, where material, present or disclose the impact separately, including within items described as exceptional, to enhance transparency in financial reporting.

   3.  Sensitivity Analysis: Show the sensitivity of the DBO to the wage definition assumption (e.g., impact if the interpretation of “Special Allowance” changes).

  4. Exceptional Item: Argue for presenting the Past Service Cost as an exceptional item to normalize “Adjusted EBITDA” for analyst presentations

CONCLUSION:

The implementation of the New Labour Codes is not merely a legal compliance tick-box; it is a significant financial event that reshapes the cost structure of India Inc. For the Auditor, the focus must be on ensuring that the “Deemed Wage” calculation strictly follows the Section 2(y) proviso and that the financial impact is transparently disclosed as a Past Service Cost, preventing entities from burying the impact in OCI.

The scope for “salary engineering” to avoid the gratuity liability is severely restricted by the “Deeming Fiction” in the Code. The strategy must shift from “avoidance” to “optimization” of the residual 50% allowances to ensure they deliver maximum perceived value to the employee (e.g., through NPS) rather than just being cash allowances that get capped.

Ultimately, while the short-term financial pain is acute, the Codes promise a more transparent, equitable, and legally robust employment framework.

Significant Beneficial Ownership (SBO) Under The Companies Act 2013: A Study

The Significant Beneficial Ownership (SBO) framework under the Companies Act 2013 identifies natural persons who ultimately control companies, preventing corporate misuse. SBO status triggers via a dual-test: a quantitative threshold of 10% indirect or combined shareholding, voting, or dividend rights, or a qualitative test of exercising “control” or “significant influence”. Companies must seek SBO details (Form BEN-4), SBOs declare interests (Form BEN-1), and companies notify the Registrar (Form BEN-2). Non-compliance invites steep penalties and NCLT restrictions on dividend and voting rights. Recent rulings against Samsung and LinkedIn underscore strict enforcement regarding indirect group control.

Significant Beneficial Ownership (SBO) represents one of the most critical compliance requirements under the Companies Act 2013 (CA 2013), aimed at identifying the natural persons who ultimately control or benefit from companies, thereby preventing misuse of corporate structures for illicit purposes. Following recommendations from the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) and the Company Law Committee, India introduced the SBO regime through the Companies (Amendment) Act 2017, which substantially amended Section 90 of the CA 2013. The regime underwent further refinement through the Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules 2018 (SBO Rules), subsequently amended in 2019, and further refined for Limited Liability Partnerships
(LLPs) in 2023, establishing a comprehensive framework for identification, declaration, and ongoing compliance.

This article provides a detailed examination of the SBO provisions, including identification criteria, trigger points, compliance procedures, and practical examples demonstrating various scenarios where SBO obligations are triggered.

1. UNDERSTANDING THE SBO FRAMEWORK

1.1 Statutory Definition and Scope (What is an SBO)

Section 90 of the CA 2013 establishes a comprehensive framework for identifying and reporting significant beneficial ownership.

Section 90(1) of CA 2013 reads as under:

(1) Every individual, who acting alone or together, or through one or more persons or trust, including a trust and persons resident outside India, holds beneficial interests, of not less than twenty-five per cent. or such other percentage as may be prescribed, in shares of a company or the right to exercise, or the actual exercising of significant influence or control as defined in clause (27) of section 2, over the company (herein referred to as “significant beneficial owner”), shall make a declaration to the company, specifying the nature of his interest and other particulars, in such manner and within such period of acquisition of the beneficial interest or rights and any change thereof, as may be prescribed:

Thus, every individual who, acting alone or together, or through one or more persons or trust (including trusts resident outside India), holds beneficial interests of not less than 25 percent (now 10 percent as per SBO Rules) in shares of a company or exercises the right to exercise or actually exercises significant influence or control (as defined in Section 2(27) of the Act), is required to make a declaration to the company.

However, the Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules 2018 have reduced this threshold to 10 percent, creating an important distinction between the statutory provision and the delegated legislation.

The definition of “significant beneficial owner” has been strategically broadened to encompass ultimate beneficial ownership, acknowledging that corporate structures often intentionally obscure the real owners behind multiple layers of corporate vehicles, trusts, and other entities. The legislation specifically contemplates an “extra-territorial reach,” applying to foreign registered trusts and persons resident outside India, thereby ensuring that sophisticated international structuring cannot circumvent Indian disclosure requirements. This approach aligns with global beneficial ownership disclosure standards promoted by the FATF and reflects India’s commitment to combating money laundering, terrorist financing, and other illicit financial activities.

1.2 Beneficial Interest under Section 89 and Section 90

A fundamental distinction exists between direct holdings and beneficial interests in the SBO framework. “Direct holding” refers to shares held in an individual’s own name as recorded in the company’s Register of Members, or shares in respect of which a declaration has been made under Section 89(2) of CA 2013. In contrast, “beneficial interest” encompasses a much broader concept defined in Section 89(10) of CA 2013, applicable to Section 90 of CA 2013 as well, extending to include the right to exercise any rights attached to shares or to participate in any distribution in respect of such shares, whether held directly or indirectly through any contract, arrangement, or otherwise.

This distinction is critical because the SBO Rules specifically exclude direct holdings as a sole basis for identifying an SBO, focusing instead on indirect holdings and the exercise of control or significant influence. This clarification, introduced through the 2019 Amendment Rules, ensures that the regime targets those who control companies from behind corporate veils rather than those whose shareholding is already transparent in the company’s register of members.

2. TRIGGER POINTS FOR SBO IDENTIFICATION:

2.1 Threshold-Based Trigger Points

The identification of an SBO is determined through a dual-test framework comprising both quantitative (objective) tests and qualitative (subjective) tests. The objective test primarily focuses on shareholding thresholds, while the subjective test examines control and significant influence exercised over the company.

2.1.1 The 10% Shareholding Threshold: Under the SBO Rules, an individual or a group of individuals triggers SBO status if they hold, either indirectly or together with direct holdings, not less than 10 percent of the shares of the company. This threshold represents the primary quantitative trigger point. For example, if Individual A holds 12 percent of the shares in his own name, he will not qualify as an SBO by virtue of direct shareholding even if it exceeds the 10 percent threshold. However, if Individual B directly holds 8 percent of shares and indirectly holds 3 percent through another entity, the aggregate holding of 11 percent would trigger SBO status.

2.1.2 Voting Rights and Dividend Participation: Beyond share capital, an individual is identified as an SBO if he holds, either indirectly or together with direct holdings, not less than 10 percent of the voting rights in shares. Additionally, an individual who has the right to receive or participate in not less than 10 percent of the total distributable dividend or any other distribution in a financial year, whether through indirect holdings alone or together with direct holdings, qualifies as an SBO. These alternative thresholds recognize that control over a company is not always exercised through share ownership but may be achieved through contractual arrangements that confer voting or dividend participation rights.

2.2 Control and Significant Influence:

Beyond shareholding thresholds, the SBO Rules establish a subjective test based on the exercise of control or significant influence. “Control” is defined in Section 2(27) of CA 2013 to include the right to appoint the majority of the directors or to control the management or policy decisions exercisable by a person or persons acting individually or in concert, directly or indirectly, including by virtue of shareholding, management rights, shareholders’ agreements, voting agreements, or any other manner. This definition is notably broad, extending control to those who influence policy through contractual arrangements rather than shareholding alone.

“Significant influence,” as defined in the SBO Rules, means the power to participate, directly or indirectly, in the financial and operating policy decisions of the reporting company but not constituting control or joint control of those policies. This intermediate category captures those who have substantial influence over company decisions without wielding decisive control.

For instance, an individual with the right to appoint one director (ensuring his presence is necessary to form quorum) would exercise significant influence but not control. Conversely, an individual with the right to appoint the majority of directors would exercise control.

These subjective tests are particularly important in identifying hidden beneficial owners in complex corporate structures where voting rights may be dispersed, or where control is exercised through management agreements or shareholders’ agreements rather than shareholding. The subjective test ensures that the SBO regime captures not only the formal shareholders but also the individuals who direct the company’s operations and strategic decisions.

2.3 Indirect Holding Mechanisms and “Acting Together” Concept:

2.3.1 SBO Identification Matrix:

Diverse Scenarios for SBO Identification Triggering Points

The SBO Rules establish detailed mechanisms for determining indirect holdings, recognizing that corporate structures often involve multiple layers of entities. An individual is considered to hold a right or entitlement indirectly in the reporting company if he satisfies one or more of the following criteria.

  • Body Corporate Ownership: Where a shareholder in the reporting company is itself a body corporate (company or an LLP), an individual is regarded as indirectly holding the shares if he holds a majority stake in that body corporate or holds a majority stake in the ultimate holding company of that body corporate, whether incorporated in India or abroad. “Majority stake” means holding more than 50 percent of equity shares, voting rights, or the right to receive more than 50 percent of distributable dividend or other distributions. For instance, if Company X holds 30 percent of the shares in Target Company Y, and Individual C holds 60 percent of Company X, then Individual C’s indirect holding in Target Company Y would be calculated as 60 percent of 30 percent, equaling 18 percent.
  • Undivided Family (HUF) Holdings: When a shareholder in a company is a Hindu Undivided Family, the Karta (the managing member of the HUF) is regarded as the natural person holding the beneficial interest. This provision recognizes that an HUF is essentially a family of natural persons holding shares collectively, and Karta, as the managing member, exercises control over those shares. If an HUF holds 12 percent of shares in a company and Individual D is the Karta, then Individual D would be identified as the SBO in relation to that shareholding.
  • Partnership Entity Holdings: Where the shareholder is a partnership firm (including Limited Liability Partnerships), an individual or Group of Individuals is regarded as indirectly holding the shares if they meet any of the following conditions: (a) they are partners in that partnership firm; (b) they hold a majority stake in the body corporate where they are partners; or (c) they hold a majority stake in the ultimate holding body corporate of that partnership entity. The partnership provision acknowledges that partners collectively control partnership capital and profits.

•     If Individual E holds 55 percent of a Limited Liability Partnership that holds 18 percent of the shares in Target Company Y, then since LLP is holding more than 10%, each partner is considered as an SBO.

•     Take another situation. If Firm is holding more than 10% of ABC Private Limited (A). If Partner in the said firm is body corporate, then find an Individual holding more than 50% of the body corporate (B). Go up to the ladder find an Individual who holds more than 50% then he is an SBO (C). If no Individual meets the above criteria, then no SBO is identified in such a situation.

  • Trust Holdings: In the case of trusts holding shares, the determination of indirect holdings varies depending on the nature of the trust. For discretionary trust (where beneficiaries have no fixed entitlements), the trustee is regarded as holding beneficial interest and would be identified as an SBO. This reflects the principle that the trustee exercises control over trust assets.

•    For a specific trust or fixed-entitlement trust, the beneficiary or beneficiaries with entitlements are identified as holding beneficial interest.

•   For a revocable trust, the author or settlor of the trust (the person who created and can revoke it) is regarded as the beneficial owner.

  • Pooled Investment etc.: In case the Member of Reporting Company is (a) A Pooled Investment Vehicle (“PIV” i.e. Mutual Fund, Venture Capital Fund, etc.); or (b) An Entity Controlled by the Pooled Investment Vehicle (“Controlled Entity”), based in member State of the FATF on Money Laundering and the regulator of the securities market in such member State is a member of the IOSCO (International Organization of Securities Commissions). Further, the individual in relation to the Pooled Investment Vehicle is- (a) A General Partner; or (b) An Investment Manager; or (c) A CEO where the Investment Manager of such pooled vehicle is a Body Corporate or a partnership entity. However, where the PIV or Controlled Entity is based in a jurisdiction that does not meet the requirements above, the provisions of Explanation III (i) to (iv) to Rule 2(1)(h) of the SBO Rules, shall apply. PIV or Controlled Entity should be treated according to its legal form (as a company, LLP, trust, or HUF) and the company must identify all natural persons who, directly or indirectly, hold at least 10% of shares, voting rights, distributable dividends, or exercise control or significant influence over the reporting company.

2.3.2 The “Acting Together” Principle:

The SBO Rules introduce the concept of “acting together,” meaning natural persons who hold shares in concert or in coordination to exercise control or influence over the company. When several individuals act together, their shareholdings are aggregated to determine whether the combined holding reaches the 10 percent threshold. The critical element of “acting together” is not a general community of economic interests but rather a concerted exercise of control or significant influence specifically in relation to the target company. This togetherness is typically demonstrated through voting patterns, concerted acquisitions, holding of offices in concert, or explicit agreements (which can be formal or informal) to coordinate shareholding decisions.

For example, if Individual F holds 6 percent and Individual G holds 5 percent of the shares, but they have entered into a voting agreement under which they coordinate their voting decisions, their combined holding of 11 percent would trigger SBO status for both individuals.

3. IDENTIFICATION AND DECLARATION PROCEDURES

3.1 Initial Identification Obligations

Companies bear the primary responsibility for identifying SBOs within their shareholding structures. The Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules 2018, as amended in 2019, impose mandatory obligations on reporting companies to identify potential SBOs and solicit their declarations.

The identification process typically follows these sequential steps:

Step 1: Identification of Non-Individual Members: Every company must identify all non-individual members (entities such as companies, LLPs, partnerships, trusts) holding 10 percent or more shares, voting rights, or dividend participation rights. The company must then trace through these entities to identify the natural persons behind them, following the indirect holding mechanisms prescribed in the SBO Rules.

Step 2: Issuance of Form BEN-4 Notice: Upon identifying potential SBOs or non-individual members, the company must issue formal notice in Form BEN-4 to each such individual or entity, seeking information regarding their beneficial ownership status. The BEN-4 form is annexed with a blank declaration form (BEN-1) to facilitate response. This notice requirement applies both to members and non-members whom the company knows or has reasonable cause to believe may be SBOs. The notice period prescribed for response is 30 days from the date of notice.

Step 3: Receipt and Recording of Declarations: Upon receipt of declarations in Form BEN-1 from identified SBOs, the company must maintain a Register of Significant Beneficial Owners in Form BEN-3. This register must be open to inspection by members of the company upon payment of prescribed fees, ensuring transparency and accountability.

3.2 SBO Declaration Forms and Filing Requirements

The SBO compliance regime involves four primary forms, each serving a distinct purpose in the identification and reporting framework:

Form BEN-1 (Declaration by SBO): Every individual identified as an SBO is required to file a declaration in Form BEN-1 with the company, specifying the nature of his interest and other particulars as prescribed. The declaration must be submitted within prescribed timelines: (a) within 90 days of the applicability of the SBO Rules (a one-time filing for pre-existing SBOs), or (b) within 30 days of acquiring such SBO status in the future. Form BEN-1 captures detailed information regarding the SBO’s ownership structure, the mechanism through which they hold beneficial interest (direct, indirect through various entities, acting together, control, or significant influence), and confirmation of compliance with applicable laws.

Form BEN-2 (Return by Company to the Registrar): Upon receipt of a declaration in Form BEN-1, the company is mandated to file a return with prescribed fees to the Registrar of Companies in Form BEN-2 within 30 days of receiving such declaration. This return formally communicates the identification of an SBO to the regulatory authority, creating an official record of beneficial ownership disclosure. Form BEN-2 must be signed by a director, manager, CEO, Chief Financial Officer, or Company Secretary of the company and further certified by a practicing professional (Chartered Accountant, Company Secretary, or Cost Accountant) in whole-time practice. Filing delays result in additional fees as prescribed.

Form BEN-3 (Register of Significant Beneficial Owners): Every company must maintain and preserve a Register of Significant Beneficial Owners in Form BEN-3, comprising details of all individuals identified as SBOs. This register serves as an internal reference document documenting the company’s SBO identification exercise and is open to inspection by members and registered officials.

Form BEN-4 (Notification Letter to Potential SBOs): In accordance with Section 90(5) and Rule 2A of the SBO Rules, every company must issue a notice in Form BEN-4 seeking information regarding ultimate beneficial owners to (A) every non-individual member holding not less than 10 percent of shares, voting rights, or dividend participation rights, (B) any other person where the company has reasonable cause to believe that such member or person is SBO or, (C) has knowledge of the identity of a SBO or (D) was a SBO at any time during the immediately preceding three years.. This form initiates the identification process and gives potential SBOs an opportunity to disclose their status directly to the company.

3.3 Timelines for Compliance

The Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules 2018, as originally notified, established an initial one-time filing deadline of 90 days from the effective date (February 8, 2019) for all pre-existing SBOs to file their declarations. This transitional period recognized that companies with existing structures needed reasonable time to identify SBOs and facilitate their declarations. For new SBOs identified after this transition period, the timeline for declaration is 30 days from the date of acquiring SBO status. The company, upon receipt of an SBO declaration, must file the corresponding Form BEN-2 with the Registrar within 30 days. Importantly, delays in filing incur additional fees as prescribed under the Rules, creating a financial disincentive for non-compliance and encouraging timely reporting.

4. PRACTICAL EXAMPLES AND SCENARIOS

To understand the application of SBO provisions in diverse corporate structures, the following detailed examples illustrate various trigger points and compliance requirements:

4. 1 Direct Shareholding Exceeding Threshold

Scenario: Mr. Makrand holds 15 percent shares in ABC Private Limited, a private limited company. The shares are registered in his name on the company’s Register of Members.

Analysis: Although Mr. Makrand’s shareholding is direct and already visible in the Register of Members, since the 2019 Amendment Rules clarified that direct holdings of shares or voting rights are excluded from requiring mandatory declaration if the person is already on the Register of Members, Mr. Makrand would not need to file a separate BEN-1 declaration if he is already registered as a member holding 15 percent. The company would simply record this holding in the Register of Members.

Compliance Action: No separate BEN-1 filing required if registered member; no BEN-2 filing required as no additional disclosure is needed. (Mandatory Indirect Holding is necessary)

4.2 Indirect Holding Through a Single Corporate Layer

Scenario: Mr. Makrand holds 70 percent of the shares in Investment Company X Private Limited. Investment Company X holds 20 percent of the shares in Target Company Y Limited. Mr. Makrand is not directly registered as a member of Target Company Y.

Analysis: Mr. Makrand’s indirect holding in Target Company Y is calculated as 70 percent of 20 percent, equaling 14 percent. Since Mr. Makrand holds a majority stake (70 percent, which exceeds 50percent) in Investment Company X, which in turn is a shareholder in Target Company Y, Mr. Makrand’s holding through Investment Company X is regarded as an indirect holding under Rule 2(1)(h)(iii) of the SBO Rules. As his indirect holding exceeds the 10 percent threshold, Mr. Makrand qualifies as an SBO of Target Company Y.

Compliance Action: (1) Target Company Y must issue a Form BEN-4 notice to Investment Company X seeking information about ultimate beneficial owners; (2) Mr. Makrand must file a Form BEN-1 declaration with Target Company Y within 30 days from the notice date or 30 days of acquiring this status or within 90 days if pre-existing; (3) Target Company Y must file Form BEN-2 with the Registrar within 30 days of receiving Mr. Makrand’s BEN-1 declaration; (4) Target Company Y must record Mr. Makrand in its Register of Beneficial Owners (BEN-3).

4.3 Indirect Holding Through HUF

Scenario: Shetty Hindu Undivided Family holds 12 percent of the shares in XYZ Corporation Limited. Mr. Makrand Shetty is the Karta of this HUF and exercises management and control over the family properties, including this shareholding.

Analysis: Under Explanation III(ii) to Rule 2(1)(h) of the SBO Rules, where a shareholder in a body corporate is a Hindu Undivided Family, the individual who is the Karta of the HUF is regarded as the natural person holding the beneficial interest. Accordingly, Mr. Makrand Shetty, as the Karta of the Shetty HUF, is identified as the SBO in relation to the 12 percent shareholding held by HUF. The shareholding of 12 percent exceeds the 10 percent threshold, confirming Mr. Makrand’s SBO status.

Compliance Action: (1) XYZ Corporation Limited must identify the Karta of the HUF through the company’s records and/or issuance of Form BEN-4; (2) Mr. Makrand Shetty must file Form BEN-1 declaring his beneficial interest as Karta of the Shetty HUF; (3) XYZ Corporation Limited must file Form BEN-2 with the Registrar; (4) XYZ Corporation Limited must maintain the record in Form BEN-3.

Important Note: If Mr. Makrand Shetty holds an additional 5 percent of the shares in his personal name, his aggregate beneficial interest would be 12 percent (through HUF) plus 5 percent (direct), totaling 17 percent, which must be disclosed in his BEN-1 declaration.

4.4 Beneficial Interest Through Limited Liability Partnership

Scenario: Ms. Priya Sharma holds 60 percent of the capital contribution in Tech Innovations LLP. Tech Innovations LLP holds 15 percent of the shares in Software Solutions Limited. Ms. Priya is not a direct member of Software Solutions Limited.

Analysis: Under Explanation III(iii) to Rule 2(1)(h) of the SBO Rules, where a member (shareholder) in a company is a partnership entity, an individual is regarded as indirectly holding the shares if he is a partner holding a majority stake (more than 50 percent) in that partnership entity. Ms. Priya Sharma’s holding of 60 percent in Tech Innovations LLP constitutes a majority stake. Accordingly, her indirect holding in Software Solutions Limited is deemed to be 15 percent (the full holding of Tech Innovations LLP in Software Solutions Limited). Since 15 percent exceeds the 10 percent threshold, Ms. Priya qualifies as an SBO of Software Solutions Limited.

Compliance Action: (1) Software Solutions Limited must issue a Form BEN-4 notice to Tech Innovations LLP; (2) Ms. Priya Sharma must file Form BEN-1 disclosing her indirect holding through the LLP; (3) Software Solutions Limited must file Form BEN-2 with the Registrar; (4) Software Solutions Limited must maintain the record in Form BEN-3.

4.5 Control Through Board Appointment Rights

Scenario: Dr. Ravi Menon holds 8 percent shares of Healthcare Enterprises Limited. However, through a shareholder’s agreement, Dr. Ravi has the explicit right to appoint three directors out of a five-member board, thereby securing majority control of the board composition and management decisions.

Analysis: Although Dr. Ravi’s direct shareholding of 8 percent is below the 10 percent threshold, he exercises control over Healthcare Enterprises Limited through his contractual right to appoint the majority of directors. This control mechanism satisfies the subjective test under Rule 2(1)(h)(iv) of the SBO Rules, which identifies (as an SBO) any individual who has the right to exercise or exercises significant influence or control in any manner other than direct holdings alone. Dr. Ravi’s right to appoint three directors out of five constitutes control as defined in Section 2(27), exceeding the threshold for significant influence.

Compliance Action: (1) Healthcare Enterprises Limited must identify Dr. Ravi as an SBO based on his control through board appointment rights despite his below-threshold shareholding; (2) Healthcare Enterprises Limited must issue Form BEN-4 or directly request Form BEN-1 from Dr. Ravi; (3) Dr. Ravi must file Form BEN-1 disclosing his control mechanism and not merely his shareholding; (4) Healthcare Enterprises Limited must file Form BEN-2 with the Registrar specifying the basis of SBO identification as control, not shareholding; (5) Healthcare Enterprises Limited must maintain detailed records in Form BEN-3.

4.6 Acting Together – Coordinated Shareholding

Scenario: Mr. Rohan Desai holds 6 percent and Ms. Sneha Verma holds 5 percent of the shares in Retail Dynamics Limited. The two individuals have entered into a shareholders’ agreement which permits them to vote in unison on all company matters and to coordinate their shareholding decisions.

Analysis: Under the “acting together” principle, although neither Mr. Rohan nor Ms. Sneha individually meet the 10 percent threshold, their aggregate shareholding of 11 percent, combined with their commitment to exercise coordinated control through voting agreements, triggers SBO status for both individuals. The togetherness element is satisfied by their explicit shareholders’ agreement demonstrating concerted exercise of control. Each individual must be identified and declared as an SBO with specific reference to their acting-together arrangement.

Decoding Significant Beneficial Ownership (SBO) under the Companies Act

Compliance Action: (1) Retail Dynamics Limited must identify both Mr. Rohan and Ms. Sneha as SBOs, noting their acting-together status; (2) Both individuals must file separate Form BEN-1 declarations, each specifying their 6 percent and 5 percent shareholdings respectively, along with a note indicating that they are acting together and the aggregate is 11 percent; (3) Retail Dynamics Limited must file two separate Form BEN-2 returns documenting the identification of each SBO; (4) Retail Dynamics Limited must maintain both individuals’ records in Form BEN-3 with clear indication of the acting-together arrangement.

4.7 Significant Influence Without Control

Scenario: Mr. Suresh Patel, a foreign investor, holds 8 percent of the shares in Manufacturing Corp Limited. Through his shareholders’ agreement, Mr. Suresh has the right to nominate one director to the board of five directors and has contractual rights requiring consultation on all acquisition, divestiture, and major capital expenditure decisions. However, he does not have the right to appoint the majority of directors or to control company policy unilaterally.

Analysis: Although Mr. Suresh does not hold 10 percent shareholding and does not exercise control (defined as the right to appoint majority directors), he exercises significant influence over Manufacturing Corp Limited. Significant influence encompasses the power to participate, directly or indirectly, in financial and operating policy decisions without possessing control or joint control. His rights to nominate one director require consultation on major transactions and participating in financial decisions constitute significant influence. This subjective test triggers SBO status despite his shareholding below the 10 percent threshold.

Compliance Action: (1) Manufacturing Corp Limited must identify Mr. Suresh Patel as an SBO based on significant influence through contractual arrangements; (2) Mr. Suresh must file Form BEN-1 specifying his 8 percent shareholding and explaining his significant influence mechanism; (3) Manufacturing Corp Limited must file Form BEN-2 with the Registrar; (4) Manufacturing Corp Limited must maintain detailed records in Form BEN-3 noting the basis of SBO identification as significant influence.

5. REGULAR COMPLIANCE AND ONGOING OBLIGATIONS

5.1 Maintenance of SBO Register and Updates

Once an SBO has been identified and declared, the company must maintain an up-to-date Register of Significant Beneficial Owners in Form BEN-3. This register must be preserved and made available for inspection by members, directors, and regulatory authorities upon payment of prescribed fees. The register must be open for inspection at the registered office of the company during
business hours, ensuring transparency in corporate governance.

Companies must also file information with the Registrar of Companies whenever there is a change in beneficial ownership. Any material change in an SBO’s holdings, control mechanisms, or identity triggers a new filing obligation. The concerned individual involved must file an updated Form BEN-1 within 30 days of the change, and the company must file a corresponding Form BEN-2 within 30 days of receiving the updated declaration. Changes include acquisitions or disposals of shares, changes in control arrangements, changes in the identity of the Karta of an HUF, changes in partnership composition, or changes in trust beneficiaries or trustees.

Additionally, companies are required to file regular returns with the Registrar and to notify the Registrar whenever an SBO ceases to have beneficial interest falling below the triggering thresholds. These ongoing compliance obligations ensure that the beneficial ownership information maintained by the Registrar of Companies remains updated and reflective of the actual ownership structures.

There has to be a mechanism in place with an SBO as well as the Company for understanding the changes in the Significant Beneficial Ownership since the provisions of Section 90 specifically state that the SBO shall make a declaration to the company, specifying the nature of his interest and other particulars, in such manner and within such period of acquisition of the beneficial interest or rights and any change thereof, as may be prescribed. In this situation, any kind of change in the particulars which are already declared needs to be declared again which imposes a lot of responsibility on the SBO.

SBO identification under section 90 and the SBO Rules continues to pose interpretational and practical challenges, especially for layered, cross-border and complex ownership structures. One needs to note the confusion between Section 90(4A) and Section 90(5) of CA 2013. Section 90(4A) casts an absolute duty on the company to identify SBOs, even without “reason to believe”, whereas section 90(5) is triggered only when such reason exists. Absence of a defined due diligence standard creates uncertainty when a company can safely say that it has discharged its obligation. Even when utmost care is taken for identification of SBOs, non-identification can expose the company to the penalties prescribed.

There can be a situation that after the analysis by SBO or by the Company there is no SBO who is traced and, in such circumstances, or in case the Company is not required to comply with the provisions of the Act as mentioned above, it would be prudent to have a noting of the same in the meeting of a Board of Directors of the Company. Also, just like annual disclosures received from the Directors for their interest and non-disqualification, the Company may have a mechanism of noting the no change in SBO declaration even though this is not specifically mentioned in the rules or Section.

6. PENALTIES FOR NON-COMPLIANCE

CA 2013 prescribes stringent penalties for non-compliance with Section 90 and the SBO Rules, reflecting the regulatory importance of beneficial ownership transparency. The penalty regime operates on multiple levels:

  • Penalty on the Individual (SBO): If an individual fails to make the required declaration as an SBO or makes false or incomplete declarations, he is liable to a penalty of ₹50,000 and an additional ₹1,000 per day for continuing violations, up to a maximum of ₹200,000. The daily component creates a substantial financial disincentive for sustained non-compliance. If the individual willfully furnishes false or incorrect information or suppresses material information, additional consequences may follow under Section 447 of the CA 2013, which deals with fraud and carries criminal penalties.
  • Penalty on the Company: If a company fails to maintain the SBO register, fails to file the required information with the Registrar, or denies inspection of the register to authorized persons, the company is liable to a penalty of ₹100,000 with an additional ₹500 per day for continuing violations, up to a maximum of ₹500,000. These enhanced penalties reflect the company’s greater ability to control compliance and its role as the custodian of beneficial ownership information.
  • Penalty on Officers in Default: Directors and senior management personnel of the company who are in default with respect to the company’s obligations are liable to a penalty of ₹25,000 with an additional ₹200 per day for continuing violations, up to a maximum of ₹100,000. This provision ensures personal accountability of corporate decision-makers for non-compliance.

7. REGULATORY ACTIONS AND NCLT REMEDIES

Beyond penalties, Section 90(7) of the CA 2013 empowers the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) to issue orders imposing restrictions on shares held by non-compliant SBOs. If a person fails to provide information sought by the company through Form BEN-4 notice, or if the information provided is not satisfactory, the company may apply to the NCLT seeking an order directing that the shares in question be subject to the following restrictions:

  • Restrictions on transfer of beneficial interest
  • Suspension of voting rights
  •  Suspension of all dividend rights and other distributions
  • Such other restrictions as may be prescribed.

These NCLT orders create significant practical consequences for non-compliant shareholders, potentially rendering their shares economically worthless by suspending dividend rights and preventing any monetization through transfer. This NCLT remedy mechanism provides a powerful enforcement tool for ensuring SBO compliance, as the consequences extend beyond monetary penalties to substantive restrictions on shareholder rights.

8. RECENT CASE STUDIES AND REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS

8.1 Samsung Display Noida Private Limited Case

A significant regulatory development occurred in the case of Samsung Display Noida, where the Registrar of Companies (Uttar Pradesh) issued an adjudication order dated June 12, 2024, penalizing the company and its officers for violation of SBO disclosure requirements under Section 90 of CA 2013. Samsung Display Noida is a wholly owned subsidiary of Samsung Display Co. Limited (South Korea), which is in turn 84.8 percent owned by Samsung Electronics Co. Limited (South Korea). The company initially contended that because its shareholding was transparent (being entirely owned by Samsung Display Co.), no additional SBO declaration was required. However, the Registrar’s order rejected this position, holding that Samsung Display Noida failed to identify and declare the ultimate beneficial owners, including individuals residing outside India who exercised control through the corporate chains.

The Registrar specifically noted that the company failed to recognize that persons residing outside India hold beneficial interest in the reporting company, which falls squarely within Section 90(1) of CA 2013. The company was required to identify and declare specific natural persons holding controlling interests through the multi-layered structure, including the appointment of Mr. Lee (the director of Samsung Electronics) as an SBO. The Registrar’s order imposed aggregate penalties of ₹8,14,200/ on Samsung Display Noida Private Limited, its managing director, and other key managerial personnel for the default period of approximately 1,212 days.

Key Learning: This case establishes that companies cannot rely on transparent corporate shareholding alone to satisfy SBO obligations. Even where shareholding structure is entirely clear, companies must trace through non-individual members to identify and declare the ultimate beneficial owners, including foreign residents who exercise control through appointment rights, management decisions, or policy influence.

8.2 LinkedIn India Technology Private Limited Case

The Registrar of Companies (Delhi and Haryana) issued an adjudication order on May 22, 2024, determining that LinkedIn India and its parent entities failed to comply with SBO disclosure requirements. The order found that LinkedIn Corporation (USA) exercises control over LinkedIn India through its ability to influence the composition of the Indian subsidiary’s board of directors. This control was attributed to overlapping directorships and reporting structures within the corporate hierarchy. The Registrar further held that the acquisition of LinkedIn by Microsoft extended this control to Microsoft’s CEO, Satya Nadella. Consequently, both Satya Nadella and Ryan Roslansky (LinkedIn CEO) were deemed significant beneficial owners of LinkedIn India.

The order imposed penalties of approximately ₹27 lakhs on various individuals, including Satya Nadella and other executives. This order is particularly significant because it establishes that control exercised through board appointment mechanisms and corporate governance arrangements, even without direct shareholding, constitutes sufficient basis for identifying an individual as an SBO.

Key Learning: The LinkedIn order demonstrates that control and significant influence exercised at the group level, including through appointment of nominee directors and management hierarchies, triggers SBO status in subsidiary companies. This order has expanded the practical scope of SBO identification to encompass group structures with centralized management and board control.

The case highlights how crucial it is to openly disclose nominee directors, even if they are employees of the holding company. It suggests that if a holding company can stop its employees from being on a subsidiary’s board, those directors might be seen as nominees.

The Adjudicating Officer’s emphasis on “widespread control” through financial dealings and the authority given to parent company employees sets a standard for examining the real control that holding companies have over their subsidiaries, even when it looks like just administrative arrangements

This case is a big reminder for MNCs working in India to carefully review their corporate structures and beneficial ownership, making sure they follow Indian corporate laws, which might interpret “control” and “significant influence” more broadly than in other countries.

9. EXEMPTIONS FROM SBO DISCLOSURE

The SBO regime (through The Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules, 2018) provides specific exemptions recognizing that certain categories of investors operate under different regulatory regimes or pose minimal risk of misuse. Exempted Investors include:

  • IEPF: The authority constituted under sub-section (5) of section 125 of the Act (Investor and Education Protection Fund)
  • Holding Company of reporting company: Its holding company, provided that the details of such holding company shall be reported in Form No. BEN-2.
  • Government Companies: Government Companies as defined under Section 2(45) of CA 2013 are exempted from the requirement to maintain and disclose SBOs, recognizing the public sector governance framework and parliamentary oversight.
  • SEBI-Registered Investment Vehicles: Shares held by SEBI-registered investment vehicles such as mutual funds, Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs), Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs), and Infrastructure Investment Trusts (InvITs) are exempt, reflecting the comprehensive regulatory oversight exercised by SEBI.
  • Other Regulated Investment Vehicles: Investment vehicles regulated by the Reserve Bank of India, Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India, or Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority are also exempt, in view of their stringent ownership, disclosure, and supervisory frameworks.

These exemptions must be understood in the context of the SBO regime’s core objective of identifying natural persons exercising ultimate control. Exemptions are granted where the exempt entity itself operates under regulatory oversight that serves the same transparency and control objectives.

10. DISTINCTION BETWEEN SBO AND RELATED CONCEPTS

Understanding SBO is enhanced by distinguishing it from related concepts under CA 2013:

  • Beneficial Interest (Section 89): While Section 89 requires disclosure of beneficial interests in shares and provides a mechanism for interested persons to declare beneficial interests to the company, it does not impose thresholds or identification obligations on companies. Section 89 is primarily a mechanism for voluntary disclosure by shareholders of beneficial interests when they exist.
  • Section 90, by contrast, imposes mandatory obligations on companies to identify SBOs meeting specified criteria.
  • Promoter Status: CA 2013 defines “promoter” as a person who has been instrumental in the incorporation of the company or has subscribed to its memorandum or contributed capital or property in kind during its establishment phase. While promoters typically hold substantial shareholding, not all promoters are SBOs (if their shareholding or control falls below thresholds), and conversely, not all SBOs are promoters (if they acquire beneficial interest post-incorporation).
  • Related Parties (Section 2(76): Related party status under CA 2013 encompasses a broader category than SBOs, including parties related by virtue of subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, key management personnel, and relatives of key personnel. While SBOs often fall within the related party classification, the SBO regime operates independently with its own identification and disclosure mechanics.

11. PRACTICAL COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST FOR COMPANIES

To ensure comprehensive and timely compliance with SBO requirements, companies should implement the following systematic compliance framework:

11.1. Identification Phase:

  • Identify all members (including non-individual members) holding 10% or more of shares, voting rights, or dividend participation rights.
  • For each non-individual member, determine the natural person(s) behind them through the prescribed indirect holding mechanisms.
  • Identify individuals exercising control or significant influence through contractual arrangements, board composition rights, or management agreements.
  • Document and trace multi-layered ownership structures to ultimate natural persons.

11.2. Documentation Phase:

  • Maintain detailed ownership structure charts and supporting documentation.
  • Prepare communications explaining SBO status and declaration requirements.
  • Maintain copies of all Form BEN-4 notices issued along with proof of dispatch and responses received.

11.3. Declaration and Filing Phase:

  • Issue Form BEN-4 notices to all potential SBOs and non-individual members.
  • Upon receipt of Form BEN-1 declarations, file Form BEN-2 with the Registrar within 30 days
  • Ensure that Form BEN-2 filings are certified by qualified professionals (CA/CS/CMA)
  • Maintain comprehensive records for audit and regulatory purposes.

11.4. Record Maintenance Phase:

  • Prepare and maintain Form BEN-3 (Register of Beneficial Owners) with accurate and updated information.
  • File updates whenever changes occur in beneficial ownership, including changes in shareholding, control mechanisms, or SBO identity.
  • Ensure the register is preserved and available for inspection.

11.5. Ongoing Monitoring:

  • Implement systems to track shareholding changes and control arrangements.
  • Monitor board composition and director appointment arrangements.
  • Review and update SBO records annually or whenever material changes occur.
  • Maintain communication with SBOs regarding any changes affecting their status.

12. WAY FORWARD:

SBO identification in India is currently hindered more by interpretational gaps than by the bare text of section 90 and the SBO Rules. Stakeholders therefore need from MCA/ROC targeted clarifications on specific grey areas rather than fresh obligations.

Below are the key points on which a formal guidance or FAQs from the regulator would help substantially reduce disputes and compliance risk in SBO identification:

  • Individuals who do not meet the thresholds under the provisions should not be treated as SBOs. For instance – Senior management or directors of upstream non-individual members should not be automatically presumed to be SBOs unless they meet the criteria. There should be a formal guidance published which clearly states the circumstances under which an individual should, or should not, be treated as an SBO. Clarify the relationship between section 90(4A) “necessary steps” and section 90(5) “reasonable cause to believe” so companies know whether they must proactively investigate all non individual members or only where there are triggers suggesting a possible SBO. Define what constitutes sufficient “necessary steps” by a company under section 90(4A): e.g., minimum public domain checks, reliance on client KYC, use of group structure charts, and the number and form of follow up notices (BEN 4) before the company can conclude that no SBO exists or that information is not readily obtainable.
  • Confirm whether the SBO regime is strictly “twin test” (ownership threshold and control/significant influence) or whether any “control based” test (e.g., financial control, reporting channel, global group leadership) can be read in by ROCs as seen in recent orders discussed above.
  • Clarify the level of verification expected on information received in BEN 1: whether the company can rely on declarations in the absence of red flags , or must independently verify upstream ownership each time, and how far up the chain it must reasonably go.
  • Publish standardised interpretative guidance (or illustrative case studies) reflecting the tests used by ROCs in recent enforcement orders, with explicit confirmation of which tests are legally endorsed and which were fact specific, to avoid companies having to guess ROC thinking from penalty orders.

Last but not the least, an online helpdesk to give interpretative clarification such as SEBI (Informal Guidance) Scheme 2003 which will be specific to the facts and will help companies address their issues.

These focused clarifications, preferably through detailed MCA FAQs or a circular with examples, would allow companies and professionals to operationalise SBO identification with clear audit trails and substantially fewer interpretational hurdles will definitely go a long way to help companies avoid penalties.

SUMMARY

Significant Beneficial Ownership (SBO) represents a sophisticated regulatory framework designed to pierce(lift) corporate veils and identify the natural persons ultimately controlling or benefiting from Indian companies. The dual-test framework, combining quantitative thresholds (10% shareholding, voting rights, and dividend participation) with qualitative assessments (control and significant influence) ensures comprehensive coverage of diverse ownership and control structures. The regime’s extra-territorial application to foreign residents and structures reflects India’s alignment with international beneficial ownership standards and FATF recommendations.

The identification process, centered on objective tests of shareholding and voting rights alongside subjective tests of control, captures both transparent and hidden beneficial interests. Indirect holding mechanisms through corporate entities, HUFs, partnerships, trusts, and the “acting together” principle address complex corporate structures that might otherwise obscure true beneficial ownership. The declaration and filing requirements, implemented through Forms BEN-1, BEN-2, BEN-3, and BEN-4, establish a transparent record of beneficial ownership accessible to regulatory authorities and company members.

Recent regulatory developments, including the Samsung Display and LinkedIn orders, demonstrate regulatory commitment to rigorous enforcement of SBO requirements, particularly in corporate groups with multi-layered structures and foreign investors. The substantial penalties prescribed for non-compliance, ranging up to ₹50,000 plus ongoing daily penalties for individuals, ₹100,000 plus daily penalties for companies, and the severe consequences of NCLT orders imposing share restrictions, create powerful incentives for compliance.

For Chartered Accountants and compliance professionals, expertise in SBO identification and compliance has become essential as companies face increasing regulatory scrutiny. Systematic implementation of an SBO compliance frameworks, maintaining detailed documentation, and ongoing monitoring of beneficial ownership changes are critical elements of effective corporate governance and regulatory compliance. Given the evolving nature of regulatory interpretation and the expanding scope of beneficial ownership obligations, practitioners must maintain current knowledge of regulatory updates, case law developments, and amendments to the SBO framework to serve their clients effectively and ensure sustained compliance with this increasingly important statutory obligation.

From The President

My Dear BCAS Family,

As I reflect on the current global economic scenario, the world, as well as India, is at an inflexion point where the forces of globalisation and rapidly evolving geopolitical dynamics, such as the tariff wars, the Russia – Ukraine war, the Middle East Realignment, etc., are fundamentally reshaping the business landscape. In this context, BCAS’s recent participation as a support partner at a conclave on “Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam Ki Oar 4: The 12 Principles that can Shape a New World”, organised in collaboration with JYOT FOUNDATION, is timely and relevant. The lecture titled “Ancient Roots, Global Routes: Reimagining Global Leadership for the Indian CA” by CA Shaurya Doval, organised by BCAS on the sidelines of the conclave, served as a powerful reminder of the timeless relevance of Indian values in contemporary global leadership. CA Doval’s compelling observation that “there can be no global peace and no global order without India” was not an assertion of dominance, but rather a recognition of responsibility that extends to each of us as professionals. This has prompted me to focus on the theme of globalisation and geopolitical dynamics, and their impact on professionals and institutions like us.

IMPACT ON PROFESSIONALS:

The impact on professionals can be analysed broadly under the following heads:

Changing Trends in Globalisation:

The recent past has witnessed the emergence of an interconnected global economy. For professionals like us, this makes it imperative to extend our expertise beyond domestic regulations to encompass international financial reporting standards, cross-border taxation, transfer pricing complexities and multi-jurisdictional compliance frameworks. Our clients now operate across continents, making it necessary for us to possess the agility to advise on transactions spanning multiple legal and tax regimes simultaneously. This has resulted in tremendous opportunities, such as access to international markets, exposure to diverse business practices, and the ability to serve clients with worldwide operations.

Global Leadership The New Frontier for the Indian CA

Changing Geopolitical Headwinds:

The past decade, and particularly the post-pandemic era, has brought significant geopolitical complexities that directly impact professionals. Trade tensions between major economies, supply chain realignments, evolving sanction regimes, and the reconfiguration of global alliances demand utmost vigilance. The Russia-Ukraine conflict, US-China trade dynamics, Trump tariffs, and regional economic partnerships are not merely news headlines; they represent fundamental shifts in how business operates globally.

Expanding Opportunities:

The above changes have significantly expanded our role, from mere number crunchers to a much broader lens. Our professional advisory landscape now encompasses several areas, some of which are as follows:

  • Reconfiguration of Global Supply Chains – This results in a shift in priorities from “just-in-time” to “just-in-case“, causing businesses to restructure their global operations, leading to advisory opportunities in evaluating geographic concentration risks and identifying diversification strategies, amongst others.
  • Cross-Border Digital Trade and E-commerce – They enable businesses of all sizes to operate globally, resulting in advisory opportunities for digital tax compliance, transfer pricing for digital assets, VAT/GST on Digital Sales, OECD Pillar One implications, transfer pricing for digital assets, strategies for handling multiple payment gateways, currency and forex risk, amongst others.
  • ESG and Sustainability Reporting – Growing stakeholder demands for environmental, social, and governance accountability in global operations result in various advisory opportunities like carbon accounting (Scope 1, 2 and 3 computations), ESG Assurance Services, Supply Chain Due Diligence, Climate Risk Financial Impact Analysis and Integrated Reporting.
  • Cross-Border Mergers and Acquisitions and Restructuring – Companies are increasingly pursuing inorganic growth internationally or are consolidating or divesting non-core assets across borders, resulting in advisory services in areas such as International Due Diligence (Financial, Tax and Regulatory), valuation services, and post-merger integration involving the harmonisation of accounting systems, policies and reporting, amongst others.
  • Other Specialised Practice areas like IFRS Reporting and Advisory, Global Internal Audits and Internal Controls Reviews under COSO and SOX frameworks, transfer pricing and international tax advisory and forensic and investigation services under AML and Corruption Laws like FCPA, UK Bribery Act.

Challenges:

Opportunities cannot exist without their share of challenges, which can be broadly categorised as follows:

  • Digital Transformation- Whilst technology and digital transformation continue their relentless forward march with artificial intelligence, blockchain, cloud computing, and data analytics, it brings with it several challenges like data and cyber security and privacy risks, which need to be analysed and mitigated.
  • Constant Skill Upgradation and Training – For professionals to remain relevant, it is imperative for them to constantly upgrade not only their technical and regulatory skills but also their soft skills. Areas in which such upgradation and training is most required are International Tax Frameworks, Foreign Exchange Management, Data Analytics, Trade and Customs Regulations (WTO rules, FTAs, etc.), Country-Specific Sanctions Regimes, Cross-Cultural Communication, Geopolitical Awareness, Foreign Language Skills, Regional Specific Knowledge (Asia- Pacific, EU, Middle East, Africa, etc.) and Cultural Intelligence, amongst others.

BCAS’s ROLE:

BCAS is committed to equipping its members and other stakeholders in all emerging areas arising from the increasingly complex global environment by facilitating the enhancement of their technical proficiency and helping them remain globally aware. Whilst our International Tax Committee is the specialised committee that deals with international tax-related issues, other committees are also increasingly focusing on areas that are relevant to navigate the global economic and geopolitical framework, by organising programmes under various formats addressing IFRS convergence, ESG reporting, geopolitical risk management, digital transformation, forensic accounting, and international business advisory services. The upcoming 30th International Tax and Finance Conference between 9th to 12th April, 2026 at Indore which will cover a diverse set of topics ranging from Global Mobility-360 degree perspective, cross border business model structuring coupled with the highlight being a special session on “India @ 2047 – Geopolitics, Changing World Order and India’s place in a De-dollarised Globe” is a timely initiative. I would request a high level of participation to enhance your brand value on the international stage!

Indian Philosophy and Global Leadership:

To conclude, I would like to refer to a quote by the Former President of India, Dr S. Radhakrishnan, in his Writings on Indian Philosophy and Global Ethics, on the importance of the timeless Indian value of Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam in a global world, which is more relevant now.

“The world is one family- the ancient Indian wisdom of Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam is not just a philosophical concept but a practical necessity in our interconnected world.”

A big thank you to one and all!

Warm Regards,

CA. Zubin F. Billimoria

President

Increased Life Expectancy: When Life Outruns Professional Career

According to the Government of India’s Sample Registration System, average life expectancy at birth has climbed from 49.7 years in 1970–75 to 69.0 years in 2013–17, and estimates put it above 70 years for 2019–23. International projections suggest it may now be around 72.0–72.5 years, continuing a long-term upward trajectory. This statistic is merely a revalidation of a fact which we witness in our day to day lives. Thanks to the medical advancements and various other reasons, we are living longer. It is now more and more common to find people cross the age of 90 years or even approach the 100- year mark.

The above statistic brings with it reasons to cheer, but at the same time, issues to ponder upon – physical and mental health challenges, quality and dignity of life, financial independence, social relevance, etc. are issues which plague this space. This editorial does not touch upon these larger issues, but discusses the impact from the perspective of a professional’s career.

Beyond the Sixty year Stop Redesingning the Modern Career

Admittedly, our career structures were built for a time when life expectancy was shorter and retirement signalled decline in capability. Today, life extends well beyond the traditional retirement age of sixty but the model has not evolved with it. Most professionals have another twenty or even thirty years of active, intellectually sharp life pending at that point of time.

Therefore, for professionals in employment, retirement at 60 or 65 often arrives as a hard stop. One day, you lead teams, sign decisions, shape outcomes. The next, you step aside. Financial planning may be sound. Psychological planning rarely is. At the very stage when judgment is deepest and perspective widest, institutional structures declare the journey complete. The question then emerges: what fills the next 25 years? Consulting, board positions, teaching, advisory roles—each offers possibility. But each requires a shift from authority to influence, from control to contribution. That transition is not merely professional; it is personal and emotional.

For self-employed practitioners and partners, the dilemma is subtler. In many firms, there is no mandatory retirement. Stepping back and succession is emotionally complex as firm is rarely just an enterprise; it is a person’s lifetime creation. One may be tempted to continue practice indefinitely, but is it appropriate? Unfortunately, ageing of the brain has not slowed down with increases in longevity. Dementia and loss of memory have become common at an advanced age. If one carries on practice as before even in an advanced age, there is increased risk of mistakes due to decline in memory.

Despite longevity and active lifestyle, energy changes, but the complexity of the professional landscape does not, again increasing the risk of professional negligence. From the firm’s perspective, prolonged continuity at the firm also hinders growth of the team and next in line. Experience has its’ value, but also brings in rigidity and doesn’t allow for fresh ideas to emerge. The team may therefore feel stifled resulting in higher attrition or at times, internal conflicts.

In such cases, should one not consider retiring gracefully while the going is good? It may be better to be remembered for the good that one has done in one’s prime, than be remembered for mistakes made beyond one’s prime. But for many of us, the designation is not just a qualification; it is who we are. The decision of retirement therefore brings in uncomfortable questions: Who am I now, and what next?

The answers may lie in broadening identity rather than clinging to it. When the profession becomes a part of life rather than its entirety, transitions feel less like loss and more like evolution. Teaching, writing, mentoring, community engagement, vacation and travel, spiritual and other creative interests —these are not post-retirement hobbies; they can become parallel dimensions of relevance.

At the same time, the larger truth is unavoidable. If life expectancy has expanded, career design must expand with it. Retirement should not mean irrelevance. Nor should continued practice mean exhaustion or stagnation. We often design long-term financial strategies for our clients. Perhaps it is time we design long-term career strategies for ourselves. Life now extends beyond the old career model. The question is whether we are prepared to extend our thinking along with it.

Best Regards,

CA. Sunil Gabhawalla

Editor

आत्मपुण्येन भाग्यवान्

This is a very small but meaningful ‘Subhashit’. It reads like this: –

सुशीलो मातृपुण्येन पितृपुण्येन् बुद्धिमानं !

यशस्वी वंशपुण्येन आत्मपुण्येन् भाग्यवानं !

The 4 Pillars of Your Destiny

Punya is good or holy deeds. We believe that the fruit of your good deeds goes to the credit of your account. In English also, we say ‘Be Good, Do Good!

The theory of karma which is more or less universally accepted refers to the same principle.

The literal meaning: –

सुशीलो मातृपुण्येन्  You get good character thanks to the Punya of your mother.

पितृपुण्येन बुद्धिमान् You usually inherit intelligence from your father’s Punya.

यशस्वी वंशपुण्येन् ‘Vansh’ is the ‘dynasty’ i.e. your forefather’s. Family tradition from generations.

आत्मपुण्येन भाग्यवान् (But) your fortune depends on your own good deeds

There was an international conference on child’s education. The issue was as to when the education of a child should start. They felt that education is a wide concept and in true sense, it should start right from the child’s birth. That was the consensus.

However, one senior lady screamed “NO, no. It will be too late!” She said – A child’s education should start from the birth of its mother.

That is the significance of ‘sanskaras’! – the culture. The point needs no elaboration. As far as intellectual abilities are concerned, it is generally observed and also believed that it comes from one’s father. Usually, there is a family tradition of highly brilliant people for 4 to 5 generations in a family. Apart from intellectual capacity, it is the father who provides opportunities for learning.

The Vansh is your family history. We have many industrial houses who are doing good business for generation. Similarly, in politics, we observe the same thing. One gets a readymade platform for one’s growth. It is a different thing that an incapable or incompetent person may ruin it.

Finally, however, despite all this ‘inheritance’ your own deeds and efforts are more important. They decide your fate or fortune. The inheritance merely provides you a starting point. However, you have to shape your career or future by your own discipline, thinking and performance.

It must be borne in mind that these were the thoughts more prominently applicable in the old times. Now, the times have changed. There could be a few exceptions, only to prove the rule. Nevertheless, by and large, even in modern times, one can still find its relevance.

‘Deeming Fictions’ Under the Income Tax Law

Legal “deeming fictions” are assumptions treated as true by law, regardless of reality. Under the Income Tax Act, these provisions have evolved from narrow anti-abuse tools into central components governing residency, deemed dividends, and income characterization. For example, Section 50 deems gains on depreciable assets as short-term for computation purposes, though it does not alter the asset’s inherent nature. Significant contention surrounds Section 56(2)(x), which taxes property receipts for inadequate consideration, leading to debates over its application to bonus and rights issues. Furthermore, the Finance Act 2024 shifted buyback taxation from companies to shareholders, treating proceeds as deemed dividends. Complexities also arise when domestic fictions, such as indirect transfer rules, conflict with Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs), which generally prevail. While essential for plugging loopholes, the expansive use of these fictions increasingly triggers interpretational challenges and litigation.

INTRODUCTION

Fiction is something invented by the imagination, i.e., ‘make believe’. The term ‘legal fiction’ can in the simplest of forms be explained as an assumption believed to be true and present in the eyes of the law. Once a particular assumption by way of a legal fiction is made, it is irrelevant as to whether the same is line with the actual truth or not.1

A famous American author once remarked that “The difference between fiction and reality? Fiction has to make sense”. But do the deeming fictions under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (‘the Income Tax Act’) really make sense?

The immediate mention of the term “deeming fiction” springs to mind provisions such as section 56(2)(x), explanations 5 to 7 of Section 9(1)(i) [‘Indirect Transfer’], or the much-beleaguered section 56(2)(viib)2. Below are some examples such as residency, characterization of losses, timing of taxation, etc. illustrating the various types of deeming fictions embedded within the Income Tax Act:

  • Deemed Resident– Sub-section 1A of section 6 provides that an individual who is a citizen of India, has total income (other than income from foreign sources) exceeding INR fifteen lakh rupees during and is not liable to tax in any other country on account of certain connected factors shall be deemed to be resident in India.
  • Carry forward and set-off of losses and unabsorbed depreciation- Section 72A provides that upon satisfaction of certain conditions, in case of amalgamation3, the accumulated loss and the unabsorbed depreciation of the amalgamating company shall be deemed to be the loss and unabsorbed depreciation of the amalgamated company.4
  • Timing of taxation– Section 45(5A) of the Income Tax Act provides for determining the timing of taxation in case of a joint development agreement entered into by an individual/HUF (deemed to be taxable in the year in which the certificate of completion is issued).
  • Full value of consideration- Deeming fictions aimed at curbing tax avoidance and determining full value of consideration in case of certain transactions include section 50C (Transfer of land/building or both being capital asset), section 50CA (transfer of shares other than quoted share)
  • Deemed Dividend- Whereby the statute aims to expand the meaning of the word ‘dividend’ to curb mechanisms used by taxpayers to repatriate cash or assets to their shareholders such as by way of loans or advances (applicable for closely held companies), capital reduction or distribution of assets pursuant to liquidation.
  • Scope of total income- Clubbing provisions under section 64 of the Income Tax Act seek to expand the scope of total income of an individual to tax income arising to another individual (such as a minor child) in the hands of that particular individual.
  • Computation of tax in case of specific transactions/ instruments- Sections such as section 50 (computation of capital gains in case of sale of a depreciable asset), section 50B (computation of capital gains in case of slump sale), section 50AA (computation of capital gains in case of Market Linked Debenture) are just some examples.

1 CIT vs. Swaroop Krishan [1985] 21 Taxman 404/153 ITR 1 (Pun & Har HC)

2 Section 56(2)(viib) was introduced by the Finance Act, 2012, to tax the share premium received by closely held 
companies when issued above fair market value. It was sunset by the Finance Act, 2024, 
and has been rendered inapplicable from 1 April 2025 (Assessment Year 2025–26 onward)

3 This section is also applicable on demerger and provides that in case of demerger, 
where the loss or unabsorbed depreciation is directly relatable to the undertakings transferred same shall 
be allowed to be carried forward and set off in the hands of the resulting company. 
In case of loss and UAD not directly relatable, same is apportioned between the demerged company and 
the resulting in the ratio of assets being transferred as part of the demerger

4 Finance Act 2025 had introduced an amendment seeking to confine the carry forward of losses to a total 
of eight years from the year in which such losses arose, rather than eight years from the previous year when such merger was undertaken

The above examples illustrate how the role of deeming fictions has evolved and now serves distinct purposes under the Income Tax Act which may range from taxing a particular instrument, item or transaction, prescribe methods of computation, or restrict/ allow carry-forward of losses. Let us examine how courts have interpreted some specific deeming fictions over time and some of the challenges posed in interpreting the same.

FROM FICTION TO FUNCTION: THE EVOLVING ROLE OF DEEMING PROVISIONS IN TAX LAW

  • Decoding the section 50 conundrum:

Section 50 of the Act creates a deeming fiction that capital asset on which depreciation is allowed and it forms part of block of asset, then irrespective of definition in section 2(42A), gain from such asset would be deemed as gain from transfer of short term capital asset.

Further, section 50 prescribes a method of computation adjusting provisions of section 48 and 49. However, the provisions of section 50 do not expressly ascribe a rate of tax to the gains computed and also do not restrict the exercise of section 112.

The provisions of section 50 are relevant to be analyzed in case of itemized sale of assets on which depreciation has been allowed under the Income Tax Act. The operation of the provisions of section 50 of the Income Tax Act had rendered share sale or slump sales more attractive for tax efficiency considering possible elevated tax exposure (since section 50 would deem any gain on transfer of depreciable asset as gain from transfer of short term capital asset)

The above problem came up for consideration most recently before the special bench of the Mumbai Tribunal5 wherein the crux of the question revolved around rate of tax to be ascribed to sale of a capital asset of the nature referred to in section 50.

The Tribunal while adjudicating the matter in favour of the assessee relied on the decision of Ace Builders6 where the scope of the deeming fiction under section was interpreted by the Hon’ble Court in context of availability of benefit under section 54E of the Income Tax Act and it was observed that the deemed fiction created in sub-section (1) & (2) of section 50 is restricted only to the mode of computation of capital gains contained in Section 48 and 49 of the Income Tax Act. The judgement of the Tribunal was a majority decision and the Hon’ble Accounting Member had rendered a dissenting view holding that concessional rate under section 112 of the Income Tax Act shall not be available to the assessee inter alia for the reason that the above view would render provisions of section 50 redundant.

Conclusion:

The intent of section 50 of the Income Tax Act is to compute the capital gains in case of a depreciable asset by way of a deeming fiction overriding the provisions of section 48 and section 49. However, this insertion in section 50 does not alter the inherent nature of an asset.

The period of holding determines the inherent nature of a capital asset, i.e., whether long-term or short-term, which consequentially determines the applicable rate of tax. In my view, the above decision is correct in law and cements the settled principle that deeming fictions may be restricted to the section(s) for which they were originally intended for7.


5 SKF India Limited vs. Dy. Commissioner of Income Tax: [2025] 121 ITR(T) 307 (Mumbai - Trib.) (SB)

6 CIT vs. Ace Builders (P.) Ltd: [2006] 281 ITR 210 (Bom.)

7 CIT vs. Mother India Refrigeration Industries (P.) Ltd: [1985] 155 ITR 711 (SC); Imagic Creative Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Commercial Taxes: Appeal (Civil) 252 of 2008 (SC)
  •  The Gift That Isn’t- Understanding section 56(2)(x) on issue of shares:

Section 56(2)(x) was introduced vide Finance Act, 2017 expanding the scope of the erstwhile anti-abuse provisions. In simple terms, section 56(2)(x) seeks to tax receipt of property (including shares) for nil or inadequate consideration.

The language of the section begins with “where any person receives” and thereafter bifurcates into specific cases of receipt of sum of money/immoveable property and any other property (including shares and securities). Thus, from a bare reading of the provisions, for a transaction to fall within ambit of section 56(2)(x) of the Income Tax Act, it should constitute a ‘receipt’.

Thus, whether fresh issue of shares constitute a ‘receipt’ and accordingly can be said to be within ambit of section 56(2)(x) of the Income Tax Act. In case of fresh issue of shares, there cannot be any ‘receipt’ since the property in question being shares are brought into existence for the first time on issue. Support for the above can be firstly drawn from the explanatory notes to finance bill at the time of including transactions involving shares within ambit of section 56(2)(viic), which sought to curb “the practice of transferring unlisted shares at prices much below their fair market value”.

Thus, it can be said that there is a difference between issue of a share to a subscriber and the purchase of a share from an existing shareholder. The first case is that of creation whereas the second case is that of transfer.8

On the contrary, it has also been argued that the exact term used in section 56(2)(vii)(c) is ‘receive’ which cannot be restricted to ‘transfer’ or ‘receipt by way of transfer’ alone.9 Accordingly, limiting the scope of ‘receipt’ to transfer would tantamount to reading down the provision.10


8 Khoday Distilleries Ltd vs. CIT: [2008] 307 ITR 312 (SC)
9 Jigar Jashwantlal Shah vs. ACIT: [2022] 226 TTJ 161 (Ahd Trib) 
(Confirmed in PCIT vs. Jigar Jaswantlal Shah: [2024] 460 ITR 628)
10 Sudhir Menon HUF vs. ACIT: [2014] 148 ITD 260 (Mum Trib)

Given that fresh issue can be undertaken by many modes, i.e., rights issue or bonus issue or preferential issue, thus, it is at this stage critical to diverge and analyze applicability of section 56(2)(x) on some of the different modes of issue of shares, viz, rights issue and bonus issue. The same has been analyzed under:

S.No Particulars Remarks
1 Applicability on section 56(2)(x) on bonus issue

A strict interpretation of law may give the impression that section 56(2)(x) is attracted in case of bonus issue considering no consideration is paid for receipt of shares.

In my opinion, the above view is incorrect and would lead to absurd consequences as bonus issue does not lead to any accretion of property held by the shareholder. In substance, when a shareholder gets a bonus shares, the value of the original share held by him goes down and the market value as well as intrinsic value of two (original and bonus) shares put together will be the same. Thus, any profit derived by the assessee on account of receipt of bonus shares is adjusted by depreciation in the value of equity shares held by him.11

Recently however, the Hon’ble Apex Court12 had admitted a SLP against the decision of the Hon’ble Madras HC on the above issue where it was held that section 56(2)(x) of the Income Tax Act would not apply in case of bonus issue.

2 Section 56(2)(x) of the Income Tax Act in case of Rights Issue

Where there is a proportionate allotment to existing shareholders, there is only apportionment of existing value of the company over larger number of shares and consequently there is no scope for any property being received by the shareholder.

However, the above view was distinguished by adoption of a stricter interpretation that rights issues are nowhere excluded from the express provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(c). The CBDT has also supported applicability of section 56(2)(vii)(c) on fresh issue of shares [Refer to Circular No. 3/2019 by withdrawing its earlier Circular 10/2018]


11 PCIT vs. Dr Ranjan Pai : 431 ITR 250 (Ktk High Court)
12 SLP admitted in CIT vs. M/s Tangi Facility Pvt Ltd: SLP (C) Diary No. 57035/2025 
against Madras HC order in the case of CIT vs. M/s Tangi Facility Pvt Ltd: ITA No. 259/2024

THE CASE OF SUDHIR MENON- A DISPROPORTIONATE TAX?

As can be seen above, in case of rights issue of shares leading to a proportionate shareholding, it can be argued that provisions of section 56(2)(x) of the Income Tax Act may not be attracted. But what happens in case of fresh issue of shares leading to a lopsided shareholding, i.e., the proportionate ownership among shareholders becomes uneven after the rights issue. This scenario can be better explained with the help of the below scenario of Co A which is proposing to undertake a rights issue:

S. No Name of shareholder Existing shares held Existing shares held (%) Fresh rights allotment Whether subscribed or not Shares held post rights issue Fresh shares held (%)
1 Mr. AA 1,000 25% 1,000 No- renounced in favor of Mr.AD 1,000 12.50%
2 Mr. AB 1,000 25% 1,000 1,000 12.50%
3 Mr. AC 1,000 25% 1,000 1,000 12.50%
4 Mr. AD 1,000 25% 1,000 Yes 5,000 62.50%
Total 4,000 100% 100% 8,000 100%

 

As seen above, Mr. AA, AB,AC and AD are four shareholders of Co A each holding 25% each. Co A decides to undertake a rights issue, and each shareholder is offered shares commensurate to its shareholding.

However, Mr. AA, AB and AC decide to renounce the right to subscribe to shares in favour of Mr.AD and accordingly Mr.AD subscribes to his rights shares as well as to the shares pursuant to renouncement of rights by all the other shareholders. As a result, the shareholding pre and post rights issue becomes skewed, i.e., Mr. AD’s shareholding increases from 25% to 62.50% granting him control of Co A pursuant to such allotment.

Considering that there is a shift in value in the hands of the shareholders because of the above issue, it can be said that as a result of the above allotment of shares, there is a disproportionate value shift in the hands of Mr. AD.

Thus, it can be said that if there is no disproportionate allotment, i.e., shares are allotted pro rata to the shareholders, based on their existing holdings, there is no scope for any property being received by them on the said allotment of shares.13


13 Sudhir Menon HUF vs. ACIT: [2014] 148 ITD 260 (Mum Trib)

Further, in an alternative scenario, where shares of Co A are not subscribed by Mr.AA, AB and AC but are also not renounced in favor of Mr.AD, which would still lead to increase in shareholding of Mr.AD from 25% to 40%, it maybe argued that due to non-renunciation of the rights to subscribe in favor of Mr.AD, section 56(2)(x) may not be applicable in the present case.

Conclusion:

While it may be a fresh issue of shares, the controversy around applicability of section 56(2)(x) remains age old. It can be safely said that even fresh issue is not truly out of the ambit of section 56(2)(x) of the Income Tax Act. In my view, the principle of taxing a value shift or a disproportionate allotment is not something in line with the original intent of the provisions of section 56(2)(x) of the Income Tax Act and is advocating of a ‘see-through’ approach.

While the Tribunal in the judgement of Sudhir Menon (above) has made findings to the contrary, in my view, the principles given in the above decision have lent a more investigative lens at of looking at transactions outreaching the existing provisions which brings into question even bona-fide transactions under the lens of the tax authorities.

INTERPLAY OF DEEMING FICTIONS WITH DOUBLE TAXATION AVOIDANCE AGREEMENTS (‘DTAA’):

In the foregoing sections, we had an overview of how the deeming fiction operates under the domestic Income Tax Act. But what happens in case of a transaction involving a non-resident?

THE CRUX OF THE QUESTION IS WHETHER A DEEMING FICTION UNDER THE INCOME TAX ACT CAN BE EXTENDED TO DTAA?

To answer this question, it is first important to understand the role of a DTAA. In layman’s terms, DTAA is an agreement for assigning taxing rights between two countries, while the domestic tax act (in this case the Income Tax Act) provides the rule of taxation within the jurisdiction of a nation.

In the Income Tax Act, section 90/90A provides the power to the Central Government to enter into agreements with other nations inter alia for: (i) Providing relief from the income charged in both the countries; (ii) Eliminate the double taxation in respect of income; (iii) Exchange of information for the prevention of evasion or avoidance of income tax; and (iv) For recovery of income under the ITA and corresponding law in other country.

In an ideal world, a domestic tax act and a DTAA would co-exist with the utmost harmony and there would be no contradictory provisions or need for intervention to interpret the said agreements.

Since this utopian assumption does not hold true, it becomes essential to understand that the purpose of DTAA and the Income Tax Act are overlapping and can be sometimes contradictory to each other. The Income Tax Act being an act of Parliament, while the DTAA being an agreement negotiated between two countries is not expected to be fully in harmony with each other.

Thus, what happens in case the provisions of the DTAA and the Income Tax Act are not complimentary to each other- CBDT had shed some light on the above issue in the past and stated that where a specific provision is made in the double taxation avoidance agreement, that provisions will prevail over the general provisions contained in the Income-tax Act.14


14 Circular No. 333 of 1982 dt 02.04.1982

The above issue also came up for consideration before the Hon’ble SC from time to time and it has been observed that the terms of the DTAs would override the provisions of the Income-tax Act in the matter of ascertainment of chargeability to income tax and ascertainment of total income, to the extent of inconsistent with the terms of the domestic tax act.15 Let us look at the below practical examples to understand the interplay between the Income Tax Act and DTAAs better.


15 [2003] UOI vs. Azadi Bachao Andolan: 263 ITR 706 (SC)
  •  Indirect transfer of shares:

Background

Perhaps the most disputed use of the deeming fiction was exercised by the legislature in 2012 by way of taxation of indirect transfers. Essentially, the Indian legislature sought to tax sale of shares between two non-residents which involved value shifting of an Indian company. The above can be better understood with the following example:

Transaction Mechanics

FCo1, FCo2 and FCo3 are foreign companies. FCo1 has only one asset which is the shares held in the Indian company, viz, ICo. Similarly, FCo2 in-turn has only one asset, viz, shares held in FCo1. FCo3, another foreign company is keen to buy out the interest of FCo2 in ICo. Therefore, it is decided to sell the shares of FCo1 to FCo3 by FCo2 as against selling shares of ICo directly.

The Revenue, in the said case advocated the application of a ‘look through’ approach and contended that if there is a transfer of a capital asset situated in India ‘in consequence of’ an action taken overseas, then all income derived from such transfer should be taxable in India. The Hon’ble Apex Court, however, held that the transfer of shares of a foreign company which had an Indian Company as its subsidiary does not amount to transfer of any capital asset situated in India.

Thus, prior to 2012, the above transaction would not lead to any adverse tax implications in India as it is essentially sale of foreign company shares from non-resident to another non-resident. To bring such apparent value shift transactions within the tax net of India, the erstwhile government moved a retrospective amendment deeming that shares of a foreign company that derive their value substantially from Indian assets (in this case FCo1) shall be deemed to have their situs in India and overruling prevailing decisions in the favor of the taxpayer16


16 Vodafone International Holdings B.V. vs. UOI: [2012] 204 Taxman 408 (SC)

TAXATION OF INDIRECT TRANSFER UNDER THE INCOME TAX ACT

For a non-resident to be taxed in India, section 5 of the Income Tax Act provides that income which accrues/arises or received or is deemed to accrue/arise or received in India shall form part of total income taxable in India.

Explanation 5 to section 9 (1)(i) of the Income Tax Act, provides for levy of tax in India on gains arising on transfer of shares of a foreign company if shares of such foreign company derive substantial value from assets located in India. Given the threshold provided under explanation 6 to section 9(1)(i) of the Income Tax Act are satisfied, the sale of the shares of FCo1 would be taxable in India as the same would be deemed to have their situs in India.

INTERPLAY WITH DTAAs

The interplay of indirect transfer provisions with the provisions of DTAA has been an intensely debated one. This question came up for consideration before the Andhra Pradesh High Court17: whether sale of shares of a French company (which derived value substantially from shares of an Indian company) to another French company would be brought to tax as per the provisions of section 9(1)(i) of the Income Tax Act read with the provisions of the India-France DTAA.


17 Sanofi Pasteur Holding SA vs. Department of Revenue: [2013] 354 ITR 316 (AP)

The Revenue had put forth an argument that the provisions of article 14(5) of the India-France DTAA be interpreted to adopt a more see through approach, however, that was swiftly rejected by the Hon’ble Court on the ground that Article 14(5) does not provide for an enabling language to effect a see through and bring the tax of the same into India.

On the contrary, such indirect transfer maybe brought to tax had the criteria laid out in article 14(4) of the India-France DTAA be fulfilled. Article 14(4) of the India-France DTAA provides for taxing the gains arising out of sale of capital stock of a company the property of which consists directly or indirectly principally of immovable property situated in India. Similar enabling provisions are also captured in the India-UAE DTAA [Article 13(3)].

In the absence of fulfilling the above criteria, the provisions of indirect transfer would not be applicable on a foreign company. The tax authorities have also litigated the aspect of residency (which would directly impact the availability of DTAA benefit) and have urged the Courts to lift the corporate veil and differentiate between via the ‘head and brain test’. This issue has been recently adjudicated by the Apex Court18 in favour of the Revenue. The present article does not take into account the change brought in by such ruling.


18 The Authority for Advance Rulings vs. Tiger Global Internal II Holdings (Civil Appeal No. 262 of 2026)
The Authority for Advance Rulings vs. Tiger Global Internal IV Holdings (Civil Appeal No. 263 of 2026)
The Authority for Advance Rulings vs. Tiger Global Internal III Holdings (Civil Appeal No. 264 of 2026)
  •  Period of holding and grandfathering benefit:

The above issue can be better understood with the help of an example. ICo is an Indian company and the entire share capital of ICo is held by FCo1, and in turn the entire share capital of FCo1 is held by FCo2.

FCo1 and FCo2 are residents of Mauritius. The shares of ICo were acquired by FCo1 on 01.04.2015 and thus are eligible for grandfathering benefit under the India-Mauritius DTAA. The transaction structure, transaction mechanics and resulting structure are as under:

Illustrative Structure - Pre Transaction

As part of an internal group restructuring exercise undertaken on 01.04.2025, FCo1 is proposed to be amalgamated with ICo and accordingly, ICo would issue fresh shares to FCo2. The proposed transaction mechanics and resulting structure are as under:

Transaction Mechanics1

 

Let us first examine the implications under the Income Tax Act on the above transaction- In the above amalgamation, there would be no tax in the hands of FCo2, i.e., the shareholder of the Amalgamation Company, the Income Tax Act provides specific exemption under section 47(vii).

At the time of sale of shares of ICo, FCo2 would be granted the period of holding of FCo1 as well, i.e., period of holding of the previous owner by virtue of section 2(42A) r.w. section 49(1) of the Income Tax Act. Thus, considering the above, the question arises whether the period of holding in the hands of FCo2 of shares of ICo for the purposes of the India-Mauritius DTAA would be considered from 01.04.2016 or 01.04.2025.

The Indian Income Tax Act provides the continuity of period of holding in case of transfer by way of amalgamation. Thus, for the purposes of the Income Tax Act, the period of holding shall be taken from 01.04.2016, i.e., date of original acquisition by FCo1. Thus, the taxpayer can contend on these lines to argue availability of grandfathering benefit on the above shares.

While on the other hand, the tax authorities can place reliance on the provisions of article 13(3A) of the India-Mauritius DTAA, which are operative on the shares acquired on or before 01.04.2017. The tax authorities may further contend that ‘to acquire’ would mean to simply ‘be in control or possession’. In the present case, while the original shares were acquired by FCo1 prior to 01.04.2017, there being a fresh issue pursuant to the merger may result in diluting the position of the taxpayer in claiming the benefit of grandfathering.

Conclusion

Given the language used in the DTAA, the above view to avail grandfathering would in my opinion be extremely litigative considering that there is no enabling provisions replicating the benefit of period of holding granted under the Income Tax Act in the DTAAs.

  •  Section 2(22)(f)- The Buyback Maze:

Most recently, Infosys, announced a plan to buyback approx. 2.41% of its total share capital for a total consideration of ₹1,800 crores with an aim to boost EPS and market value. Let us look at the implications in the hands of the shareholder(s)/ in the hands of the company in case of a buyback from a tax point of view.

As per the Income Tax Act, buy-back means purchase by a company of its own shares. Prior to Finance Act, 2024, buyback was taxed in the hands of the company under section 115QA of the Income Tax Act. Tax was levied at 20% (plus 12% surcharge and cess) and the buyback would be exempt in the hands of the shareholder.

FINANCE ACT, 2024- POLICY SHIFT:

Finance Act, 2024 introduced a paradigm shift in buyback taxation. By way of Finance Act 2024, the government announced that buyback done post October 1, 2024 would be exempt in the hands of the company undertaking the buyback and would be taxed in the hands of the shareholder as dividend under section 2(22)(f) per their applicable slab rates.

Further, cost of acquisition of the shares would be allowed as capital loss in the hands of the shareholder. This policy shift has brought buyback on par with dividend but has taken away the sheen of buyback being a lucrative choice of cash repatriation. In many DTAAs such as the India-Netherlands DTAA, it can be argued that given the meaning ascribed to dividend, the proceeds from buyback shall fall within the ambit of the same.

CAN ANTI-ABUSE PROVISIONS SUCH AS SECTION 56(2)(x) OR SECTION 50CA BE APPLIED ON BUYBACK POST FINANCE 2024?

Section 50CA of the Income Tax Act is applicable in case of transfer of unquoted shares at a value less than the fair market value of such shares determined in accordance with the provisions of Rule 11UAA of the Income Tax Rules, 1962 (‘the Income Tax Rules’). Therefore, section 50CA provides for substituting the consideration with the fair market value (determined as per Rule 11UAA of the Income Tax Rules) for the purposes of section 48 and is applicable in the hands of the Seller.

While as discussed above, section 56(2)(x) of the Income Tax Act seeks to tax receipt of property (including shares) for nil or inadequate consideration. Therefore, a key differentiating factor is that section 56(2)(x) is applicable in the hands of the ‘recipient’ of shares (i.e., buyer in case of a transaction of sale/purchase of shares) and section 50CA of the Income Tax Act is applicable in the hands of the seller of shares (in case of a transaction of sale/purchase of shares).

In the present case, the risk of buyback being engulfed under the ambit of section 56(2)(x)/section 50CA of the Income Tax Act is enumerating from the plain reading of provisions of the said sections. The crux of the problem- can two deeming fictions be read on a conjoint basis? Or can a deeming fiction be read into another deeming fiction?

SECTION 50CA AND BUYBACK:

In case of section 50CA of the Income Tax Act, as discussed above, it is applicable in case of ‘transfer’ of unquoted shares. The term ‘transfer’ has been
defined under section 2(47) of the Income Tax Act and includes the relinquishment of any asset or extinguishment of any rights therein. In case where a company buys back its own shares for the
purpose of cancellation/extinguishment, the same can be said to fall within section 2(47) of the Income Tax Act and thus within ambit of section 50CA of the Income Tax Act.

However, since payment made a company on buyback of its own shares from a shareholder in accordance with the provisions of section 68 of the Companies Act, 2013 is covered within section 2(22)(f) of the Income Tax Act, the same may not be taxed again under the head capital gains in line with the provisions of section 46A of the Income Tax Act. Thus, where section 50CA is sought to be invoked by the tax authorities, the same may leave the provisions of section 46A (supra) otiose.

SECTION 56(2)(x) AND BUYBACK:

In case of section 56(2)(x) of the Income Tax Act, the company receives its shares from the shareholder for the purpose of cancellation of the same. At the outset, arguments can be made that receipt of shares for the purposes of cancellation may not fall within purview of section 56(2)(x) of the Income Tax Act keeping in mind the intent for which the provisions of section 56(2)(x) were introduced.

Further arguments can also be made that in case of buyback, the shares are being tendered which would constitute consideration. The action of a deeming fiction is to be restricted to the section(s) for which they were originally intended for and the extension of the said scope under the Act is not permissible.

However, alternative arguments may be advanced by the departments that on a bare reading of section 56(2)(x) of the Income Tax Act, only trigger(s) required are receipt of property (including shares) for inadequate consideration. The intent of receipt (in the present case for cancellation) may not be principally examined for application of section 56(2)(x) of the Income Tax Act.

In my view, the above anti-abuse provisions also no longer find any application in case of a buyback for the plain reason that post Finance Act, 2024, the companies undertaking a buyback would need to incentivize the shareholders to tender their shares by way of a premium on prices (as seen in the case of Infosys). Thus, there would not be any practical applicability of the above anti-abuse provisions.

CONCLUDING REMARKS

Deeming fictions under the Income Tax Act have transitioned from being narrow anti-abuse tools to becoming a cornerstone of tax legislation, influencing computation, timing, and characterisation of income.

While they serve the purpose of plugging loopholes and ensuring uniformity, their expansive use has also introduced interpretational challenges and litigation risks. Like in mathematics, in a world full of variables it is essential to introduce and keep constants as a balancing factor, likewise in law interpretation to keep up with our dynamic world, it is important to keep some constant premise for a meaningful and desired interpretation.

Statistically Speaking

TAX TRENDS IN 2025

TOP COUNTRIES WITH SPACE TECH STARTUPS

COUNTRIES WITH THE LARGEST FOREIGN EXCHANGE RESERVES

HIGHEST NATIONAL DEBT 2025 AS A PERCENTAGE OF GDP

BEST PLACES TO RETIRE IN 2026

Segment Reporting: A Window Into Business Realities

Segment reporting under IFRS 8 and Ind AS 108 adopts a “management approach,” allowing investors to view a business through the lens of its Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). This framework reveals how management allocates resources and assesses performance across various operating components, rather than just legal structures. Key requirements include segment-specific disclosures and entity-wide data regarding products, geography, and major customers contributing over 10% of revenue. Such insights help stakeholders map performance against peers, understand strategic direction, and evaluate exposure to geographical risks. High-quality reporting reduces information asymmetry and enhances transparency. However, common oversights include omitting major customer details or failing to provide entity-wide disclosures for single-segment entities. Ultimately, these disclosures provide a vital analytical tool for assessing enterprise resilience and long-term value creation.

INTRODUCTION: BEYOND MERE DISCLOSURE

Consolidated financial statements show the big picture. But investors want more. Earnings calls prove this every quarter. Analysts routinely break down results by business segment and evaluate key performance indicators such as segment revenues, margins, capital employed and capital expenditure—information that is primarily drawn from segment disclosures and complemented by other parts of the financial statements. Management works the same way. Key decisions on funding, marketing and cost control happen at the segment level. Investors follow product trends, geographic shifts and new business wins for this reason. These patterns point to one conclusion: segment information is not just disclosure. It reveals how the business runs and how management thinks.

USE OF ‘MANAGEMENT APPROACH’ FOR SEGMENT REPORTING:

Segment reporting under IFRS 8 and Ind AS 108 follows the ‘management approach’, introduced when IFRS 8 replaced IAS 14 and aligned with US GAAP’s SFAS 131. The management approach presents segments as management sees them, giving investors insight into how decisions are made and resources are allocated. This shift moved reporting away from predefined categories and required disclosures that reflect how management itself views and manages the business. As a result, segment information goes beyond simple product or geographic splits and provides insight into real decision-making structures. The management approach drives both segment identification and measurement, ensuring external reporting is consistent with internal performance reviews and the MD&A. Because segment results must reconcile to consolidated figures, it effectively links internal management reporting with external financial statements. This enables investors to see the business through management’s lens and assess prospects based on the performance of its key operating components. These also enable users to derive relevant segment-level ratios and performance indicators from the disclosed information, without the standard prescribing uniform ratios that may not reflect management’s internal decision-making framework.

Segment Reporting

KEY DISCLOSURE COMPONENTS UNDER IND AS 108/IFRS 8:

Broadly, the standard requires the following disclosures:

1) Segment wise disclosure

Segment reporting is fundamentally built on identifying operating segments—the level within the entity where management allocates resources and evaluates performance through the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The CODM represents a decision-making function rather than a specific designation. Identifying the CODM determines the operating segments, which in turn leads to the determination of reportable segments and the related reportable amounts and reconciliations. Each reportable segment requires disclosures such as segment revenue, results, assets, liabilities and other material items, including significant non-cash expenditures. These disclosures reflect the information provided to the CODM and are reconciled to the corresponding figures in the financial statements, thereby linking internal reporting with external reporting.

2) Entity-wide Disclosures

Even single-segment companies must provide entity-wide disclosures, which are often overlooked. Unlike reportable segments, these are simple disaggregations of financial statement amounts rather than based on the management approach. Disclosures are required for:

Products/Services External revenues disclosed by product or service (or groups of similar products/services).
Geography External revenues and non-current assets disclosed separately for the country of domicile and foreign locations (with material countries shown individually).
Major Customers Disclose revenues from customers contributing ≥10% of total revenue and the related segment(s); related customers from the same group are treated as one for the threshold.

FROM COMPLIANCE TO INSIGHT: UNLOCKING THE VALUE OF SEGMENT REPORTING

1) Mapping and Peer Comparison

Segment reporting enables stakeholders to map a company’s performance at the business level, offering a clearer view of how individual segments contribute to overall results. This enhances
transparency and supports a more informed assessment of competitive strengths and weaknesses. For investors analysing a diversified company, such information is indispensable, as each segment may have a different set of peers and competitors.

2) Understanding Strategic Direction

Disaggregated segment information also offers valuable insight into the company’s strategic direction. For diversified entities, such disclosures reveal the relative growth drivers across businesses and the areas where management is focusing its resources. Investors can thus assess whether the company’s strategy aligns with evolving market opportunities and risk exposures, rather than relying solely on consolidated results that may obscure segment-specific trends.

3) Geographical Insights and Risk Assessment

In today’s volatile geopolitical and economic environment, segment information by geography provides critical visibility into an entity’s revenue and resource dependencies. Understanding the geographic composition of revenues and assets helps stakeholders gauge exposure to regional risks — for instance, how trade policies such as U.S. tariffs on Indian pharmaceutical exports or operational dependencies in ports like Adani Ports’ overseas ventures might influence performance. These may also become a relevant consideration for policymakers while framing India’s international trade and diplomatic strategy. Such insights are not merely analytical; they can be pivotal in assessing key accounting judgments, including going concern, impairment testing, and valuation.

Together, these dimensions demonstrate that segment reporting extends well beyond compliance and serves as a practical analytical lens into how management evaluates strategy, risk and performance sustainability. For example, where an entity operates both a core manufacturing activity and a related financing operation, segment reporting reflects whether these activities are monitored together or separately for decision-making purposes. Importantly, segments are not defined by legal structure or subsidiary boundaries, but by the internal management view. Legally separate entities may form part of a single segment if managed on an integrated basis, while closely linked activities may be reported separately if performance and risks are assessed independently. Segment information should therefore be read as a reflection of how the business is actually run, rather than as a mirror of the group’s legal organisation.

LESSONS FROM PRACTICE: MISSED DISCLOSURES

Companies sometimes omit important details when complying with Ind AS 108; a few common oversights, as observed by the Financial Reporting Review Board of ICAI, are listed below:

  •  Some entities incorrectly claimed that Ind AS 108 was not applicable in cases of a single reportable segment, overlooking the requirement to provide entity-wide disclosures
  •  In several cases, segment reportingdisclosures were inappropriately included under “Significant Accounting Policies” instead of being presented separately in the Notes to Accounts.
  •  General disclosures were either missing or inappropriate, including relating to:
  1. Identification of the CODM, and
  2. Criteria and judgements applied in segment identification and aggregation
  • Information about major customers contributing 10% or more of revenue was not disclosed. For instance, media reports on an MCA probe indicated that Everfin Financial Services Private Limited did not separately disclose revenue of ₹134 crore from a single customer, BluSmart, as a major customer exposure under Ind AS 108.

CONCLUDING THOUGHTS:

Segment reporting is far more than a compliance exercise; it is a powerful tool for enhancing transparency and reducing information asymmetry. By reflecting how management views performance and allocates resources, it gives users a clear picture of risks, opportunities and strategic direction. These insights help assess the sustainability of business strategies across varied operating environments. In a period shaped by rapid technological change, geopolitical tension and shifting economic conditions, high-quality segment disclosures enable investors and policymakers to judge enterprise resilience, value creation and future performance with far greater clarity.

Beyond compliance lies clarity. Segment reporting reveals the signals that shape strategy, risk and performance.

ICAI and Its Members

I. EXPOSURE DRAFT

1. RISK MITIGATION ACCOUNTING-PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO IFRS 9 AND IFRS 7

The Exposure Draft sets out the proposed amendments to IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures. The IASB is proposing:

  • to add a risk mitigation accounting model for companies managing repricing risk on a net basis; and
  • to require a company to disclose its strategy for managing repricing risk and the effects of its risk management activities.

The IASB is also seeking feedback on the proposed withdrawal of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.

Public comments submission last date: May 22, 2026.

Download the Exposure Draft: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90018asb-aps3657-1.pdf

Submit Comments:

II. ICAI ANNOUNCEMENTS

1. PEER REVIEW PHASE IV EXTENSION

The Peer Review Board of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India has announced a deferment of Phase IV of the Peer Review mandate, originally effective from 1 January 2026, to now be applicable from 31 December 2026. This extension applies to practice units (firms) that propose to undertake audits of branches of public sector banks and to those rendering attestation services with three or more partners, for whom obtaining a valid Peer Review Certificate will continue to be a pre-requisite before accepting statutory audits under the Phase IV coverage criteria.

Read Circular at: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90105prb-aps3736.pdf

2. CLARIFICATIONS/FAQS ON THE ISSUES ARISING OUT OF THE PEER REVIEW MANDATE

The Peer Review Board of the ICAI has issued comprehensive clarifications and FAQs addressing key aspects of the Peer Review Mandate, including its phased applicability to practice units based on audit scope and firm size, such as statutory audits of listed entities or large unlisted public companies and assurance service thresholds under different phases. The guidance clarifies timing for obtaining a valid Peer Review Certificate before acceptance and signing of statutory audits, definitions of “raised funds” for applicability, and delineation of Public Interest Entities under the mandate. It also specifies the coverage of audits under Phase IV for branches of public sector banks, the requirement (or non-requirement) of peer review for non-attestation practices, and the scope of “assurance engagements” under applicable standards, along with practical points such as partner count reckoning and conditions for new units seeking peer review.

Read FAQ at: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/83571prb67450.pdf

III. ICAI PUBLICATION

1. FAQ ON THE NEW LABOUR CODE

The Accounting Standards Board has issued FAQs on key accounting implications arising from the New Labour Code to clarify key accounting questions arising from the application of the New Labour Codes.

Link to download the same is: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90049asb-faq-nlc.pdf

2. TECHNICAL GUIDE ON EXPATRIATES TAXATION

The revised sixth edition of the Guide provides a comprehensive and updated analysis of the taxation and regulatory framework applicable to expatriates, covering determination of residential status under the Income-tax Act, 1961 (including deemed residency and expanded stay thresholds), implications for global income taxation, and practical aspects of the default tax regime under section 115BAC on expatriate salary structures. It offers detailed guidance on withholding obligations under section 195, taxability of salaries paid abroad for services rendered in India, and social security compliance under Indian law and bilateral Social Security Agreements, including coverage, contributions, and withdrawal rules. The publication also examines FEMA exchange control provisions, recent procedural changes such as electronic filing of Form 10F for DTAA claims, and compliance under the Black Money Act, 2015, making it a holistic reference for structuring and managing compliant expatriate assignments.

The technical guide is available at https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90288cit-aps3869.pdf

IV. OPINION

Accounting treatment of interest cost and interest income relating to interest-free subordinate debt

A. FACTS OF THE CASE

The Company is a joint venture between the Government of India (GoI) and the Government of NCT of Delhi (GNCTD) and is responsible for the construction and operation of the Delhi/NCR Metro Rail project. The project is financed through equity, grants, JICA loans routed through GoI, and interest-free subordinate debt provided by GoI, GNCTD and other government agencies.

The subordinate debt is meant specifically to finance land acquisition, rehabilitation and resettlement, and payment of central and state taxes. Repayment is scheduled in five equal instalments after completion of the JICA loan repayment, i.e., after 30 years.

Earlier, the Expert Advisory Committee (EAC) had advised the Company to fair value the interest-free subordinate debt as per Ind AS 113. Accordingly, during FY 2023-24, the Company measured such debt at fair value using G-sec rates and treated the difference between carrying value and fair value as a government grant, to be amortised over project life.

The Company accounted for interest using the effective interest method under Ind AS 109 as follows:

  • For completed phases (I–III): interest charged to P&L
  • For Phase IV (under construction): interest capitalised under CWIP
  • Interest earned on temporary investment of funds in flexi deposits was recognised as income in P&L, based on earlier EAC opinion (Query 44, Vol. XXXIV)

During the supplementary audit, C&AG objected that:

  • Interest is notional and should not be capitalised
  • Interest income should be netted off against borrowing cost
  • CWIP and equity were overstated by ₹1,621.49 lakh

Management disagreed and relied on Ind AS 23 and ICAI Educational Material to justify capitalisation and separate recognition of interest income.

B. QUERY

The Company sought EAC’s opinion on:

(i) Whether the accounting treatment of interest cost arising due to fair valuation of subordinate debt is correct.

(ii) Whether the accounting treatment of interest income earned on temporary investment of subordinate debt funds is correct.

C. POINTS CONSIDERED BY THE COMMITTEE

The Committee examined only the accounting issues relating to:

  • Interest arising on fair valuation of subordinate debt
  • Interest income on temporary investment of such funds

It relied on:

IND AS 109

  • Financial liabilities to be measured at amortised cost
  • Interest to be computed using the effective interest method
  • Interest so recognised is not notional, but accounting interest

IND AS 23 – BORROWING COSTS

  • Borrowing costs include interest computed using the effective interest method
  • Costs directly attributable to a qualifying asset must be capitalised
  • Metro project qualifies as a qualifying asset
  • Investment income earned during construction must be adjusted against borrowing cost

The Committee noted that the earlier EAC opinion cited by the Company was under the old AS framework, whereas the present case is under Ind AS, and therefore required independent evaluation.

It concluded that:

  • Interest arising due to fair valuation is the actual borrowing cost under Ind AS
  • Interest earned during construction must be set-off against borrowing cost and not credited to P&L.

D. Opinion

The Committee opined:

(i) Accounting treatment followed by the Company in respect of interest cost, viz., capitalising the same as capital work-in progress, is appropriate.

(ii) Accounting treatment followed by the Company in respect of interest income earned on temporary investment of subordinate debt funds in the statement of profit and loss is not appropriate; the same is to be set-off against the borrowing costs to be capitalised as per the principles of Ind AS 23.

Read Opinion https://resource.cdn.icai.org/90204cajournal-jan2026-30.pdf

ICAI Journal January 2026 Pages 113-119

V. DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE CASES

1. Case: ROC, Kanpur vs. CA. G.G.W.

File No.: PR/G/295/2023/DD/437/2023/DC/2059/2025

Date of Order: 15.12.2025

Particulars Details
Complainant Registrar of Companies
Nature of Case Certification of e-Form AOC-4 without due diligence – unsigned financial statements
Background MCA conducted an inspection u/s 206(5) of the Companies Act, 2013, into several Producer Companies incorporated in Uttar Pradesh. It was found that 14 Producer Companies had filed e-Form AOC-4 for FY 2021–22, where the financial statements and directors’ reports were not signed by directors. Despite this, the Respondent, who was both a statutory auditor and certifying professional, certified these forms.
Key Allegations – Certified AOC-4 forms, knowing that financial statements were unsigned by directors.

– Uploaded unauthenticated financial statements without a mandatory UDIN.

– Failed to comply with Section 134 of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 8 of Companies (Registration Offices & Fees) Rules, 2014.

Respondent’s Defence – Admitted that unsigned financial statements were uploaded due to staff oversight.

– Filed affidavits of directors and staff confirming inadvertent error.

– Argued it was an unintentional mistake in the early stage of his career.

– Claimed no fraud or misleading audit report was involved and sought leniency.

Findings – Respondent pleaded guilty during the hearing on 19.09.2025.

– Being a statutory auditor and certifying professional, responsibility rested solely on him.

– Uploading unsigned financials and certifying AOC-4 without verification amounts to professional negligence.

– Non-mention of UDIN further aggravated the lapse.

Charges Established Guilty under Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule – failure to exercise due diligence / gross negligence.
Punishment Reprimand under Section 21B(3)(a) of the CA Act, 1949.

2. CASE: REGIONAL DIRECTOR (ER), MCA, KOLKATA VS. CA. K.B.

File No.: PR/G/319/2020/DD/329/2020/DC/1856/2024

Date of Order: 22.12.2025

Particulars Details
Complainant Regional Director (Eastern Region), Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Kolkata
Nature of Case Statutory auditor rendering prohibited non-audit services.
Background The Respondent was a statutory auditor of Swapnabhumi Realtors Ltd. for FY 2017–18. During audit tenure, he also accepted a separate assignment for budget
preparation and variance analysis of indirect expenses, for which separate fees were charged. The MCA alleged this amounted to an internal audit/management service, prohibited under Section 144 of the Companies Act, 2013.
Key Allegations – Undertook variance analysis while continuing as a statutory auditor.

– Charged separate professional fees (₹25,000).

– Issued report containing recommendations on expense controls, amounting to an internal audit.

Respondent’s Defence – Section 144 does not define “management services.”

– Claimed analysis was done only to detect fraud and improve audit quality.

– Argued independence was maintained as the audit report was qualified.

– The stated internal auditor was already appointed, and he only used their work.

Findings – Variance analysis report contained control recommendations, clearly falling within the scope of internal audit (refer to SA-610).

– The assignment was independent of the statutory audit and carried out for separate consideration.

– Respondent failed to resign despite accepting a prohibited assignment, violating independence norms.

Charges Established Guilty under:

  • Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule – lack of due diligence
  • Item (1), Part II, Second Schedule – contravention of law/guidelines
Punishment Fine of ₹10,000 payable within 60 days

3. Case: ROC, West Bengal vs. CA. RKT

File No.: PR/G/736/2022/DD/515/2023/DC/1897/2024

Date of Order: 22.12.2025

Particulars Details
Complainant Deputy Registrar of Companies, West Bengal
Nature of Case Certification of false Form 10 – registration of charge for debentures
Background During MCA inspection of M/s SAPL., it was found that the Respondent had certified Form 10 on 26.05.2010 for creation of charge to secure ₹1 crore debentures. However, the company’s audited balance sheet as on 31.03.2010 showed no fixed assets and current assets of only ₹4.01 lakh, creating a shortfall of over ₹95 lakh in security coverage. No mortgage deed was attached to the form.
Key Allegations – Certified Form 10 without verifying ownership and adequacy of security.

– Allowed registration of a charge despite the company having no assets.

– Failed to ensure attachment of the mortgage deed.

Respondent’s Defence Claimed his digital signature was misused and he was never engaged by the company; he relied on an FIR dated 28.04.2013 filed in another matter.
Findings – FIR relied upon related to another company, and was filed 3 years after the impugned Form 10.

– Respondent filed a fresh complaint for this case only in Nov 2024, almost one year after receiving notice from ICAI – treated as an afterthought (timeline table – page 5).

– No effort was made by the Respondent to approach the company despite the alleged misuse.

– Held responsible for the safe custody of his Digital Signature.

– The committee concluded it was a clear case of negligence in certifying a false Form 10.

Charges Established Guilty under Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule – failure to exercise due diligence / gross negligence.
Punishment Reprimand and fine of ₹2,00,000 payable within 60 days.

 

Depreciation Policy Changes By Large Technology Companies: Analysis under Indian Accounting Standards

In recent years, a number of large technology firms (for example Meta Platforms, Inc., Microsoft Corporation, Alphabet Inc. (Google) and others) have announced extensions in the useful lives applied to their server and network infrastructure (data-centre hardware) for depreciation purposes. On the face of it, the accounting manoeuvre has the effect of lowering annual depreciation expense, thereby increasing recognised profit, earnings per share (EPS) and various ratios (return on assets, etc.). The key question is: does this practice align with sound accounting principles, especially when economic life (or technological obsolescence) may be much shorter than the extended depreciation period? And if not, what do the applicable Indian standards (Ind AS) say and what risks arise for investors and auditors?

This paper discusses the accounting framework under Indian GAAP / Ind AS for depreciation and useful life, elaborates the concept of “useful life” (economic life) and obsolescence, explains the practice of life-extension for server assets by large tech companies and provides a critical assessment: risks, accounting concerns and whether the practice is consistent with standards. Finally, it examines the implications for Indian-context companies, auditors, and investors.

INTRODUCTION

1. Accounting Framework under Indian GAAP / Ind AS for Depreciation

1.1 Ind AS 16 (and Companies Act Schedule II)

Under Indian accounting standards, the treatment of property, plant and equipment (PPE) is governed by Ind AS 16 “Property, Plant and Equipment”. The standard outlines recognition, measurement, depreciation, componentisation, and review of useful lives.

Key extracts:

  •  Paragraph 50 of Ind AS 16 states: “The depreciable amount of an asset shall be allocated on a systematic basis over its useful life.”
  •  Paragraph 56 of Ind AS 16 lists the factors to be considered in determining useful life: (a) expected usage of the asset; (b) expected physical wear and tear; (c) technical or commercial obsolescence arising from changes or improvements in production or from a change in market demand; (d) legal or similar limits on the use of the asset.
  • Paragraph 51 of Ind AS 16 requires that the residual value and useful life of an asset shall be reviewed at least at each financial year-end, and if expectations differ from previous estimates, the change shall be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate in accordance with Ind AS 8.
  • Disclosure requirements: Ind AS 16 requires disclosure for each class of PPE of the depreciation method, useful lives or depreciation rates, gross carrying amount, accumulated depreciation/impairment, reconciliation of changes, etc.

Additionally, under Indian law, the Companies Act, 2013 Schedule II (Part A) states that “Depreciation is the systematic allocation of the depreciable amount of an asset over its useful life” and that the useful life of an asset is the period over which the asset is expected to be available for use by the entity or the number of production or similar units expected to be obtained from the asset.

1.2 What constitutes a change in useful life / accounting estimate

When an entity changes its estimate of the useful life of an asset (for example, extends the life from 4 years to 6 years), this is a change in accounting estimate under Ind AS 8 — accounted for prospectively (i.e., the carrying amount of the asset is depreciated over the revised remaining useful life). Ind AS 16 para 61-62 (and Ind AS 8) require such changes to be disclosed.

1.3 Comparison to IFRS / other jurisdictions

Globally, under IAS 16 (the IFRS equivalent) similar concepts apply: useful life must reflect expected consumption of future economic benefits. For example, IAS 16 paragraph 56 outlines that “The useful life of an asset is the period over which an asset is expected to be available for use by an entity.” Moreover, many technical publications note that although US GAAP (ASC 360-10) requires depreciation over useful life, it does not specify how useful life should be determined — hence judgment is required.

In short: Indian (and IFRS) standards require that useful life be determined on the basis of expected economic benefits, usage, obsolescence etc., not simply management convenience.

Big Techs Depreciation Game

2. Useful Life, Economic Life and Obsolescence

2.1 Useful life vs physical (economic) life

A frequent misconception is to equate “useful life” with the maximum physical life of an asset. The standards clarify that the useful life is the period over which the asset is expected to be available for use by the entity, not necessarily the total physical life of the asset. Ind AS 16 para 57 states: “The useful life of an asset is defined in terms of the asset’s expected utility to the entity. … Therefore, the useful life of an asset may be shorter than its economic life.”

Hence, while a server rack might physically function for 10 years, its useful economic life (the period over which it yields future economic benefits to the entity) might be much shorter — especially in technology contexts of rapid refresh or obsolescence.

2.2 Technological and commercial obsolescence

Both Ind AS 16 and IAS 16 explicitly require entities to consider technical or commercial obsolescence when estimating useful life. For example, Ind AS 16 para 56(c) refers to “technical or commercial obsolescence arising from changes or improvements in production, or from a change in the market demand for the output of the asset.”

Technical obsolescence is especially relevant for server and networking equipment: newer generations of GPUs, faster processors, more efficient architectures mean that older hardware becomes economically unattractive even if physically operational. If a server continues to operate but its capacity, energy consumption, or performance is no longer competitive, the future economic benefits may fall significantly below initial expectations.

2.3 Review of useful life and residual value

Ind AS 16 para 51 mandates review of useful life and residual value at each reporting date (or earlier if there are indications) and adjust prospectively. Failure to do so may mean carrying amounts and depreciation charges are not updated to reflect reality.

Indeed in practice many companies manage asset refresh cycles and update useful life accordingly. For example, technical guidance notes cite as a common error: “Failing to update assessment of useful lives (depreciation rates) and residual values.”

2.4 Componentisation

Ind AS 16 para 43/46 states that if an asset has parts (components) with different useful lives, each significant part should be depreciated separately. For example, a server chassis may have a cooling unit, a storage array, a GPU blade each with different life cycles.

2.5 Impairment vs depreciation

If indicators of impairment exist (e.g., hardware assets no longer yield the expected benefits, or accelerated obsolescence), then the entity must apply Ind AS 36 (“Impairment of Assets”) and possibly write down the carrying amount. The depreciation process does not replace the requirement to test for recoverability if needed.

3. Practice of Useful Life Extension by Large Tech Companies

The occurrence of major tech companies extending the useful life of servers and network equipment — is documented publicly. I would like give below few examples.

3.1 Example: Meta Platforms, Inc.

In the 2022 annual report (Form 10-K) of Meta, the company states:

“In connection with our periodic reviews of the estimated useful lives of property and equipment, we extended the estimated average useful lives of a majority of the servers and network assets from four
years to 4.5 years, effective the second quarter of 2022, and further extended the useful lives to five years effective the fourth quarter of 2022… The financial impact of the changes in estimates was a reduction in depreciation expense of US$860 million and an increase in net income of US$693 million, or US$0.26 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2022.”

That disclosure appears in Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in Part II, Item 8 of the 10-K (page ~67) of Meta’s 2022 report.

In the half-year (30 June 2022) Meta also reported that the change in estimate reduced depreciation expense by US$252 million and increased net income by US$206 million for that quarter.

In more recent disclosures (2023 10-K) Meta again notes the same useful life policy and that depreciation expense was US$8.50 billion in 2022 (servers and network assets ~US$5.29 billion) and details of the revisions.

3.2 Example: Microsoft Corporation

Public commentary (e.g., on the data centre industry) reports that Microsoft extended the life span of its server and network equipment from four to six years.

It is indicated that Microsoft estimated savings of ~$1.1 billion in Q1 2023 and ~$3.7 billion over full year due to the life extension.

3.3 Example: Alphabet / Google

Google (Alphabet) in 2021 adjusted the useful life of servers from 3 to 4 years and networking equipment from 3 to 5 years, which reportedly led to ~US$2 billion increase in netincome and ~US$2.6 billion reduction in depreciation expense.

3.4 Summary of impact

From the above:

  •  The companies have publicly disclosed that they have changed the estimated useful lives of their infrastructure assets (servers, network) — and have quantified the impact of those changes on depreciation and profits.
  •  The change is accounted for prospectively (i.e., future depreciation is charged over the revised remaining life).
  •  The effect is to reduce annual depreciation charges, thereby increasing reported profits, EPS, and (other things equal) ROA, asset-turnover metrics etc.

4. Critical Assessment: Are These Extensions Consistent with Sound Accounting?

4.1 Is it permitted to change useful life?

Yes — as explained above, standards permit entities to change an estimate of useful life. That by itself is not improper. Ind AS 16/IAS 16 require that the revised estimate be based on current facts and be reviewed at each year end. A change in estimate is accounted for prospectively. So if a company genuinely has evidence that its servers will deliver useful economic benefits for a longer period (e.g., due to improved cooling, better utilisation, more efficient architecture), then extending the useful life is within the accounting framework.

4.2 But the extension must reflect consumption of future economic benefits

The key question is the reasonableness of the estimate. Standards emphasise that the useful life should reflect the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the entity. Ind AS 16 para 60 and IAS 16 para 60 require that the depreciation method (and implicitly life) reflect that pattern.

Hence, if the asset will become technologically obsolete rapidly (e.g., GPU refresh every 12-18 months, or workloads needing new hardware), then extending a depreciation life from 3 to 6 years may not reflect realistic consumption of benefits. In that sense the extension may be inconsistent with the standard. Indeed a technical article points out as a common error: “Assuming useful life is the total economic life (potential life) of the asset” rather than the period the asset will actually yield economic benefits.

4.3 Specific concerns in server / data-centre context

Above concern is especially valid for server and networking infrastructure because:

  •  The pace of hardware innovation (GPUs, accelerators, AI training hardware) is extremely rapid — product cycles may be 12-18 months.
  • Energy efficiency, performance per watt, cooling advances, and usage patterns may mean older servers provide less value (or become less competitive).
  •  Even if physically usable, the economic life (the period over which they generate net economic benefits) could be significantly shorter than physical life.
  •  If management extends useful lives but does not reflect obsolescence or reduced output potential, then depreciation expense may be understated and profits overstated.

4.4 Disclosure and transparency issues

From a governance and investor-protection angle, the extension is problematic if it is not supported by realistic assumptions or clear disclosures of key judgments. While companies like Meta have disclosed the change and the quantitative impact (which is good governance), investor vigilance is required: the note might still not show the underlying assumptions (e.g., what refresh cycle, expected capacity utilisation, residual value), and the rationale may be management¬-biased.

4.5 In India / Ind AS context — special considerations

In the Indian context:

  •  Under Schedule II to the Companies Act, if a company uses a useful life different from that prescribed, it must disclose the difference and justification (including technical advice).
  •  Ind AS entities must review useful life and residual value each year, and change must be treated as an estimate change — not a change in policy.
  •  Auditors and regulators (for Indian entities) must ensure that asset lives reflect actual usage, obsolescence and consumption of benefits, especially for high-tech assets where obsolescence is rapid.

4.6 Legal / regulatory pronouncements

From IFRS/UK/Australia commentary: for example, a BDO (Australia) article on “More common errors when accounting for property, plant and equipment” warns that failing to review useful life and residual values each year is a common error and may lead to over- or under-stated depreciation.

Therefore, while not a “legal ruling”, there is strong regulatory/standards-based expectation that life estimates reflect realistic economic lives.

4.7 Summary of whether the practices highlighted above are permissible

In summary:

  •  It is permissible for a company to extend the useful life of an asset (provided it is an estimate change, prospectively applied, and disclosures made).
  •  It is not permissible (or would be inconsistent with standards) if the extension is arbitrary, ignores the reality of obsolescence, or fails to reflect that the asset’s economic benefits will be consumed sooner than the extended life.
  •  In a rapidly evolving technology environment (servers, AI infrastructure), extending from 3 years to 6 years raises red flags: are the underlying facts (refresh cycle, performance degradation, capacity utilisation) being properly considered? If not, profits may be inflated, and depreciation understated, thereby misleading investors.
  •  From an Indian standpoint, companies using a non-prescribed life must disclose the difference and provide justification supported by technical advice. Ind AS also requires annual review of assumptions.

Hence the above concern—that companies may extend depreciation windows, thereby reducing expenses, boosting profitability and EPS, while the actual economic life may be much shorter—is a legitimate one for investors, auditors and regulators.

5. Implications for Indian Companies, Auditors and Investors

5.1 What Indian companies should do

For Indian entities investing in server/data-centre infrastructure (or any rapidly changing technology assets):

 They must assess useful life realistically, considering physical usage, technological change, output capacity, and replacement cycles.

  •  They should document the basis for useful life assumptions (e.g., refresh policy, utilisation, benchmarking).
  •  They should review the assumptions each year, and where the estimate is changed, provide adequate disclosure as required under Ind AS 8.
  • If a departure from the useful lives specified in Schedule II of the Companies Act is made, they must justify the difference and disclose it.
  •  They should ensure componentisation where relevant (e.g., major hardware components, cooling systems, GPUs) and depreciate accordingly.
  •  Auditors must challenge management assumptions especially in asset-intensive, high-technology investments, and verify whether obsolescence (technical or commercial) has been appropriately factored.

5.2 What investors should watch for

  •  Note disclosures in the “Significant Accounting Policies” or in the PPE notes: what useful lives have been assumed? Have they changed recently? If yes, what is the quantitative impact?
  •  Review the company’s hardware refresh policy, data-centre strategy, server-upgrade cycle. If management is extending lives while the industry refresh cycle is short (12–18 months), that’s a potential red flag.
  •  Check whether the residual value assumptions are realistic; whether impairment indicators exist (e.g., asset under-utilisation, new generation hardware replacing older).
  •  Compare depreciation expense / gross PPE balance / age of assets over time (e.g., is the average age of servers increasing but utilisation/capacity growth flattening?)
  •  Be alert that an extended useful life means lower annual depreciation, hence higher current profit, but it may also mean lower future capital expenditure — or an eventual impairment risk.
  •  Read the footnotes: e.g., Meta’s disclosure that changing the useful life reduced depreciation expense by US$860 million and increased net income by US$693 million in 2022.

5.3 For auditors / regulators

  •  Challenge whether management has credible evidence to support longer useful lives (e.g., improved cooling, higher workload, extension of refresh cycles).
  •  Verify that review of useful lives and residual values has been carried out at each year end.
  •  Check for indicators of impairment (older servers with significantly lower performance, being superseded by new hardware) and ensure that any impairment losses have been recognised.
  •  Confirm disclosures are adequate as per Ind AS 16 and Ind AS 8 (i.e., nature and effect of change in estimate, justification for life extension if deviation from Schedule II).
  •  Assess whether componentisation is appropriate (e.g., the server hardware may have components with different lives) and whether depreciation reflects the consumption of economic benefits.
  •  Monitor whether the company’s refresh cycle or technology lifecycle has shortened (e.g., new GPUs every 18 months) and whether the useful life assumed reflects that shortening.

CONCLUSION

In conclusion, extending depreciation lives for server and data-centre infrastructure in a rapidly evolving technology environment can materially affect profits, EPS, ratios, and investor perceptions. While the accounting standards allow for changes in useful life, the key requirement is that such estimates must be based on realistic assessment of future economic benefits, consumption patterns, technological obsolescence and usage, and be reviewed annually.

In the Indian context, under Ind AS 16 and Schedule II, these requirements are explicit (useful life must reflect consumption, changes must be accounted as estimates, disclosures must be made). If a company, for example, extends the useful life of server infrastructure from 3 years to 6 years without adequate justification in the face of rapidly renewing technology, then the depreciation expense may be understated, and profit and EPS may appear stronger than the underlying economics justify. From an investor’s point of view, that creates a risk of “earnings inflation”.

Auditors, regulators and investors must thus pay careful attention to the assumptions underlying useful lives and refresh cycles, to ensure that asset carrying amounts and depreciation charges reflect economic reality

Tax Implications U/S 56(2)(X) On Capital Asset Contributions To Partnership Firms And LLPS

This article analyses the tax implications of Section 56(2)(x) of the Income-tax Act when a partner contributes capital assets to a partnership firm or LLP. The author argues that this “gift-tax” provision, originally designed to prevent money laundering, is being incorrectly applied to bona fide business transfers where the recorded book value is less than the fair market value. Drawing on various Supreme Court precedents, the article explains that such transactions should not be taxed because the actual consideration received by a partner is legally indeterminate and only matures upon retirement or dissolution. Since the firm and its partners share a joint interest in the property, the firm cannot be viewed as a distinct recipient of a gift. Ultimately, the article concludes that without a specific legislative fiction to value these contributions, the tax charge fails due to an impossible computation mechanism. This reasoning applies equally to Limited Liability Partnerships, which are treated as traditional firms for tax purposes.

BACKGROUND

Section 56(2)(x) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) — often referred to as the gift-tax provision — seeks to bring to tax, under the head Income from Other Sources, any sum or specified property received without consideration or for inadequate consideration. Section 56(2)(x)(c) provides that where any person receives any specified property (other than immovable property) for a consideration less than its fair market value (“FMV”) determined under Rule 11UA, the difference between the FMV and the consideration actually paid, if any, shall be deemed to be the income of the recipient.

Section 56(2)(x) is a successor to sections 56(2)(vii) and 56(2)(viia) of the Act. A review of the legislative history and the Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Bill, 2010, and subsequent CBDT Circulars1 — makes it abundantly clear that these provisions were introduced as anti-abuse measures, intended to curb the laundering and circulation of unaccounted money through the guise of gifts or under-valued transfers. This legislative intent has also found judicial affirmation in several precedents2.


1 Circular No. 5 of 2005 dated 15 July 2005, Circular No. 5 of 2010 dated 3 June 2010, Circular No. 1 of 2011 dated 6 April 2011
2 Sudhir Menon HUF vs. ACIT [2014] 148 ITD 260 (Mumbai Trib.), 

Vora Financial Services (P) Ltd vs. ACIT [2018] 171 ITD 646 (Mumbai Trib.), 

ACIT vs. Subodh Menon [TS-718-ITAT-2018] (Mumbai Trib.), 

Kumar Pappu Singh vs. DCIT [TS-722-ITAT-2018] (Viz Trib.), 

Vaani Estate (P) Ltd vs. ITO [2018] 172 ITD 629 (Chennai Trib.), 

ACIT vs. Subodh Menon [2019] 175 ITD 449 (Mumbai Trib.), 

ITO vs. Rajeev Ratan Tushyan [2022] 193 ITD 860 (Mumbai Trib.)

However, in practical administration, the operation of section 56(2)(x) has often been extended beyond its intended anti-abuse scope. Rather than being confined to cases of tax evasion or money
laundering, it has increasingly been invoked as a revenue-generating provision, resulting in unintended taxation of bona fide commercial and capital transactions.

TRANSACTION UNDER EVALUATION

Consider a situation where a partner contributes a capital asset to a partnership firm as his capital contribution. In recognition of such contribution, a corresponding credit is recorded
in the partner’s capital account in the books of the firm.

For instance, assume that a partner contributes listed equity shares to the firm, the fair market value (“FMV”) of which, determined in accordance with Rule 11UA, is ₹1,000. The firm, however, records the contribution at ₹ 400 in its books of account. In such a case, the partner would be liable to capital gains tax on ₹400, being the value recorded in the firm’s books, as per section 45(3) of ITA.

While the capital gains implications in the hands of the partner are not the subject of this discussion, the issue under consideration is whether, in the hands of the firm, the provisions of section 56(2)(x) of ITA could be invoked on the premise that the consideration “discharged” by the firm, namely, the credit to the partner’s capital account, is lower than the FMV determined under Rule 11UA

Capital Contributions and The tax trap Why section 56

  • PROVISIONS OF SECTION 56(2)(X) APPLY ONLY IF THE FIRM RECEIVES THE SPECIFIED PROPERTYSection 56(2)(x) of ITA contemplates a receipt-based charge. The provision is attracted only where a person receives a specified property, either without consideration or for inadequate consideration. Accordingly, in the context of a partnership firm, it becomes crucial to examine who, in law, can be regarded as the recipient of the specified property contributed by a partner.
  • In this regard, reference may be made to the ruling of the Gujarat High Court in CIT vs. Mohanbhai Pamabhai [1973] 91 ITR 393, as affirmed by the Supreme Court in Addl. CIT vs. Mohanbhai Pamabhai [1987] 165 ITR 166 (SC). The Court held that when a partner contributes a personal asset to the partnership as capital, the partner’s exclusive ownership in that asset is converted into a shared ownership interest held jointly by all partners of the firm. Supreme Court reiterated this principle in Sunil Siddharthbhai vs. CIT [1985] 156 ITR 509 (SC), observing that when a partner introduces a personal capital asset into the firm, his individual right in the asset is substituted by a collective interest in the partnership property — an interest that extends to all partners jointly.
  • Reliance can also be placed on SC ruling in case of Addanki Narayanappa vs. Bhaskara Krishnappa [1966] 3 SCR 400, wherein SC made following observations:

“From a perusal of these provisions it would be abundantly clear that whatever may be the character of the property which is brought in by the partners when the partnership is formed or which may be acquired in the course of the business of the partnership it becomes the property of the firm and what a partner is entitled to is his share of profits, if any, accruing to the partnership from the realization of this property, and upon dissolution of the partnership to a share in the money representing the value of the property. No doubt, since a firm has no legal existence, the partnership property will vest in all the partners and in that sense every partner has an interest in the property of the partnership. During the subsistence of the partnership, however, no partner can deal with any portion of the property as his own. Nor can he assign his interest in a specific item of the partnership property to anyone. His right is to obtain such profits, if any, as fall to his share from time to time and upon the dissolution of the firm to a share in the assets of the firm which remain after satisfying the liabilities set out in clause (a) and sub-clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of clause (b) of section 48.”

  •  Thus, the contribution of an asset by a partner results in the transformation of ownership from an exclusive individual interest to a joint partnership interest. The firm, being merely a compendious name for all partners together, cannot be regarded as a distinct recipient of such property for the purposes of section 56(2)(x) of ITA.

IN CASE CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION BY PARTNER, CONSIDERATION DISCHARGED BY FIRM IS NOT DETERMINABLE

  •  The issue concerning the transfer of a capital asset by way of capital contribution to a partnership firm, and the consequent chargeability of capital gains, has long been a matter of significant judicial deliberation. The controversy was conclusively addressed by the Supreme Court in Sunil Siddharthbhai vs. CIT [1985] 156 ITR 509 (SC). In that case, the Court held that when a partner contributes a personal asset to the partnership as capital, such contribution constitutes a transfer within the meaning of section 2(47) of ITA, since the partner’s exclusive ownership in the asset is replaced by a shared interest held jointly by all partners. However, the Supreme Court held that the consideration received by the partner (transferor) in such a transaction is not capable of determination. The credit to the partner’s capital account is merely a notional entry, recorded for the purpose of adjusting partners’ mutual rights, and cannot be regarded as the full value of consideration for the transfer. Relevant observations from SC ruling are as under:

“It is apparent, therefore, that when a partner brings in his personal asset into a partnership firm as his contribution to its capital, an asset which originally was subject to the entire ownership of the partner becomes now subject to the rights of other partners in it. It is not an interest which can be evaluated immediately, it is an interest which is subject to the operation of future transactions of the partnership, and it may diminish in value depending on accumulating liabilities and losses with a fall in the prosperity of the partnership firm. The evaluation of a partner’s interest takes place only when there is a dissolution of the firm or upon his retirement from it.”

“The consideration, as we have observed, is the right of a partner during the subsistence of the partnership to get his share of profits from time to time and after the dissolution of the partnership or with his retirement from the partnership, to receive the value of the share in the net partnership assets as on the date of dissolution or retirement after deduction of liabilities and prior charges. When his personal asset merges into the capital of the partnership firm, a corresponding credit entry is made in the partner’s capital account in the books of the partnership firm, but that entry is made merely for the purpose of adjusting the rights of the partners inter se when the partnership is dissolved or the partner retires. It evidences no debt due by the firm to the partner. Indeed, the capital represented by the notional entry to the credit of the partner’s account may be completely wiped out by losses which may be subsequently incurred by the firm, even in the very accounting year in which the capital account is credited.”

It is evident from the above judicial extracts that the measure of consideration flowing from the firm to the partner, upon contribution of a capital asset, is inherently indeterminate and incapable of valuation. The amount credited to the partner’s capital account does not represent an enforceable debt due from the firm to the partner; it is merely a notional adjustment reflecting the partner’s participation in the firm. Consequently, where the consideration is not capable of being quantified, the computation mechanism prescribed under section 48 of ITA fails. As laid down by the Supreme Court in CIT vs. B.C. Srinivasa Setty [1981] 128 ITR 294 (SC), when the computation provision cannot be applied, the charging provision itself collapses. This principle applies with equal force in the context of section 56(2)(x)(b) / (c) of ITA. In the absence of a determinable measure of consideration discharged by the firm, the comparison between such consideration and the fair market value under Rule 11UA becomes impossible. Accordingly, just as the capital gains charge failed prior to the introduction of section 45(3), the charge under section 56(2)(x) too must fail for want of a workable computation mechanism

  • When an asset is contributed to a partnership firm, the actual consideration paid by the firm to the partner—whether in money or money’s worth—is fundamentally different from a mere notional credit entry made to the partner’s capital account. For the purposes of section 56(2)(x) of ITA, consideration which is discharged by the firm ought to be determined having regard to the obligation that the firm has to hand over share of profit from time to time over the life of the firm and to pay the value on retirement or dissolution. The money value of such obligation will equate the present fair value of the property. Refer, in this behalf extracts from Gujarat HC ruling in case of Mohanbhai Pamabhai [1973] 91 ITR 393 as approved in SC ruling in case of CIT vs. Mohanbhai Pamabhai [1987] 165 ITR 166

“…..interest of a partner in the partnership is not interest in any specific item of the partnership property, but as pointed out by the Supreme Court and the Full Bench of this court, it is a right to obtain his share of profits from time to time during the subsistence of the partnership and on dissolution of the partnership or his retirement from the partnership, to get the value of his share in the net partnership assets which remain after satisfying the debts and liabilities of the partnership. When, therefore, a partner retires from a partnership and the amount of his share in the net partnership assets after deduction of liabilities and prior charges is determined on taking accounts on the footing of notional sale of the partnership assets and given to him, what he receives is his share in the partnership and not any consideration for transfer of his interest in the partnership to the continuing partners…..It is impossible to contend, in view of this decision of the Supreme Court, that when a partner retires from the partnership, there is relinquishment or extinguishment of his interest in the partnership assets. We must, therefore, hold it to be clear beyond doubt that, even if goodwill be assumed to be capital asset within the charging provision enacted in section 45, there was, in the present case, no transfer of interest of any assessee in the goodwill within the meaning of section 2(47) when the assessee retired from the firm. Each assessee, undoubtedly, received certain amount on retirement, but this amount represented his share in the net partnership assets after deduction of liabilities and prior charges and it was received in satisfaction of his share in the partnership”

Considering the above, even in case where the consideration discharged by the firm is determinable on contribution of asset by partner, such consideration cannot be equated with the credit entry passed in the books of firm but it shall be equal to right of a partner to obtain his share of profit from time to time and to get value of his interest at the time of retirement or dissolution. Accordingly, the acquisition of asset / receipt of asset is for adequate consideration.

Under erstwhile Gift Tax Act, 1957 also, it has been held that on contribution of asset by partner to firm, consideration payable by partner cannot be determined and hence there cannot be any Gift tax liability.

  • Section 4(1)(a) of the Gift-tax Act reads as under:

“For the purposes of this Act, where the property is transferred otherwise than for adequate consideration, the amount by which the market value of the property at the date of transfer exceeds the value of the consideration shall be deemed to be a gift made by the transferor to the transferee.

In order to trigger provisions of Gift-tax Act, the property was to be transferred otherwise than by adequate consideration.

  • The erstwhile provisions of the Gift Tax Act do also bear out (a) that conversion of personal asset into asset of the firm can involve a transfer only to the extent of diminution of exclusive interest into a shared interest without consideration; (b) that, the value of inadequacy, if any, of such transfer is incapable of determination. The issue under consideration i.e. when the asset is contributed by the partner to firm whether such transaction involves adequacy of consideration has been examined by the Court. Reference may be made to CIT vs. Marudhar Hotel (P) Ltd. [2004] 269 ITR 310. This judgement is directly an authority on the proposition that for Gift Tax Act also consideration accruing from firm to partner on contribution of asset was held to be not determinable (refer following extracts from the said judgement). Similar conclusion shall apply with equal force in the context of section 56(2)(x)(b) / (c) of ITA.

“It is only where a transfer of property is for ‘inadequate consideration’, than only the question of finding market price can arise. As noticed above when an asset is brought in partnership the contributor partner acquires in consideration right to obtain his share in profits from time to time and also right to share in the net assets of the firm on its dissolution or on his retirement in accordance with the provisions of Partnership Act and terms of partnership agreement. All these rights fructify in future. The credit to his capital account is only notional value and not the value of consideration as the same is incapable of determination.”
……………………………

The Court clarified that the notional amount credited to the account of capital of the firm as contribution by partner as a value of asset brought into the firm account does not represent the correct and true value of consideration because on that date, it is impossible to determine the value of consideration, which lies in the womb of future. This value can only be computed in future when the partnership is dissolved or the partner retires and the asset of the firm are distributed to the partners on a future date.”

  • This decision of the Rajasthan HC was also followed by the Karnataka HC in the case of CIT and Anr. vs. Jayalakshmamma, N. Dayanand Reddy and N. Shamalamma [2011] 339 ITR 546. In this case, assessee entered into a partnership with nine other partners. Partnership was constituted on 1-4-1993. Each of the assessee contributed the land owned by him/her into the partnership firm as his/her contribution. After five months, i.e., on 31-8-1993 three assessee partners retired from the firm receiving certain amounts as their share in the interest of the firm. The amount standing in the capital account of each of the partner was much lower than amount received on retirement. In other words, the retiring partner received excess amount as compared to book value. The Assessing Officer proceeded to hold that the assessee had adopted a device in order to avoid tax. Assessing officer held since the contribution value was less than the amount at which partners retired from firm, the difference in the aforesaid amount was held to be a deemed gift under section 4(1). Karnataka HC held that at time of transfer of property by assessees into partnership firm, there was no consideration and book value mentioned was a notional value, in such circumstances, in absence of any monetary consideration, question of deemed gift under section 4(1)(a) did not arise. Relevant observations from HC ruling are as under:

“When a partner brings in his asset into a partnership firm by way of contribution it amounts to transfer of property as defined under the Act. Though it amounts to transfer of property, yet as a consideration for that transfer, he becomes entitled to the profits in the partnership firm. It is not a case of complete divesting of his interest in the property brought in as capital asset. Partially, the property is transferred and as a partner he continues to have interest in the said partnership asset. Not only he continues to have interest in the property brought by him to the partnership firm as a partner but if there are other partners who have brought in similar properties into the firm by way of assets, he will also have an interest in those properties. If at the time of constitution of partnership or at the time of his entry into the partnership, if a value is mentioned in the books of the partnership firm representing the interest he has brought into the partnership, it does not truly reflect the market value of the property which he has brought into the partnership firm. It is purely a notional value. The said notional value is only for the purpose of distributing the profits of the said partnership firm, either at the time of dissolution or at the time of retirement. When a partner brings his property into the partnership firm, though the consideration is that he will acquire the status of a partner and he continues to have interest in the partnership assets, yet there is no monetary consideration for such a transfer of the property and the book value mentioned is not the consideration for such a transfer. Section 4(1)(a) is attracted only in a case where there is a monetary consideration for transfer and that consideration is less than the market value of the property. In such a case, difference in the amount is treated as a deemed gift under section 4(1)(a). The share to which a partner is entitled to at the time of dissolution or retirement has no bearing on the question regarding the value of the property which he would have brought into the partnership at its inception. In that view of the matter, when there is transfer of property into a firm there is no consideration and the book value mentioned is a notional value. The share to which a partner is entitled to at the time of retirement or a dissolution of a partnership firm depends upon various other factors. The quantification of a partner’s share cannot by any stretch of imagination be taken into consideration to hold that there is inadequacy of consideration at the time of the partner bringing in the property into the partnership firm. On that basis, it cannot be held that the difference in the consideration constitutes a consideration for the deemed gift.”

  • The Kerala HC in the case of CGT vs. A.C. Raghava Menon [2000] 243 ITR 167, in the context of Gift-tax Act also held that the credit entry in the capital account does not represent the true value of the consideration and that such entry simply represents the notional value of the asset. Inadequacy of consideration cannot be judged vis-a-vis a credit entry made in the capital account of the books of the firm. Except the credit entry made in the capital account, there was nothing also on record to conclude that the assessee had transferred the asset to the firm for inadequate consideration. This judgment also supports that unless a fiction similar to section 45(3) of ITA is brought into section 56(2)(x) of ITA, the consideration discharged by firm to partner cannot be determined and hence the charge cannot survive. Relevant observations from HC ruling are as under:

“The credit entry in the capital account does not represent the true value of the consideration and that such entry simply represents the notional value of the asset. Inadequacy of consideration cannot be judged vis-a-vis a credit entry made in the capital account of the books of the firm.

Except the credit entry made in the capital account, there was nothing else on record to conclude that the assessee had transferred the asset to the firm for inadequate consideration. In order to attract the provisions of section 4(1) (a) several conditions have to be fulfilled, i.e., (a) there must be a transfer of property; (b) consideration for the transfer must be inadequate; and (c) the market value of the property should be more than the consideration for which the transfer was effected. Only one factor seemed to have been stressed upon by the revenue, i.e., that there had been a transfer, but the remaining ingredients had not been established. That being the position, section 4(1) (a) could not be applied and no inference of deemed gift could be drawn.

Consideration for a transfer is unascertainable until dissolution of the partnership.”

In the context of section 56(2)(viia) (predecessor of section 56(2)(x)), it has been held that the in respect of asset contributed by partner to firm, no consideration can be determined and hence the charge fails

  • Hyderabad Tribunal in the case of ITO vs. Shrilekha Business Consultancy (P.) Ltd [2020] 121 taxmann.com 150, section 56(2)(x) held that provisions of section 56(2)(viia) can apply only in a case where a transaction envisages payment of consideration as part of a contract. The amount can constitute consideration if it is payable as a debt due to the transferor and there is enforceable right with transferor to recover enforceable debt from the transferee. Unlike that, as held by Supreme Court in Sunil Siddharthbhai (supra), credit to account of a partner evidences no debt due by the firm to the partner. The amount credited to capital account is not recoverable as an enforceable debt by a partner. According to the Tribunal, such a notional credit would not at all answer to the description of consideration in the nature of a debt due to the transferor.
  • Tribunal also held that, at the stage of formation of the partnership, the firm is not yet in existence. There can be no transaction which a firm can have with a prospective partner. Absent the possibility of a contract, the notion of consideration cannot exist inasmuch as that the element of consideration is connected with contractual relationship of whose consideration is a requisite element

The measure of consideration on contribution of capital asset by partner to firm is restricted to section 45(3) of ITA only. Measure of consideration by way of book entry provided in section 45(3) of ITA cannot be extended to section 56(2)(x) of ITA.

  • Despite being aware that the value of consideration received by a partner in lieu of contribution of his asset is not measurable, the Legislature has, unlike in case of section 45(3) of ITA made no fiction with regard to yardstick of measurement applicable to section 56(2)(x) of ITA. In this regard, it is important to understand the intention behind introduction of the section 45(3) which is explained in Circular No. 495 dated 22 September 1987.

Capital gains on transfer of firms’ assets to partners and vice versa and by way of compulsory acquisition:

One of the devices used by assessees to evade tax on capital gains is to convert an asset held individually into an asset of the firm in which the individual is a partner. The decision of the Supreme Court in Kartikeya V. Sarabhai vs. CIT [1985] 156 ITR 509 has set at rest the controversy as to whether such a conversion amounts to transfer. The court held that such conversion fell outside the scope of capital gain taxation. The rationale advanced by the court is, that the consideration for the transfer of the personal asset is indeterminate, being the right which arises or accrues to the partner during the subsistence of the partnership to get his share of the profits from time to time and on dissolution of the partnership to get his share of the profits from time to time and on dissolution of the partnership to get the value of his share from the net partnership assets.

With a view to blocking this escape route for avoiding capital gains tax, the Finance Act, 1987, has inserted new sub-section (3) in section 45. The effect of this amendment is that profits and gains arising from the transfer of a capital asset by a partner to a firm shall be chargeable as the partner’s income of the previous year in which the transfer took place. For purposes of computing the capital gains, the value of the asset recorded in the books of the firm on the date of the transfer shall be deemed to be the full value of the consideration received or accrued as a result of the transfer of the capital asset.”

The Circular does also acknowledge that no debt becomes due from a firm to a partner in lieu of contribution of asset by a partner by way of capital and that the consideration payable is indeterminate. Indeed, there is no back up provision forming part of section 56(2)(x) of ITA which bridges the gap of indeterminate consideration.

  • The provisions of section 45(3) of ITA are restricted in its application to determination of capital gains tax liability of a partner contributing asset to the firm; the fiction is limited in its application to the purpose of determining consideration received by a contributing partner for the purposes of section 48 of ITA and can have no influence whatever on text or interpretation of section 56(2)(x) of ITA
  • It is a trite law that a deeming fiction cannot be extended beyond its legitimate field. It can merely be applied in determination of capital gains income in the hands of partner. But, in our view, it would be incorrect to apply the fiction for any other purpose3.

3 Reference may be made to SC ruling in case of CIT vs. V S Dempo Company Ltd [2016] [2016] 387 ITR 354 (SC) 
wherein SC held that the fiction created for the purpose of section 50 of ITA 
cannot be extended to any other provisions of capital gains chapter also.

SUMMATION OF THE CONTENTIONS:

  • In order to create an effective charge under section 56(2)(x) of ITA, (a) there should be receipt of asset, (b) the receipt of asset should be without consideration or inadequate consideration. In section 56(2)(x) of ITA, the determination of consideration is necessary as same is required to be compared with Rule 11UA value. Only when the consideration can be effectively determined, it can be compared with Rule 11UA value. In the context of capital gains, Gift-Tax Act and section 56(2)(viia) of ITA, which have consistently held that when the partner contributes an asset to firm, consideration cannot be determined. Once an element of charging provision is absent (consideration in present case), the charge fails.
  • Reference may also be made to SC ruling in case of Govind Saran Ganga Saran vs. CST [1985] 155 ITR 1444 rendered under Bengal Finance (Sales Tax) Act, 1941 (‘Sales Tax Act’) as applied to the Union Territory of Delhi. The case revolved around the interpretation of sections 14 and 15 of the Sales Tax Act. Cotton yarn was classified as one of the goods of special importance in inter-state trade or commerce as envisaged by section 14 of the Sales Tax Act. Section 15 of the Sales Tax Act provided that sales tax on goods of special importance should not exceed a specified rate and further that they should not be taxed at more than one stage. The issue arose because the stage itself had not been clearly specified, and accordingly, it was not clear at what stage the sales tax shall be levied. The Financial Commissioner held that in the absence of any stage, there was a lacuna in the law and consequently, cotton yarn could not be taxed under the sales tax regime. The Delhi High Court reversed the decision of the Financial Commissioner. However, SC held that the single point at which the tax may be imposed must be a definite ascertainable point, and in the absence of the same, tax shall not be levied. SC ruling in the case of Govind Saran Ganga Saran (supra) has been quoted with approval by the Constitution Bench of SC in case of CIT vs. Vatika Township (P.) Ltd. [2014] 367 ITR 466.
  • In view of the above discussion, in absence of determination of consideration payable by firm where partner contributes an asset to firm, there cannot be comparison between consideration discharged and Rule 11UA value. In absence thereof, there is no effective charge and accordingly, firm cannot be liable / subjected to tax under section 56(2)(x)(c) of ITA.

4 Approved by the Constitution Bench of SC in case of CIT vs. Vatika Township (P.) Ltd. [2014] 367 ITR 466

In view of the above discussion, in absence of determination of consideration payable by firm where partner contributes an asset to firm, there cannot be comparison between consideration discharged and Rule 11UA value. In absence thereof, there is no effective charge and accordingly, firm cannot be liable / subjected to tax under section 56(2)(x)(c) of ITA. Additional issue which requires examination is whether conclusion drawn in the context of firm can equally apply for LLP.

On a holistic reading of the LLP Act, 2008 and ITA, an LLP is intended to be treated as substantially equivalent to a partnership firm for tax purposes, notwithstanding its separate legal personality under general law. The legislative intent behind introducing the LLP structure was not to alter the scheme of taxation applicable to partnerships, but merely to provide a business form with limited liability while retaining partnership-style mutual rights and obligations. This is evident from the core features of an LLP: it is constituted by partners associating with a common profit motive; partners enjoy management rights and stand in an agency relationship vis-à-vis the LLP; their mutual rights and duties are governed by a partnership agreement that is statutorily recognised and enforceable; and, upon cessation, a partner is entitled as of right to capital and his right to share in accumulated profits and surplus. Crucially, section 2(23) of the ITA expressly equates an LLP with a “firm” and an LLP partner with a “partner” for all purposes of the Act, a position reinforced by CBDT Circular No. 5 of 2010 and the Explanatory Memorandum, which clarify that LLPs and general partnerships are to be accorded the same tax treatment, except for recovery provisions. The Circular further confirms that even conversion of a firm into an LLP carries no tax consequences, underscoring that the separate legal entity character of an LLP is not determinative for income-tax purposes. Therefore, for purposes of interpreting charging, computation, and incidence provisions under the ITA, including those relating to partners’ rights and firm-level taxation, an LLP must be read harmoniously and fictionally as a partnership firm.

From Published Accounts

COMPILER’S NOTE

In the last few months, a large bank in the private sector has been in the news for alleged management-driven ‘improper’ entries passed in the books to overstate incomes and understate liabilities. Several internal reviews were carried out, and external agencies were appointed to investigate these allegations. The new management also gave impact on these ‘improper’ entries in the financial statements, which were then adopted by the Board of Directors.

Given below are disclosures in the financial statements and the report of the joint auditors for the same.

INDUSIND BANK LIMITED (YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH 2025)

From Notes forming part of the Standalone Financial Statements

Note 17: Significant Matters and its impact

1. On March 10, 2025, the Bank filed a disclosure under Regulation 30 of SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 stating that it had, during an internal review of process relating to other assets and other liabilities of derivative portfolio, noted discrepancies in these account balances, consequent to which an external firm appointed by the management had carried out an independent review to validate its internal findings. On March 20, 2025, the Board decided to appoint another independent professional firm to conduct a comprehensive investigation, amongst others, to identify the root causes of discrepancies, assess the correctness of accounting treatment and its impact on the financial statements, identify any lapses therein and establish accountability of persons involved. The Bank has since received reports from both the firms. The investigation indicated that from FY 2016 to FY 2024, the Bank entered into several derivative transactions referred to as internal trades, wherein the accounting followed was improper and not in consonance with the accounting guidelines. This incorrect accounting resulted in recognition of notional income in the Profit and Loss Account with a corresponding balance in the other assets account over the years till FY 2023-2024. Based on quantification of accounting discrepancies that were identified and confirmed in the investigation report, other assets amounting to ₹1,959.98 crores, being accumulated notional profits since FY2016, have been written off/ derecognised by way of reduction from other income under Schedule 14 (V) as a prior period item in the current financial year.

2. During the review of other assets and other liabilities by the Internal Audit Department (IAD) of the bank, it was noted that certain incorrect manual entries resulted in an unsubstantiated increase in other assets and other liabilities amounting to ₹595.00 crores. The Bank has determined that these assets need to be set off against corresponding other liabilities. The rectification of these has been carried out. This has no impact on the profit of the Bank for the year ended March 31, 2025.

3. In conducting a review of the Bank’s microfinance portfolio for the nine-month period ended December 31, 2024, the IAD of the Bank noted incorrect recording of cumulative interest income of ₹673.82 crores and fee income of ₹172.58 crores for the said period. This incorrect interest and fee income (net of an interim provision of ₹322.43 crores and actual interest income for this period of ₹101.41 crores) aggregating to ₹422.56 crores has been reversed during the fourth quarter of the current year. This has, however, no impact on the profit of the Bank for the year ended March 31, 2025.

4. In respect of the above matters mentioned in note 17.1, 17.2 and 17.3, the auditors have filed letters u/s 143(12) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 13(1) to (4) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 with the Bank, followed by Form ADT-4 along with the Bank’s reply to the Central Government, for suspected offence involving fraud. Further, with respect to these matters, the Board of Directors of the Bank suspects the occurrence of fraud against the Bank and the involvement therein of certain employees having a significant role in the accounting and financial reporting of the Bank. Accordingly, the Bank has made a filing to this effect with the stock exchanges on May 21, 2025.

5. The Bank, during its internal review, noted misclassification of certain microfinance loans as ‘standard assets’ along with accrual of interest income based on auditors’ observations. The Bank corrected this classification, resulting in an additional recognition of Non-Performing Advances aggregating to ₹1,885.19 crores. The Bank provided for these at a rate of 95% aggregating to ₹1,791.08 crores. This provision, together with a reversal of interest income of ₹178.12 crores, resulted in an adverse impact of ₹1,969.20 crores on the Profit & Loss Account of the Bank for the fourth quarter of the year ended March 31, 2025.

6. Through its internal financial review, the Bank also identified other instances of incorrect accounting that required rectification and have been rectified during the fourth quarter of the year ended March 31, 2025. These include the following:

  • Interest payment of ₹99.97 crores on certain borrowing instruments was not recognised in the Profit & Loss Account in earlier years.
  • A provision of ₹133.25 crores in respect of balances in Other Assets that are not expected to be realised.
  • Prior period operating expenses of ₹206.00 crores and income of ₹126.75 crores.
  • The Bank reviewed groupings and classification of the Profit & Loss items to assess compliance with prevailing guidelines. Based on the review, the Bank reclassified the following for the financial year ended March 31, 2025.
  • ₹760.82 crores from interest income to other income.
  • ₹157.90 crores from Provision (other than tax) & Contingencies to Other Operating Expense.

7. As a result of the above matters mentioned in note 17.1 to 17.6, any financial implications arising from past inaccurate regulatory submissions, including those to SEBI, Income Tax authorities, and the RBI, are currently unascertainable.

8. The Whole Time Director & Deputy CEO and Managing Director & CEO of the Bank resigned with effect from close of business hours on April 28, 2025 and April 29, 2025, respectively. The RBI vide its letter dated April 29, 2025, has approved the constitution of a “Committee of Executives” comprising of the Head – Consumer Banking and Chief Administrative Officer as members of the said Committee, to oversee the operations of the Bank under the oversight and guidance of an oversight committee of the Board. Accordingly, the Board appointed the said Committee on April 30, 2025. The Bank has made necessary filings with the stock exchanges in respect of the aforesaid matters.

9. The Board of Directors has taken necessary steps in addressing all the areas of concern and disclosing transparently at the appropriate stage. The Board of Directors initiated a comprehensive internal financial review of all the material financial statement balances. The Bank has given necessary accounting effects for all the identified discrepancies in the accounts and ensured that the financial statements for the current year give a true and fair view and are free from material misstatements, whether due to fraud or error. In this regard, the Bank has received recommendations from various internal and external agencies involved. These recommendations include strengthening policy and procedures, preparation and approval of accounting analysis, control and discipline over reconciliations, minimising manual accounting entries, automating processes, addressing manual overrides of control, etc. These shall be reviewed and implemented under the oversight of the Board.

Also, the Bank is in the process of taking necessary steps to assess roles and responsibilities and fix accountability for persons involved in any of these lapses. The Bank is fully committed towards taking these matters to their conclusion under applicable laws.

EXTRACTS FROM INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

Emphasis of Matters:

We draw attention to schedule 18(17.1) to 18(17.6) to the standalone financial statements, which explain that the Board commissioned an investigation/ review into the alleged discrepancies, covering the following significant matters:

a. Internal Trades Derivative Accounting under the head ‘Other Assets’ amounting to ₹1,959.98 crores, being accumulated notional profits since FY 2015-16, have been written off as a prior period item in the current financial year;

b. Incorrect accounting and subsequent reversal of cumulative interest income of ₹673.82 crore and Fee Income of ₹172.58 crores within the current financial year;

c. Certain incorrect Manual Entries posted in the ‘Other Assets’ and ‘Other Liabilities’ pertaining to prior years amounting to ₹595 crores have been set off during the current financial year.

The resultant findings from the investigation / review reports, in summary, revealed an involvement of senior Bank officials, including former Key Management Personnel (KMP), in overriding key internal controls across the aforesaid functions/ areas, and a concealment from the Board and the statutory auditors of the wrongful accounting practices adopted, over such period of time, as indicated in the respective investigation/ review reports.

Basis our evaluation of the findings in the above mentioned reports, in particular the likely involvement of senior management in the above matters, we have reasons to believe that suspected offences involving fraud may have been committed and thereby we have reported these matters to the Central Government under Section 143(12) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 13(1) to (4) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors Rules), 2014.

We draw attention to schedule 18(17.9) to the standalone financial statements, which explains that in light of the findings and adjustments noted above, in particular the override of management controls by KMPs, the Board of Directors initiated an internal review of material financial statement account captions and directed the Management and the Internal Audit Department to perform additional procedures such as reconciliations of system reports and listings with balances reflected in general ledger, test checks over such items in the listing and certain digital procedures over and above. Based on the above review, rectifications/ reclassifications, including those relating to prior-period items, were made to the accompanying standalone financial statements.

We draw attention to schedule 18(17.7) and 18(17.9) to the standalone financial statements, which state that the Bank is currently in the process of determining the accountability of the persons involved in the discrepancies and irregularities mentioned in the Emphasis of Matter paragraphs with reference to schedule 18(17.1) to 18(17.6) above and assessing the resultant legal or penal implications, if any, that may arise thereon.

Our opinion on the standalone financial statements is not modified with respect to these matters.

KEY AUDIT MATTERS

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the standalone financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2025. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the standalone financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

We have determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. (extracts)

Key Audit Matters How Was the Key Audit Matter Addressed in our Audit
Detection of Management Override of Controls identified in the investigation/ reviews carried out based on the decision by the Bank
The investigations/ reviews initiated by the Bank during the year identified override of key internal controls by senior management, including Key management personnel, and other material prior period errors. These events raised significant concerns regarding the financial reporting and governance of the Bank. Although the Bank has initiated corrective actions for the identified discrepancies, there remains a risk of unidentified matters due to potential management override of controls. Our audit procedures included, but were not limited to, the following:

  • Reviewed Board and Audit Committee minutes to understand management and governance responses to identified control breaches.
  • Assessed the appropriateness of the scope and coverage of the investigations/ reviews initiated by the Bank in derivative transactions, micro finance loans and related accounts and Other Assets and Other Liabilities.
  • Evaluated the scope of audit, independence, and competence of the external forensic experts engaged by the management to perform select procedures.
In view of the above, we considered the risk that the management may override system-based/ manual internal controls/ procedures as a Key Audit Matter for the financial year 2024-25.
  • Obtained a copy of the investigation/ review reports and verified whether the discrepancies noted therein have been rectified in the standalone financial statements as per the applicable Accounting Standards.
  • Basis perusal of the aforesaid reports, we had a discussion with the external forensic expert and the Bank’s Head – Internal Audit for matters requiring clarification in the investigation report and internal review reports respectively.
  • Reassessed audit risks on account of the findings in the external forensic investigation report and internal review reports.
  • Performed enhanced / additional audit procedures, including sending out incremental balance confirmations, performing additional tests of details in response to the reassessed risks.
  • Performed journal entry testing using specific risk-based criteria, with a specific focus on manual entries or involving high-risk accounts to identify material misstatements.
  • Performed an independent reassessment of the valuation of derivatives in respect of additional samples to ensure compliance with the relevant RBI regulations.
  • Perused the confirmations obtained by the Bank from the heads of the various functions/areas within the Bank on verification of certain aspects with respect to the financial reporting to mitigate the risk arising from potential management override of controls.
  • Evaluated the adequacy of disclosures made in the standalone financial statements.
  • The aforesaid audit procedures were inter alia explained as part of our presentation to those charged with the governance.

ANNEXURE A TO THE INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

Report on the Internal Financial Controls with reference to Standalone Financial Statements under Clause (i) of Sub-section 3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 (‘the Act’)

Adverse Opinion

In our opinion, because of the possible effects of the material weaknesses described below on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Bank has not maintained adequate and effective internal financial controls with reference to the standalone financial statements as at March 31, 2025, based on the internal control with reference to financial statements criteria established by the Bank considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting (‘Guidance Note’)
issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (‘ICAI’).

We have considered the material weaknesses identified and reported below in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the standalone financial statements of the Bank for the year ended March 31, 2025, and these material weaknesses do not affect our opinion on the standalone financial statements of the Bank.

Basis for Adverse Opinion:

As explained in schedule 18(17) on the standalone financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2025, particularly override of controls by erstwhile Key Managerial Personnel and senior bank personnel, the Bank had initiated investigations/ reviews, which led to identification of several deficiencies in the internal controls with reference to maintenance of books of account and preparation of standalone financial statements. These indicate that the control environment was ineffective as of March 31, 2025.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial control with reference to standalone financial statements, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Bank’s annual or interim standalone financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

EXTRACTS FROM DIRECTOR’S REPORT:

Financial performance and state of affairs of the Bank:

The Board and the Management set forth their desire of maintaining trust in the institution by aspiring for and implementing higher standards of transparency and compliance. In particular, the Bank has taken several measures to understand the root cause of the identified irregularities, ascertain the financial impact and take corrective actions, as well as fix accountability, etc.

Some of the significant matters during the year are listed below:

  • Internal Trades Derivative Accounting under the head ‘Other Assets’ amounting to ₹1,959.98 crores, being accumulated notional profits since FY 2015-16, have been written off as a prior period item in the current financial year.
  • In conducting a review of the Bank’s microfinance portfolio for the period ended December 31, 2024, the Internal Audit Department (‘IAD’) of the Bank noted incorrect accounting and subsequent reversal of cumulative interest income of ₹673.82 crore and Fee Income of ₹172.58 crores within the current financial year.
  • Certain incorrect Manual Entries posted in the ‘Other Assets’ and ‘Other Liabilities’ pertaining to prior years amounting to ₹595 crores have been set off during the current financial year. This has no impact on the financial results of the Bank for the year ended March 31, 2025.
  • During the internal review, it was noted that misclassification of certain microfinance loans as crop loans has resulted in incorrect classification of such loans as ‘standard assets’ along with accrual of interest income. The Bank has corrected this classification, resulting in an additional recognition of Non-Performing Advances aggregating to ₹ 1,885.19 crores. The Bank made a provision for these at a rate of 95% aggregating to ₹1,791.08 crores and reversed interest of ₹178.12 crores.

System for Internal Financial Controls and its Adequacy:

The Bank operates in a computerised environment with a Core Banking Solution system, supported by diverse application platforms for handling specific business areas such as Treasury, Trade Finance, Credit Cards, Retail Loans, etc.

The process of recording transactions in each of the application platforms is subject to various forms of controls, such as in-built system checks, maker–checker authorisations, independent post-transaction reviews, etc.

Financial statements are prepared based on computer system outputs. The responsibility of preparation of Financial Statements is entrusted to a dedicated unit that is completely independent. This unit does not originate accounting entries except for limited matters such as share capital, taxes, transfers to reserves and period-end closing entries.

Based on the investigation carried out by internal/external agencies of significant matters stated in note 18.17 of the standalone financial statements, override of controls by erstwhile Key Managerial Personnel and senior bank personnel was observed, which led to the identification of several deficiencies in the internal controls with reference to the maintenance of books of account and the preparation of the financial statements. Basis above, the joint statutory auditors have given an adverse opinion on the internal financial controls with respect to the financial statements. The joint statutory auditors have performed audit tests considering the reported weaknesses and basis the tests performed, have opined in their audit report that this has no impact on the true and fair view of the Standalone Financial Statement for the year ended March 31, 2025.

The Board of Directors has taken necessary steps in addressing the areas of concern raised in the various external/internal reports. To further strengthen the internal control environment, the Board of Directors of the Bank has set up a project management office to ensure that necessary steps including strengthening of policy and procedures, preparation and approval of accounting entries & analysis, control and discipline over reconciliation, minimising manual accounting entries, automated process to enhance the design and operating effectiveness controls and report to the Board on an ongoing basis. The Board of Directors has also taken steps to fix the staff accountability

Article 12 of India-Canada DTAA – Provision of repairs and maintenance services for aircraft engines to Indian customers did not constitute ‘making available’ technical knowledge which enabled customer to undertake such services in future on its own; hence the payments received were not taxable in India

18. [2025] 179 taxmann.com 278 (Delhi – Trib.)

Pratt & Whitney Canada Corp. vs. DCIT (IT)

IT APPEAL NOS. 620, 626, 665 & 666 (DELHI) OF 2025

A.Y.: 2018-19 & 2022-23

Dated: 06 October 2025

Article 12 of India-Canada DTAA – Provision of repairs and maintenance services for aircraft engines to Indian customers did not constitute ‘making available’ technical knowledge which enabled customer to undertake such services in future on its own; hence the payments received were not taxable in India

FACTS

The Assessee was a tax resident of Canada and was engaged in business of manufacturing and servicing of aircraft gas turbine engines and auxiliary power units. During the relevant year, it provided repair and maintenance of aircraft services to Indian customers under (i) a pay-per-hour maintenance programme, or (ii) repairs on a need basis. The Assessee received consideration amounting to ₹242.65 crores towards such services. It did not file a return of income (“ROI”) in India for the relevant year.

Based on the information available, the AO issued notice under section 148A(b) of the Act. In response, the Assessee filed its ROI declaring ‘nil’ income, contending that the services provided did not constitute making available technical knowledge within the meaning of Article 12 of India-Canada DTAA.

The AO held that the consideration received for such services constituted fees for technical services (“FTS”) under the Act as well as the DTAA and accordingly brought the receipts to tax. The DRP upheld the action of the AO.

Aggrieved by the final order, the Assessee appealed before the ITAT.

HELD

In Goodrich Corporation [2025] 175 taxmann.com 177/305 Taxman 518 (Delhi), relying on the decision in De Beers India (2012) 346 ITR 467, the Delhi High Court had explained the meaning of the term ‘make available’ , holding that it requires transmission of technical knowledge enabling the recipient to use such know-how independently in future without assistance from the service provider.

The Coordinate Bench in Goodrich Corporation [ITA no 988/Del/2024] held that repairs and maintenance of aircraft equipment did not make technical knowledge available, as it did not enable customers to undertake such repairs independently in future.

In Global Vectra Helicorp Ltd vs. Dy. CIT [2024] 159 taxmann.com 282 (Delhi – Trib.), the Coordinate Bench of the Tribunal held thatin the absence of satisfaction of the ‘make available’ condition under the DTAA, payments towards repair services could not be characterised as FTS Global Vectra Helicorp Ltd was one of the customers of the Assessee.

The AO had not established that the Assessee ‘made available’ technical knowledge to its customers while rendering the services.

Accordingly, the ITAT held that the payments received by the Assessee did not constitute FTS under Article 12 of the India-Canada DTAA and were taxable only in Canada.

Article 13 of India-Singapore DTAA – In absence of indirect transfer provisions in India-Singapore DTAA, gains from alienation of shares of a Singapore Company were taxable only in the state of Residence under Article 13(5)

17. [2025] 179 taxmann.com 346 (Mumbai – Trib.)

eBay Singapore Services (P.) Ltd. vs. DCIT

ITA No: 2378 (Mum.) of 2022

A.Y.: 2019-20 Dated: 30 September 2025

Article 13 of India-Singapore DTAA – In absence of indirect transfer provisions in India-Singapore DTAA, gains from alienation of shares of a Singapore Company were taxable only in the state of Residence under Article 13(5)

FACTS

The Assessee, a tax resident of Singapore, was incorporated in 2003 and was engaged in e-commerce activities. The Singapore tax authorities had granted a Tax residency certificate (“TRC”) to the Assessee. The Assessee also acted as an investment vehicle for the eBay Group and held several investments in India, including in eBay India. In April 2017, the Assessee sold its entire shareholding in eBay India to Flipkart Singapore, in consideration of shares of Flipkart Singapore were issued to it. July 2017, the Assessee subscribed to the additional capital of Flipkart Singapore. The majority shares of Flipkart Singapore were held by Walmart Singapore.

In 2019, the Assessee sold its stake in Flipkart Singapore to Walmart Singapore and claimed that the gains arising from the sale of shares were taxable only in Singapore under Article 13(5) of India-Singapore DTAA.

Acccording to the AO, the control and management of the Assessee were vested in eBay Inc., USA, and therefore treaty benefits under the India-Singapore DTAA were denied. Accordingly, the AO computed short-term capital gains of ₹2,257.91 Crores from the sale of shares and charged them to tax. The DRP upheld the order of the AO.

Aggrieved by the final order, the Assessee appealed before the ITAT.

Before ITAT, it was argued that under the DTAA, India had right to tax income from transfer of shares of an Indian company and the transfer under reference was not covered. Even under Article 13(4B), the taxation rights shared with India were limited to the transfer of shares of an Indian Company acquired on or after 01 April 2017.

HELD

All the directors of the Assessee were residents of Singapore and Hong Kong. None of the directors held any postion in eBay Inc., USA, nor, were any directors appointed to the Board of Singapore as a representative of eBay Inc., USA.

The Board resolutions of the Assessee supported the fact that decisions relating to the Assessee were taken by the Board of Directors in Singapore. The DRP or AO neither countered these facts nor placed any concrete evidence to the contrary. Accordingly, the benefit of the DTAA could not be denied to the Assessee..

Article 13(4B) applies only in cases of alienation of shares wherethe company whose shares are alienated is a resident of otherr contracting state and not the same state as transferor. Since the shares alienated were of Flipkart Singapore, Article 13(4B) did not apply.

The Article in the India-Singapore DTAA dealing with Capital Gains does not contain any look-through provision, unlike certain other DTAAs. Having regard to Section 90(2) of the Act, the provisions of the DTAA prevail over domestic law.

Based on the above, the ITAT held that the alienation of shares of a Singapore Company was covered underthe residuary clause of Article 13. Accordingly, the right to tax gains from alienation vested only with Singapore.

Sec. 69A – Unexplained money – Cash deposits in bank account standing in assessee’s trade name but operated by third parties – Protective addition made though substantive additions already made in hands of actual beneficiaries – Addition held not legally justified and deleted

84. [2025] 126ITR(T) 240 (Amritsar- Trib.)

Mandeep Singh vs. ITO

ITA NO.:645 (ASR.) OF 2024

A.Y.: 2012-13 DATE: 30.06.2025

Sec. 69A – Unexplained money – Cash deposits in bank account standing in assessee’s trade name but operated by third parties – Protective addition made though substantive additions already made in hands of actual beneficiaries – Addition held not legally justified and deleted.

FACTS

The assessee was a retailer of alcoholic liquor and on the basis of departmental information, it was noticed that cash deposits aggregating to about ₹15 crores had been made during a short period in March 2012 in a current account maintained with Oriental Bank of Commerce in the trade name of assessee. In the absence of any regular return on record and due to non-compliance with notices issued under section 133(6) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, proceedings under section 147 were initiated. Pursuant thereto, the assessee filed a return of income declaring total income of about ₹1.66 lakhs on a disclosed turnover of about ₹83.36 lakhs.

The bank statement revealed that the entire cash deposited in the said bank account during the short period was immediately transferred by cheques to two concerns. During the course of investigation, the statement of the assessee was recorded under section 131 of the Act, wherein the assessee categorically denied having opened or operated the bank account with Oriental Bank of Commerce.

The material on record showed that the bank account was operated by the said concerns through the authorised signatory, that the assessee neither made any deposits nor withdrawals from the account and had no control over its operation. It was further noted that the assessee had not claimed any credit of tax collected at source under section 206C in respect of purchases reflected in Form 26AS which were linked to transactions routed through the disputed bank account.

The Assessing Officer treated the cash deposits of ₹15 crores as unexplained money under section 69A of the Act on a protective basis in the hands of the assessee, while accepting the returned income as such. It was also noted that the Assessing Officer had already made substantive additions of ₹15 crores under section 69A in the hands of beneficiaries, treating them as the actual beneficiaries of the transactions.

On appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) rejected the submissions of the assessee and upheld the assessment by sustaining the protective addition made under section 69A. Aggrieved, the assessee carried the matter in appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the assessee was a licensed retail trader of alcoholic liquor and that the gross turnover of ₹83.36 lakhs declared by the assessee in the return of income duly matched with the purchases reflected in Form 26AS. It was also noted that the assessee had restricted his claim of tax collected at source under section 206C only to the extent of actual purchases made by him from authorized distributors of alcoholic liquor.

The Tribunal found merit in the assessee’s contention that it would not have been humanly possible for a retail trader, operating under a licence permitting sale only to actual consumers over the counter, to execute a turnover of ₹15 crores within a short span of fourteen days. The Tribunal further noted that upon coming to know of the fraudulent activities carried out in his name, the assessee had lodged an FIR and appropriate legal proceedings were already underway.

The Tribunal further observed that the Assessing Officer had conducted proper enquiries and had reached a logical conclusion that the transactions in question were carried out by beneficiaries, against whom substantive additions under section 69A had already been made.

Considering the totality of facts and circumstances, the Tribunal held that the protective addition of ₹15 crores made under section 69A in the hands of the assessee was not legally justified. Accordingly, the Tribunal directed deletion of the protective addition and allowed the appeal of the assessee.

Sec. 153D r.w.s. 153A – Search assessment – Prior approval of Additional Commissioner – Single common approval for multiple assessment years and without examination of assessment records or seized material – Approval held to be mechanical and without application of mind – Assessments framed under section 153A r.w.s. 143(3) quashed

83. [2025] 127ITR(T) 482 (Delhi – Trib.)

Dheeraj Chaudhary vs. ACIT

ITA NO.: 6158 (DEL) OF 2018

A.Y.: 2009-10 DATE: 10.09.2025

Sec. 153D r.w.s. 153A – Search assessment – Prior approval of Additional Commissioner – Single common approval for multiple assessment years and without examination of assessment records or seized material – Approval held to be mechanical and without application of mind – Assessments framed under section 153A r.w.s. 143(3) quashed.

FACTS

A search and seizure operation under section 132 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 was conducted in the case of the K Group, during the course of which certain incriminating documents and information relating to the assessee were claimed to have been found and seized.

Subsequently, a notice under section 153A of the Act was issued to the assessee. During the course of assessment proceedings, the Assessing Officer prepared draft assessment orders and sought prior approval under section 153D of the Act from the Additional Commissioner of Income Tax. After obtaining such approval, the Assessing Officer completed the assessments under section 153A read with section 143(3) and made additions for the respective assessment years.

On appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) upheld the assessment orders. When the matter came up before the Tribunal, the assessee raised an additional legal ground challenging the validity of the approval granted under section 153D on the ground that the same was mechanical and without application of mind.

The Judicial Member held that the approval granted by the Additional Commissioner was invalid, as it neither reflected movement of any assessment records nor granted separate approval for each assessment year. It was held that the approval was a result of total non-application of mind and, therefore, being mechanical in nature, was invalid, rendering the assessments liable to be quashed. However, the Accountant Member held that while granting approval under section 153D, the Additional Commissioner does not enter into the realm of adjudicating the legal sustainability of the additions proposed by the Assessing Officer. It was further held that supervision over search assessments is a continuous process involving internal correspondence, order-sheet noting, meetings and discussions and, therefore, the approval granted could not be regarded as invalid. Owing to this difference of opinion, the matter was referred to a Third Member.

HELD

The Third Member noted that it was an admitted position on record that for all the relevant assessment years, only a single approval had been granted by the Additional Commissioner. A careful reading of section 153D, in the context of the scheme of assessments under section 153A, shows that the provision specifically employs the expression “each assessment year”, which clearly mandates that separate approval of the draft assessment order is required for each assessment year.

The Third Member observed that the approval granted by the Additional Commissioner covered all six assessment years through a single approval and, therefore, even on this count alone, the approval was bad in law, rendering the consequential assessment orders for all the six assessment years invalid.

It was further observed that while seeking approval under section 153D, the Assessing Officer had not forwarded the assessment folders, seized material, or other relevant records, including replies filed by the assessee, to the approving authority. The Third Member emphasized that assessment proceedings under the Act are quasi-judicial in nature and that once a draft assessment order is prepared, the process of approval under section 153D commences, wherein the approving authority is required to apply its independent mind after examining the assessment records, seized material and other relevant documents.

Relying upon the decisions of the Orissa High Court in ACIT vs. Serajuddin& Co., the Delhi High Court in Pr. CIT (Central) vs. Anuj Bansal and the Allahabad High Court in Pr. CIT vs. Sapna Gupta, the Third Member observed that the requirement of prior approval under section 153D is an in-built statutory protection against arbitrary exercise of power and cannot be reduced to an empty formality. The approval must reflect due application of mind and must be granted after examining the relevant material.

In view of the above, the Third Member held that the approval granted under section 153D in the present case was mechanical and without application of mind. Concurring with the view of the Judicial Member, it was held that the assessments framed under section 153A read with section 143(3) were invalid in law and liable to be quashed.

Once the assessee had invested the entire capital gain in a new residential house within the period stipulated under section 54(1), the benefit of deduction cannot be denied merely for non-compliance with the requirement of depositing unutilised amount in Capital Gain Account Scheme (CGAS) before the due date of filing of return of income under section 54(2).

82. (2025) 181 taxmann.com 971 (Hyd Trib)

Nitin Bhatia vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2018-19 Date of Order: 24.12.2025

Section : 54

Once the assessee had invested the entire capital gain in a new residential house within the period stipulated under section 54(1), the benefit of deduction cannot be denied merely for non-compliance with the requirement of depositing unutilised amount in Capital Gain Account Scheme (CGAS) before the due date of filing of return of income under section 54(2).

FACTS

The assessee was an individual. During the relevant previous year, the assessee along with his spouse sold a jointly owned residential house property. The long-term capital gain (assessee’s share) on the said transfer was computed to ₹66,91,617. Thereafter, he purchased a new residential house for a total consideration of ₹4,44,00,000 by a registered sale deed dated 24.10.2019, which was within two years from the date of transfer of the original residential house. Out of the total consideration of ₹4,44,00,000, the assessee had made payments aggregating to ₹44,40,000 up to the due date of filing of the return of income under section 139(1). The balance amount was not deposited in Capital Gain Account Scheme (CGAS) before the due date of filing of return of income as required under section 54(2). The assessee claimed deduction under section 54 on the entire long term capital gain in his return of income filed on 20.9.2018.

During scrutiny proceedings, the AO allowed the deduction under section 54 for the amount which was actually paid by the assessee till the due date of filing the return under section 139, i.e.,, ₹44,40,000. However, he disallowed the balance amount of deduction under Section 54 of ₹22,51,617 contending that the assessee had not deposited the said amount in Capital Gain Account Scheme (“CGAS”) in accordance with section 54(2).

Aggrieved, the assessee went in appeal before CIT(A) who upheld the addition made by the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

Following the decision of Madras High Court in Venkata Dilip Kumar vs. CIT, (2019) 419 ITR 298 (Madras) which elaborately examined the interplay between section 54(1) and section 54(2), the Tribunal observed that once the assessee had invested the capital gain in a new residential house within the period stipulated under section 54(1), the benefit of deduction cannot be denied merely for non-compliance with section 54(2). Accordingly, the Tribunal held that the assessee was entitled to deduction under section 54 for the entire capital gain of ₹66,91,617.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed.

Where the object of the not-for-profit company was to build an overall environment securing the interests and wellbeing for/of European Union business community so that they have ease of doing business in India, its activities could be regarded as promoting an object of general public utility under section 2(15), and therefore, such company was eligible for registration under section 12A.

81. (2025) 181 taxmann.com 303 (Del Trib)

Federation of European Business in India vs. CIT

A.Y.: N.A. Date of Order: 03.12.2025

Section: 2(15), 12A

Where the object of the not-for-profit company was to build an overall environment securing the interests and wellbeing for/of European Union business community so that they have ease of doing business in India, its activities could be regarded as promoting an object of general public utility under section 2(15), and therefore, such company was eligible for registration under section 12A.

FACTS

The assessee was a non-profit company registered under section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013, formed with the objects of promoting commerce in India with the European Union business community and to protect and facilitate the interest of European Union business community in India by advocacy of policy between the European Union business community and the Indian public authorities regarding trade policy, ease of doing business, intellectual property right protection and European union investment protection in India. After obtaining provisional registration under section 12A for AYs 2024-25 to 2026-27, it filed Form No. 10AB for regular registration under section 12A(1)(ac).

The CIT(E) rejected the application for regular registration (and also cancelled the provisional registration) on the ground that the applicant was incorporated for policy advocacy to promote, protect and facilitate the interests of its members in India and working for the benefit of its members could not be regarded as a “charitable purpose” under section 2(15).

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

Considering the fact that object of the applicant-assessee was to build an overall environment securing the interests and wellbeing for/of European Union business community so that they have ease of doing business in India, the Tribunal held that such activities qualify as objects of general public utility under section 2(15) and therefore, the CIT(E) was not justified in rejecting the registration application under section 12A.

In the result, the Tribunal allowed the appeal of the assessee and directed the CIT(E) to grant registration to the assessee under section 12A forthwith.

Activity of nurturing entrepreneurship through educational, networking and mentoring assistance / events cannot be regarded as “education” but falls within the limb of “advancement of object of general public utility” under section 2(15). Fees from events organised for entrepreneurs could be regarded as business receipt which was subject to the threshold of 20% under proviso to section 2(15); however, membership fees received from members could not be regarded as business receipt.

80. (2025) 181 taxmann.com 318 (Hyd Trib)

Indus Entrepreneurs vs. DCIT

A.Y.: 2018-19 Date of Order : 02.12.2025

Section: 2(15)

Activity of nurturing entrepreneurship through educational, networking and mentoring assistance / events cannot be regarded as “education” but falls within the limb of “advancement of object of general public utility” under section 2(15).

Fees from events organised for entrepreneurs could be regarded as business receipt which was subject to the threshold of 20% under proviso to section 2(15); however, membership fees received from members could not be regarded as business receipt.

FACTS

The assessee was a registered society under the A.P. Societies Registration Act, 2001 with the main objects of encouraging entrepreneurship by providing educational, networking and mentoring assistance to existing and potential entrepreneurs and professionals in all areas, supporting entrepreneurs for exploring new areas of business, building network bridges between enterprises and individuals, corporate and other entities in India and abroad, and organising events and informal mentoring activities constantly for exploring professional ideas and achieving higher business goals etc. It was one of the chapters of TIE Global, a global non-profit organisation devoted to the entrepreneurs in all industries, at all stages, from incubation, throughout the entrepreneurial life cycle. It was registered under section 12A of the IT Act. It filed its return of income admitting total income of ₹Nil after claiming exemption under section 11.

The case was selected for scrutiny under CASS. The AO contended that the assessee-society was not a charitable organisation going by its aims and objects, but, was a commercial entity engaged in business, trade, etc. He also noted that the assessee received 48% of its total income from the business activities; further, it derived around 22% of the profit from its activities and, therefore, he denied exemption under section 11 and assessed the excess of income over expenditure of ₹33,80,537 as ‘Income from Business and Profession’.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before CIT(A) who concurred with the AO on different grounds, namely, non-filing of Form 10 as required under Rule 17 of I.T. Rules, 1962.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) Considering the main aims and objects of the society and its activities, the objects / activities do not fall within the definition of “education” in light of the decision of Supreme Court in ACIT vs. Ahmedabad Urban Development Authority, (2022) 449 ITR 389 (SC) but fall under the last limb of “charitable purpose”, i.e., “advancement of any other objects of general public utility” and, therefore, claim of exemption under section 11 should be examined in light of definition of “charitable purpose” under section 2(15) and proviso provided therein.

(b) The assessee reported gross income of ₹1,53,69,214 which included fees from associated members / student members / short term members and event fees. So far as the event fees of ₹20,60,655 were concerned, they were in the nature of rendering services to trade, commerce or business. However, since such receipts were within the prescribed limit of 20% of gross receipts under proviso to section 2(15), the assessee was entitled to exemption under section 11.

(c) The AO had wrongly considered membership fees received from members, student members and charter members as business receipts since such receipts were not in relation to carrying out trade, commerce or business.

(d) On the AO’s finding that the assessee had earned 22% profit from its gross receipts, the Tribunal observed that if a trust earned profit in the course of carrying out general public utility, the same cannot be a ground for rejecting exemption under section 11 as held by the Supreme Court in New Noble Educational Society vs. CCIT, (2022) 448 ITR 594 (SC).

(e) On the issue of CIT(A) denying exemption on the ground of non-filing of Form 10, the Tribunal observed that the society had filed relevant Form 10 along with the return of income on 05.10.2018 on or before the due date provided under section 139 and therefore, on this ground also, denying the exemption by CIT(A) cannot be upheld.

Accordingly, the Tribunal allowed the appeal of the assessee, set aside the order of CIT(A) and directed the AO to allow exemption under section 11.

If proceedings were initiated invoking S. 270A(8), which is an aggravated form of fiscal violation, and the notice is for a lighter form, then penalty could not have been levied for the aggravated violation. CIT(A) cannot substitute the charge and modify the penalty order.

79. TS-1728-ITAT-2025 (Delhi)

Umri Pooph Pratappur Tollway Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT

A.Y.: 2018-19 Date of Order : 31.12.2025

Section: 270A

If proceedings were initiated invoking S. 270A(8), which is an aggravated form of fiscal violation, and the notice is for a lighter form, then penalty could not have been levied for the aggravated violation. CIT(A) cannot substitute the charge and modify the penalty order.

FACTS

The assessee, engaged in development of roads, on build-operate-and transfer basis in Madhya Pradesh, claimed depreciation @ 25% on `Right under service agreement’ as an intangible asset. However, AO considered it not to be an asset and allowed the project to be amortised. In Para 2 of the assessment order, the AO mentioned that since the assessee `under-reported’ his income in consequence of misreporting within the meaning of section 270A of the Act, penalty proceedings u/s 270A of the Act were initiated for under-reporting of income in consequence of misreporting.

The notice of penalty issued under section 274 r.w.s. 270A alleged that the assessee `under-reported’ the income.

The Order levying penalty was passed by invoking section 270A(8) and penalty was imposed for `under reporting income in consequence of misreporting thereof’ and penalty equal to 200% of the amount of tax payable on under-reporting income was imposed.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who sustained the penalty but directed the AO to impose penalty equal to 50% of the amount of tax payable on under rejected income and rejected the contention regardinginconsistency in the notice and the order.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal before the Tribunal, where the primary contention was that there is a grave variance in the reason for initiating the penalty as mentioned in assessment order, show cause notice for levy of penalty and the impugned penalty order.

HELD

The Tribunal held that if proceedings were initiated invoking sub-section (8) of section 270A of the Act, which is an aggravated form of fiscal violation, and notice is for lighter form, then the penalty could not have been levied for aggravated violation. It further observed that “though vice versa may be legal”. It further held that the first appellate authority, CIT(A), while dealing with the allegation and ground of challenge of levy of penalty under wrong charge, cannot substitute the charge and modify the penalty order as has been done in the present case.

Interest component of payment made under One Time Settlement Scheme with a bank is allowable under section 43B.

78. TS-1658-ITAT-2025 (Delhi)

Bharatiya Samruddhi Finance Ltd. vs. DCIT

A.Y.: 2017-18 Date of Order : 10.12.2025

Section: 43B

Interest component of payment made under One Time Settlement Scheme with a bank is allowable under section 43B.

FACTS

The assessee, a non-banking financial Company duly registered with the RBI, and categorized as a micro finance institution, was engaged in the business of borrowing loans from banks and financial institutions and advancing the same to microfinance customers. The assessee had availed term loans from banks, and interest on such term loans, which was not paid actually by the assessee, was voluntarily disallowed by the assesseein the return of income in earlier years. The amount of disallowances made in earlier years was ₹25,49,22,936/-.

During the year under consideration, the assessee entered into One Time Settlement (OTS) with banks and financial institutions and obtained a waiver of substantial sums.. The assessee had 17 lenders consisting of one financial institution (SIDBI) and 16 banks. Since, the assessee company became a sick company and its net worth eroded, the financial institution and 14 banks formed a consortium and entered into a Corporate Debt Restructuring (CDR) arrangement with the assessee, followed by OTS.

The total dues to the bank at that point of time was ₹2,14,52,26,858/-. Four banks did not join the consortium and entered into OTS arrangement with the assessee separately. Out of the total amount settled under OTS of ₹67,05,45,091/-, a sum of ₹23,75,55,144/- was apportioned towards interest outstanding and the remaining sum of ₹43,29,89,947/- was apportioned towards prinicpal outstanding. The assessee submitted that the differential sums between the loan outstanding as per books and the amount settled under OTS were credited to the profit and loss account by the assessee in the sum of ₹147,46,81,767.

The issue, in assessee’s appeal before the Tribunal was allowability under section 43B, of the Act of the interest component contained in the payment made pursuant to OTS.

The contention of the assessee was that, as and when the assessee made provision for interest payable to banks and financial institutions it had duly disallowed the provision under section 43B of the Act in earlier years. Pursuant to the OTS and waiver obtained thereunder, the waiver amounts were written back and credited to profit and loss account, comprising of both principal and interest portion. The interest portion was not liable to be taxed again as it had already been disallowed in the year in which provisions were made by the assessee. Accordingly, , the assessee claimed deduction under section 43B of the Act, on a payment basis, to the extent of the interest component of ₹23,75,55,144 during the year under consideration.This fact was disclosed in tax audit report vide reply to clause 26(i)(A)(a) & (b) of from 3CD.

HELD

The Tribunal found that assessee in the earlier years had voluntarily disallowed the unpaid interest on term loans payable to banks and financial institutions under section 43B of the Act in the return of income. During the year under consideration, it reached a OTS with Bank and financial institutions to the tune of ₹67,05,45,091/- out of this, a sum of ₹23,75,55,144/- was apportioned towards the interest component. Since this interest component has been duly paid by the assessee during the year under consideration, the assessee had merely claimed the sum as deduction on payment basis.

The Tribunal held that the assessee is entitled for deduction of the same u/s 43B of the Act. It observed that denial of such deduction would result in double taxation, as the interest had already been disallowed in earlier years and was being subject to tax on payment under OTS. Accordingly, to avoid such double addition, the assessee was entitled to deduction u/s 43B of the Act for ₹23,75,55,144/-.

Accordingly, the ground raised by the assessee was allowed.

Order giving effect is nothing but finalisation of assessment proceedings. Claim for TDS credit, on the basis of Form 26AS, in proceedings to give effect to an appellate order is a claim made during the assessment proceedings which the AO is duty bound to consider and allow the credit for TDS claimed.

77. TS-1657-ITAT-2025(Mum.)

Daiwa Capital Markets India Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT

A.Y.: 2013-14 Date of Order : 20.11.2025

Section: 199, Rule 37BA

Order giving effect is nothing but finalisation of assessment proceedings. Claim for TDS credit, on the basis of Form 26AS, in proceedings to give effect to an appellate order is a claim made during the assessment proceedings which the AO is duty bound to consider and allow the credit for TDS claimed.

FACTS

The assessee, in the original return of income filed by it on 22.11.2013, claimed TDS credit of ₹1,78,80,099 being the amount reflected in its Form No. 26AS at that point of time. Subsequently, assessee filed a revised return of income on 2.3.2015. In the interim period between the date of filing of original return of income and the revised return of income, a party M/s Prime Focus Ltd. deducted and deposited with the Government a sum of ₹73,24,074, being the amount of TDS. However, it did not inform the assessee about the same.

Thus, in the revised return of income the assessee missed claiming credit for TDS of ₹73,24,074, though the corresponding income was offered for tax in the original return of income itself. During the course of assessment proceedings as well, the assessee did not claim the credit for TDS of ₹73,24,074 since it was not aware of the same. However, while making an application to the Assessing Officer (AO) to pass an order giving effect to the order of CIT(A), the assessee requested the AO to grant further credit of ₹73,24,074 on the ground that the same was not claimed in the return of income. The AO did not grant credit for this sum of ₹73,24,074 while passing the order to give effect to the order of CIT(A).

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who rejected the plea of the assessee and upheld the order of the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that, based on the observations of the AO and CIT(A), it is evident that the claim of TDS credit was denied primarily because the procedure prescribed by Rule 37BA of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 (“Rules”) was not followed by the assessee and further that the claim has not been made within a period of five years pursuant to Circular No. 11/2024 dated 1.4.2024 and no steps have been taken by the assessee to seek condonation for the delay.

The Tribunal further observed that the question which arose before it were (i) whether there was any dispute with regard to the TDS claim of ₹73,24,074, if the same was duly deposited or not; and (ii) whether an admitted claim of deposit of TDS on behalf of the assessee and corresponding income having been offered in the same assessment year, could be denied due to procedural lapse, as credit for TDS had not been claimed in the ITR.

The Tribunal noticed that both the lower authorities had proceeded on the premise that the procedural requirement under Rule 37BA of the Rules for claiming TDS credit had not been followed, that the claim was not made in the ITR, and also not within a reasonable period, as the same has been made after a period of nine years and therefore, as per settled legal precedents the claim of the assessee was required to be denied. It held that it is a settled law that rules and procedures are handmaids of justice. When substantial justice is required to be done,rules and procedures should not come in the way of upholding the principle of natural justice for imparting substantial justice.

It further held that deduction and deposit of TDS is a form of deposit of advance tax for which the assessee is lawfully entitled to credit, failing which retention of such amount would amount to unjust enrichment and would be in violation of Article 265 of the Constitution of India, which mandates that no tax shall be levied or collected except by authority of law. If tax has been paid in excess of tax specified, the same has to be refunded. It was held that it is a statutory and constitutional obligation of the revenue to grant TDS credit duly reflected in Form 26AS, and the claim of the assessee cannot be denied merely due to a procedural lapse. The Assessee is entitled to be granted credit for TDS deducted and deposited before finalisation of the assessment. Passing of an order giving effect to an appellate order is nothing but the finalisation of original assessment proceedings.

The Tribunal held that the assessee had made the claim during the assessment proceedings, which the AO was duty bound to consider and allow the credit therefor.

Accordingly, this ground of appeal of the assessee was allowed.

Learning Events at BCAS

1. Suburban Study Circle Meeting on Application of Excel in Professional Practice held on Friday, 16th January 2026 @ SHBA & Co LLP.

  •  Suburban Study Circle organised a hands-on technical session on “Application of Excel in Professional Practice” on Friday, 16th January 2026 and lead by CA Yashesh Jakhelia & CA Vivek Gupta.
  •  The session focused on Excel 365 dynamic array functionalities with specific applications in GST reconciliation and data analysis.
  •  Key Excel functions such as XLOOKUP, FILTER, UNIQUE, SORT and GROUPBY were demonstrated through live, practice-oriented illustrations.
  •  Participants were guided on practical structuring of data for reconciliation, validation and reporting requirements.
  •  The session emphasised improving efficiency, accuracy and turnaround time in professional assignments using Excel tools.
  •  The program was conducted as an interactive, laptop-based workshop enabling participants to practice alongside demonstrations.
  • Members actively participated and appreciated the practical relevance of the session for day-to-day professional work.
  •  The session witnessed participation from members as well as a few CA trainees, who benefited from the practical orientation of the program.

2. BCAS Cricket Tournament 2026 (2nd Edition) held on Sunday, 11th January 2026 @ Gallant Sports Club (TurfStation – Juhu).

BCAS Cricket Tournament 2026

  •  The Second Edition of the BCAS Turf Cricket Tournament was successfully conducted on 11th January 2026 at TurfStation, JVPD, Andheri (West), featuring 12 Men’s Teams and 2 Women’s Teams. The event showcased competitive cricket in a vibrant atmosphere of sportsmanship and camaraderie, with the participation of 140 players.
  •  The tournament was exclusively open to Chartered Accountants and witnessed an enthusiastic response with overwhelming registrations.
  •  In the Men’s category, the tournament followed a four-group league format (three teams per group), culminating in Quarterfinals (8 teams), Semi-Finals (4 teams), and the Final, ensuring a structured and competitive progression.
  •  The event witnessed participation from both returning firms from the previous edition and first-time participating firms, reflecting the growing acceptance of the tournament as a platform for professional engagement and networking.
  •  The matches were marked by notable individual performances, engaging live commentary, and enthusiastic spectator support, contributing to an energetic and engaging sporting environment.
  •  After a series of closely contested matches, Fiscal Fireballs emerged as the Men’s Champions, while NPV Chak De Girls secured the Women’s Title, following several thrilling encounters throughout the day.
  •  The tournament successfully reinforced its objective of informal networking and community engagement among CA firms, and left a strong impression on participants, setting a solid foundation for future editions of the event.3. Women’s Study Circle meeting – SAKHI CIRCLE! held on Friday, 9th January 2026 @ Virtual.

The Women’s Study Circle organised a session on “The Power of First & Lasting Impressions – Your Soft Skills Advantage,” focusing on the role of communication and presence in professional interactions. In this session, CA Renu Shah, highlighted how first impressions influence engagement, credibility, and long-term perception. It was explained that impressions are often formed through subtle behavioural cues such as posture, tone, pace of speaking, and clarity of thought, rather than credentials alone.

Common communication behaviours that can dilute impact—such as over-explaining, excessive fillers, lack of eye contact, and digital distractions—were discussed through practical examples. The session introduced structured communication frameworks, including WHY–WHAT–HOW and Present–Past–Future, to help professionals articulate their thoughts with clarity and confidence.

Participants were also introduced to the “Remember Me” formula, emphasising posture, structured thinking, power words, and the effective use of pauses. Practical power phrases for professionals were shared to enhance clarity and impact in everyday interactions. The session reinforced that conscious communication and small behavioural shifts can significantly strengthen professional presence and leave lasting impressions.

4. AI and Technology ki Pathshala: A Technology Orientation Program for CA Students” held on Saturday, 20th December 2025 and Sunday, 21st December 2025@ Virtual.

The Human Resource Development Committee of BCAS organised a two-day technology orientation program titled “AI and Technology Ki Pathshala” for CA students.

Day 1 commenced with an inspiring keynote address by CA Rahul Bajaj on understanding technology and its impact on the CA profession. This was followed by an insightful session by CA Rahul Dharne, who demonstrated the practical use of AI tools such as GPTs and automation to simplify work and draft professional reports more efficiently, and also shared AI techniques for exam preparation.

The Day 1 program concluded with a session by CA Shyam Agrawal, who demonstrated tools for enhancing productivity using MS Office 365, Zoho, and Google applications.

Day 2 began with a session by CA Rahul Gabhawala, who explained how advanced Excel formulas and macros can automate tax reconciliations and improve accuracy in professional work. This was followed by a session by CA Chinmay Pathak, who introduced participants to the basics of vibe coding, website development, tools for sending multiple emails to clients, and techniques for identifying plagiarism.

Overall, the students gained a practical understanding of how technology can be effectively used in both professional and academic work. More than 100 students from across India benefited from this two-day technology orientation program.

Scan to watch online at BCAS Academy

5. DIRECT TAX RETREAT 1.0 held on Thursday 18th December 2025 to Sunday 21st December 2025 @ Taj Vivanta, Dwarka, New Delhi

The Direct Tax Committee of BCAS successfully organised Direct Tax Retreat 1.0 from 18th to 21st December 2025 at Taj Vivanta, Dwarka, New Delhi. Envisioned as a residential retreat rather than a routine conference, the program was designed to create a space where learning could happen through discussion, debate, reflection and shared experience. Over four days, tax professionals from across the country came together for meaningful engagement on contemporary direct tax issues in an environment that encouraged participation and open dialogue.

The Retreat began with an inspiring Inaugural Session by Mr Raman Chopra, Former Joint Secretary (Tax Policy), who addressed the gathering on “Where Policy Meets Practice: Creating an Efficient Tax Eco-System for the Next Decade.” Drawing from his extensive experience in policy-making, he shared valuable insights into how tax laws are conceptualised, the intent behind legislative changes, and the practical challenges faced during implementation. His address helped participants better understand the broader policy framework within which tax professionals operate and set a thoughtful tone for the technical discussions that followed.

Direct Tax 1

The first technical session on Day 1 featured a Panel Discussion on “Reconstitution of Firms – Sections 45(4) and 9B: Contrasting Perspectives.” CA Bhadresh Doshi and Adv. Dharan Gandhi presented differing viewpoints on interpretation, recent judicial developments and practical structuring concerns, while CA Pinakin Desai ably chaired the session. The discussion was intense, lively and informative, offering practical takeaways for professionals dealing with partnership restructurings and related tax implications.

Day 2 commenced with Group Discussions on Assorted Case Studies, a format that encouraged delegates to actively engage with complex factual situations and share their practical experiences. The group discussion model allowed participants to appreciate multiple viewpoints and sharpen their analytical approach through peer learning.

A standout feature of Direct Tax Retreat 1.0 was the guided visit to the New Parliament of India. For many delegates, this was a deeply enriching and memorable experience. Walking through the corridors of the institution where tax laws are debated and enacted offered a unique perspective on the legislative process. The visit helped connect the technical discussions in the conference hall with the constitutional and institutional framework of taxation, reminding participants of the larger system within which tax laws evolve.

The day concluded with Replies by the Paper Writer, CA Yogesh Thar, who addressed the key issues raised during the group discussions. His responses provided clarity on practical concerns and helped participants consolidate their learning from the day.

On Day 3, the Retreat continued with Group Discussions on Deeming Fictions and Valuation Changes, topics that often present significant challenges in practice. This was followed by a presentation by CA Rahul Bajaj on “Tax & Tech – The New Frontier,” which highlighted the increasing role of technology in tax administration, compliance, and advisory work. The session offered valuable insights into how professionals must adapt to a rapidly changing digital environment.

The afternoon featured concise and focused Tax Capsules, covering Tax Insurance by CA Upamanyu Manjrekar and Rewarding Employees Local & Global by CA Mahesh Nayak. These short sessions delivered high-impact learning and were well appreciated for their practical relevance. The day’s technical sessions concluded with Replies by the Paper Writer, CA Pradip Kapasi, on “Navigating Deeming Fictions & Vexatious Valuations,” where he addressed key interpretational and litigation-related concerns.

Adding a refreshing balance to the intensive technical sessions, the Saturday evening Bingo game provided delegates an opportunity to unwind and interact informally. The specially curated game created an atmosphere of camaraderie and laughter, strengthening connections among participants and reinforcing the idea that learning is most effective when combined with meaningful human interaction.

The final day of the Retreat featured a much-anticipated Brain Trust Session and Open Mic, with Senior Advocate Shri S. Ganesh and Shri G. S. Pannu, Former President of the ITAT. The session allowed delegates to ask questions, benefiting from insights drawn from decades of experience at both the Bar and the Bench. The candid and practical nature of the discussion made this session particularly engaging and valuable.

The Retreat concluded with a Valedictory Session, during which appreciation was expressed to all those who contributed to the success of the program, including the speakers, paper writers, group leaders, mentors, organisers, hospitality team and the BCAS team whose collective efforts ensured a seamless and enriching experience for all participants.

Overall, Direct Tax Retreat 1.0 was widely appreciated for its depth of content, interactive formats and emphasis on participative learning. By successfully combining rigorous technical discussions with institutional exposure, informal interaction, and community building, the Retreat set a new benchmark in professional tax education and laid a strong foundation for future editions.

Direct Tax 2Direct Tax 3

6. Webinar on Mastering Compliance with India’s DPDP Act, 2023 held on Monday, 15th December 2025 @ Virtual.

In this session, Mr Shrikrishna Dikshit provided a practical overview of the Digital Personal Data Protection (DPDP) Act, 2023 and the intent behind its key provisions. It covered the implications of the draft rules and how organisations should interpret them for operational compliance. The roles and responsibilities of Data Fiduciaries and Data Processors were explained with emphasis on accountability and governance. Key aspects such as consent management, cross-border data transfers, and grievance redressal mechanisms were discussed.

The session also highlighted risks arising from third-party vendors and the importance of managing vendor ecosystems effectively. Sector-specific insights were shared for BFSI, healthcare, e-commerce, and manufacturing sectors. Overall, the session enabled participants to understand compliance expectations and practical steps for strengthening data protection frameworks under the DPDP Act.

Scan to watch online at BCAS Academy

Webinar on Mastering Compliance with India’s DPDP Act

7. Webinar on BHARAT CONNECT FOR BUSINESS (BCB) held on Saturday, 13th December 2025 @ Virtual

The Technology Initiatives Committee of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society successfully hosted a webinar on “Bharat Connect for Business (BCB)” on 13 December 2025, which witnessed enthusiastic participation from members across age groups and practice profiles.

The webinar focused on the evolving landscape of connected accounting for MSMEs, highlighting how Bharat Connect for Business aims to seamlessly integrate invoices, payments, and reconciliations across accounting platforms. The session provided valuable insights into how automation and interoperability between systems can significantly enhance efficiency, accuracy, and turnaround time for businesses and their advisors.

Eminent speakers Mr Rupesh Thakkar (Tally Solutions), Mr Vignesh RV (Zoho), and Mr Vipul Arun (NPCI Bharat BillPay Limited) shared practical perspectives on the concept, functionalities, and real-world impact of BCB. A key highlight of the webinar was a live demonstration of transaction flow between Zoho and Tally, which was particularly well appreciated by the participants for its practical relevance.

The session concluded with an engaging Q&A, reflecting keen interest among members in adopting connected and automated solutions in their professional practice. Overall, the webinar was well-received and reinforced BCAS’s continued commitment to keeping its members abreast of emerging technological developments impacting the profession.

Scan to watch online at BCAS Academy

Webinar on BHARAT CONNECT FOR BUSINESS (BCB)

II. REPRESENTATIONS

1. Representation on Section 12A Registration Renewal Requirements

BCAS submitted a representation on January 7, 2026, to the Revenue Secretary, Chairman of CBDT, and the Principal Chief Commissioner of Income Tax (Exemptions), highlighting issues faced by public charitable trusts in the renewal of registration under Section 12A. The Society opposed the insistence on an express irrevocable clause in trust deeds for Form 10AB, citing judicial precedents and state trust laws which establish irrevocability in law even without such clauses. BCAS requested the issuance of suitable clarifications to avoid unnecessary amendments to trust deeds.

QR Code:

Representation on Section 12A Registration Renewal Requirements

2. Representation on GSTR-9 and GSTR-9C Filing Challenges

BCAS submitted a representation on December 29, 2025, to the Hon’ble Finance Minister, CBIC Chairperson, and GST Council Secretariat seeking extension of the due date for filing Forms GSTR-9 and GSTR-9C for FY 2024-25. The Society highlighted difficulties arising from enhanced ITC reporting requirements, revised GSTR-9 auto-population, delayed availability of audited financials due to extended tax audit timelines, and overlap with adjudication deadlines under the CGST Act. BCAS requested suitable relaxation to enable accurate compliance.

QR Code:

Representation on GSTR-9 and GSTR-9C Filing Challenges

Readers can read the full representation by scanning the QR code or visiting our website www.bcasonline.org

III. BCAS IN NEWS & MEDIA

  •  BCAS has been featured in several news and media platforms, showing our active involvement, professional contributions, and commitment to the field. This reflects the growing recognition of BCAS in the public and professional space.

Link: https://bcasonline.org/bcas-in-news/

QR Code:

BCAS IN NEWS & MEDIA

Intent vs. Action – When Does Investment Education End and Investment Advice Begin?

The distinction between Investment Education and regulated Investment Advice lies in the activity’s impact rather than its label: education imparts conceptual understanding, while advice influences specific execution. SEBI regulations mandate registration for anyone providing advice or research for consideration, whereas “pure education” must exclude specific recommendations, performance claims, and the use of live market data to predict prices. To remain compliant, educators generally must utilize data with a three-month lag, ensuring they do not analyze current market trends to prompt trades. Recent SEBI orders against entities like Avadhut Sathe Trading Academy highlight that substance prevails over form; using “educational purpose” disclaimers offers no protection if the content involves live chart analysis, specific stock discussions, or misleading profit testimonials. Ultimately, if communication uses live data to direct investment decisions on identifiable securities, it crosses into regulated territory.

INTRODUCTION

The Indian securities market has witnessed a rapid expansion of stock market educators, trading academies and financial influencers offering structured learning programmes to retail participants. With increased access to technology, live trading platforms and social media reach, market education has transformed into a full fledged commercial ecosystem. While such initiatives contribute positively to financial literacy, they also raise significant regulatory concerns when educational content begins influencing real time investment decisions.

Advisory begins when education is applied to identifiable securities in a manner capable of influencing investment behaviour. Explaining that a particular stock is showing “bullish technical indicators” or that a “breakout appears” moves beyond the educational intent. Even without the usage of explicit words such as “buy” or “sell”, such communication starts influencing investor decision making.

Education intends to disseminate conceptual knowledge, and investment advice cannot come under the garb of educational activities.

RELEVANT REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

The SEBI (Investment Advisers) Regulations, 2013 defines “Investment Advice” as an advice relating to investing in, purchasing, selling or otherwise dealing in securities and advice on investment portfolio containing securities whether written, oral or through any other means of communication for the benefit of the client and shall include financial planning however, investment advice given through newspaper, magazines, any electronic or broadcasting or telecommunications medium, which is widely available to the public shall not be considered as investment advice for the purpose of these regulations.

The regulation further defines “Investment Adviser” as any person who, for consideration, is engaged in the business of providing investment advice to clients or other persons or group of persons and includes a part-time investment adviser or any person who holds out himself as an investment adviser, by whatever name called;

Any person acting as an investment adviser or holding itself out as an investment adviser shall obtain a certificate of registration from the Board (SEBI) under these regulations.

Further, Regulation 2(1)(q) of SEBI (Research Analyst) Regulations, 2014 defines “Research Analyst” as a person who, for consideration, is engaged in the business of providing research services and includes a part-time research analyst.

Services such as preparation or publication of the research report or content of the research report, providing or issuing research report or research analysis, making ‘buy/sell/hold’ recommendation, giving price target or stop loss target; offering an opinion concerning public offer, recommending model portfolio; or providing trading calls; or any other service of similar nature or character are defined as research service in the regulations.

“No person shall act as a research analyst or research entity or hold itself out as a research analyst unless he has obtained a certificate of registration from the Board (SEBI) under these regulations.”

 

The Thin line Investment Education vs Investment Advice

A person engaged solely in education shall mean that such person is not engaged in any of the two prohibited activities, i.e.

(i) providing advice or any recommendation, directly or indirectly, in respect of or related to a security or securities, without being registered with or otherwise permitted by the Board to provide such advice or recommendation; and

(ii) making any claim, of returns or performance, expressly or impliedly, in respect of or related to a security or securities, without being permitted by the Board to make such a claim.

One of the essential elements distinguishing investor education from advice/recommendation is the market data based on which educational contents are being developed. Using live data for educational purposes is clearly outside the scope of pure educational activity as it involves analysing current data to predict future prices, which falls under the definition of Investment Advisory (IA)/ Research Analyst (RA) activity. Such a person should not be using the market price data of the preceding three months to speak/talk/display the name of any security, including using any code name of the security, in his/her talk/speech, video, ticker, screen share, etc., indicating the future price, advice or recommendation related to security or securities.

Under the extant regulatory framework, a pure educational institute can have data with a one-day lag so that it can use this for preparing educational content. However, it can only use three-month-old data for educational purposes in the class or through any media, without falling within the scope of IA/RA activities.

The one-day lag for providing price data for educational purposes is the minimum technical delay to be adhered to by MIIs and market intermediaries, while the three-month lag criteria is a content-based condition to be adhered to by educators for their content to be regarded as purely educational.

Further, it is proposed vide SEBI Consultation Paper dated 06th Jan 2026, that a uniform lag of 30 days for both sharing and usage of price data may be made applicable for educational and awareness activities.

UNDERSTANDING FROM THE REGULATOR’S LENS

Recently, the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), through its interim ex parte order issued in December 2025 in the matter of Avadhut Sathe Trading Academy Private Limited*, has delivered one of the most detailed regulatory examinations distinguishing Securities Market Education & Investment Advice. The order does not merely penalise a single entity; it clarifies fundamental principles governing the boundary between market education and regulated investment advisory and research activity.

SEBI initiated an examination into the activities of Avadhut Sathe Trading Academy Private Limited and its promoters following multiple complaints received from course participants and also on account of any serious action taken by the company based on the administrative warning given by SEBI in the Financial Year 2023-24. The academy offered various stock market training programmes, ranging from introductory webinars to advanced mentorship courses, for which substantial fees were charged. These programmes were marketed as educational in nature and were promoted across digital platforms.

At the outset, it was observed that neither the academy nor its promoters were registered with SEBI as investment advisers or research analysts. Despite operating within the securities market ecosystem and charging consideration for market related instruction, no regulatory registration had been obtained.

*Source: SEBI Interim Order cum Show Cause Notice in the matter of Avadhut Sathe Trading Academy Private Limited, Order No. QJA/KV/MIRSD/MIRSD-SEC-1/31823/2025–26

Key Findings of SEBI
Upon examination of the session recordings, SEBI noted repeated instances where identifiable securities were discussed using live market data. Trainers were found predicting future price movements, suggesting directional bias and explaining trading setups with precise stop loss and target levels.

In several sessions, participants confirmed during live interaction that trades were executed based on the guidance provided. These statements were treated as corroborative evidence of inducement for carrying out trading activities. The complaints indicated that live market sessions were conducted during paid courses, wherein specific stocks and derivative instruments were discussed. Participants alleged that trainers frequently referred to entry prices, target levels, and stop loss points while analysing live price charts. In several instances, the trainers displayed their own trading terminals, open positions and mark to market profits during sessions.

It was further alleged that trade related discussions were continued through closed WhatsApp groups accessible only to paid participants. Promotional videos and testimonials selectively showcased profitable trades, creating an impression of assured or consistent returns.

In view of the above, SEBI concluded on a prima facie basis that the activities went beyond academic insights and amounted to investment advisory services under the Investment Adviser Regulations, 2013. The regulator observed that disclaimers stating the sessions were “only for educational purposes” could not negate the actual substance of the conduct.

Accordingly, SEBI issued an interim ex parte order restraining the entities from providing investment advice, restricting access to the securities market and directing cessation of unregistered advisory activities pending final adjudication.

The interim order also invokes the SEBI (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices) Regulations, 2003 (PFUTP Regulations), which apply to all persons influencing the securities market.

Apart from carrying out unregistered Investment Advisory/Research Analyst activities, the entities have also disseminated false and misleading information through social media in a reckless or careless manner to influence the decision of investors dealing in securities. The entity circulated testimonials of participants through its social media channels; it falsely advertised that participants were able to generate supernormal profits. SEBI investigation found that the participants had actually suffered net losses and such testimonial videos have been recklessly circulated on social media to induce unsuspecting and gullible investors to enroll for the entity’s programs/advisory/analyst services, thus SEBI found such acts to be, prima facie, in violation of Regulation 4(2)(k) of the PFUTP Regulations.

Similar orders have also been passed by SEBI in December 2024 in the matter of “Baap of charts” for selling educational courses where direct buy/sell recommendation were provided in the disguise of investment advisory activities and in the matter of Asmita Patel Global School of Trading (APGSOT) in February 2025 wherein they offered unauthorised, high-fee investment advice disguised as education, leading to significant financial penalties and market restrictions.

THE THIN LINE BETWEEN INVESTMENT EDUCATION AND INVESTMENT ADVICE

The distinction between them is not based on terminology but on impact. Education imparts understanding, and investment advisory influences thinking that directs execution. The regulatory framework is not decided by the tools used—charts, indicators or data—but by the manner in which they are applied. Use of live market data, identifiable securities, predictive commentary, specific price levels, collective language and real-time demonstrations progressively converts education ultimately into investment advice.

Disclaimers cannot neutralise this transformation. As consistently observed by SEBI, substance prevails over caption, and labelling content as “educational” cannot override conduct that effectively instructs investors on what trades to execute. Live market sessions further intensify this risk due to immediacy and replicability, particularly when combined with paid mentorship or performance-oriented models, where investor expectation naturally shifts from learning outcomes to trading results.

This requires revisiting the role of many people involved in this ecosystem, one of them being professionals who have an edge over others in understanding the implications of the regulatory framework governing financial market activities.

ROLES OF PROFESSIONALS

The role of professionals guiding, advising and auditing the companies should act as the first line of proactive compliance for individuals/companies engaged in securities market education and digital content creation.

In advising such clients, the evaluation must focus on substance rather than labels and examine whether identifiable securities are discussed, consideration in any form is received, future price movement is predicted, live market data other than what is allowed is used, or promotional content creates inducement through selective profitability or testimonials.

Where these elements exist cumulatively, the activity may cross the fine line of difference from education into regulated advisory requiring registration under SEBI regulations, while misleading representations may independently attract scrutiny under the PFUTP framework.

By identifying these trigger points at an early stage, professionals can help prevent inadvertent regulatory violations that commonly arise from misunderstanding the narrow boundary between permissible education and the regulated advisory framework on the securities market.

In case of a professional, say a Chartered Accountant (CA) provides advice/recommendation on securities as an asset class for the purpose of tax planning/tax filing, he is not required to get registered as a part-time IA/RA. However, if a CA is providing security-specific advice/recommendation to its client, even though as part of tax planning/tax filing, he is required to seek registration as part-time IA/RA.

If a person is engaged in, an educational activity or is employed as a professor and as part of employment/business, is providing security-specific information/recommendation, he is required to seek registration as IA/RA.

CONCLUDING REMARKS

As market innovation continues to reshape how knowledge is delivered, regulatory interpretation cannot be misconstrued to operate in an unregulated manner. The challenge lies not in restricting educational activities, but in ensuring it operates within the true spirit of the law, with a transparent and accountable framework. In this evolving balance, clarity of intent, structure and compliance will decide whether it is investment education or investment advice.